218 24 26018 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/6c92f68e249c145d3581f8781af91f36.mp4 8bfc632d8431e53b05f9626eb863641c Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Flying Tigers Interviews and Films Subject The topic of the resource Oral history United States--History, Military China--History, Military Veterans China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, Chinese World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Description An account of the resource Collection contains original 1940s films and interviews conducted in the 1990s, documenting the history of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers." The Flying Tigers were organized by the United States to aid China during the Second Sino-Japanese War. Original filmstrips were recorded by AVG crewmen Joe Gasdick and Chuck Misenheimer, as well as Chinese Air Force Interpreter P.Y. Shu, who was assigned to assist Col. Claire Chennault as he trained Chinese pilots and established the AVG. Interviews with members of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) “Flying Tigers” were conducted by Frank Boring for the documentary film Fei Hu: The Story of the Flying Tigers, which he co-produced with Frank Christopher under the production company Fei Hu Films. The AVG Flying Tigers were a group of American aviators, mechanics, medical and administrative military personnel, led by Col. Claire Chennault to assist the Chinese Air Force in their defense against Japanese air strikes from 1941-1942. The AVG Flying Tigers also flew in defense of the Burma Road, a major Chinese military supply route. The group disbanded and returned to regular U.S. military service after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Boring, Frank Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films Research and Production Files (RHC-88)</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1938/1991 Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Fei Hu Films Christopher, Frank Gasdick, Joseph Misenheimer, Charles V. P.Y. Shu Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4; application/pdf Language A language of the resource English; Chinese Type The nature or genre of the resource video; text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-88 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1938-1945 World War II Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Moving Image A series of visual representations imparting an impression of motion when shown in succession. Examples include animations, movies, television programs, videos, zoetropes, or visual output from a simulation. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Gasdick-1 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gasdick, Joseph Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1941 Title A name given to the resource American Volunteer Group, circa 1941 Description An account of the resource Color film taken by American Volunteer Group (AVG) Crew Chief Joe Gasdick (no sound). The footage, dated circa 1941, documents the training and flight activities of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers," servicemen organized by the U.S. Government to aid in the defense of China during the Second Sino-Japanese war. Time-stamped scene list: 00:00 Chinese agricultural fields. 00:30 AVG army trucks parked along road. Chinese people passing in carts. 01:00 Chines garden or field. 01:40 Chinese plane under a net on Kunming airfield. 01:48 Chinese army fortresses. 02:24 Two Chinese guards sleeping on the ground. 02:30 Chinese soldiers training and smiling at camera. Army pillbox. 03:19 Landing bomber planes on Kunming airfield. 03:55 P-40 #97 taxiing on airfield. 04:09 AVG pilot and ground crew talking on P-40 #97. 04:44 P-40s lined up on Kunming airfield. A ground crew working on P-40. P-40, hanger and bomber planes on Kunming airfield. Three men in front of bomber plane. Chinese soldiers at pillbox. US bomber airplane. 05:58 Bomber airplane landing on Kunming. 07:20 Bomb holes in a road. Street in a Chinese town. Subject The topic of the resource China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945 Air pilots P-40 (Fighter plane) Kunming Shi (China). Liang shi ju Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films research and production files (RHC-88)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 Language A language of the resource eng chi Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant World War II Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/c14cf2ca482b991a5448f0a69a373d2a.mp4 c602099bbe999d428bd551264baab01c Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Flying Tigers Interviews and Films Subject The topic of the resource Oral history United States--History, Military China--History, Military Veterans China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, Chinese World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Description An account of the resource Collection contains original 1940s films and interviews conducted in the 1990s, documenting the history of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers." The Flying Tigers were organized by the United States to aid China during the Second Sino-Japanese War. Original filmstrips were recorded by AVG crewmen Joe Gasdick and Chuck Misenheimer, as well as Chinese Air Force Interpreter P.Y. Shu, who was assigned to assist Col. Claire Chennault as he trained Chinese pilots and established the AVG. Interviews with members of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) “Flying Tigers” were conducted by Frank Boring for the documentary film Fei Hu: The Story of the Flying Tigers, which he co-produced with Frank Christopher under the production company Fei Hu Films. The AVG Flying Tigers were a group of American aviators, mechanics, medical and administrative military personnel, led by Col. Claire Chennault to assist the Chinese Air Force in their defense against Japanese air strikes from 1941-1942. The AVG Flying Tigers also flew in defense of the Burma Road, a major Chinese military supply route. The group disbanded and returned to regular U.S. military service after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Boring, Frank Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films Research and Production Files (RHC-88)</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1938/1991 Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Fei Hu Films Christopher, Frank Gasdick, Joseph Misenheimer, Charles V. P.Y. Shu Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4; application/pdf Language A language of the resource English; Chinese Type The nature or genre of the resource video; text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-88 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1938-1945 World War II Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Moving Image A series of visual representations imparting an impression of motion when shown in succession. Examples include animations, movies, television programs, videos, zoetropes, or visual output from a simulation. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Gasdick-3 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gasdick, Joseph Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1941 Title A name given to the resource Kunming and AVG Air Training, circa 1941 Description An account of the resource Color film taken by American Volunteer Group (AVG) Crew Chief Joe Gasdick (no sound). The footage, dated circa 1941, documents the training and flight activities of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers," servicemen organized by the U.S. Government to aid in the defense of China during the Second Sino-Japanese war. Time-stamped scene list: 00:05 Chinese flag in a compound. Boats on Kunming lake. 01:05 Chinese rice paddie. Water irrigation pump. Women washing clothes in river. 02:22 Chinese children on street. Farmers at work. Mule convoy on street. Farmers pounding rice. 03:50 Workers sawing lumbers and breaking rocks. 4:32 Chinese peopel on track and mule convoy in a rural area. 04:45 Thieves. Market in Kunming. 07:00 Chinese hideouts. 07:57 Two men talking at Kunming airfield. 08:20 US bomber planes. 08:45 Runway construction on Kunming airfield. Chinese worker rolling the ground, having lunch break. 10:40 Chinese airplane laying up side down on the ground. 11:00 AVG trucks, jeeps. P-40s in repairing area in Kunming. Dog. 11:15 Chinese flags. 11:40 Airplanes taking off. 12:05 Training airplanes. 12:19 A city of China. People running at the air raid warning in Kunming. Group of army passing by. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Subject The topic of the resource China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945 Air pilots P-40 (Fighter plane) Kunming Shi (China). Liang shi ju Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films research and production files (RHC-88)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp5 Language A language of the resource eng chi Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant World War II Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a228d94c2a86b84c993cf8ac7b00c799.mp4 04a05ae05ca4bda399be86752e8eb37c Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Flying Tigers Interviews and Films Subject The topic of the resource Oral history United States--History, Military China--History, Military Veterans China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, Chinese World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Description An account of the resource Collection contains original 1940s films and interviews conducted in the 1990s, documenting the history of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers." The Flying Tigers were organized by the United States to aid China during the Second Sino-Japanese War. Original filmstrips were recorded by AVG crewmen Joe Gasdick and Chuck Misenheimer, as well as Chinese Air Force Interpreter P.Y. Shu, who was assigned to assist Col. Claire Chennault as he trained Chinese pilots and established the AVG. Interviews with members of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) “Flying Tigers” were conducted by Frank Boring for the documentary film Fei Hu: The Story of the Flying Tigers, which he co-produced with Frank Christopher under the production company Fei Hu Films. The AVG Flying Tigers were a group of American aviators, mechanics, medical and administrative military personnel, led by Col. Claire Chennault to assist the Chinese Air Force in their defense against Japanese air strikes from 1941-1942. The AVG Flying Tigers also flew in defense of the Burma Road, a major Chinese military supply route. The group disbanded and returned to regular U.S. military service after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Boring, Frank Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films Research and Production Files (RHC-88)</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1938/1991 Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Fei Hu Films Christopher, Frank Gasdick, Joseph Misenheimer, Charles V. P.Y. Shu Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4; application/pdf Language A language of the resource English; Chinese Type The nature or genre of the resource video; text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-88 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1938-1945 World War II Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Moving Image A series of visual representations imparting an impression of motion when shown in succession. Examples include animations, movies, television programs, videos, zoetropes, or visual output from a simulation. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Gasdick-5 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gasdick, Joseph Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1941 Title A name given to the resource Flying Tigers and Kunming Airfield, circa 1941 Description An account of the resource Color film taken by American Volunteer Group (AVG) Crew Chief Joe Gasdick (no sound). The footage, dated circa 1941, documents the training and flight activities of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers," servicemen organized by the U.S. Government to aid in the defense of China during the Second Sino-Japanese war. Time-stamped scene list: 00:20 Chinese women and residential area. 00:50 Airplane under a net in a repair area at Kunming airfield. 01:40 Chinese soldier. Residential area. Horses carrying a load. 02:50 Chinese funeral procession. 03:55 Chinese construction workers. Farmers pounding rice. An old Chinese woman. 04:50 Camouflaged planes and P-40s at Kunming repair area. Ground crew working on P-40. 05:50 AVG Kunming hostel #2. AVG dining room.0 6:30 Agricultural field. Water buffalo carriage. Working horses. 07:20 Red Cross sign with a bullet hole. 07:40 Train. 07:50 P-40s #4, #47, #24 and others taking off from Kunming airfield. 08:25 Busy street in a Chinese town. 08:40 P-40s #47, #34 and others taking off from Kunming airfield. Six P-40s flying in the sky. 09:20 An AVG pilot in cockpit of P-40. Shilling gets in P-40 #97, takes off and does acrobat flight. 10:45 A shot from inside airplane moving down runway in Kunming. 10:55 Farmers carrying water. 11:15 Practicing Chinese soldiers. 12:10 P-40 being repaired. Damaged building and crashed plane. 13:00 Flying biplane. Crashed P-40 #18. Dummy P-40 lined up. P-40 under a net. Flying biplane. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Subject The topic of the resource China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945 Air pilots P-40 (Fighter plane) Kunming Shi (China). Liang shi ju Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films research and production files (RHC-88)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp6 Language A language of the resource eng chi Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant World War II Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/61d8edd93b01e49d233ebd08e6be5ef6.mp4 5dbf10d0dc727767a9af11dce09ebc28 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Flying Tigers Interviews and Films Subject The topic of the resource Oral history United States--History, Military China--History, Military Veterans China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, Chinese World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Description An account of the resource Collection contains original 1940s films and interviews conducted in the 1990s, documenting the history of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers." The Flying Tigers were organized by the United States to aid China during the Second Sino-Japanese War. Original filmstrips were recorded by AVG crewmen Joe Gasdick and Chuck Misenheimer, as well as Chinese Air Force Interpreter P.Y. Shu, who was assigned to assist Col. Claire Chennault as he trained Chinese pilots and established the AVG. Interviews with members of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) “Flying Tigers” were conducted by Frank Boring for the documentary film Fei Hu: The Story of the Flying Tigers, which he co-produced with Frank Christopher under the production company Fei Hu Films. The AVG Flying Tigers were a group of American aviators, mechanics, medical and administrative military personnel, led by Col. Claire Chennault to assist the Chinese Air Force in their defense against Japanese air strikes from 1941-1942. The AVG Flying Tigers also flew in defense of the Burma Road, a major Chinese military supply route. The group disbanded and returned to regular U.S. military service after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Boring, Frank Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films Research and Production Files (RHC-88)</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1938/1991 Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Fei Hu Films Christopher, Frank Gasdick, Joseph Misenheimer, Charles V. P.Y. Shu Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4; application/pdf Language A language of the resource English; Chinese Type The nature or genre of the resource video; text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-88 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1938-1945 World War II Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Moving Image A series of visual representations imparting an impression of motion when shown in succession. Examples include animations, movies, television programs, videos, zoetropes, or visual output from a simulation. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Gasdick-6 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gasdick, Joseph Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1941 Title A name given to the resource Flying Tigers Sailing and Kitten, circa 1941 Description An account of the resource Black and white film taken by American Volunteer Group (AVG) Crew Chief Joe Gasdick (no sound). The footage, dated circa 1941, documents the training and flight activities of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) "Flying Tigers," servicemen organized by the U.S. Government to aid in the defense of China during the Second Sino-Japanese war. Time-stamped scene list: 00:05 Boat trip. View of the ocean, flying airplane, boat masts, islands. 01:15 Sailor spraying water off boat deck. AVG and other passengers in life preserver jackets working on deck. View of ocean. 02:25 Ships and boats on ocean. 03:15 Sunbathing AVG. Boat masts. AVGs in a cabin. 04:05 Aerial shots of clouds and fields. 04:30 AVG's in a cabin. Aerial shots of clouds, river, mountains, airplane propeller and wings. 06:40 AVG's on deck. Sailors painting masts. 07:15 Chinese rural field. Farmers planting young rice plants. 08:55 Street and field of rural area. Housing of farmers. Working water buffalo. Farmers pumping up water. Horses carrying a load. 10:35 P-40 being repaired in Kunming. P-40 #124 at repairing area. Ground crew working on wheel. 10:55 AVG 1st SQ ground crew group picture with Kitten in front of P-40 in Kunming. (1st row: Harrington, Uebele, Locke, Kern?, Cornelius, Kenner) Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Subject The topic of the resource China. Kong jun. American Volunteer Group World War, 1939-1945 Air pilots P-40 (Fighter plane) Kunming Shi (China). Liang shi ju Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/540">Fei Hu Films research and production files (RHC-88)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp7 Language A language of the resource eng chi Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant World War II Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/06daf1c677eb3e3a4938ded815fb5fdf.pdf bd37c91983eff174cd80762af392dc3e PDF Text Text Speaking Out Western Michigan’s Civil Rights Histories Interviewee: Gamal Gasim Interviewers: Gagan Singh Supervising Faculty: Melanie Shell-Weiss Location: Grand Valley State University Special Collections Date: 4/23/2012 Biography and Description Gamal Gasim, assistant professor of Middle East Studies and Political Science, earned his PhD in political science from Texas Tech. He teaches Introduction to Middle East Studies, Middle East politics, and comparative politics. Before Grand Valley, he taught at Texas Tech, University of Wisconsin-Madison during the summers of 2006 and 2007, and at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and Beloit College during the summers of 2008 and 2009 respectively. He discusses how people who do not know anything about Islam or Muslims discriminate against them, and how the media plays a negative role in society in America. Transcript GAGAN: So. Well first of all I would like to know some basic information about you. Like, where you’re from... GASIM: Yemen, I’m from Yemen. But, I was born and raised in Sudan. GAGAN: Ok. GASIM: Then I moved back to Yemen. I spend all of my vacations in Sudan. And then, when I finished my undergraduate and ....Do you want to close the door so...(A LOT OF BACKGROUND NOISE) So, I was raised in Sudan I received all of my education until I finished my undergraduate at the University of Hartford (??), went back to Yemen and then I went to Malaysia and did my first Master’s degree there in Malaysia. I went back to Yemen and I work- I worked two years, then I came back, I came, to the U.S. I did my second Master’s degree and my Doctorate and I joined Grand Valley almost three years ago. GAGAN: Oh, so right after you finished yourGASIM: Yes, yes. Actually before I finished, one year before I finished. GAGAN: Oh okay. GASIM: I finished in 2010, and I joined Grand Valley in 2009. Page 1 �GAGAN: Okay. GASIM: As assistant professor (LISTEN TO AGAIN @ 1:10) Silence GAGAN: So, where did you say you did your doctorate? GASIM: Texas. Texas Tech. GAGAN: Texas? Oh, okay. So then you moved to Michigan right after? GASIM: My Master’s was in Kansas and then I moved to Texas and then I came to Michigan. GAGAN: Oh, yes. You’ve been travelling all over. GASIM: Yeah, and I also work in Wisconsin and I work in Illinois during the summer. University of Wisconsin- Madison, University of (???) College of (??) in Wisconsin and University of Illinois- UrbanaChampaign. I taught two years here and two years there and during the summers. GAGAN: What do you do at the Madison, the school of Madison? Kansas? School of Madison? GASIM: Kansas University has a school of (Medicine/Madison??). Kansas State, Kansas State University, they don’t have a School of Medicine GAGAN: Oh okay. Pause So I’d like to know, like, since this is a diversity class and our interview is based on that, my topic I chose is like, after 9/11, and actually even before, like the differences. I’ve noticed. But, I would like to know, like, what you have noticed. GASIM: Since I came here after September 11, immediately. In, I think, 2002. On a personal level, all my life in America on academic campuses and universities. Dealing with highly educated people. So, I don’t see it really that much personal. I...maybe sometimes a few things outside, but not that much. In the beginning, I see tight security screaming for us in the airports and stuff like that. Now, in the last 3 or 4 years, I don’t know if they removed me from the list or not but I don’t see it that much. I don’t see it that much. So. Personal. But yes, of course. ...especially in Arabian/Muslim American communities they feel that now that they became, they moved from what we call, they were like...before September 11 they were invisible. Like many other minorities. Okay? ...American eyes and very invisible in the public discourse. They were invisible in discussions and suddenly they moved from this invisibility to hypervisibility. And they came to be regarded as the ‘other’. GAGAN: They stuck out, like right after that. GASIM: Yes. GAGAN: They started noticing- Page 2 �GASIM: Yes, yes. GAGAN: “Oh they’re brown. They’re not Americans”. GASIM: (Not sure what he’s saying) And other groups too. Like Muslims, being considered to be..(Can’t figure this part out) GAGAN: Yeah, like seek(??)...yeah, seeks(??). Yeah, that’s who I am. And I’ve noticed, like we don’t wear turbans, but my dad’s friends wear turbans. So, because they wear turbans they thought they were Muslims. GASIM: Some of them think that, unfortunately. Because... GAGAN: Yeah, but it isn’t right, even if they were Muslims. GASIM: Yes, yes. GAGAN: Wearing, they… GASIM: But, I think this is like guilded by far association, like, because of the resemblance of the Taliban’s, or something like that. And it’s just also the ignorance of people sometimes. GAGAN: Yeah. Silence And I’ve noticed that, too, myself. That sometimes, if you-if people know about you, if you have close friends, they know about you. They’re more, what? Educated. GASIM: Yes! GAGAN: But, if there’s people who don’t have like Muslim friends, Indian friends, seek (?) friends...they won’t know the difference. GASIM: Absolutely. And studies showed that those who are Muslim have more federal views about Salam (?) and Muslim GAGAN: Yeah. GASIM: (…) than those who don’t have friends, yes. (...) GAGAN: Yeah, I was reading, or it was a, news? Or a show on-in PR, and they were talking about after 9/11 how Muslims were being treated. But, people that had friends, like white people who had friMuslim friends, they favorited them. They thought they were the nicest people. But, people that didn’t know anything about Islam or Muslim people, they basically hated them. GASIM: Yes. GAGAN: They thought they were ‘bad’. Page 3 �GASIM: Yes. Absolutely. GAGAN: So, they’re not educated about… GASIM: Yes. Silence GAGAN: What else do you feel like could change, should be changed or how can people be educated more? GASIM: America has this long tradition of isolationism. Ok? And I think it’s so deep rooted in the culture. For example, I teach classes about issues in political politics. And the first of the semester what I do, I always show pictures or photos of Kim Kardashian and I let the class talk about her. They know almost everything about her. And then another picture of Lindsay Lohan, and then a, Snooki, and I let the class talk like 15 minutes about these 3 people. they know almost who their husbands, boyfriends, what they do, when they went to jail, all this kind of information. And then I will show a picture of the British Prime Minister. GAGAN: Mhmm. GASIM: And nobody knows anything about him. GAGAN: Yeah. GASIM: So, basically, America’s for a long time been isolated here, even until of course September 11 happened and all (…) like, Bill Harper or like that, then they think that, okay well what happened in maybe Afghanistan or the Middle East might affect them here, too. So, that’s a big issue. Hopefully, education might help a little bit. This is why schools like Grand Valley requires you to take courses like yours. Diversity, global diversity, in order to educate the students about understanding diversity and other cultures. So, that is, that is, helpfulness of education. building more programs like this would help. the media, I’m not sure. I’m not sure that that could help. But, the U.S in general, moves toward more, I mean after…the demographic make-up in the country is going to be- change in the coming 50 years or 40 years. So that might force people to basically stand out and come to close contact with different ethnic groups. I mean in the long run. Maybe I’m optimistic. Brief silence GAGAN: But do you like, you mentioned, the media. You said that won’t help much. Why do you feel that? GASIM: the medi—the role of the media, I mean what they, I mean. Deep sigh I don’t know. I mean, of course, sometimes the media can play a role in what you call the normalization of certain ideologies, or the acceptance of a specific minorities life. For example, now many shows about gay couples, for example, okay? Trying to let the public at least, accept that reunion. In that area, that works very nice. (?) But, that impact would take a very long time and I don’t know if there is really, if the Page 4 �media is playing a very significant, constructive roles in this areas. I’m not sure about that. I’m not an expert in media, but this course sometimes shows the news and media outlets that focus on news and important news sometimes is not healthy. like Fox news or others and some do, some do a decent job. But, in general, (…………………) GAGAN: Have you noticed the difference between media here and media from different countries? GAGAN: Like, in the U.S, it’s just what they kind of want you to know, information. But, if you listen to BBC, they actually tell you a little more information about what’s going on in the U.S. and outside. Which sometimes, I feel that they kind of hide some stuff here. GASIM: Yeah that comes by us by omission. U.S. of course, has a long tradition of reporting about different countries and BBC has what I would consider, so far, a credible source for information for many countries. Like there is of course differences between reporting and commenting on the news ? so the BBC is doing a good job at reporting on what happened and, and, and reaching out to many people. And what they report, I don’t think they report from the British point of view. But American media tends to report from American prospective and, and basically what, what helps sometimes a political and (…..). And most of the (…) newspapers and media are controlled by conservative and reporters tend to be liberal. And like for example, some newspapers owned by conservatives, on current issues and they tend to be sometimes conservative, but in social issues they tend to be liberal because that is what most reporters are liberal. But, yes, I mean, they don’t have that, of course that long tradition like the BBC, for example. And sometimes people here like, to the right wing are so upset about, they’re disappointed about what you call the, the BBC, the PBS, for example. They think that they worry (……). So, I think that is, could be dangerous because the PBS to some extent, in my understanding is, similar to the BBC. public funded type of media. But, the BBC of course has that tradition and that respecting differences in Africa and the Middle East. And now of course we see new media coming from developing countries reversing the flow of information from North to South. Like in (...) which is challenging the Western dominance of media. Of information. GAGAN: So like, you mentioned earlier like at the airport security was a little more strict/is more strict for us, like, do you, when you go there or when you’re at the airport, do you feel like upset or angry? GASIM: No, I tend to be relaxed and smiling. Because otherwise I, I will, I fly a lot. I fly a lot when I came here for conferences. That’s like 3 or 4 times a year, at least. And, and I decided always to be smiling. These people are doing their job powerfully. And, and, and after all it’s for my safety. But, I remember that in 2002 they used to have microphones and this loud speaker. And they would always, they normally have this phrase, like they are going to select some people randomly. GAGAN: Mhmm. GASIM: And always I was selected randomly. [Laughs] GASIM: So, so that was then. I think from 2002 to 2004...Things changed I think when Bush was reelected. So then before his election you see all this kind of media, terrorist alerts. And Americans were constant attack of fear, there was like another September 11 coming and this. But suddenly after he was elected again... Page 5 �GAGAN: it slowed. (??) GASIM: Yeah I mean you hear that these colors and this . And, and I remember until 2004 all this abundance...used to talk about how they are safe and no major attack...and I was wondering if Obama would say the same thing. Like now, since now 4 years since Obama is now and no major attack in the U.S. So, it is interesting to see the things. GAGAN: Yep, [haha]. So do you feel like discriminated a--at all? At that? Like... GASIM: I mean I am not sure. I, of course, it is difficult to, basically, know the intent, ? GAGAN: If they are doing their job, but the way they treat you? The way they talk sometimes? Do you feelGASIM: of course they are not like, I mean at that time. Now, it is different from 2005 to now I don’t, I don’t really see that. many times they pass out additional screening. Many times. Rarely I was stopped actually. I see sometimes worried people being chased (laughs) and-and which is, I feel sorry for them, but at the same time I’m happy that it’s not me, ? So that has changed a lot. From 2002 to 2004 and 5, it was...One time I remember in particularGAGAN: Mhmm. GASIM: I miss a flight and then I have-I had a connection and I was going to a conference in New York. GAGAN: Mhmm GASIM: And in Kansas City, I remember I pass security and I was waiting and waiting because I missed my flight. And Kansas International Airport, Kansas City International Airport is not that big. So not so many people around and I think I was sitting for like 2-3 hours and suddenly a security agent came to me and asked me “Sir, I want to check your documents”. Even though I was just waiting for my flight. And if it were someone else he or she might be upset “Why?” “I’m not passing security, I already did that and I’m here waiting for my-” . And he asked me questions about where is my flight and how-why I’m waiting longer here. GAGAN: Suspecting you. GASIM: Yeah, so basically I show her my documents and I was fine. That happened to me in Kansas--the three incidents happened in Kansas City. One also, one--one time I was going from Kansas City to Manhattan where, Kansas, taking a small flight, where I did my second master. And there was a woman, American-Indian woman, from India. And she was selected and I was selected. The only, we are on a small flight, like maybe, 12 people? GAGAN: Oh and two brown people? [Laughs] GASIM: Yeah, so, she was selected and even though we came, we had already been screened from New York and we went through this process of, this screening. And we had our connection just in Kansas City, going to Manhattan. I mean there is no reason for us to, there is no security reason...it is just a Page 6 �connection! And actually in the gate there is security agents and they said from TSA and the man said, “I’m going to select people from random”. They used to test them like that. And then they choose her and they choose me. And she was extremely angry. And she threw the bag to them, like that, “You wanna take this? This is here for you”. And I was really surprised by her behavior. She’s American so she knows her rights. And I’m not American I’m (...) Anything can happen, anything can happen to me. Even though I was (...). So she was extremely angry, but I decided for a long time, by that time, not to let that affect me, as much. If I be angry. And actually, I remember the man, the security agent, he was very calm with this woman. he did not react angrily. Maybe they know that they are wrong, that what they do is wrong, but the woman has a right because there is no harm...and no need for this. GAGAN: Yeah, they shouldn’t. No need for violence. GASIM: Yeah. No need for her to be subject to screening. Cause she already passed it, she came from New York and just, in the waiting area going--taking another flight you don’t do that. That’s unheard of. GAGAN: Well, it’s kind of like you feel--don’t you feel a little weird when there’s other people already watching you and it’s only you or the Indian lady? GASIM: No, no. I mean myself—myself I...because usually if someone has a problem with me it is not my problem, it’s his problem. GAGAN: Yep. GASIM: And that doesn’t make me feel bad. Ok? I mean if someone is racist to me, or makes a racist comment--I remember one time I was, during having my, when I was doing my doctorate degree at University of Texas I was going (........) my meal, my meal there. And then a homeless white woman stopped me and asked me for money. I think she was maybe drunk, alcohol or something. I don’t have cash so I say can I buy a meal for them, but I don’t have cash. And I say to her, I don’t have money for you, I’m sorry. And she asks me if I’m a terrorist. [Pauses] And I was laughing because look at she. I was a doctorate student here (laughs) I’m paying my bills, I’m contributing, I’m teaching my own classes and you are a homeless woman here and not only begging for money to use it for drugs but begging me and thinking you are better than me and you call me a terrorist. And she followed me actually, I almost feel like this woman is going to cause some trouble. And-and I wasn’t rewarded because how people can take any kind of racket. So I went there and she followed me into the Burger King and I think they are used to her because they let us in and I told the cashier, I said, just to be like, “This woman is following me”. And the woman, because I did not respond negatively to her and the way she took that like out of weakness or something because I’m so (…) I don’t want to create unnecessary problems for myself. Not because I’m afraid of her . I just told the woman that this and she really, the cashier, she was African-American and she threatened her and she said “You either leave this property or I will call the police for you”. And the woman left. Another friend of mine, we used to work in Yemen together and he came, an exchange student like me from (…) student. And he came to Missouri. And his first two days in the U.S in Missouri (laughs) and he stayed in a motel looking for apartment, the school is starting next week and then he found an address and being near an area so he was just walking looking for this place to rent and he felt like he got lost because like sometimes you are disorientated after long flights. So he asked, like in our country, you ask anybody about directions. Page 7 �So he asked a man like do this street or where this is and the man said “You just wait here and I’ll show you, just wait”. And the man went and called the cops for him. [Pauses] So the man was waiting for this guy to help him. He wasn’t (…). And the police were nearby, they came, dispatch. And when they say, they ask him and they had all his documents with him, his passport and everything. And when they realized that he was an exchange student they felt very sorry, they told him that there are some people who they are not really that smart and they were all nice to him. The man wasn’t really shocked that he was just asking about an address and then they told him the man suspected that you are a terrorist or something. So, so things like this could happen. There are many, many examples of this happening. I remember one of the very funniest and saddest examples. I was told by someone I trust very much, he told me. There was a young Muslim couple, the woman had a scarf. And one time the neighbor came, an old lady, to visit them. The man was not there, the woman welcomed that old lady. And, she asked her a very strange question, she said, “Can I check your rooms? Can I see your rooms?” Usually as a guest you don’t do that. (laughs) GAGAN: Yeah, you don’t do that. GASIM: Yeah, so she—she lets her. Which indicates a nice woman; she lets her see the rooms. And after she checks all of the rooms, the kids’ rooms, and everything, the kitchen, everything, and she said, “Actually to be honest with you, I had a vision that you and your husband hijack an airplane and crash into my house. [Pause] And I called the FBI about that”. [Laughs] GAGAN: She really called the FBI?? GASIM: Yeah, yeah. So she was so concerned about that dream and because she saw this neighbor, this Muslim couple, and the police I think or the FBI, they told her, “We don’t act on people’s dreams”. So basically and she told him she’s really worried. She’s really thinking these people are preparing something like that in their homes, building something in her dream and that they hijack an airplane and . Attack and destroy her home. So they advise her why don’t you go visit them by yourself and see? (laughs) Gamal and Gagan talking at same time, laughing GASIM: And she followed their basically advice and she came to see for herself. If, fortunately that her dream did not come true. [Laughs] GAGAN: That’s weird though. GASIM: Yes, I was told this. So, things can be to that extreme where it’s easy to label people terrorist. Page 8 �GAGAN: Yeah, people usually…My dad owns a store and once in a while we get one customer who’s, if we refuse him, refuse to sell, like if they’re already a little drunk or something, we refuse to sell. And then they actually start getting all racist, mean. And one guy was like, “You terrorists and this that”. I feel real angry. GASIM: Yes, but your father I’m sure is calm. GAGAN: Yep. GASIM: Yeah, cause if you feel angry every time then you are not helping yourself. You are helping them, yes. GAGAN: Yeah, I mean. I really understand how everyone feels. GASIM: Yes. GAGAN: Then I also noticed, like like most of the students, like we look at younger kids, like my age, Indian kids, Arab kids, or any other foreign kids they don’t really get in trouble here. They’ll be like, the good kids. GASIM: Yes and many (….). They—they’re from hard-working families, they came, they built their lives from scratch. GAGAN: Yep. GASIM: And life, life in America for immigrants even if you are the kid because Americans don’t accept degrees from other countries. So it is very hard to see all of them, they have very impressive stories to tell about how they struggled to pay their bills and how they struggled to send their kids to college and, and their kids are hard-working kids and loyal to their families and they have these family values. So, this of course, yes. This America was built by these immigrants who are hardworking people. Yes. GAGAN: That’s what I was getting at but still that, by the color they think, oh their bad even though. the while kids are getting into trouble here, more fights and stuff but still its because they are brown, they are bad. GASIM: Yes of course we don't want to be like white kids are bad GAGAN: But we do GASIM: But I see your point that most of the immigrant kids are hard working, their parents motivate them to do well to go to better school and be a engineer and you want to be a doctor, right? GAGAN: Yeah GASIM: Do you want to be a doctor? GAGAN: Hmm yeah, I want. yeah I want to, yea that’s what I'm doing. GASIM: All my international students, all my like students coming from international background, like they want to be doctors. Some want to be in medical science, nothing them wants to be go for political Page 9 �science for media because that’s very important. If you go to hospitals, most of them are basically doctors are either foreign born or came from families, where their parents are also foreign born. GAGAN: Yup, and I have noticed that… GASIM: Yes yes, let me just check, if you don’t mind, the because I have class at three, if you don’t mind? GAGAN: No problem GASIM: If you don’t mind? (Prof. Gasim logins into his computer to check his schedule and his emails before class, as he says this the start sound of the computer could be heard also). GASIM: Oh OK. (here he says something which was very clear to hear). GAGAN: We still got some time? GASIM: I just, my class is jus like ten minutes, and I need just like aaaahhh aaahhh. GAGAN: Ten minutes? GASIM: How many questions do you have left? GAGAN: Just question about like, changes in the community you in. hmmmm GASIM: Actually I’m not in community, just fine. GAGAN: I mean.. GASIM: Not like American, living alone [hahahaha] GAGAN: Even here GASIM: Yeah hmmm GAGAN: You probably notice everyone working with you but like if you go to a grocery store or something like you were talking about the airport situation, like person infront of you is, im gonna use a White person again, and they are really nice talking to them but when its your turn, they just say ok its this much( talking about the cashier, not talking to him and just asking him to pay the total amount) GASIM: Hmmm, to be honest with you, no, its me personal. Sometimes it’s a, in some cases aaa, one time I went to the bank and I had unfortunate incident in a bank, just recently, jus a small bank I have an account, and I felt the lady there was lied to me. It is a long story, so I went out and I was really angry. Then I call, I called the a the bank and she answered, she told me she was manager. I know she wasn’t the manager, so I insisted the then I talk to the higher level headquarters nationally u know. It’s a national bank, a bank that has many branches nationwide and I told them what I need is two things, basically needed a apology from that branch because basically I feel there is discrimination and number two, I don’t want this to be happen to other persons. I know my rights and I can fight my rights but I don’t someone whos just know not much communication or have the time to follow up these things. And they really apologized, the manager of that bank called me the morning and apologized, the director of that region called me and apologized and I get a formal letter of an apology. Page 10 �GAGAN: That’s good GASIM: That is one thing sometimes here even like, one time here in department, I was here a faculty, there was a student, basically I was had to talk to her supervisor because of my accent or something I don’t know I’m the fucklty( sorry that’s how he pronounced it)I keeping let that happen. I keeping her( I did not understand what he said at this moment but it was only a sentence). I told her, I was very angry and I talk to her like I was very firm and wanted to make sure that there was nothing. Then she and another man I talk to him, he try to defend her, on a different lecture and left a message, message to the supervisor; I wanna talk to the head otherwise I going to rise this to the highest level in the school. Next morning, six o’clock in the morning, I check my voice message from home here and I found a message from da, the man in the beginning was defense about the girl, I told him look, if you still want to be defensive here, what I need is you to realize that this is wrong and to ask, to apologize for it. GAGAN: Yea GASIM: That’s what I want, I’m not hmmm if he feels that hmmm there is nothing wrong here, there is no point to continue the conversation. I’m go to fear until he realizes which side is wrong and after I said that he immediately apologized, more than once. So, you need to, because once they apologized they are wrong. GAGAN: They realized, yeah. GASIM: If they were not wrong, they would never apologize. So, that is I think, I mean this happened very few that I can tell but I feel sorry for people who were in… GAGAN: People that don’t English, cant explain or argue their side. GASIM: Yes yes, it doesn’t mean if you don’t speak English, it doesn’t me that you are not intelligent person. Sometimes, unfortunately people think that because you don’t speak their language, you are not smart or intelligent. GAGAN: Yeah yup. GASIM: And if your not cautions if you don’t speak the language, you like. Even they can make fun of you, those who don’t speak their language enough. And my life I spent my life, international student all my life. GAGAN: Yeah, you been traveling everywhere. GASIM: And always as a minority. So, I never lived as a majority [hahaha] in a place. So, that is, then you get a strong sense of what is justice, what is right and what is important. GAGAN: that’s how you become stronger. GASIM: Yes and you educate people about it, you get people like because they take us sometimes for granted. GAGAN: So, basically to end like most of this, some of discrimination is by educating everyone because lot of people that are racist, they are not educated about other people. Page 11 �GASIM: Sometimes with education, sometimes people know but they still insisted to act racist because of selfish economic interest, selfish political rights. So education is yes but you need to let people know they are wrong, you need to stand up for what is right and not just wait until it to happen to us. GAGAN: Yup GASIM: So if it happens to someone else, GAGAN: Yea we need to take a stand GASIM: Yes, I remember jus two weeks ago, I was in McDonalds. I was getting grading my papers and had my coffee. There was a homeless man, he was very nice and friendly and sometimes I talk to him. I saw him and I asked him if he if he if he wants me to buy him a lunch. And he said yea I can buy, then I went and ordered and then I left. Then they put the order in my table, they thought it was my order, so when I came he was not there, so I moved all the order in his place. Then I walk, like to have a break and I came back again. And then the manager came, she was a very nice young woman, asked me if I got my order, maybe they realized that there is not. I said, oh yeah and then to clarify things to her, I assumed that maybe the man took my order, so I’m saying no I bought this for him. Because she say me pay for it. GAGAN: Then she saw that the plate or tray with the other guy. GASIM: Yes, I mean he was not there when she came and asked me. I told her no, I bought this for him I just. I thought I clarified enough for her and then she left. Then also I walk again, the man came, finishing was eating. Then there was another woman, friend of his wife, his ex-wife, she saw him and she also bought him a salad like a lunch. I think the man was well before he became homeless. This homeless people also came from good background. Doesn’t mean they were born homeless. GAGAN: Yeah, yup. Some people go bank, bankrupt, so they don’t have any other choice. GASIM: Absolutely, this can happen to any of us in this country. So, anyways, the man came back. The man was little bit upset and so I ask him why, he ask can I talk to you? Because I was busy working. I said yes. He told me the manage came and insulted him basically talking why you beg people for food. (he says something here which wasn’t very clear, just one sentence not much). I was really offended by that, I tell him that no you never ask me for food, I never saw, you never bother anybody, you never beg for food. And he was dressed nicely and I said that is all, I’m going to talk to her. GAGAN: Hmm GASIM: So I went and I call her. I said, look I told her what happened, I told you, you asked me if I bought him this meal. This man never asked me for, I I said I think you really hurt his feelings. Yes, hes homeless but he is a decent human being, he has feelings and I think you owe him an apology. You need to go apologize to him. And she said she will do it but she was busy. After few minutes she came there, I was sitting, she came very nicely, she sat with him and said, I want to tell you something that I’m really sorry. The man moved by this, then she told him something, she made him laugh, I don’t know what they both talk about. Then the man look at me and said you talk to her and I said yes. But, my point here is so even the man was white, we need to stand up for justice. GAGAN: There is other kinds of discrimination not just because your from a different country, there is also like poor and rich.. Page 12 �GASIM: Economic bases, religious bases, ethnic basses, there is also based on color, based on linguistics, based on ethnic, color also comes into this gender bases, sexual orientation. I mean we might not approve peoples way of life but that is in this country at least. Everyone should have his dignity as a human being. Whatever background they came from and we need to stand up for that. GAGAN: Yup, definitely, we just did a 24 hour no judging exercise. It didn’t go so well for most people I think. I tried so hard not to judge anyone, so I think it’s a good exercise. I think more people should be involved in this, its hard. You start thinking why am I doing this, why is it so hard for me to not like judge someone. GASIM: I learned my lesson a lot not to judge people. Sometimes things can happen to us like, and when you live in different countries you see, you live that. i really have just, I need to do a few things. You can stop me if you need anything, another time we can continue our discussion anytime. GAGAN: Okay, that’s fine, no problem, thank you. GASIM: I hope this was helpful for what you’re doing? GAGAN: Yes this was, thank you very much. END OF INTERVIEW Page 13 � https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/05ac84ef3aa33330f9bea130eacd3932.mp3 d121eb090b52d5436a419548de1c3aa1 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Speaking Out: Western Michigan Civil Rights Oral Histories Subject The topic of the resource Civil rights--Michigan--History Personal narratives Oral histories African Americans--Personal narratives Gays--Personal narratives Lesbians--Personal narratives Bisexual people--Personal narratives Transgender people--Personal narratives Veterans--Personal narratives Women--Personal narratives People with disabilities--Personal narratives Muslims--United States--Personal narratives Hispanic Americans--Personal narratives Homophobia Discrimination Islamophobia Stereotypes (Social psychology)--Upper Penninsula (Mich.) Description An account of the resource Collection of oral history recordings documenting the history of civil rights and social justice advocacy in Western Michigan. The collection was created by faculty and students as a project of the LIB 201 (formerly US 201): "Diversity in the U.S." course from 2011-2012. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. Brooks College of Interdisciplinary Studies Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Speaking Out: Western Michigan Civil Rights Oral History Project (GV248-01) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-05-02 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource audio/mp3 application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Sound Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV248-01 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1930-2011 Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV248-01_Gasim_Gamal Title A name given to the resource Gamal Gasim audio interview and transcript Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gasim, Gamal Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Singh, Gagan Description An account of the resource Gamal Gasim, assistant professor of Middle East Studies and Political Science, earned his PhD in political science from Texas Tech. He teaches Introduction to Middle East Studies, Middle East politics, and comparative politics. Before Grand Valley, he taught at Texas Tech, University of Wisconsin-Madison during the summers of 2006 and 2007, and at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and Beloit College during the summers of 2008 and 2009 respectively. He discusses how people who do not know anything about Islam or Muslims discriminate against them, and how the media plays a negative role in society in America. Subject The topic of the resource Civil rights--Michigan--History Muslims--United States--Personal narratives Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Sound Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource audio/mp3 application/pdf Relation A related resource Speaking Out: Western Michigan Civil Rights Oral History Project Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012-04-23 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/9e7910f4460bb6fd4003a9b07c428c9a.mp4 a92d025217987fc30732ed86708cfa56 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/830b9dd579916f53db45c5273e321c46.pdf f798b8f730e9d26222f84fa162d3d2b3 PDF Text Text Gautreau, Raymond Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Interview Name of War: Vietnam War Interviewee’s Name: Raymond Gautreau Length of Interview: (52:02) Interviewed by: James Smither Transcribed by: Maluhia Buhlman Interviewer: “We’re talking today with Raymond Gautreau of Rockford, Michigan and the interviewer is James Smither of the Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project. Okay, so start us off with some background on yourself and to begin with where and when were you born?” Whitinsville, Massachusetts January 12th, 1948. Interviewer: “Did you grow up there?” (00:22) Well, lived in Massachusetts for three and a half, four years then moved to upstate New York, Cornwall on the Hudson for just one year, then moved to Norwich, Connecticut and lived there from the time I was five until the time I was 12 then I moved to Keene, New Hampshire where I graduated high school and joined the Marine Corps. Interviewer: “Alright, what was your family doing for a living when you were growing up?” My father worked in factories, textile, you know New England before everything moved south, there were textiles and he was in textiles and my mom worked in a mill too but in the office. Interviewer: “So when did you graduate from high school?” 1965 June. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Alright and what motivated the decision to join the Marine Corps?” Well my family was fairly dysfunctional and they wanted me– I didn’t want to be there, they didn’t want me there and I knew that from the time I was like eight or nine years old. So the only thing they said was “you’re graduating high school.” and “Get out.” So I enlisted actually in April before I graduated, graduated in June and was in Marine Corps in July. Interviewer: “Okay, and why did you pick the Marine Corps?” Because it was the baddest of them, I don’t know, cause I don’t swim well I didn’t want to go in the Navy. Interviewer: “Well there you go, okay now at the time you enlisted were you paying much attention to the news or what was happening in the world?” (1:58) Oh we watched the Vietnam War on T.V it was just cranking up in 1965 so I thought “Oh yeah I’m gonna go to war.” Interviewer: “Okay, so at that age that didn’t really bother you?” No, politics or anything like that no, I had no idea. 17 years old when I graduated, 17 when I went into the Marine Corps. Interviewer: “Alright so you had to have your parents signature for that?” Oh yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, so where do they send you now for boot camp?” Parris Island. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Talk about Parris Island, what’s that like when you get there?” Hot, muggy, it was in August, yeah you know it was tough but I was in shape, I've always kind of been in shape, basketball, baseball, football. So you know all the physical stuff wasn’t too bad but the intimidation was eye opening for me at first, you know. Interviewer: “Okay, now how do they actually get you to the base, how do you get from home to Parris Island?” I took– From New Hampshire I took a bus to Boston from Boston I took a plane to– I don’t know, somewhere in South Carolina and then from there a bus to Parris Island. Interviewer: “Now what time of day do you go on the base?” I don’t know it was at night as I remember it, the bus is at night and the D.Is are screaming at you, you don’t know, you can’t see anything, you know that’s the first part of it the tearing down and intimidation. (3:30) Interviewer: “Alright now how long does it take them to process you before you start the regular training just overnight and then they do everything?” What do you mean regular training I mean boot camp is separate from everything, boot camp is just we’re gonna make you muscles and you’re gonna listen to and you’re gonna do everything we say and that’s what boot camp is and then you go to infantry training, the next set. In infantry training they’re gonna, you know, teach you about your pack and your underwear and how to fight and platoons and whatever, I don’t know, then you go to your base. Interviewer: “Alright now how long was the boot camp?” Boot camp I think was six weeks at that time– Or eight weeks. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Probably eight, most of them are eight and it’s longer earlier when they combined them with the infantry training, but anyway now what kind of people were going there at that time? Were they all like you or from different places?” Hard to say, ones I remember were mostly, well from the east coast from New England, Parris Island that’s where the east coast is. Maybe some southerners, Alabama, seems to me there was some Alabama people. Interviewer: “Okay, were there any black recruits?” Maybe one or two. Interviewer: “Okay, so not many.” No. Interviewer: “Alright and how long did it take you to adjust to the way they did things in boot camp?” (4:57) Not long because at home if I didn’t adjust I got my ass beat so I knew how to conform really quick, you know you do that to stay alive when you’re young it’s just something you learn. Interviewer: “So you had some survival skills coming in that happened to fit.” I think so. Interviewer: “Alright and you were in good physical shape so you can kind of handle the PT part of things.” Yeah. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Okay, and so you get through that eight weeks and then where do you go for your next stage of training?” Camp Geiger for infantry training and I don’t remember how long that was. Interviewer: “Now where is Camp Geiger?” And I couldn’t tell you where camp Gei– I’m gonna say it’s in South Carolina, it’s either in South Carolina or North Carolina, it might be next to Lejeune, it might be attached to Lejeune in North Carolina. Interviewer: “Yeah cause Camp Lejeune is a big base with a lot of subdivision and so forth so may well have been there, but you weren’ staying on Parris Island for that they moved you.” (5:43) No we moved, yeah we left Parris Island, graduated from Camp Geiger, yeah yeah. Interviewer: “So now you’re doing infantry training?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, and were the people who were training you had some of them already been overseas?” Yeah even in Parris Island some of them had been overseas I think. I’m thinking if I remember correctly one of my pistol 45 instructors has been. Interviewer: “Yeah cause the Marines went in in fours in marching ‘67 but you have people– Some were in for limited times and some were over there earlier.” �Gautreau, Raymond I’m sure that there were people there in ‘63, ‘64, whatever. Interviewer: “We had advisors and we had people who were on the air bases so yeah, anyway you’ll get more later but now your training itself to what extent was the infantry training geared for Vietnam?” The only thing I remember about it really is a 25 mile march in one day, you know full pack I mean we did it up at four don’t get back to, whatever midnight I don’t know what time it was, but yeah we did the march. That’s about the only thing I remember about ITR. Interviewer: “Okay, remember what kind of weapons you trained on?” M-14. Interviewer: “But did you also get to use a machine gun or a mortar or anything like that?” (7:13) No, boot camp– Well we might have had hand grenade training in ITR, that might have not been boot camp but boot camp was M-14, 45 caliber pistol, I don’t remember where hand grenade training– That was, no I think hand grenades was Parris Island also actually. Interviewer: “But then ITR–” But same thing M-14. Interviewer: “Alright but in ITR they’re not adding to the mix then?” I don’t remember that. Interviewer: “Okay, and how long did the ITR last?” �Gautreau, Raymond Maybe six weeks again, who could say. Interviewer: “Okay, alright once you complete that what do they do with you next?” Then you get assigned to your first unit, which mine was Foxtrot 210, 2nd Marine Division at Camp Lejeune which is a 105 millimeter howitzer battery. That was my first real job, I was in artillery. Interviewer: “So now you’ve got your regular duty assignment.” My MOS, military occupational specialty 0811. Interviewer: “Was that just artillery?” That’s artillery man. Interviewer: “Okay now were you put on a gun crew right away?” (8:30) Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, and how many men would be on a 105 crew at least there?” I think there was supposed to be eight but there hardly ever was, maybe six or seven, or maybe there’s supposed to be six and there’s always five, I don’t know. Interviewer: “Okay, but you always had the sense that there weren’t as many people as there should be or at least officially?” Yeah, I guess so. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Well on a practical level how many men does it take to operate a 105 howitzer?” Oh boy two, four, you could do it with four. Well actually you could do it with one, I’ve done it myself. What they called H&I harassing and identifiers at night, you’re the only person on a gun you’ve got gun watch, and they say “Traverse right.” you pick up the whole gun by yourself, by the trails, and you traverse the gun to the right and aim it, do whatever you have to to fire it yourself. Set the– You know you make the round up, what charge at night it’s usually illumination round and then when they say “Fire!” you fire it, but usually there’s at least five people there. Interviewer: “Alright, now were you getting just on the job training at this point, were they showing you how to fire the gun or how to do the different jobs?” Well first of all they show us how to clean it for months just– We didn’t even fire it, no and then we took a float to Vieques Island as a matter of fact which was a firing area that the United States was using, I don’t think they’re using it anymore and that was– I think that was the first time I actually fired a howitzer. (10:18) Interviewer: “Okay, that’s an island near Puerto Rico and it got used a lot for Navy target practice–” And Marine Corps. Interviewer: “But you actually landed on the island–” Oh yeah. Interviewer: “And set up your guns and fired them?” Oh yeah, lived in tents, yeah it was a field exercise. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Okay, and about how long would you be there when you went there?” Ten days, floated– You know some type of troops ship, floated there and floated back. Interviewer: “And when you landed on the island did they put you in landing craft or just go up to a dock and get off?” I don’t– We might have used nets and landing craft at that time, I don’t recall. I know at one time I did use nets, but I'm not sure if it was there– It would’ve had– Yeah I think it would’ve been there. Interviewer: “Might’ve been it was kind of standard practice at that point, so–” Just to get us used to, you know– Interviewer: “[unintelligible] Now how long did you wind up spending at Camp Geiger?” (11:23) Camp Lejeune. Interviewer: “Lejeune now, yeah Geiger was training.” Till the next– June I guess and then I had my orders so I took 30 days leave in July and from there flew– Well from home flew to San Diego, Camp Pendleton, walked around the sand dunes and the hills up there for a couple of weeks then got on a ship again and floated to Vietnam. Interviewer: “Alright, now what was the sea voyage like?” �Gautreau, Raymond It was only a week I think or ten days, we were supposed to stop in Hawaii but we didn’t. Well that was the rumor anyway “Oh yeah we’re gonna stop in Hawaii, it’ll be fun!” No, didn’t happen we floated right by. Interviewer: “So what was the weather like on the way over?” Warm, hot, it’s summer. Interviewer: “So no big storms or anything like that.” No, nope big storms come later, I got a story about big storms you’ll see, that’s on a hospital ship. Yeah so destination, Da Nang South Vietnam. Interviewer: “Okay, and when you arrive at Da Nang were they using–” This is where we use the nets, because I remember going in on a Mike boat. So this is where– Yeah we use nets and we climbed onto the Mike boats. (12:40) Interviewer: “So what is a Mike boat?” Open personnel craft. Interviewer: “An LCM.” Yeah, smaller than LCT or LCUs whatever. Interviewer: “Yeah but basically just a landing craft and it’s the one with the door that goes down in the front.” That’s the way I remember it. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Okay, and do they have you go with full pack and charge out or were they not doing that anymore?” Okay, here’s something I know– Of course before we get there, the D.Is in Parris Island, the instructors in ITR, everyone at Pendleton is telling us even the little kids have grenades in their diapers and you can’t trust and Vietnamese so we’re going in a Mike boat and we didn’t have– “Don’t load your weapons, we’re going into Da Nang and we’re fine.” I said “Wait, wait what?” They tell us everybody's dangerous then tell us don’t load our weapons here, I was scared pretty much shitless right away and you go on land and it’s like right in the city and the war stays outside. There’s moms and kids and everybody else just walking around and you get on a truck and you go out to your position but yeah I was “Wait a minute, wait a minute what is this? Am I supposed to, you know shoot all these people or what?” And they said “No, no don’t worry about it.” So that was my introduction. Interviewer: “Okay, now what unit were you joining?” (14:08) Alpha Battery 1st Battalion 10th Marines, A-112, 12th unit sorry. Interviewer: “12th unit yeah, 10th Marines are back in the states. Okay and then which division was that a part of?” 3rd Marine Division. Interviewer: “3rd Marine Division, okay and where were you initially based?” It was outside of Da Nang and I keep thinking it wall Hill 81 or Hill 881 or something– Interviewer: “Probably 801, that’s close to Da Nang.” Oh do you know [unintelligible] 801? �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Well it’s a question of altitude cause it’s the meters of altitude above sea level, so close to Da Nang you have hills and then there’s like 55 so.” 55? We had to go to a little town we called Dogpatch before we could get to– Well Dogpatch was between Da Nang and our base, wherever the base was. The base had like three fingers to the hill and there was infantry auto five howitzers and 155 millimeter howitzers behind us about three or four fingers, whichever hill it was on. Interviewer: “Okay, and what sort of reception do you get when you show up to the base?” Oh you’re the new guy they’re gonna make fun of you, yeah oh yeah they did “Watch out for so and so he’s crazy.” Well you gotta wake him up now it’s his turn to go on guard duty, oh yeah now I gotta go wake up the guy that sleeps with his rifle. So yeah that stuff goes on until, you know you’ve been there for a while, you do your job, they know you can do your job and then you know it’s fine. Interviewer: “Now at the time that you joined them were they– I guess first of all chronologically when was this, when do you arrive in Vietnam?” (15:48) ‘66 it would’ve been I think August of ‘66. Interviewer: “Alright so summer of ‘66 and was there much activity at that time, were you firing very much?” Yeah we were firing quite a bit and there was just before that an attack on another artillery unit and I don’t remember anything other “Oh you guys just got here there was a huge” blah blah blah and yeah we were firing quite a bit we had some pretty big fire missions. I mean I don’t remember– Six guns, 20 rounds, that’s a lot to be throwing out there you know. Interviewer: “Now was your battery the only one on that base or was there a whole battalion there?” �Gautreau, Raymond Well there was 155 millimeter guns behind us– Interviewer: “Okay, so you’re 2nd Battery there.” Yeah and there was tanks and ontos with the infantry so they had, you know whatever [unintelligible] mortars I’m sure they had mortars and they might have even had four deuces, I’m not sure. Interviewer: “So it’s a pretty substantial base with a lot of fire power.” Oh yeah, it was yeah. Interviewer: “Alright now with an artillery unit like that did you ever have to do bunker duty or perimeter guard?” (16:59) Oh yeah, all the time. Interviewer: “Okay so what does that involve?” Okay, on Monday night you had guard duty on the– Sailing the gun. So it starts at eight o’clock at night, somebody’s on guard eight to 12, 12 to four, four till eight. On nights you don’t have guard duty on the gun there’s fox hole duty, same thing so many guys go in there four to eight, eight to 12, 12 to four, four to eight and if you don’t have that there is listening post which is outside the wire and that’s only two guys and you’re two guys with shotguns and grenades and scared shitless so you really don’t sleep, oh we’re— Yeah we get reports there, Vietnam out there, oh good I’m gonna go outside the wire. You’re only out there as an alarm anyway, you know if something happens you’re the first one that’s gonna shoot somebody and let everybody else know that yeah something’s coming. So that’s the mission, that’s the third– You were doing either one of those things every night. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Alright, now were the enemy making much effort to probe the base or harass you?” Not really, no most of the firing we did was, you know, miles away cause we could fire seven miles. Interviewer: “It would be when you’re on perimeter guard and so forth, was there anybody to shoot at?” No, not in that area, not on the base. Interviewer: “And then on the base at that point would you take occasional mortar rounds or snipers or things like that?” No, everything was outgoing at that point. Interviewer: “Alright, how long do you think you stayed on that base?” (18:45) We stayed there maybe, September, October, and into November. November I think we took trucks and went north, if I remember correctly it was by truck– Oh could’ve been by helicopter, I’ll bet it was by helicopter and we went to Con Thien, spent time in Con Thien, got wounded in Con Thien, December 10th, 1966… a mortar round after midnight blew up outside the hooch I was in and blew me all the way to the next guy’s thing, I got up right away, I knew I was hit, got my flak jacket and helmet and rifle together and cartridge belt, and made sure everybody else was out of the tent because I figured I was already hit so I’ll just make sure I’m not gonna get hit again. Everybody else got out, jumped in the fox hole, said “Come on, get in here!” And I said “No, I can’t jump in a fox hole.” So I laid down in front of it and waited for a corpsman and sat there– I don’t know, they took me into the exec pit, I was in shock, my whole body was just bouncing around on the floor. Interviewer: “Where were you hit?” �Gautreau, Raymond In the knee, in the groin, in the hip. Interviewer: “So just a bunch of shrapnel?” Yeah, which my body was doing what it was supposed to do I guess, and then they medevaced me out of there, went to Chu Lai– To the hospital in Chu Lai and they got the shrapnel out of my knee and out of my groin and in my hip they couldn’t get it out and they were trying to hold me down and this guy is poking around and I said “Now if you don’t have to, don’t do that. Not like that.” So he said “Okay, we can leave that in there.” I said “Okay, leave it in there.” Then went to the hospital for a week or so and just got shot up every day with, yeah I guess with painkillers and antibiotics, I don’t know. Then I went to hospital ship , was on hospital ship Repose for a while and this is where heavy rolls, on ships they have this gauge that hangs down and it’s 45 degrees especially [unintelligible] and we were on the deck of the hospital ship cause some of us finally were ambulatory and the ship would go like this and you’d see nothing but the sky and then the ship would go like this and you’d see nothing but the ocean way up here and they said “Okay everybody down below.” And we said “Good thinking.” And yeah that little gauge was going from one side to the other. (22:03) Interviewer: “Alright now let’s back up a little bit here, talk a little bit about Ban Pien, first of all where is that in Vietnam?” It’s further north, it’s north of Hue, Phu Bai. Interviewer: “Yeah, it’s almost at the DMZ.” Almost to the DMZ, rock pile, razorback, as a matter of fact– Oh I can’t remember where but one night we delivered ammo, I can’t remember where we delivered it to now, and that scared the heck out of me because we were just in trucks with no lights, jungle on both sides, you know are they gonna jump out of here or what I mean that was scary I would’ve shot anything that �Gautreau, Raymond moved that night, but yeah Con Thien, I don’t remember– You know we were there, we were firing again you know and I don’t remember how long we were there but yeah we didn’t get hit. Interviewer: “Now when you get out of– Well until you got hit, okay but was there more incoming fire though would the enemy shoot rockets or–” Mortars? Interviewer: “Mortars at you?” Well I don’t know after that night because– Interviewer: “Right but before that.” No, that was the first time I was ever mortared. Interviewer: “Wow, okay so just once.” (23:20) Just lucky. Interviewer: “Yeah that was something, okay about how long did that– When you’re on the hospital ship then did they send you back to your unit after that?” Yes. Interviewer: “So how long were you away from your unit do you think?” Long enough to lose 30 pounds, I don’t know, two months, maybe six weeks, I don’t know two months. Interviewer: “A lot of stuff took a long time.” �Gautreau, Raymond I know it was at least a week or ten days in Chu Lai, maybe– Oh I could tell you because it was after new years because we went to Hong Kong for new years. So it was after new years so it was at least– I’m gonna say at least a month before I was back. Interviewer: “We went to Hong Kong, did the hospital ship go?” The hospital ship. Interviewer: “Okay and then did you get to go on shore at that point?” Oh yeah. Interviewer: “Alright, so what was it like to go visit some place where there wasn’t the war?” (24:15) As an 18 year old idiot I got the clap and got rolled, got drunk, passed out, lost all my money but somebody– Luckily somebody put me back on a craft and got me back to the ship. Interviewer: “Alright, and how long did you stay there, was that just a couple of days?” Maybe just that one day. Interviewer: “Just that one day that was it huh, okay.” It was too much. Interviewer: “Okay so now you go back to your unit but when you get back to them have there been many changes in personnel or pretty much all the same guys?” No, pretty much all the same guys. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “So they hadn’t taken a lot of other casualties in the meantime.” No. Interviewer: “Okay, now when you’re on one of these bases what kind of accommodations for quarters do you have?” In Con Thien we had a plywood slab and we had I think a– I wanna say a ten man or a 12 man tent on that– Sitting on that slab and we had ammo boxes and ammo boxes were about this long– Can you see that? This long and they’re about this wide so you’d line up a bunch of empty ammo boxes, the rubber lady which is your air mattress goes on top of that and that’s your rack. You’re always in uniform, maybe take your boots and your flak jacket off and your helmet off to sleep but that’s about it, everything else you don’t take off. Interviewer: “Was there any protection, did you have sandbags or ammo boxes filled with dirt or anything like that?” (26:08) No, in Da Nang we had all that because we were there for so long but no, Con Thien the only thing we had was holes in the ground– Oh we had, you know built up walls where the gun pits were you know, CPs or somebody comes in with a bulldozer and just makes our gun pit. Interviewer: “But you’re not sleeping in a bunker?” No, no that was pretty much– Interviewer: “You don’t have sandbags, you just have tents.” It was a tent, that’s all it was,above ground. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Alright, now was your unit still at Con Thien when you went back or had they moved?” I think they were still at Con Thien when I got back, Cam Lo we went to– That might’ve been when we were in Cam Lo I don’t remember. Interviewer: “That’s another one of those bases that belonged to the NV.” Yeah it’s up there and then we also– Oh no I think this is after that we went into– Then I went into the special ending force, went into the DMZ and then came back to Camp J.J. Carroll but that was later on too. Interviewer: “Okay, you talk then, I guess about the landing force then what was going on there?” (27:10) That was after Con Thien, Cam Lo, we went on– I’m gonna say LPH Okinawa if I remember correctly and we were going to be in the first landing force to invade the DMZ in 1967, I don’t remember what month maybe April, maybe April I’m not sure. Interviewer: “That’s [unintelligible] so you were with them.” So yeah I’m with them, we were gonna have an amphibious landing, they had problems with helicopters so we went off and Amtracks amphibious track vehicles and we’ve got our 105 millimeter howitzer inside, and our ammo inside and they have sandbags and an M-60 up on top and an Amtrack crew and R-05 crew is up on top and they open up the back of the LPH we float out, we float in towards the DMZ and all of a sudden the Amtrack crew starts throwing sandbags off cause we’re sinking. So we all threw sandbags off, we made it, we got to shore and as soon as we got in we started to unload the guns and we got the guns off and dragging the guns in the sand– I can’t remember now exactly how we did that but just as we’re doing the F-4 phantoms come in and I’m thinking they were going faster than the speed of sound because they were gone and they were coming in at treetop level so it was just this super loud jet just there and then gone, �Gautreau, Raymond you know that’s gonna scare the hell out of the North Vietnamese, you know and that was pretty interesting the phantoms. So then we got set up in the DMZ and we had trouble, it was the whole special landing force there, there was infantry, there were artillery and we got a lot of rounds into opposition from North Vietnam, some say there were 1200 rounds a day, we had people killed, I just looked up the names on the wall and I’m not doing that again. So that was probably the hairiest time but the first time it’s incoming, you know it’s incoming, it doesn’t take long to figure it out, boy I’ll tell you. Interviewer: “Did you have holes?” Oh yeah we had holes, well that was sand so we had holes dug all over yeah, and one of the first times I jumped in a hole and I’m trying squeeze down in my boots and my helmet is all you can see and somebody jumped in next to me and they’re doing the same thing and we’re both going [heavy breathing] and there’s rounds landing all around us and pretty soon– As soon as the rounds stop coming in we have to get on the guns and shoot back. (30:38) So it’s an artillery group, as soon as the rounds stop coming in I get up to go and I look and it’s the captain of my unit who’s in the hole with me breathing just as hard as I was, I said “Okay, that’s good.” Yeah so that was– And then we had, I think it was the Missouri, the last time the Missouri, pretty sure Missouri was out and they fired a 16 inch white phosphorus round into our position, yeah that was a mistake, luckily nobody got hurt. By the time that that happened we all knew it was incoming, we were all in holes, you know by the time that round left the tube we were in holes, so yeah. Interviewer: “About how long do you think you were in the DMZ?” I don’t know, maybe a month, maybe three weeks, maybe a month. Interviewer: “So a little while, alright. As these things are going on do you have any knowledge really of what the bigger picture is or why you’re there or what’s happening or how things are going?” �Gautreau, Raymond No, I just want to get out of there alive and I just want to do my job, you know when it’s time to have a fire mission I want to be able to do what I’m supposed to do, you know that’s focusing I guess I don’t know. Interviewer: “Yeah, now did you have kind of regular jobs on the gun when you were in action?” Well I started out as a loader because I was, you know the first guy there, next I was ammo tech, then you go to gunner, and then assistant gunner which actually fires the weapon– You move up and you gotta know all the jobs, yeah when I was– I forget where we were I think it was Con Thien again, and I had to be section chief for a while cause we had nobody that was corporal or above so. Interviewer: “And is a section chief just in charge of your gun or–” Yeah, just one gun. (32:54) Interviewer: “But he’s above the level of the gunners.” Well he just happens to be the guy who has the headphones on and is connected to the– Yeah, I mean there were other guys that were E3s that were there so. Interviewer: “Alright, now did you get a set of information from Fire Direction Control or something like that to set the gun this way and then you just do what they tell you?” Yup, the guns oriented they know how it’s oriented with their maps so they could tell us angle of the barrel and deflection or to traverse left or right. Interviewer: “Yeah and then how much– What you could do to adjust the size of the charge, the range?” �Gautreau, Raymond Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, alright and then so after the DMZ, you pull out, where do you go next?” Either after the DMZ we went to Con Thien or we went to Camp J.J. Carroll, I’m not really sure, I think it was– But I know Camp J.J. Carroll that was the last place that I remember being in Vietnam. Interviewer: “Okay, and was life any different at Camp Carroll then it was at Con Thien or Cam Lo or were they pretty much all the same?” First place I ever smoked marijuana was Camp J.J. Carroll, South Vietnam, 1967, been smoking ever since. Interviewer: “Was it– But was it any more or less safe than the other places?” (34:34) More safe, Camp J.J. Carroll, it was a big base. Interviewer: “Okay, and so there you had proper bunkers and things like that or at least more covering?” I don’t remember, we probably had the same thing, ammo boxes and rubber ladies, that was pretty much– In Da Nang we might’ve had cots, in Da Nang I think we had cots but after that I don’t remember being in a cot. Interviewer: “Right, okay now the places where you were did you ever see many of the South Vietnamese population, see civilians around?” Yeah, well Da Nang. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Da Nang you have, okay.” And occasionally you were chosen for a trip to go to Da Nang, I forget why pick up supplies or something, and you’d go through a Dogpatch, little town before Da Nang, and then you’d go into Da Nang again. So yeah we’d see– And there was a little village in, again on Da Nang where I was stationed on that hill, there was a little village next to the hill and they’d come in and get our garbage, so you know there was the barber and little kids, I’m sure I have pictures somewhere of me and some little kids, you know. Interviewer: “What impression did you have of them just in general?” Generally the older people just struggled to live and they smacked the kids around until the kids learned it. Interviewer: “Now did you find yourself not being scared by them after a while because when you first landed you were afraid they all had hand grenades?” (36:20) Yeah, you know I mean but again once I was there and in country and everything you know it was always round the clock weapons, always you know more ammo than you thought. When you first get there you’re supposed to have four ammo pouches or something but by the time you leave everybody’s got 19 ammo pouches hanging all over them so you’re never gonna run out of ammo, I don’t know. Interviewer: “Okay, well–” No, no after a while, you know I just– No I didn’t feel a threat I guess. Interviewer: “Okay, now as an artillerist would you still be carrying a lot of ammo around?” �Gautreau, Raymond Oh yeah, cause guerilla type war you never knew who and it was sometimes– Most of the time we were so close to an infantry unit anyway that, you know if they’re gonna attack they’d probably attack us before they attacked– Get the infantry through us or something, I don’t know their tactics. Interviewer: “But anyway you were close enough to–” Only one time though was I actually shot at that I know I was shot at and I shot back, other than that, you know I mean when we were in the DMZ I didn’t, you know I couldn’t see their artillery units and I’m sure they couldn’t see us but we kept firing back. Interviewer: “And so the incident when you actually didn’t have to fight with them can you talk about that or what happened?” Now we had gone, I forget why, we had taken two guns and we had gone into the field in choppers with these two guns, you know some type of operation and we were fine. (38:12) All we had was ourselves and the choppers and when we got there everything was fine, we fired some rounds and everything, fine, fine everything was okay, now let’s bug out we gotta get outta here. So we said– And that’s when we started taking rounds and everybody’s laying on the ground hiding, hiding, hiding, you know you can see the smoke or whatever so you shoot back but you don’t see anybody, and finally it stopped and we just got out of there. No one got hit, you know and we don’t know if we hit anybody but yeah. Interviewer: “Now were you– Did they give you M-16s by this time?” No, no. Interviewer: “You’re still on the M-14?” M-14. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Alright, now you had mentioned before that you had stops in Okinawa and the Philippines, where did those fit in your– Did those come later?” No, those were before– Well the Philippines– No, both of them were before SLF, special landing force. Interviewer: “Okay, alright so talk a little bit about those places.” They would’ve been before Con Thien too, if I remember correctly. We’ll be back after a short word from our sponsors. Interviewer: “Okay, so we were– Cause it was fairly common for a while for Marines to do some kind of jungle training before they went into Vietnam and do that either in the Philippines or Okinawa, but do you think you got that after you were in Vietnam for the while they pulled you out?” (39:50) Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, so then what happens or what do you do when you’re there?” Well Okinawa, again I might’ve only been 17 or just turned 18 in Okinawa, so again and I’m a– My dad was an alcoholic, I started drinking when I was like eight or nine or ten okay. So Okinawa was just drink and drink and drink at night and I forget what we did during the day, inspections, you know try and hide and sleep. The Philippines the only thing I remember about that is hiking in the jungles and firing. Yeah I don’t remember where we stayed or if we stayed on a ship, I’m thinking we stayed on the ship though in the Philippines. Interviewer: “And then you had your 13 months tour Vietnam, did you get an R&R?” No, I was supposed to go on R&R, when I got shot, blown up so. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “So the hospital ship was your R&R.” That was my R&R. Interviewer: “Alright, now as you started to get short, did that change the way you thought about things or what you did or did you just do the same thing till you left?” Well if I remember correctly we were in Camp Carroll at that time and there probably wasn’t much to do if I was short I’d probably let everybody know that I was short, but I really don’t remember much– I mean it was a huge base, I remember that. Interviewer: “Okay, now when the time comes for you to leave, what's the process now to get you out of Vietnam?” Well back to Da Nang, oh probably chopper, maybe C-130 to Da Nang then from Da Nang to Okinawa, from Okinawa fly back to– I’m gonna say San Diego but it could’ve been L.A, I’m not sure, went from there home for 30 days and then back to Quantico, Virginia. (42:20) I spent my last year schools demonstration troops in Quantico, Virginia, we showed officers training, what the O-5 is for. Interviewer: “Okay, let’s explain a little bit what you were doing there.” In Quantico? Interviewer: “Yeah.” Well that’s– I was– We fired no-fis, they had a range, I mean it was nothing far, you know half a mile to a mile maybe, you could see the truck out there the shell that we were aiming at, the tank or whatever it happened to be. So most of the firing was direct fire but there’d be bleachers in the back and officers just taking notes and we just brought fire. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Okay, alright–” And actually clinical was mostly veterans, people who knew what they were doing on a gun and could get it done really well. Interviewer: “So they had a lot of guys like yourself that had already been out in the field and they’re finishing out enlistments.” Yup. Interviewer: “Did you have a fair enough– Were there career guys there or were they all pretty much, at least the people you associated with, mostly like you?” Oh no there was some career guys, you know one of my best friends who actually wasn’t in the same unit as me but from boot camp on you’re told “Buddy, buddy, have a buddy.” And by the way when I got it ITR this guy, we wake up every morning “Hey buddy” “Hey buddy.” First thing. (44:00) Well then we got separated, I went to the O-5 Battery in Lejeune and he went somewhere else, I have no idea where he went, and I went to Vietnam– Oh no he was in the same unit as me at Lejeune so it was the same thing, wake up every morning “Hey buddy.” “Hey buddy.” I made weekends to his home in New Jersey, you know and then I went to Vietnam, and he wanted to go. He was signing lists but he didn’t go, he didn’t get assigned and I did, and I was over there until stationed us in the DMZ, and I’m in the DMZ one day and I’m cleaning the gun and all of a sudden I hear “Hey buddy.” And I just know immediately, and he’s just happy to be there “Oh yeah, look at all this we’re getting into man, is this great?” I go “No!” Yeah that was– And he stayed in the Marine Corps, you have to be a nob, he was a drill instructor, then he was a recruiting officer for a while and finally retired, he’s still in North Carolina. Interviewer: “Okay, now for you– You had what was basically a day job at that point now, just go out on the range and–” �Gautreau, Raymond Yeah, yeah, yeah plus everybody else– Well a lot of people are getting out of the Marine Corps, so yeah we pulled KT, we mowed the lawns, we all the– Yeah cause your guys are gone, see you later okay. Interviewer: “So how many months did you spend there?” Just about a year. Interviewer: “Yeah, about all you had left in those three years yeah.” Would’ve been September to the next– Or August or September to the next July. Interviewer: “Okay, now when you had off time did you go into Washington or other places?” Yeah I did, skating on the reflecting pool in the winter and I went to the museums and yeah on weekends we’d do that stuff but also– Was it the first year, ‘67 was the big peace march in Washington? (46:15) Interviewer: “There was one then, yeah and then more in ‘68.” Holy cow what are all– Look at the way these people are all dressed and let me take pictures of this and I went to– Okay, you know I was smoking pot, there were other Marines there smoking pot. So in Washington, D.C I went to Jefferson airplane country, holy cow what is going on here and oh boy everybody’s just tripping and stoned and drinking, I said “Oh wow, this is something I missed I guess.” Interviewer: “Now could they spot you as military because of the haircut?” Oh I’m sure, I’m sure. �Gautreau, Raymond Interviewer: “Now did you– To what extent, now that you’re back in the states, to what extent or how quickly do you become aware of the whole anti-war movement?” You know, not really while I’m still in, not really until I get out and I’m– I got married first time, might’ve been out of the Marine Corps in ‘68, I don’t remember, ‘69. No, ‘68 yeah I’m pretty sure I was married in ‘68 for the first time, but I just became a hippie and that marriage didn’t last just, you know– Who knows? Interviewer: “But basically while you were in even though you were based in the states it wasn’t making that much of an impression on you that there was an anti-war movement going?” No, I was just more of just let me get high, let me have fun. Interviewer: “Okay, alright so did the Marine Corps make an effort to encourage you to stay in?” (48:15) No I don’t think so, I don’t remember that just, you know “Okay, you’ve got three weeks left you staying or not?” “No, I'm going.” “Okay, go get your physicals and get out of here.” You know, if you stay you’re going back to Vietnam and I didn’t want to go back. Interviewer: “Okay, so now you get out 1968, you go find a job right away or do other things?” Well I had a fairly good job as an electrician’s assistant for a couple years and we were traveling and we’d get travel pay and so I did pretty good but then I quit that and went to school for electricity doing something, I forget but then I just dropped out and I was too stoned all the time. That’s what I wanted to do and, you know, lived in a commune for a year, couple years, that whole thing. Interviewer: “Alright, how did you wind up in Michigan?” �Gautreau, Raymond I had gone to Florida and met a woman in Florida who said “Oh come on to Michigan, my folks have a cottage on Lake Michigan, we can spend the summer there. Just smoke pot and have fun.” Yeah, well as soon as we got there her mother said “Oh what? You’re gonna what? You’re marrying my daughter.” So yeah, but never got along with the mother and the girl never left her mother so I ended up having to divorce her. Interviewer: “You wind up finding work here or?” Oh yeah, so I just stayed, I like Michigan. First of all Korea can’t touch us, we don’t get many hurricanes, we’re not getting a lot of– Interviewer: “Not a lot of earthquakes here.” Earthquakes, so Michigan yeah it’s not a bad place, worst thing we got to worry about is Asian carp, that’s fine. Interviewer: “Global warming can melt the snow, so yeah we’re good.” (50:20) Global warming, no I just– No. Interviewer: “Now if you look back now at the time that you spent in the Marine Corps, what do you think you took out of that, positive or negative?” I think I did a good job on what I was supposed to do and I’m, you know, proud of my service, you know on a whole it was a good experience I guess. I hope that my grandkids never have to go, you know but I’m just, you know I’m lucky I made it back, I’m still alive you know. Interviewer: “Alright, did you– I mean have you had any kinds of other issues whether issues PTSD kinds of things that you know of?” �Gautreau, Raymond Sure, I have therapy I take therapy, I’m 100% disabled, unemployable, wounds service connected, [unintelligible] So I do get coverage from the V.A and I appreciate that and they’ve gotten a lot better, there’s still room for improvement but– Interviewer: “Alright, so I appreciate you coming and sharing the story today so thank you very much.” You’re welcome. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GautreauR2155V Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gautreau, Raymond J. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-09 Title A name given to the resource Gautreau, Raymond (Interview transcript and video), 2017 Description An account of the resource Raymond Gautreau was born on January 12, 1948 in Whitinsville, Massachusetts, and graduated high school in New Hampshire in 1965. Since his family lacked empathy, Gautreau decided to join the Marine Corps after high school despite news about the war in Vietnam. For Basic Training, he was sent to Parris Island, South Carolina. After Basic, Gautreau was transferred to Camp Geiger, North Carolina, for Infantry Training. After that, he was assigned the Military Occupational Specialty of artilleryman in a 105mm Howitzer Battery attached to the 2nd Marine Division at Camp Lejeune, North Carolina. Gautreau underwent artillery training with his new unit on Vieques Island near Puerto Rico before deploying to Da Nang, Vietnam. In Vietnam, he joined the A Battery, 1st Battalion, 12th Marine Regiment, 3rd Marine Division at a base outside Da Nang in 1966. His unit also spent some time closer to the Demilitarized Zone at Con Thien where, one night, Gautreau was thrown from his hooch by a nearby mortar explosion. He received shrapnel in the knee, groin, hip, and dropped in and out of consciousness as medics attended to his wounds. He was then medevacked to Chu Lai Air Base for proper medical attention before being transferred to a hospital ship en route to Hong Kong because of the severity of his injuries. After nearly two months, Gautreau returned to his artillery unit at Con Thien. His unit then participated in the nearly month-long amphibious invasion of the DMZ in April of 1967. For a short period, Gautreau served as his unit’s Section Chief in charge of their artillery cannon since there were few available Corporals and Noncommissioned Officers. After Con Thien, his unit transferred to Camp Carroll. At the end of his tour, Gautreau was flown back to Da Nang, then to Okinawa, Japan, before landing in California. For the rest of his deployment, he assisted the artillery range courses for the officer training at Quantico, Virginia. Gautreau was officially discharged from the Marines in 1968 and soon took up work as an electrician’s assistant before quitting, working several small jobs, and then moving to Michigan. Reflecting upon his time in the service, Gautreau was proud of his commitment and viewed it as an overall positive experience in his life. He is also appreciative of the benefits he received through the VA and hopes his grandchildren will never have to experience war in their lifetimes. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States—History, Military Veterans Video recordings Other veterans & civilians—Personal narratives, American Afghan War, 2001-2021—Personal narratives, American Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries, Special Collections & University Archives, 1 Campus Drive, Allendale, MI, 49401. Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Language A language of the resource eng https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/447f3ea5f481d8360089632001bd17fd.pdf d4ea91742c5dd56b530a2f765001ce93 PDF Text Text December 1, 1993 The Special Meeting of the City of Gaylord Zoning Board of Appeals was opened by Chairman Brecheiseq at 7:00 p.m. on Wednesday, December 1, 1993, in the City Council Chambers, located in the City County Building, 225 West Main Street, Gaylord, Michigan. Members Present: Brecheisen, Copenhaver (Alternate), Dickerson, Sharrard (Alternate), Thomas and Turczynski. Members Absent: Becker, Haber and Yarsevich. The minutes of the previous meeting will be considered at the next Special Meeting of the Zoning Board of Appeals. Request for a Sign Variance by Chris Monte at Monte's Soft Cloth Auto Wash located at 1375 West Main Street Chairman Brecheisen reviewed the request. Mr. Chris Monte and Mr. Tom Wishman (representing Amor Sign Studio) were present to answer any questions the Board had regarding the request. Mr. Wishman reviewed the proposal. Mr. Wishman stated the proposed sign would be obstructed if placed in conformance with the City Sign Ordinance, but if placed at the front property line it would be visible by traffic going either east or west on M-32. The proposed sign if placed at the property line would conform with old requirements and would be in excess of fifty (50) feet from the center of the roadway. Motion by Copenhaver, supported by Turczynski to grant a Sign Variance to Chris Monte for the erection of a fifty-six (56) square foot free standing sign at 1375 West Main Street. Mr. Monte is permitted to place the sign on the front property line and the variance is granted based upon the following "finding of fact": a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Parcel is unique because of the location of adjacent property signage. The sign cannot be reasonably used in accordance with Sign Ordinance because of the building location and obstructed view from the west. The variance would not grant the applicant a right or privilege not enjoyed by neighboring property owners. The variance request is not the result of self-created actions on the part of the applicant. The variance will not injure or damage neighboring properties and in fact will preserve the character of the area. The variance is being requested because of the unique characteristics of the property and not because of economic or personal reasons. The variance constitutes the minimum action necessary to permit reasonable use of the property and insure public safety. The variance is granted to Mr. Monte for Monte's Soft Cloth Auto Wash and becomes invalid if the business is discontinued, relocated or the sign is altered. �Ayes: Brecheisen, Copenhaver, Dickerson, Sharrard, Thomas and Turczynski. Nays: None. Motion carried. I Motion by Turczynski to adjourn. Meeting adjourned at 7:24 p.m. Norm Brecheisen, Chairman �January 26, 1994 The Special Meeting of the City of Gaylord Zoning Board of Appeals was opened by Chairman Brecheisen at 7:00 p.m. on Wednesday, January 26, 1994, in the City Council Chambers, located in the City County Building, 225 West Main Street, Gaylord, Michigan. Members Present: Becker, Brecheisen, Copenhaver (Alternate), Dickerson, Haber and Sharrard (Alternate). Members Absent: Thomas, Turczynski and Yarsevich. Motion by Haber, supported by Becker to dispense with the reading of the minutes of the previous two (2) meetings and to accept them as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Request for an Outer Wall Covering Variance by Gary Merritt for an addition to be constructed at Nu Way Supply, 403 West Sheldon Street, C-2, Central Commercial District Chairman Brecheisen reviewed the request. Mr. Gary Merritt (property owner) and Mr. Bill Ford (builder) were present to answer any questions the Board had regarding the request. Mr. Ford stated it was the intention of the property owner to make the proposed addition's outer wall materials and setbacks the same as the existing building. Mr. Ford also stated the purpose of the proposed addition was to allow inside storage of inventory currently stored outside. It was also discussed that although the current and proposed addition will be located three (3) feet from the north property line, the adjacent neighbor to the north has a fence which is attached to the north side of the building and is therefore utilizing three (3) feet of the property owned by Nu Way Supply. The Board discussed the fact that Zoning Ordinance regulations regarding outer wall materials and setbacks have changed since a previous addition to the building within the last four (4) years. The Board also discussed prior action by Council in which they had considered abandoning the portion of the street in front of the proposed addition, but for legal reasons could not. Motion by Copenhaver, supported by Dickerson to grant a request by Gary Merritt of Nu Way Supply for an Outer Wall Covering Variance for the construction of a new addition at 403 West Sheldon Street. The Board also allows the building to be constructed three (3) feet from the north property line. The variance is granted based on the following "findings of fact": �1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The addition would be no less nonconforming than the current structure; Unique circumstances regarding setback and outer wall materials already exist and the addition would be consistent with the existing structure; Nu Way Supply owns the adjacent properties to the west of the proposed location; Nu Way Supply is already extending a "friendly neighbor" privilege to the property owners to the north; The addition would aid in the storage of inventory currently stored outside; The Ordinance regulating these issues have changed since the previous addition; and The variance conforms to the spirit of the Ordinance Ayes: Brecheisen, Copenhaver, Dickerson, Haber and Sharrard. Nays: None. Abstained: Becker. Motion carried. Becker abstained due to conflict of interest. Motion by Haber, supported by Becker to adjourn. Meeting adjourned at 7:15 p.m. Norm Brecheisen, Chairman �March 23, 1994 The Special Meeting of the City of Gaylord Zoning Board of Appeals was opened by Chairman Brecheisen at 7:00 p.m. on Wednesday, March 23, 1994, in the Circuit Court Jury Room, located in the City-County Building, 225 West Main Street, Gaylord, Michigan. Members Present: Becker, Brecheisen, Dickerson, Sharrard (Alternate), Thomas and Turczynski. Members Absent: Copenhaver (Alternate), Haber and Yarsevich. Motion by Becker, supported by Sharrard to dispense with the reading of the minutes of the previous meeting and to accept them as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. No report from Planning Commission Liaison, as Brecheisen was out of town. A. Request for a Front Yard Setback Variance by Carl Jansen for an addition to be constructed at Mayfair Plastics, Inc., 845 Dickerson Road, M-1 Manufacturing District. Chairman Brecheisen reviewed the request. Mr. Carl Jansen, President of Mayfair Plastics, and the contractor for Up-North Builders were present to answer any questions the Board had regarding the request. Mr. Jansen stated the purpose of the proposed addition was to allow for additional warehouse space for shipping and is necessary for the growth of the business. Mr. Jansen also stated the need for 2 truck wells. If the proposed addition was no wider than 40', it could not be used, as storage space is needed on both sides and still have room for trucks to run through the center. The truck trailers will be at ground level and no excavating is needed. The Board discussed the fact that the building is currently a non-conforming building and that the Ordinance changed after the building was built. The new addition would not make the building any less conforming than the current structure. The practical difficulty was created by government action, as the Ordinance was changed after the building was created. Therefore, the request for the proposed addition is a reasonable request. Chairman Brecheisen read correspondence from Dave Siegel indicating he reviewed the plans and supports the request be granted for construction. Motion by Dickerson, supported by Turczynski to grant a request by Carl Jansen of Mayfair Plastics, Inc. for the construction of a new addition at 845 Dickerson Road. The variance is granted based on the following "findings of fact": �1. The parcel is unique (in terms of size, shape, topography, location, or natural features) when compared to other parcels in the same zoning classification. 2. The parcel cannot be reasonably used in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance. 3. The applicant would not be given a right or privilege not enjoyed by neighboring properties if the variance is granted. 4. The variance request is not the result of self-created actions on the part of the applicant. 5. The variance will not injure or damage neighboring properties. 6. The variance is not being requested because of personal or economic hardship rather than the unique physical situation of this particular property. 7. The variance does constitute the minimum action necessary to permit reasonable use of the land and building. Ayes: Brecheisen, Dickerson, Sharrard, Thomas and Turczynski. Abstained: Becker, due to conflict of interest. B. Request for a Front Yard Setback Variance by Mr. John MacLeod for an addition to be constructed at the Otsego Memorial Hospital, 825 North Center Avenue, C-1, Central Commercial District. Chairman Brecheisen reviewed the request. Mr. John MacLeod and Mr. Terry Morgridge (architect) were present to answer any questions the Board had regarding the request. Mr. MacLeod stated the purpose of the proposed addition was to allow for more room on the east side. With the growth of the county, there is a need for a new emergency department, radiology, lab, physical therapy and raspatory therapy. The canopy area would not obstruct the view of traffic. The intent of the 32' width would allow 2 vehicles under the canopy. The entrance is designed for one-way traffic with traffic exiting north. The emergency room will be in line with North Center Avenue for visibility purposes to make it easier for citizens to locate the emergency room entrance. The Board discussed the fact that public safety was secured, there would be not obstruction problem for traffic. The request for the proposed addition fits with the intent of the Ordinance. The nearest intersection is Shipp Street, which is at a distance of approximately 150'. The Ordinance does provide for a canopy up to 12' from the property line. �Motion by Thomas, supported by Becker to grant a request by John MacLeod of the Otsego Memorial Hospital, for the construction of a new addition at 825 North Center Avenue. The variance is granted based on the following "findings of fact": • 1. The parcel is unique (in terms of size, shape, topography, location, or natural features) when compared to other parcels in the same zoning classification. 2. The parcel cannot be reasonably used in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance. 3. The applicant would not be given a right or privilege not enjoyed by neighboring properties if the variance is granted. 4. The variance request is not the result of self-created actions on the part of the applicant. 5. The variance will not injure or damage neighboring properties. 6. The variance is not being requested because of personal or economic hardship rather than the unique physical situation of this particular property. 7. The variance does constitute the minimum action necessary to permit reasonable use of the land and building. Ayes: Becker, Brecheisen, Dickerson, Thomas and Turczynski. Abstained: Sharrard, due to conflict of interest. C. Request for a Side Yard Setback Variance by Mr. Fred and Theresa Charboneau for an addition to be constructed at Fred's Garage, 1035 1/2 West Main Street, C-2, General Commercial District. Chairman Brecheisen reviewed the request. Mr. Fred Charboneau was present to answer any questions the Board had regarding the request. Mr. Charboneau stated the purpose of the proposed addition is to expand on the west side of the existing building, as more room is needed. The west side will be used as the service area for cars, which will approach from the south, and the east side of the building will be used for a showroom. Mr. Charboneau also stated there would be no maintenance necessary on the west side of the building and snow removal will not be a problem, it will be hauled away. The Board discussed the fact that there is practical difficulty. The proposed addition will not be any less conforming than the existing building. The area is not a high traffic area and is on a side street (Milbocker Road). Therefore, the request for the proposed addition is a reasonable request. �Motion by Becker, supported by Turczynski to grant a request by Fred Charboneau of Fred's Garage for the construction of a new addition at 1035 1/2 West Main Street. The variance is granted based on the following "findings of fact": Ayes: 1. The parcel is unique (in terms of size, shape, topography, location, or natural features) when compared to other parcels in the same zoning classification. 2. The parcel cannot be reasonably used in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance. 3. The applicant would not be given a right or privilege not enjoyed by neighboring properties if the variance is granted. 4. The variance request is not the result of self-created actions on the part of the applicant. 5. The variance will not injure or damage neighboring properties. 6. The variance is not being requested because of personal or economic hardship rather than the unique physical situation of this particular property. 7. The variance does constitute the minimum action necessary to permit reasonable use of the land and building. Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Sharrard, supported by Becker to adjourn. Meeting adjourned at 7:50 p.m. Norm Brecheisen, Chairman Zoning Board of Appeals �March 2, 1994 The regular meeting of the Gaylord City Planning Commission was opened at 7:00 p.m. by Chairperson Brown. Members Present: Brown, Campbell, Merry, Murphy, Payton, Squires, Galer and Deming. Members Absent: Brecheisen (excused). Also Present: Kathy Franckowiak, Secretary Dave Siegel and Councilmember Nelson. Motion by Campbell, supported by Deming to accept the minutes of February 1, 1994 as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. No report from ZBA Liaison, as Brecheisen was absent. Councilmember Nelson did indicate Mayfair Plastics is proposing a wall extension on Dickerson Road. No report from Council Liaison. Dave Siegel updated the Planning Commission on the April 5, 1994 election and handed out "Fact Sheets" on street millage. 7:05 p.m. Councilmember Wambold entered the room at this time. Master Plan Committee Report was given by Squires. The meeting scheduled for Tuesday, February 15, 1994 was canceled. Squires will schedule another meeting, which will also include Dave Siegel and Councilmember Nelson. Farmer's Market Committee and Flea Market Committee was given by Brown. The City Attorney prepared a draft copy of the "Rules and Regulations for Farm Markets, Flea Markets, Transient Traders, Peddlers And Solicitors", along with an "Amendment To The Gaylord Ordinance Code 21.00 Through 21.017". Motion by Squires, supported by Campbell to hold a Public Hearing on Wednesday, April 6, 1994 at 7:00 p.m. for consideration of the proposed Rules and Regulations for Farm Markets, Flea Markets, Transient Traders, Peddlers and Solicitors and for the consideration of Amendment to the Gaylord Ordinance Code 21.00 through 21.017. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. The Planning Commission is invited to attend the meeting on Friday, March 4, 1994 at 10:00 a.m. in the City Council Chambers. Representative Lowe will be present to discuss the road closure for Alpenfest 1994. Meeting adjourned at 7:53 p.m. Kathy Franckowiak, Secretary City Planning Commission �April 6, 1994 The regular meeting of the Gaylord City Planning Commission was opened at 7:00 p.m. by Chairperson Brown. Members Present: Brown, Brecheisen, Merry Murphy, Payton, Squires, Galer and Deming. Members Absent: Campbell (excused). Also Present: Kathy Franckowiak, Secretary Dave Siegel, Councilmember Nelson and Lori Robinson Motion by Brecheisen, supported by Merry to accept the minutes of March 2, 1994 as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Public Hearing opened at 7:03 p.m. by Chairperson Brown for consideration of the following: Consideration of Rules and Regulations for Farm Markets, Flea Markets, Transient Traders, Peddlers and Solicitors. Amendment to the City of Gaylord Ordinance Code, Section 21.00021.017, PEDDLERS, SOLICITORS, TRANSIENT TRADERS, CHARITABLE SOLICITATIONS, FARM VENDORS, FARM MARKETS AND FLEA MARKETS. Amendment to the City of Gaylord Zoning Ordinance, Section lO(b ), C-2, Central Commercial District, USE REGULATIONS. Discussion by the Board took place at this time. Public Hearing remained open and Chairperson Brown continued with regular business. Report from ZBA Liaison, Brecheisen reported there were two variances for additions and one variance for the hospital addition. Report from Council Liaison, Councilmember Nelson reported the voters approved the street election. Master Plan Committee Report was given by Squires. The committee will meet to discuss what the committee can do with the Master Plan and what parts of the Master Plan will need outside help. Squires indicated he would prepare a draft for the Council indicating such. Public Hearing closed at 7:30 p.m. by Chairperson Brown. Motion by Squires, supported by Brecheisen that the City Planning Commission recommend to the City Council for adoption the following: Consideration of Rules and Regulations for Farm Markets, Flea Markets, Transient Traders, Peddlers and Solicitors. Amendment to the City of Gaylord Ordinance Code, Section 21.00021.017, PEDDLERS, SOLICITORS, TRANSIENT TRADERS, CHARITABLE SOLICITATIONS, FARM VENDORS, FARM MARKETS AND FLEA MARKETS. Amendment to the City of Gaylord Zoning Ordinance, Section lO(b ), C-2, Central Commercial District, USE REGULATIONS. �Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Dave Siegel updated the Board on the North Center Avenue project. Meeting adjourned at 7:35 p.m. Kathy Franckowiak, Secretary City Planning Commission �May 4, 1994 The regular meeting of the Gaylord City Planning Commission was opened at 7:00 p.m. by Chairperson Brown. Members Present: Brown, Brecheisen, Campbell, Murphy, Payton, Squires, Galer and Deming. Members Absent: Merry. Also Present: Kathy Franckowiak, Secretary Dave Siegel and Councilmember Nelson Motion by Campbell, supported by Murphy to accept the minutes of April 6, 1994 as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. 7:05 p.m. Merry entered the room. Report from ZBA Liaison, Brecheisen asked the Planning Commission for recommendations from a handout regarding Zoning Ordinance changes as follows: Section 15, C(2b ), Page 32, Section 9, B(l), Page 17, Section 9, D(l-6), Page 19, Section 10, B(la), Page 22 and Section 10, B(3a-d), Page 23. Report from Council Liaison, Councilmember Nelson reported the Council passed the recommendations made by the Planning Commission in regards to Farm Markets, Flea Markets, Transient Traders, Peddlers and Solicitors. The Council did add the word "approved" in regards to City sponsored events. Master Plan Committee Report was given by Squires. The committee is still working on the Master Plan. Dave Siegel informed the Planning Commission that Mark Wycoff of Planning and Zoning News will be sending a Comprehensive Plan. Dave recommended to the Planning Commission to utilize Mark Wycoff for the Master Plan. It will take approximately one year to complete with meetings twice a month. Meeting adjourned at 7:40 p.m. Kathy Franckowiak, Secretary City Planning Commission �April 11, 1994 The Regular Meeting of the Gaylord City Council was opened with prayer by Councilman Wambold at 7:00 p.m. on Monday, April 11, 1994, in the City Council Chambers, located in the City-County Building, 225 West Main Street, Gaylord, Michigan. The Pledge of Allegiance followed the invocation. Members Present: Bates, Dunn, Grocock, Mankowski, Nelson and Wambold. Members Absent: Tholl. Motion by Nelson, supported by Wambold to dispense with the reading of the minutes of the previous meeting and to accept them as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Councilman Nelson publicly thanked City voters for their support of the City's recent passage of a 4.4 millage levy for infrastructure and roadway improvements. Motion by Dunn, supported by Bates to authorize City Manager Dave Siegel to apply for the 1995 Transportation Enhancement Grant for non-motorized vehicles for the construction of a sidewalk/bike path on North Ohio Avenue from M-32 north to Fairview Road and on North Street east to North Center Avenue. The City will appropriate the $13,000 required local match and the project will be undertaken upon the grant being awarded. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Dunn, supported by Wambold to accept an engineering proposal from Capital Consultants, Inc. for inspection services during the reconstruction of North Center Avenue at an estimated cost of $84,980.00. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Mankowski, supported by Bates to award the bid for the City's annual spring clean-up to Waste Management of Northern Michigan at a cost of $19.00 per compacted yard. The proposal from Waste Management was the only one received. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Mankowski, supported by Nelson to accept the first reading of an amendment to the City of Gaylord Ordinance Code and Zoning Ordinance, FARM MARKETS, FLEA MARKETS, TRANSIENT TRADERS, PEDDLERS AND SOLICITORS. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Nelson, supported by Wambold to accept the City Manager's recommendation �and appoint the auditing firm of Distel, Okrei and Keskine to conduct the City's annual 1993 /94 annual audit. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Mankowski, supported by Bates to authorize the City Manager to approve change orders in an amount up to $25,000 during the North Center Avenue reconstruction project. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Nelson, supported by Dunn to approve an amendment to the DDA 1993/94 Budget increasing budgeted expenditures for administration to $25,430.00 and decrease total operation expenditures to $10,003.00. Total amended budgeted expenses for both operations and administration are $35,733.00. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Ms. Sherrie Schuster, Executive Director of the Downtown Development Authority, appeared before City Council with an update on the Streetscape project. Motion by Mankowski, supported by Dunn to approve a request by Diana's Delights for an Outdoor Cafe Permit from May 31 through September 5, 1994. Ms. Roney is granted approval contingent upon the cafe being operated as it bas in previous years. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Nelson, supported by Mankowski to approve a request by Mr. Richard Yaple for a Taxi Cab Permit for a period to expire December 31, 1994. Mr. Yaple must conform with all City inspection and insurance requirements. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Bates, supported by Wambold to approve for payment the following expenditures: A&L Steel Allie Brothers Alpine Car Wash Alpine Oil Company Alpine Pro Hardware Baxter - Scientific Products Division B.C. Pizza Bell Atlantic Business System Services Brecheisen Diesel Service B S & A Software Camera World of Oregon Cap-Com Paging 74.00 77.75 55.00 183.60 151.84 26.38 17.68 217.60 3,520.26 2,995.00 199.85 59.90 �RFB Cellular, Inc. City Environmental Services of Northern Michigan City of Gaylord CMS Utility Services, Inc. Consumers Power Company Deming Hardware Distel, Okrei & Keskine Doubleday Bros. & Company Dubois, Westerman & Cooper Dunn's Office Supply Joe FitzGerald Carquest Auto Parts Fred Pryor Seminars Gall's, Inc. Gaylord Communication & Electronics Gaylord Flower Shop Gaylord Opportunity Center, Inc. Gaylord Steel GTE North Inc. Glen's Market Graham Motor & Generator H & D, Inc. Habitec Security Harrison Piping Supply Company Herald Times Holton's LP Gas Company Huron Valley Laboratories Hyde Equipment Company Image Factory Jack's Well Drilling Jim's Alpine Auto Inc. Johnson Oil Company Joint Building Authority Matthew E. Kinsinger KMart Doug Kussrow La.Rosa & Company, Inc. Lawson Products, Inc. Lurnidor Safety Products State of Michigan - Corrections Camp Program Michigan Department of Transportation MFPA Michigan Airgas Michigan Association of Municipal Cemeteries Michigan Consolidated Gas Company Michiana Auto Radiator ----- 5.61 40.00 140.43 81.48 8,945.70 31.00 500.00 846.41 3,980.62 432.65 38.40 335.60 198.00 425.11 105.00 30.00 335.12 66.66 983.71 269.48 123.20 40.00 106.00 62.00 282.26 27.81 424.00 25.48 27.50 1,080.00 189.84 1,022.83 4,070.00 18.10 358.00 9.70 97.86 77.17 125.92 480.00 36.56 45.00 138.73 20.00 1,314.82 85.00 �Michigan Officeways, Inc. Mid-North Printing, Inc. Mid-States Bolt & Screw Minolta LeasiJ}g Service Mr. Coots MSU Extension Office Municipal Benefit Service Northeast Radio Engineers NuWay Computer Nye Uniform Company Old Kent Bank of Gaylord Otsego County Data Processing Photo Express Planning & Zoning Center PPCT Management Systems, Inc. Prein & Newhof, P.C. Premarc Corporation Principal Mutual Life Insurance RAS Telecom Rental Uniform Inc. Rieth-Riley Construction Company Royal Linen Service Scientific Brake & Equipment Statewide Uniforms Inc. Sure Stop Brake Center Technichem, Inc. Thrifty Print of Gaylord Top O'Michigan Electric Company Tristar Industries Varnum, Riddering, Schmidt and Howlett W &S Distributing, Inc. Walmart Stores, Inc. Washtenaw Community College Wickes Lumber Company Wilber's Auto Supply Wolohan Lumber Company 6.23 139.70 71.48 339.83 10.50 25.00 10,848.60 207.50 434.75 151.00 561.38 466.23 145.18 305.00 17.90 664.00 829.51 237.01 165.00 264.88 3,469.20 29.87 229.30 590.00 233.13 51.70 292.50 183.66 86.77 143.40 52.05 13.94 450.00 367.95 188.03 68.59 57,998.39 Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Nelson to adjourn. Meeting adjourned at 8:10 p.m. Rebecca Curtis, City Clerk Ernest Grocock, Mayor �April 25, 1994 The Regular Meeting of the Gaylord City Council was opened with prayer by Councilman Warn.bold at 7:00 p,m. on Monday, April 25, 1994, in the City Council Chambers, located in the City County Building, 225 West Main Street, Gaylord, Michigan. The Pledge of Allegiance followed the invocation. Members Present: Bates, Dunn, Grocock, Mankowski, Nelson, Tholl and Warn.bold. Members Absent: None. Motion by Nelson, supported by Bates to dispense with the reading of the minutes of the previous meeting and to accept them as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Mr. Jeff Kleinschmidt, Vice President of Grayling State Bank, appeared before City Council to introduce Grayling State Bank's new C.E.O., Mr. Jim Canary. City Council publicly congratulated Mr. Dale LaBelle, Wastewater Treatment Plant Superintendent, for being selected "Michigan Wastewater Treatment Worker of the Year". City Council is extremely proud of Mr. LaBelle and his accomplishment and appreciate his outstanding work and dedication to the City of Gaylord. Motion by Dunn, supported by Wambold to accept the second reading of an amendment to the City of Gaylord Ordinance Code, Section 21.000 and City of Gaylord Zoning Ordinance, FARM MARKETS, FLEA MARKETS, TRANSIENT TRADERS, PEDDLERS AND SOLICITORS. This amendment defines and regulates activities of Farm Markets, Flea Markets, Transient Traders, Peddlers and Solicitors and provides for an approval and permitting process. A copy of the amendments may be obtained at the Gaylord City Office. Ordinance becomes effective May 15, 1994. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Nelson, supported by Mankowski to adopt the "Rules and Regulations for Farm Markets, Flea Markets, Transient Traders, Peddlers and Solicitors". Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Mankowski, supported by Bates to schedule a public hearing to be held at the Regular Meeting of May 23, 1994, for the consideration of the 1994/95 Annual Budget and millage levy. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. �Motion by Bates, supported by Dunn to approve a request by the Times Coffee Haus for an Outdoor Cafe Permit at 125 East Main Street from May 1 through September 1, 1994. The Times Coffee Haus is granted approval contingent upon the Cafe being operated as presented on its application. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Mankowski, supported by Tholl to approve a request for a Charitable Solicitation Permit by Clyde Wilks Post #1518 VFW for their annual "Buddy Poppy Flower" sale to be held May 5 through May 7, 1994. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Nelson to adjourn. Meeting adjourned at 7:19 p.m. Rebecca Curtis, City Clerk Ernest Grocock, Mayor �May 9, 1994 The Regular Meeting of the Gaylord City Council was opened with prayer by Councilman Wambold at 7:04 p.m. on Monday, May 9, 1994, in the City Council Chambers, located in • the City-County Building, 225 West Main Street, Gaylord, Michigan. The Pledge of Allegiance followed the invocation. Members Present: Bates, Dunn, Grocock, Nelson, Tholl and Wambold. Members Absent: Mankowski. Motion by Nelson, supported by Bates to dispense with the reading of the minutes of the previous meeting and to accept them as presented. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Bates, supported by Nelson to direct the Planning Commission to review and make recommendations regarding the regulation of oil and gas exploration in the City, including proposed amendments to the City of Gaylord Zoning Ordinance. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Dunn, supported by Tholl to proclaim the week of May 15, 1994, "National Police Week" and May 15, 1994 "Police Memorial Day". Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Mr. Barry Cole, candidate for 87th District Judge, appeared before City Council to introduce himself. Mayor Grocock solicited names to be considered for appointment to the Downtown Development Authority. The name of Mr. Doug Madden was submitted. Motion by Dunn, supported by Tholl to adopt the Notice of Intent Resolution - 1994 Downtown Development Bonds. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Please see separate publication in this paper for "Notice of Intent Resolution" in its entirety. Motion by Tholl, supported by Wambold to adopt the Resolution Authorizing Certain Filings With the Michigan Department of Treasury and Authorizing Reimbursement from Bond Proceeds - 1994 Downtown Development Bonds. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. �Please see separate publication in this paper for "Resolution Authorizing Certain Filings With the Michigan Department of Treasury and Authorizing Reimbursement from Bond Proceeds" in its entirety. • Motion by Tholl, supported by Nelson that the Gaylord City Council does hereby approve the Otsego County Fire Department's request to place a one (1) mill millage levy proposal to be used for the purpose of purchasing fire equipment, on the August ballot for 1994. Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Tholl, supported by Dunn to approve the following requests for Charitable Solicitation Permits: Gaylord-Alpine Chapter 98 of Disabled American Veterans for their annual "ForgetMe-Not" sale to be held July 13 through 15, 1994; American Legion Post 458 for their annual "Poppy" sale to be held May 26 through 28, 1994; and St. Judes for their annual Bikathon to be held May 14, 1994 Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Tholl, supported by Bates to approve for payment the following expenditures: A&L Steel Ace Tel-A-Tape Inc. Advance Electric Inc. Allen Chemical Company Alpine Car Wash Alpine Oil Company Alpine Pro Hardware, Inc. Bell Atlantic Business System Services Bozzer Brothers, Inc. Burn's Electric Callender & Dornbos, Inc. Cap-Com Paging Capital Consultants, Inc. RFB Cellular, Inc. Central Commercial Equipment Gaylord/Otsego Area Chamber of Commerce City Environmental Services of Northern Michigan City of Gaylord Consumers Power Company Deming Hardware Jack Doheny Supplies, Inc. 90.86 29.29 15.48 489.50 55.00 221.03 95.87 217.60 87.40 45.00 417.60 59.90 1,415.41 14.35 50.00 39.00 40.00 181.45 9,526.84 94.97 899.40 �Dubois, Westerman and Cooper Dunn's Office Supply East Jordan Iron Works Carquest At]tO Parts The Framery Gallery Photo Gaylord Ford, Inc. Gaylord Communication & Electronics Gaylord Flower Shop Gaylord Opportunity Center, Inc. Gaylord Steel GTE North Inc. Glen's Market Great Lakes Redi-Mix Great Lakes Tree Removal Harrison Piping Supply Company Herald Times Holton's LP Gas Company Huron Valley Laboratories Hyde Equipment Company Interstate Battery Inc. John Jenkins Jim's Alpine Auto Inc. Johnson Oil Company Joint Building Authority LaRosa & Company, Inc. Lawson Products, Inc. Michigan Association of Mayors Master Dry Carpet Clean State of Michigan - Corrections Camp Program Michigan Airgas Michigan Consolidated Gas Company Michigan Officeways, Inc. Mid-States Bolt & Screw Michigan Municipal League Minolta Leasing Service Michigan Police Equipment Company Otsego County Extension Municipal Benefit Service Northern Power Sweeping NuWay Computer Old Kent Bank of Gaylord Otsego County Data Processing Dept. Otsego County Fair Association P&S Distributors, Inc. C.P. Phibrochem 5,319.37 796.98 510.12 140.19 147.32 51.25 63.90 155.00 :15.00 5'75.73 13.32 1,246.93 218.38 141.00 200.00 518.98 315.52 28.73 144.00 166.04 115.90 6.50 103.90 1,022.12 1,462.00 206.56 172.51 50.00 74.00 680.00 42.00 5,460.72 45.97 46.25 90.00 411.04 230.00 10.00 10,848.58 400.00 27.40 106.73 145.31 62.50 52.69 2,227.27 �Photo Express Pitney Bowes Petoskey Plastics, Inc. Principal Mutual Pure Water, Works, Inc. Quality Farm & Fleet, Inc. American Red Cross Rightsizing Tapes Royal Linen Service Scientific Brake & Equipment Sirchie Fingerprint Labs Jeffrey A Smetzer Spartan Sewer & Septic Tank Service Statewide Uniforms Inc. Stream Spray Sprinkler Service Teledial America Thrifty Print of Gaylord Top O'Michigan Electric Triple M Tire Inc. Tristar Industries Upper Lakes Tire Distributors, Inc. U.S. Postoffice W&S Distributing, Inc. Wade-Trim Engineering Wickes Lumber Company Wilber's Auto Supply Wolohan Lumber Company Xerox Corporation Zaremba Equipment, Inc. 69.38 56.25 818.28 237.01 319.00 540.72 260.00 30.00 33.66 94.10 111.01 118.00 255.00 590.00 461.60 48.86 244.00 165.78 301.98 83.95 6.50 263.15 50.00 345.00 193.73 126.62 38.94 97.50 74.73 55,008.41 Ayes: Unanimous. Motion carried. Motion by Nelson to adjourn. Meeting adjourned at 7:42 p.m. Rebecca Curtis, City Clerk Ernest Grocock, Mayor �BANNER SIGN APPLICATION APPLICANT Name: Business Address: Size of Sign: Placement of Sign: Length of Placement: Verbage of Sign: CITY MANAGER Approved: Date To Be Removed By: Comments: City Manager's Signature Dated Denied: �APPLICATION FOR APPOINTMENT TO CITY PLANNING COMMISSION OR ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS NAME: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE NUMBER: AGE: OCCUPATION: NUMBER OF YEARS OF RESIDENCE IN CITY: WHAT BOARD WOULD YOU BE INTERESTED IN SERVING UPON: WHY: PERSONAL COMMENTS: SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT DATE �■ CITY OF GAYLORD APPLICATION FOR BED AND BREAKFAST NAME OF APPLICANT, OWNER ADDRESS CITY -------------------------AM APPLYING FOR A LICENSE FOR A I, BED AND BREAKFAST, LOCATION AT STREET AND NUMBER I HAVE READ THE ORDINANCE AND UNDERSTAND THAT I MUST MEET CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS tN ORDER FOR THE CITY OF GAYLORD TO ISSUE A LICENSE. I AM THE OWNER OF THE PROPERTY AND WILL RESIDE THERE FULL TIME WHILE THE LICENSE IS IN AFFECT. I FURTHER UNDERSTAND THAT THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS NEEDED BY ME WITH THIS APPLICATION: 1. 2. 3. 4. County minimum building permit Lot size, building diagram of home in l/8th inch scale and number of parking spaces located on the property No application will be approved until the building and property is reviewed and inspected by the Building Inspector, Police Chief and/or the City Manager for compliance with the standards of the respective departments The license is nontransferable FEES: INITIAL APPLICATION FEE $100.00 ANNUAL RENEWAL FEE $ 50.00 . ,. I agree to an on site inspection as needed. OWNER'S SIGNATURE If a Company or Corporation, please list the name of officers and the owner in residence. -- - --- · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OWNER'S NAME OFFICER'S NAME OFFICER'S NAME cc: County of Otsego, Building and Zoning City of Gaylord, Assessor �BED AND BREAKFAST ORDINANCE DEFINITION: BED AND BREAKFAST - A single family structure in which lodging and a morning meal are provided for compensation primarily to transients and for periods not to exceed fourteen (14) days and nights. BED AND BREAKFAST OPERATIONS AND REGULATIONS: a. No person or entity shall operate a Bed and Breakfast as defined without having obtained a license as herein provided. These regulations shall not apply to hotels, motels, motor lodges, boarding houses, or rooming houses doing business within the City of Gaylord. b. The annual fees for a Bed and Breakfast license shall be established by the Gaylord City Council. Fees shall be payable for the whole or any part of a year and shall be paid at the City offices. Applicants for a license to operate a Bed and Breakfast shall complete and submit an application and shall submit a floor plan of the single family dwelling unit that illustrates that the proposed operation will comply with the terms of this ordinance and any others applicable City Codes and Ordinances. c. Bed and Breakfast operations shall be confined to the single family dwelling unit which is the principal dwelling unit on the property. Parking provided for a Bed and Breakfast operation shall be in compliance with all City Codes and Ordinances pertaining to parking regulations. No premises shall be utilized for a Bed and Breakfast operation unless the following conditions are met: d. 1. Minimum Exits: There shall be at least two (2) exits to the outdoors from such premises. 2. Size of Sleeping Rooms: Rooms utilized for sleeping shall have a minimum size of one hundred (100) square feet for two (2) occupants with an additional thirty (30) square feet for each additional occupant to a maximum of four (4) occupants per room. 3. Smoke Detectors: Each sleeping room used for the Bed and Breakfast operation shall have a separate smoke detector alarm, installed in accordance with the applicable building codes. 4. Lavatory Facilities: Lavatory and bathing facilities shall be available to all persons using any Bed and Breakfast operation. The dwe11·ng unit in which the Bed and Breakfast is located shall oe 1e principal residence of the operator , and said operator shall l i ve on the premises when the Bed and ..1! ik•c,,,.. .r·r·-r t~ .1 L:C "'r"".1Vc> I , addition, the Bed and Breakfast operation shall meet the Lollowing conditions: 1. A Bed and Breakfast operation sha ll be limited to five (5) sleeping rooms for use in the Bed and Breakfast operation. 2. Guest Register: Every operator shall keep a list of the names of all persons staying at the Bed and Breakfast operation. The guest register shall be available for inspection by City officials at any time. 3• Length of Stay: The maximum stay for any occupant of the Bed and Breakfast sleeping rooms shall be fourteen (14) consecutive days and nights. �4. Public Nuisance: Bed and Breakfast operation shall not be permitted whenever the operation endangers, or offends or interferes with the safety or rights of others so as to constitute a public nuisance. e. No license shall be issued for a Bed and Breakfast operation at a dwelling unit located within five hundred (500) feet of an existing licensed Bed and Breakfast operation. f. The City of Gaylord shall issue a license for a Bed and Breakfast operation if the City finds that the applicant can meet all requirements of this ordinance and of any other applicable local, state or federal regulation. If the City finds that an applicant cannot meet a particular requirement of these licensing requirements, then the Ci ty shall have the authority to deny the applicant a license. The denial may be appealed to the City Council, wh i ch may then weigh the facts of the case and make a final decision. g. Any license issued hereunder shall be valid for a period of one (1) year from the date of issuance. The City may renew the license for any Bed and Breakfast ope ration provided that the licensed operation shall meet the following conditions: 1. The Bed and Breakfast operation shall meet all conditions of this ordinance as confirmed by an annual inspection of the premises by the City. 2. The license for the Bed and Breakfast operation shall not have lapsed for more than thirty (30) days beyond its expiration date. 3. The active operation of the Bed and Breakfast shall not have lapsed for more than nine (9) months. h. A Bed and Breakfast license may be renewed only as provided in Section g. above. Such license shall not be transferable to any property other than the property for which it was approved. i. The City shall have the authority to refuse to renew a license or to suspend or revoke a license for continued and repeated violations of the provisions of this ordinance. A decision to suspend, revoke, or refuse renewal of a license, may be appealed to the City Council by the applicant. Any license issued under the provisions of this ordinance may be revoked by the City Council for good cause shown after investigation and opportunity to the holder of such license to be heard in opposition thereto; in such investigation the compliance or non-compliance with the State law and local ordinances, the conduct of the licensee i n 1.c gard to the public, and o t her consicleration shall be we ighed in determination of such issues. J. A1l'':l 1-1e1 son violat._r_ J t. c. l:-' .,, • ._;::-:...1., ,r._ c~ t.~us ordinance shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. OFF STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS: a. Bed and Breakfast: rooms. One parking space for each two sleeping �APPLICATION FOR DRIVEWAY PERMIT Property Owner Name Business Name (If Applicable) Address Telephone Number Address of Drive Construction Drive Way Width Surface material to be used in construction of drive (from edge of street to property line). Contractor Name Address t Telephone Number Date of Proposed Construction I hereby certify that I have completed this application to the best of my knowledge. I agree to furnish a detailed sketch of the proposed construction at the time the application is filed to the City Clerk which displays the location and width of drive. I am aware the City Manager will determine if a ditch culvert is needed. If deemed necessary I agree to the construction of a ditch culvert at the City Manager's specifications. Applicant's Signature Date Contractor's Signature Date (Below to be completed by authorized City Staff) Recommended for Issuance Not Recommended for Issuance Comments: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - PERMIT A permit for drive~ay construc~ion.is grante~ in accord~n~e with the conditions stated in the "Application for Driveway Permit. If applicant hires a contractor for drive~ay constructio~, the applicant and contractor are both considered the permit holder. Property Owner Construction Address Authorized Signature Date �City of Gaylord 225 West Main Street, Room 109 Gaylord, MI 49735 Telephone: (517) 732-2815 Fax: (517) 732-8266 ~ CJAYL0N.'.O CJtt!+! W'ditlM) 1994 GAYLORD AREA VENDOR INFORMATION SHEET Name: Home Address: Telephone Number: LIST ALL ITEMS OR TYPE OF PRODUCE WHICH WILL BE SOLD (Please be very specific): ****************************************************************************** CITY OF GAYLORD Approved By: Title: Date: Expiration Date: �City of Gaylord 225 West Main Street, Room 109 Gaylord, Ml 49735 Telephone: (517) 732-2815 Fax: (517) 732-8266 Gl;) O.AYL0R.O CJ mt; ffl'b i®3 APPLICATION FOR SIGN PERMIT APPLICANT NAME: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE NUMBER: TYPE OF SIGN: HOW MAY LINEAL FEET OF THE PRIMARY FRONT OF THE BUILDING THE BUSINESS OCCUPIES: IS SIGN ILLUMINATED AND HOW? PROHIBITED. FLASHING OR INTERMITTENT LIGHTS ARE SIGN DIMENSIONS: SQUARE FOOTAGE OF SIGN: OVERALL HEIGHT OF SIGN: LOCATION OF SIGN ON PROPERTY (IF FREE STANDING, PLEASE INCLUDE SETBACK DISTANCE FROM PROPERTY LINES): NUMBER, TYPE AND SIZE OF EXISTING SIGNS LOCATED ON PROPERTY: �City of Gaylord 225 West Main Street, Room 109 Gaylord, Ml 49735 Telephone: (517) 732-2815 Fax: (517) 732-8266 CJ&) GAYLOR.O CUM! MW ttt APPLICATION FOR SIGN PERMIT IN THE SPACE PROVIDED BELOW PLEASE SKETCH YOUR PROPOSED SIGN(S). PLEASE INCLUDE DIMENSIONS AND WORDING TO BE USED. Applicant Signature Date ****************************************************************************** BELOW SECTION TO BE COMPLETED BY CITY DATE ISSUED: PERMIT NUMBER: ISSUED BY: COMMENTS: �APPLICATION FOR FENCE PERMIT NAME OF PROPERTY OWNER: ADDRESS OF PROPERTY OWNER: PHONE NUMBER: PROPERTY ADDRESS THAT FENCE IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED UPON (IF DIFFERENT THAN ABOVE): TYPE OF FENCE TO BE CONSTRUCTED: PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: COLOR OF PROPOSED FENCE: FENCE HEIGHT: PRIMARY FRONT SIDE YARD REAR YARD • PLEASE ATTACH A DRAWING WHICH DETAILS THE POSITION OF THE PROPOSED FENCE IN RELATION TO BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, EXISTING FENCES AND PROPERTY LINES. PLEASE INCLUDE ALL MEASUREMENTS AND A DETAILED SKETCH OF THE TYPE OF FENCE TO BE CONSTRUCTED. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE RECEIVED AND READ A COPY OF THE CITY OF GAYLORD FENCE ORDINANCE. SIGNATURE OF PROPERTY OWNER DATE �City of Gaylord 2~5 West Main Street, Room 109 Gaylord, MI 49735 Telephone: (517) 732-2815 Fax: (517) 732-8266 ~ ClAYL0R'D CJ ttf;i HH4'4111:!> GAYLORD AREA FARMER'S MARKET 1994 PRODUCERS INFORMATION SHEET Name: Home Address: Telephone Number: Address Where Produce Grown If Not Same As Above: County: LIST ALL ITEMS OR TYPE OF PRODUCE WHICH WILL BE SOLD (Please be very specific): ****************************************************************************** CITY OF GAYLORD Approved By: Title: Date: �GAYLORD AREA FARMER'S MARKET 1994 PRODUCERS INFORMATION SHEET Type Of Structure(s) or Vehicle(s) To Be Used To Sell Produce: How Will Parking Be Provided For Customer Use: Does Property Have Adequate Entrance and Exit: I certify that I have received and reviewed the market rules and regulations and a copy of the Gaylord Ordinance Code regulating my proposed activities and agree to comply with same. Producer's Signature Property Owner's Name: Address of Property to Be Used: Property Owner's Signature REFERENCES: This is to certify that I personally know this grower and that he/she has grown all the produce listed on this application to be sold. I am not a relative of the applicant. Signature of Reference Signature of Reference Street Address Street Address City, Zip Code City, Zip Code Telephone Number Telephone Number �TEMPORARY SIGN APPLICATION APPLICANT Name: Business Address: Size/Type of Sign: Placement of Sign: Length of Placement: Verbage of Sign: CITY MANAGER Approved: Date To Be Removed By: Comments: City Manager's Signature Dated Denied: �REQUEST FOR SIGN VARIANCE NAME OF PROPERTY OWNER: ADDRESS OF PROPERTY OWNER: PHONE: BUSINESS NAME (IF APPLICABLE): PROPOSED VARIANCE ADDRESS: ZONING DISTRICT: TAX ID NUMBER: PROPOSED SIZE ' AND VERBAGE OF SIGN (ATTACH BLUEPRINT): PROPOSED TYPE OF SIGN: PROPOSED SIGN TO BE ILLUMINATED: NUMBER/TYPE OF CURRENT IDENTITY SIGNS: A. TO OBTAIN A NONUSE VARIANCE THE APPLICANT MUST SHOW "PRACTICAL DIFFICULTY" BY DEMONSTRATING THE FOLLOWING. 1. EXPLAIN WHY THIS IS NOT A SELF-CREATED PROBLEM. A SELF CREATED HARDSHIP IS NOT A VALID BASIS FOR A VARIANCE. 2. EXPLAIN WHY WOULD STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH AREA SETBACKS, FRONTAGE HEIGHTS, BULK OR DENSITY WOULD UNREASONABLY PREVENT THE OWNER FROM USING THE PROPERTY FOR A PERMITTED PURPOSE. �3. EXPLAIN WHY THE VARIANCE WOULD DO SUBSTANTIAL JUSTICE TO THE APPLICANT AS WELL AS TO OTHER PROPERTY OWNERS IN THE DISTRICT OR WHY WOULD A LESSER RELAXATION GIVE SUBSTANTIAL RELIEF AND BE MORE CONSISTENT WITH JUSTICE TO OTHERS. 4. EXPLAIN WHY THE PLIGHT OF THE APPLICANT IS DUE TO THE "UNIQUE CIRCUMSTANCES" OF THE PROPERTY. WHAT ARE THESE CIRCUMSTANCES? B. THE ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS MUST INSURE THAT THE "SPIRIT OF THE ORDINANCE IS OBSERVED, PUBLIC SAFETY SECURED AND SUBSTANTIAL JUSTICE DONE". VARIANCE REQUEST: NAME OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE: I, THE ABO VE MENTIONED PROPERTY OWNER, DOH..._.~-~~ C .,,___,_-.1..~E --==-------~ ABOVE FACTS TO BE TRUE TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE. I ALSO .,.._,,_,,._.........-..::.._ _,__ UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THE COST TO PUBLISH •NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING* OF THE ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS IS MY RESPONSIBILITY AND MUST BE PAID BEFORE HEARING DATE. I HAVE RECEIVED A COPY OF THE ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS GUIDELINES FOR DECISION MAKING AND A COPY OF THE CITY OF GAYLORD ZONING ORDINANCE. SIGNED THIS ------- OF SIGNATURE OF PROPERTY OWNER APPROVED: MEETING DATE: DENIED: �CITY OF GAYLORD APPLICATION FOR SPECIAL USE PERMIT Applicant's Name: Address: Telephone No.: I hereby request a Special Use Permit. 1. Describe the nature of the special use: 2. Indicate the property which is the subject of the special use request: 3. Indicate the District in which the subject property is located: R-1 Single-Family Residence R-2 Multiple Residence C-1 General Commercial C-2 Central Commercial M-1 Manufacturing Date: Signature: APPLICATION NOTE: Each application must be submitted to the City Planning Commission together with a fee of $25.00 (payable to the City of Gaylord). Furthermore, each application shall be accompanied by at least one of the following: 1) accurate site plan; 2) plot plan; 3) building development plan; 4) sketch; or 5) program of development. In addition, the City Planning Commission may require other related material and other information required by the Planning Commission and the City Zoning Ordinance, Section 13. Special Use Regulations. �REQUEST FOR VARIANCE NAME OF PROPERTY OWNER: ADDRESS OF PROPERTY OWNER: PHONE: BUSINESS NAME (IF APPLICABLE): PROPOSED VARIANCE ADDRESS: ZONING DISTRICT: TAX ID NUMBER: PROPOSED BUILDING/ADDITION SIZE (ATTACH BLUEPRINT): PARKING SPACES: PROPOSED BUILDING SETBACK (FEET): REQUIRED FRONT ----- SIDE REAR ----- SIDE ----- To CONFORM WITH ESTABLISHED BUILDING LINE: A. TO OBTAIN A NONUSE VARIANCE THE APPLICANT MUST SHOW A PRACTICAL DIFFICULTY BY DEMONSTRATING THE FOLLOWING. 0 0 1. EXPLAIN WHY THIS IS NOT A SELF-CREATED PROBLEM. A SELF CREATED HARDSHIP IS NOT A VALID BASIS FOR A VARIANCE. 2. EXPLAIN WHY WOULD STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH AREA SETBACKS , FRONTAGE HEIGHTS, BULK OR DENSITY WOULD UNREASONABLY PREVENT THE OWNER FROM USING THE PROPERTY FOR A PERMITTED PURPOSE. �3. EXPLAIN WHY THE VARIANCE WOULD DO SUBSTANTIAL JUSTICE TO THE APPLICANT AS WELL AS TO OTHER PROPERTY OWNERS IN THE DISTRICT OR WHY WOULD A LESSER RELAXATION GIVE SUBSTANTIAL RELIEF AND BE MORE CONSISTENT WITH JUSTICE TO OTHERS. 4. EXPLAIN WHY THE PLIGHT OF THE APPLICANT IS DUE TO THE "UNIQUE CIRCUMSTANCES" OF THE PROPERTY. WHAT ARE THESE CIRCUMSTANCES? B. THE ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS MUST INSURE THAT THE "SPIRIT OF THE ORDINANCE IS OBSERVED, PUBLIC SAFETY SECURED AND SUBSTANTIAL JUSTICE DONE". VARIANCE REQUEST : NAME OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE: I, THE ABOVE MENTIONED PROPERTY OWNER, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ABOVE FACTS TO BE TRUE TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE. I ALSO UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THE COST TO PUBLISH "NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING" OF THE ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS IS MY RESPONSIBILITY AND MUST BE PAID BEFORE HEARING DATE. I HAVE RECEXV~D C-0~ O~"THE LONIRG OARD F PPEAt:S U~DELINES F DECXSXON MAKING AND A COPY OF THE CITY OF GAYLORD ZONING ORDINANCE. SIGNED THIS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ OF SIGNATURE OF PROPERTY OWNER APPROVED: MEETING DATE: DENIED: �• I , CITY OF GAYLORD ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS ZONING VARIANCE REVIEW LIST NON-USE VARIANCES RESPONSE FINDING 1. Is THE PARCEL UNIQUE (IN TERMS OF SIZE, SHAPE, TOPOGRAPHY, LOCATION, on NATURAL FEATURES) WHEN COMPARED TO OTHER PARCELS IN THE SAME ZONING CLASSIFICATION? • • • . DESCRillE: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ... .... 2. 3. CAN THE PARCEL REASONAllLY DE USED J:N A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ZONING ORDINANCE? • • • • • • • • DESCRIDE: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . Is THE VARIANCE REQUEST THE RESULT OF SELF-CREATED ACTIONS ON THE PART OF THE APPLICANT? • . • • . • . • • • . . . . . 5. .. NO YES *NO IF THE VARIANCE IS GRANTED, WOULD THE APPLICANT llE GIVEN A RIGHT OR PRIVILEGE . . . . . . NOT ENJOYED llY NEIGHllORING PROPERT1.ES? • DESCRillE: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 4. *YES . . . . . . . WILL THE VARIANCE INJURE OR DAMAGE NEIGHDORING PROPERTIES (WILL IT RESULT IN HAZARDS FROM FIRE, FLOOD, LIGHTS, TRAFFIC CONGESTION, ETC)? • • • • • , • • • • • • • • • 0ESCRIDE: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I I I I YES *NO I I YES *NO I I I I YES *NO �:, 6. !s THE VARIANCE llEING REQUESTED DECAUSE OF PERSONAL OR ECONOMIC HARDSHIP RATHErt THAN THE UNIQUE PHYSICAL SITUATION OF TIIIS PARTICULAR PROPERTY? • • • • .• • • • • • • • .. . . . . . I I YES *NO I DESCRIDE: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I 7. DOES THE VARIANCE CONSTITUTE THE MINIMUM ACTION NECESSARY TO PERMIT REASONAOLE USE OF THE LAND AND DUILDINGS? • • • • • • • • DESCRillE: . ... ... I J_ _.__ *YES I _._I NO ----------------------- 1, NOTE: * - INDICATES APPROPRIArE RESPONSE. ATTACHMENT OF CONDITIONS IF THE VARIANCE IS APPROVED, SHOULD CONDITIONS DE ATTACHED TO THE APPROVAL? IF SO, LIST. (NOTE: ARE THE CONDITIONS TO DE ATTACHED DASED ON STANDARDS PROVIDED FOR IN THE ORDINANCE?) A) 8) C) D) E) MOTION THE MOTION SHOULD STATE: 1. 2. 3. THE FINDINGS OF FACT. THE ACTION TAKEN DY THE ZDA. ANY CONDITIONS THAT WILL OE APPLIED. ·····························--··-· THE REVIEW LIST IS NOT TO OE CONSTRUED AS A LEGAL :INSTRUMENT RELATIVE TO THE APPROVAL/DENIAL OF A VARIANCE. IT IS TO SERVE AS A GUIDE TO THE TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED DY THE ZOA AS PART OF THE DECISION MAKING PROCESS. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Gaylord_Meeting-Minutes-and-Materials_1993-1994 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gaylord Zoning Board of Appeals Gaylord City Planning Commission Gaylord City Council Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1993-1994 Title A name given to the resource Meeting Minutes and Materials Description An account of the resource The Meeting Minutes and Materials comprises of meeting minutes from the Gaylord Zoning Board of Appeals, the Gaylord City Planning Commission, and the Gaylord City Council, from 1993-1994. Included are forms related to items discussed in the meetings. Subject The topic of the resource Minutes and proceedings Gaylord (Mich.) Otsego County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/f9f16e95264e8026733916c35eafbe69.mp4 fb90344576bfa145516dfc81d32903c1 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/2d362ecf70ccb90bd22cbc2db8b8a5f7.pdf 353406c342c85332078e8065fddab536 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Interview Conflicts Served In: Afghanistan War Interviewee’s Name: John Gellert Length of Interview: 55:46 Interviewed by: James Smither Transcribed by: Sam Noonan Interviewer: “This interview is a co-production of WKTV Voices and the Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project, today we’re talking to John Gellert of Grand Rapids, Michigan, and the interviewer is James Smither of the Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project. Okay, so John begin with some background on yourself, and to start with where and when were you born?” So I was born in 1988, October 20th, in Wurzburg, Germany, coming from a military family — so got to travel around east coast, west coast, went to Hawaii, my father served thirty years, so yeah, just traveled around a lot, every two to three years it seemed like we were moving, moving schools and everything. Interviewer: “Okay, where did you finish high school?” I finished high school in Virginia, northern Virginia area. Interviewer: “Alright, and then what did you do — what year did you finish high school?” That was 2006 that I graduated high school. Interviewer: “Okay, now you would’ve been in school when 9/11 happened, and what — and were you in Virginia or somewhere else —” No, at that point I was in Washington, actually my father was stationed at Fort Lewis, Washington, so that would’ve been eighth grade for me. Yeah, so being on the west coast it was interesting, kinda got to school and people didn’t know what was going on, I want to say the first tower had been hit, the homeroom teacher had kind of like put it on, but we were just watching it thinking it was [an] accident or something, and then yeah, like watching it live and ‘Oh,’ the second tower gets hit, that’s not an accident. And then I can vividly remember — cause my father was Army, when the Pentagon got hit, even in eight grade I thought, ‘That’s not an accident, there’s an attack going on, something else is going on,’ and then.. yeah, so I vividly remember that, that day. That was, will always be remembered. (2:07) Interviewer: “Okay, now were you living off-base at that point?” So at that point we were living off base. But we were right next to Fort Lewis, Washington, my father was stationed there but I was going to school on an off-base school. �Interviewer: “Okay, alright, and now when that happened was your father on the base at that point and then stuck there, or what happens?” I don’t remember exactly how that went, I do remember that there was definitely that heightened, escalated security — I remember even from the civilian side even, people were afraid that Seattle was gonna get attacked, which in retrospect it’s like, ‘Oh, obviously [it] wasn’t going to,’ but at that time people really thought that everything was going to get attacked, so yeah I don’t remember the exact run-up of how, with the military side with my father, where he was and how that all happened, but yeah I remember, definitely put people on edge. Interviewer: “Okay, now you go forward a little bit from there, at what point did you decide you wanted to go into the service?” So I was a little bit later, I didn’t enlist until 2011 so I was already twenty-two years old, my father kind of had pushed in high school, ‘Maybe you should go the academies and be an officer,’ cause he was an officer, but it just wasn’t what I wanted at the time. So I went to school, I went to Michigan State for a semester, got a minimum wage job after that, went back to community college, got my associate’s degree, but then it was at that point where I kinda realized like, ‘I don’t know what I’m doing,’ I [didn’t] know where I was going with it. I wasn’t getting any younger so I decided that time I wanted a challenge, I needed something else — I didn’t want the stereotypical desk job maybe, I wanted to challenge myself. Also there was sort of that thing in the back of my mind, I thought, ‘I could do that,’ you know? But I had to prove it to myself, I couldn’t just say that anymore, I needed to try. Interviewer: “Now what was the Michigan connection, how did you end up at Michigan State?” So my parents are both from Michigan, they’re both raised on the east side, Detroit, that’s where they met in school so I have family here. I’ve always kind of thought I wanted to come back to Michigan, I never got to really live in Michigan ‘til the six months, one semester at Michigan State, and now coming to Grand Valley for the past three semesters, so finally can now say I’m a Michigander. But yeah, that’s the connection. Interviewer: “Alright, and then where did you go to community college?” So community college was actually on Hawaii, it kind of worked out — was working in Virginia where my parents, my dad was stationed at the Pentagon at the time and then they were getting ready to move to Hawaii, and so they offered to, ‘Hey, if you want to continue school you can move with us.’ ‘Okay! I’ll go back to Hawaii for the second time.’ So yeah, worked out. Interviewer: “Alright, was Hawaii your favorite place to stay while you were going around, or?” I think you know, short answer it has to be. Just because you know, everybody — when they hear that they think I’m so lucky, like anywhere you live there for five years total it’s just the norm, you see the normal city life things that aren’t paradise, but no it was — Hawaii definitely ruins you to beaches, you know, I’ve lived on the east coast, the west coast, and people in California always talk about how great their beaches are, no, no, no, you gotta get out to Hawaii and then you’ll see a real beach, yeah. (laughter) �Interviewer: “Alright, so we go back.. 2011 you kind of got.. when you enlist did you pick a specialization at that point?” (5:14) I did. So again, what was — for me, my father — he had served in the infantry for the first half of his career, and then he made a change into force management, more of the ‘How to run the Army,’ kind of stuff. So I looked at it, if I was going to join each branch, what would I want to do? Looking at you know, the Air Force, you want to work with planes, you want to go into the Navy, you want to be on a boat, if you’re going to join the Marines or the Army then you should be infantry or something in that ground-fighting force, so for me personally I wanted that challenge, to go, so I decided to go in the infantry, so going into it I went to the recruiters, did all the testing, and then they asked me you know, ‘What MOS, what job do you want?’ And so I picked infantry. So yup, I knew going in what I wanted. Interviewer: “How did they respond to your wanting infantry?” There were definitely some jokes if you will, because I scored very highly on my testing, and I had a wide variety of jobs. And they were asking me, do I want to go for like military intelligence and that sort of stuff and I was like, ‘No, nah, you know what, I want to start with infantry.’ That it was I viewed, for me, as the right choice to go into. Interviewer: “Okay, so where do you go for basic training?” So we were at Fort Benning, Georgia, that is where all infantry goes to, we do a one-station unit training there. So a lot of places, you break up your basic and your actual AIT which is your specialty, for us AIT is just another five more weeks of infantry stuff, more basic. So yeah, I was there for fourteen weeks, I do believe it was, in 2011. Interviewer: “Okay, now describe sort of the process of going through basic, what kind of reception do you get when you arrive?” So you know, going into it there’s a lot of things you hear about or you think are going to happen, I didn’t think it was that bad and in retrospect I looked at it like, ‘Oh, that was easy,’ because I think I went in with this idea of what the old Army was maybe, or what the movies said, but no, it was definitely a challenge — they expect a lot out of you, the drill sergeants are tough, I don’t think there was ever any level — you know, the extremes that we see on movies, you know, the early Armies and Full Metal Jacket or anything like that, it’s nothing like that. But they push you, they really do push you to a level to make sure that you know you can overcome, that every day’s a challenge and when you look back at it you go, ‘Why was it so tough on that first day, that was easy compared to what we’re doing now at the end of it,’ but no in retrospect it was not as bad as I thought it was going to be. But they, they definitely — it’s you know, running and rocking every day, and just out — I was there in the summertime in Georgia, so it was just hot and muggy and kind of sucked a little bit, you know, some of those days are just, ‘Why am I doing this,’ but no, it was very well worth it in the end. Interviewer: “Okay, were you in good physical shape when you went in?” Short answer is no. So I had to lose, oh god, like sixty pounds just to get in the Army, took me about a year, I kind of made the choice in 2009 and then it wasn’t until about 2010 that I had lost the weight and then had to wait some time to actually get in, then 2011 I went to basic, so no I �was definitely not in good shape going in, and then basic definitely helped me lose more weight, get into better shape. But I would even say it wasn’t even until after deployment, so we were looking at the… 2012, 2013 timeframe in my career, two, three years in, that’s where I hit my peak of where I was really in shape and actually at that standard that I wanted to be. So it took time to get there. (8:33) Interviewer: “Okay, now aside from just the physical part of getting you into shape, what else do they have you do in basic training these days?” So it’s always learning the tactics, our battle drills — we have, I think there’s eight of them now, but you’re supposed to get these memorized, they’re supposed to be a gut reaction, you don’t even have to think about it, if something happens you already know what you’re supposed to do, where your guys are gonna go, but yeah it’s just kinda instilling the basic standards and disciplines, it was very basic, there’s a lot of stuff you have to extrapolate on when you get to your unit, you’re supposed to get there with a basic knowledge though, that when a new private shows up everybody expects them to be at a certain level because they’ve been to basic like everybody else has. But you still have to build them up once you get to an actual line unit as we call it, and yeah, so I mean it was all the basic stuff. Interviewer: “Okay, how much of kind of just sort of the spit and polish stuff was there?” For me, luckily, not as much cause I went in at a time where we were with the tan boots, the ACUs, that kinda — what color was it, the grey, not even the old BDUs with the camis where you had to spit-shine the black boots, so I got very lucky in that regard. I did not have to spend time like that, my father definitely did, I’ve seen him do it, I wasn’t in the airborne units, those guys still do it with their jump boots and stuff, so I lucked out with that level, that I didn’t have to do that. Interviewer: “Alright, now how large a company or platoon were you training with?” In basic I want to say there was maybe fifty people, it wasn’t a full platoon cause I remember there [was] space cause this is 2011, the Army wasn’t at its peak if I remember right, we were kind of on a draw-down, like maybe not — I want to say Afghanistan and Iraq were still open at the time, cause actually, oh jeez, the first month that I was in basic is when Osama Bin Laden was killed, so that was that time frame. But yeah, so there were still open spaces in the bay that we slept in, so I think it was about fifty people I want to say, per platoon, then you have four platoons per company that we were in in basic. (10:37) Interviewer: “Alright, now did everybody in the platoon make it through?” No, short answer is no. There was a few drop-outs in the beginning, it got to a point I do remember the company commander, the captain, at one point said that they were not gonna accept any more drop-outs, cause people — again, it was 2011 and I think people, for whatever reason were going in — we’re the infantry, so you should expect to deploy and to be in combat, especially at that time there was still two wars going on, but there were definitely guys that still were joining just for the benefits, they wanted to go to college, and I think maybe the culture �shock got to them and they realized, ‘Maybe I don’t want to be in the infantry,’ so there was a few that dropped out, not everybody made it through. Interviewer: “Did some of them get hurt?” There was a few, but those guys, the one I know of, he actually went home for maybe thirty days, sixty days, and came back to finish. He got something, like a stress fracture in the leg or something like that, but he did finish so — and actually a guy I was stationed with then, later in my career, was actually stationed with him at their first duty station so I was able to know that he made it through and made it to a unit and was, you know, progressing his career, so yeah. Interviewer: “Okay. Now were there women training on that base as well as men in other units, or?” So on the base there probably was, but at that time, 2011, there were no females in the infantry, so for us we were segregated, we weren’t intermixed with females, I don’t know what else — cause there [were] other jobs that do train at Fort Benning, Georgia, especially cause, oh, what else is there — the airborne stuff is there and females could do airborne, so there are females on base, but for me specifically at the four months that I was in training, really didn’t see many females. Interviewer: “Okay. Alright, now does the treatment of the recruits kind of change over the course of that time, I mean do they lighten up on you in some ways or give you a little more independence?” Sometimes. Again, for us because we’re one station unit training, you’re there with the same drill sergeants, it’s essentially fourteen weeks of basic training, yes — other jobs, when they move from basic and they go to their actual school for their job, it gets a lot more lenient usually. But no, you do still see, you know the beginning is called red phase, red phase you have no liberties, it is — you are strict there, on you for everything, and then you move to the next phase and by the end of it you get to your, oh, the last ones are gold and black and that’s like the last few weeks — they’re fairly lenient. Also again, I was very lucky, my drill sergeants were not the over-the-top sticklers, they were more laid-back, they were more realistic I like to think, they were actually telling us what the Army was like, it wasn’t just to yell at us, to yell at us it’s to make sure that we are learning from it and we’re becoming better soldiers. Interviewer: “Now were your instructors people who had been to Iraq or Afghanistan by then?” (13:31) Yes. I do believe all three, I had three drill sergeants, my senior drill sergeant was special forces, he had done a couple tours I know, then we had one that was actually infantry, was a mortarman, I know he was there for the actual initial invasion of Iraq to Baghdad, he did the whole push to Baghdad, and then we had another drill sergeant who, he was actually a 19 Delta, which is a [cavalry] scout. But I know he had done some deployments, I don’t know their exact numbers, but yes all three of them were combat deployed. Interviewer: “Okay. So when do you finish basic?” �So I finished, so we’re looking at end of July I think that was. Yeah, July 29th I feel like was when I graduated cause it was after July 4th, I do remember having July 4th liberties, but yeah so we did four months of training, you have a culminating event there, there’s this big multiple-mile ruck march where you’re having to do different activities throughout it, doing buddy carries, litter carries, ammo can carries, and it’s kind of through the night and at the end they go to this big pit-circle with like, they put the bonfire on and it’s kind of a big ceremony and they give you your… is it the crossed rifles at that point? I think it’s the crossed rifles we get at that point, but yeah so we have multiple different stages to kind of like earning, you’re in your blue cord for the infantry that goes on our dress uniform, you earn the crossed rifles, so different things that they give us throughout it. But yeah, it’s kind of a big culmination and then at the very end we have our actual graduation ceremony where the families get to come out and celebrate with us. Interviewer: “Alright, now once all that happens what happens to you next?” (15:00) Then I went right to Fort Lewis, Washington. So sometimes some people are able to get some actual leave time, so I think up to two weeks coming out of basic — our unit said, ‘Nope, you’re already getting close to Christmas so we’re going to help you by saving your leave days,’ which actually really did work out for me, because I deployed the next April and so I used my leave days then, leading up to – for Christmas leave, so I can go home then before deployment. But yeah, we went right to my unit and they were already in the field training, and so I showed up, got my equipment, a week later I was in the field with them already training. So yeah, it was real quick. Interviewer: “So what was that unit?” So Attack Company 2-1 Infantry out of Fort Lewis, Washington, so Legion. That was the unit that I went to originally and the unit that I ended up deploying with in 2012. Interviewer: “Alright. Now the — they’re already, they’re in the field, they’re gearing up for deployment, so what are you actually doing then when you joined them, what’s happening?” So that first initial training was out at Yakima, Washington which is the eastern side of Washington, that’s kind of our local place that we would go train for a month, but it’s just all the tactics at a company level normally. That time we weren’t doing the battalion level, that’s more company level so you’re starting with team lanes, where it’s four people, five people at a time, then you do squad lanes, you’re looking at up to eleven people, then you go to platoon lanes, and then you’re doing, that’s like your forty-man lane, then you go to company, 150 people at a time, doing different training events — and also with us I was a Stryker unit, which is our eightwheeled vehicle, so then you have to like integrate the vehicles into it, you’re learning how to use them, how to properly dismount and all of that. Then coming up that November we went down to Fort Irwin, California, which is where [the] national training center is for the Army, and that was our month-long training to kind of certify that yes, your unit is ready to deploy. So we did that, and that was a little more higher-level where we’re doing more of the battalion level, multiple companies at a time. You start small, still doing the platoon stuff there, but then you end up getting to brigade level sometimes where it’s multiple battalions at a time, pretty much everybody that’s deploying is out there in ‘the box,’ we call it, out in the sand, playing in the box and learning how to overcome the enemy out there. �Interviewer: “Okay, now describe the Stryker a little bit.” (17:14) So the Stryker is — it’s a eight-wheeled vehicle platform, it has — I think we’re up to ten variants now, they just introduced one actually after I got out, but I dealt with the infantry carrying vehicle, so you can fit eleven guys in it — that’s with the driver and the gunner, plus the… yeah it’s eleven. Yes, eleven guys. So with eight dismounts I believe it would be, nine dismounts then, two guys stay in the vehicle. Yup. You’ve got all the variants though, there’s a medical variant, there’s a tank variant, there’s 105mm cannon, there’s one with TOW missiles on it for anti-armor, there’s a command variant that has more radio stuff, there’s a nuclear-biological one that has all the kind of sensors in case there’s contamination, there’s an engineer one that has like a mine roller on the front and has systems that kind of help prevent IEDS, that sort of stuff. So yeah, I think they’re up to like ten variants now on the Stryker, but it allows us to have a lot of capabilities at a company level if you have all of them at once. Interviewer: “Okay, now and was it designed in part to be able to kind of deal with like the IED threat and that sort of thing?” At first it wasn’t, cause they came out early 2000s, right around — in fact, that’s why my dad was stationed at Fort Lewis, Washington, was that’s where the first Stryker brigade stood up, and I went then to Fort Lewis. So it was right around that time we were trying to get to like a new Army, I don’t know all the details, my father was dealing with all that stuff, but basically it was we were trying to get to a new style, faster, quicker Army, and that’s what it allowed us. The capabilities of the Stryker, it’s quick reaction, it’s very quiet compared to track, compared to a tank, light armor though — cause with the infantry we only had 50. Cal machine guns or the 40mm MK19 grenade launcher on top, so you don’t really have the fire capability, but speed and how quiet it is allows you to have some more capabilities. Interviewer: “Okay, and I guess my recollection was, it has a relatively narrow bottom and it gets wider as it goes up.” So that was one of the new variants, so when it first came out yeah, it had the flat bottom which obviously, when IEDS happened that was a big issue. Luckily around that 2008-2009 timeframe we did get the double v hull, when I deployed in 2012 we had those in Afghanistan, so yes. Those ones do have some blast capabilities and I don’t know if things have changed now, but back when we were in-country so 2012, no double v hull had been breached by an IED, other things happened that caused injuries just because it’s a blast, but the hull itself has never been breached that I know of — I don’t know if things have changed now, obviously the enemy adapts and makes bigger bombs, but… but yes, it does have some capabilities. We have learned and adapted throughout time, we’ve kept adding to it. Interviewer: “Alright, now would your entire company move around in the Strykers or?” (20:00) Yes. Yes, so especially on deployment we had all Strykers, we also had a couple of the MaxxPros and MATVS, some other vehicles that were kind of left there from the previous unit, so we got to use those. The MaxxPros we used as like the mine roller vehicles for in the lead, they just had ‘em on there already so it worked out. But no, as a Stryker unit everybody should be able to have a spot in the Stryker to go. �Interviewer: “Okay, alright. So basically you joined the unit, you prepare for x number of months, and then off you go.” Oh yes. Interviewer: “So how do they get you to Afghanistan?” So then a lot of flying. So the lead-up to it, it’s a couple months’ time because we had a few vehicles we shipped, we had all of our equipment we were shipping, we put ‘em on the boats, put ‘em on the containers, sent ‘em off to the Middle East, then for me I at least got lucky, I took the shorter route — cause from Washington we got to go through Alaska, over the ice caps into… where was that at, Manas Kurgistan. That’s where we landed first, so we go to Kurgistan, then from there we do some pre-deployment training still, get us some more equipment while we’re there, then we went to Kandahar airfield which is in regional command south of Afghanistan, that’s where we set up, we got all of our vehicles, maybe a week or so later we were driving out to our command outpost that we were going to be on. Interviewer: “Okay, what’s your first impression of Afghanistan when you get there?” I don’t know, you know. It was — I wanted to deploy, that was one of those things going in the Army, I looked at — I had a couple things I wanted to check off, and that was one of ‘em. I thought if I’m gonna do this I’m gonna deploy at some point. There’s two wars, I believe Iraq was closing while I was still in basic, we kind of like said we closed it, we were sending all of the equipment out, I think it was that time frame. But still Afghanistan was open, I got to my unit, there was two of the three brigades at Fort Lewis were already getting ready to deploy, the third brigade, which is fourth brigade, they deployed after we deployed. So everybody from Fort Lewis got to deploy right around that timeframe, so I knew I wanted to. I don’t know what my first impression was though, you know, it was kinda what I expected I guess. You know, you see it on TV. You have people, I had leadership that had deployed, they told us what to expect. You know, it’s your third-world country, it’s just, that’s what it is. Our area was — we were near Kandahar City, which is a little more modern. But we were out in the middle of the farmland you know, with the Arghandab river valley there, so there’s some desert, some mountains, some farmland, lot of… oh, pomegranates, so I don’t know, it wasn’t… it wasn’t too harsh I guess, I don’t know, it was what I expected honestly, it really was. (22:37) Interviewer: “Was it fairly open country as opposed to being really mountainous or?” Yes, so in RC south it was definitely more open, I think it’s more the north is where you get the mountains. But yeah, where we were — cause again, you had the river valley, so that was very flat, it had been irrigated so there was a lot of like crops and everything around that area, then when you spread out from the river it does get more open, more desert-type look to it, and there were some mountains north of us but we, me personally we didn’t interact with that area, that wasn’t our command. But no, it was nothing like the north where you know, climbing mountaintops to do your job no, it was more open. We could use our vehicles and drive most — most places we could drive. Interviewer: “Okay, and then what sort of base did you get to?” �So we were — first, we had two different ones, we moved areas on our deployment but the first one we were at was Terra Nova which was a … a command company level outpost. Well we actually replaced two companies that were living there at the time, and we replaced with just one company, and so that was interesting to take over such an area. But it worked out, it really did, we got very lucky I would say on deployment, the timeframe, we get there in April, go through the summer months, leave in January, we sort of managed to kind of miss the fighting season very luckily at least for me and my platoon especially. Some stuff did happen if we can get into.. on the other stuff, but no, for me personally and my platoon we got very lucky. So Terra Nova we start with, very small, I mean you — probably not even a mile, you know, around perimeter, you know, it’s [a] very small base, we were kind of north of a city, well, between two cities. Villages I guess we can call them, not really cities. Cause Kandahar City was big, we’re talking villages. Mud huts, little paths between ‘em that we’d patrol, and then halfway through deployment we ended up moving west to Zari, which is more close to where the Taliban started. And so when we got there again, it was fairly small, company outpost that my platoon was on, we were spread out, oh probably — maybe twelve kilometers it seemed like, as a company. I don’t know the exact details, but our little cop was on a hill, which was kind of nice, you could see everywhere around you, made you a target obviously, being in the middle of a village and up on the high ground, but things worked out I think fairly nicely on our deployment. Interviewer: “So gonna go back to the Terra Nova stage alright, what was your company’s purpose there?” So at the time we first got there we were starting that transition into partnering with the Afghan army, the police, we were still taking somewhat of the lead but especially by that summer things were transitioning where we were supposed to let them take the lead. Cause this is 2012 at the time, we’re starting to try to draw down Afghanistan. So we were trying to make them take the lead — at the beginning we got there we were kind of in charge of everything, we would just go do our patrols, we’re walking, talking to their — doing Shuras, talking to their leadership, talking to their religious leaders, trying to talk to their police, and their Army-type leadership and making sure that things are going right. But by that summer though we wanted them to take the lead, so there were times that.. if they couldn’t provide us with people to go on patrol with us, we just couldn’t patrol that day which was a very weird feeling, cause you’re there to do a job and then you’re told, ‘Well, you can’t even walk outside because you don’t have the partner,’ but obviously in the higher-up it makes sense cause we were trying to leave and we need them to take control of the situation, but yeah so every day, go on a patrol, whether it was driving somewhere or walking somewhere, yeah. Just trying to — presence patrol, make sure they knew we were there and we were attempting to help. (26:28) Interviewer: “Okay, and what kind of relationship did you have with the Afghans?” Overall I’d say it was good. Truly, for our area specifically — obviously different areas and different timeframes, different years you look at Afghanistan, things were worse in different areas. We got very lucky, I think the previous unit had it maybe a little worse than us, the next unit had [it] a little worse than us, and we got of got this nice middle-ground where for whatever reason things worked out. Truly I don’t think, especially at Terra Nova that first half, I don’t think there was a single IED that we found ourselves. It was usually a local would find it, call up the local police, they would call us, we would go out there, bring up the EOD, they would come out there and get rid of it. It wasn’t really until the second half of deployment to a new area where things got a little more.. kinetic if you will, and then we were having to find IEDS on our own, but �that first area, the people seemed to like us, seemed to respect us, there’s the stereotypes — kids might throw rocks at you or whatever, it happens, kids will be kids anywhere you go. But the people really wanted us to help out and I think it also showed we were building schools out there, we were helping some of the infrastructure, roads all the time were getting built around us, so… we were again — I think, I hope that in the end they knew we were there to help. Interviewer: “Right. Okay, and then you switched bases now, and so what’s changing then?” So we went more west. And as you get toward the west you get closer to where like the Taliban, Mullah Omar and all them kinda grew up, and so it’s a little more… I guess I’ll say militant, I didn’t see it personally — I got very, very lucky, I was actually the only person in my platoon that I know of who did not get my combat infantryman’s badge. I did not truly see combat, I got very lucky in this middle ground, when I’d go on patrol nothing happened. So I never had any true gunfire at me, I’ve had rounds go overhead but it was always — a wedding was going on or something, and they were celebrating, and then you realize, ‘Oh, okay, it’s not an enemy force,’ but yeah, just as you get out there it was a little more kinetic, the unit before us — I actually had a friend I went to basic with who was in the unit we replaced, he ended up getting shot through both calves actually, went to Germany for three weeks, got healed up, went back to Afghanistan. Got very lucky. Talking to him though, he was telling us what was going on and yeah, I expected it was gonna be worse. And it did, when we went over there as a company, we ended up having one guy, Tyler Jeffries, ended up stepping on an IED and losing both legs, and then … ended up stepping on one and got very lucky and only broke a bone in his heel if I remember right. So we had two guys [who] had to get medevaced, so again it got more kinetic. There was more, I don’t know if there was ever really a firefight, we didn’t really have that as a company, but there were some incidences, vehicles got shot at, some of the bases got shot at, so it was a little more kinetic out there when we got to Zari. (29:27) Interviewer: “And what impression did you have of the Afghan military or police forces?” So the first area it wasn’t as good. They… we were partnered with more of the police at that first place, and just who their leadership was, we didn’t have a great relationship with. You know, it was kind of that — these aren’t people who probably wanted to join, as a police force, they weren’t trained properly, they’re poor, they don’t have the… care probably, that they’re doing it. But when we went to Zari, actually to their credit their army that we partnered with were very good, their captain that we partnered with actually had been to university, during the initial invasion of Afghanistan he actually trained with the special forces, so he knew English, he spoke almost perfect English, he actually knew map-reading, he knew tactics, so when we got up there it was great, there was time that we could just point on the map and be like, ‘Hey, there’s apparently an IED out there,’ and he’d be like, ‘I got it,’ and him and his guys would go take care of it. That was very nice, that was a very good experience when we got to the second base. Interviewer: “Okay, now do you have a sense that he and his troops were from a different part of Afghanistan?” I don’t know, yeah, cause I know a lot of stuff obviously gets very tribal out there, I don’t know specifically where he was from. At that time, I want to say President Karzai was still in power, and yeah you’d hear all the time that Karzai was bad cause they were different tribes, he was in �the north by Kabul and down where we were in the south they didn’t necessarily care about what was going on in Kabul, cause it’s a tribal thing — they only care about their little section, their family. It’s not like [an] Afghanistan as a whole, it’s more of like ‘our people down here’ is what they cared about. Interviewer: “Okay, and I mean did you have a sense of how much of a Taliban presence there was in the area?” I — because again, I personally did not experience you know, true combat if you will, it didn’t manifest itself but it was always a threat. In our area we had like, Ranger battalion multiple times came in to go do a raid on a building and they would get some guy and take him to Kandahar, so there was always things going on, but very luckily, once in a while there’d be an IED go off, usually it was — it appeared to be trying to target to Afghan forces, it wasn’t usually at us. So sometimes that seemed more that it was more of a revenge thing, cause there was — we had stories of… one of the local leaders ended up going to a wedding and disrespected somebody and later that night they ambushed him, they came to our cop to get you know, medical, so it was things like that, it wasn’t usually focused at us. Yeah, things like that happened though. Interviewer: “Okay. Did you have a sense that there was kind of an ordinary daily life for the civilians, could they kind of go about their business?” (32:14) In our area yes, I really do. We’d go walk around and it was usually just farmers or they’d have their sheep — lot of sheep in our area, or even some type of like ox-type-cow-type thing. And we had camels in our area but no, the daily life didn’t seem to get interrupted cause we did our job and they would just… kind of line the streets sometimes, the kids loved us cause they knew they could get like pens or candy or something from us, so they’d come up to us, but the elders normally just kinda hung out and watched us go by, we’d been there for oh god, at that point we were looking at ten plus years and so they — they’re probably real used to us by then, yeah. Interviewer: “Okay. Did you have any sense of how the larger mission was going, were we making progress toward creating a normal society in Afghanistan or was that just hard to tell?” It was hard to tell. Cause I truly, you know I was in a bubble, I was a private on deployment, I was a PFC only an E3, but I would say knowing — we actually went to the same exact area that my unit deployed in 2009-2010, my leadership — like my squad leader and my team leader, they had deployed then, and it was a much worse deployment coming from the kinetic side, more casualties, lot more fighting, so we got there — again, I went into this expecting that, cause we’re going to the same area that they had been two years prior, and then we get there and not much happened. And our leadership told us like, this is crazy, because apparently things are getting better, just… or things moved away from that area you know, so apparently things were getting better, and from what I saw yes, it was, you could see there wasn’t much going on in our area, sadly still on our deployment there were things around us, some big bases got attacked, there was a couple green on blue attacks where an Afghan force, army or police attacked us, so probably an insider threat type thing, that did happen around us and it caused us to obviously have to adjust our security at the time, but our area specifically truly seemed like things were getting better, so yeah. �Interviewer: “Alright, now how long was the total deployment?” So nine months. So we went April 2012 to January 2013. Interviewer: “Alright. And are there any other kind of — I guess a couple things, while you’re out there how much contact do you have with people back home?” We had actually a really good opportunity to, cause like the infrastructure’s already set up, we had computers, some internet, basic internet. So I would try to call, personally, every seven to ten days I would call home. And actually for the first two months of my deployment my father overlapped, he was in Kabul while I was deployed in RC south, he ended up coming out to see me [at] one point, that was real fun having the colonel show up with all his friends and caused the dog-and-pony show, the circus came to town. But it was cool you know, it was a photo op, you know, me and my dad on deployment together. But yeah no, we were definitely able to call home fairly regularly. Internet never seemed to go down so yeah, it was easy. (35:09) Interviewer: “Alright. Now aside from the visit from your father are there other particular things that happened in that deployment that kind of stand out in your memory?” No, really cause for me it was… every day was, you know they sometimes blur but it was — we were doing our job, it’s what we expected, what we trained to do. Every day we’d go on one, sometimes two patrols a day, go walk to [an] area, talk to somebody, walk back, come back, then there has to be a driving patrol and cause I was a driver on deployment also I’d have to get my vehicle and take somebody somewhere, yeah so it was just all kind of the same day, there was no weekends, we worked for that one month of leave that we got after deployment, that was our vacation, but we didn’t really get weekends and so… I don’t know, it wasn’t anything big you know, there’s plenty of stories. Just this past Christmas I went down to one of my friends’ wedding, friend I deployed with, and there was four of us that came, three of us that came to fort, and yeah the whole like four days we’re just talking and reminiscing and laughing and just… remembering the good old days. Interviewer: “Alright, so you get back then to the States, now will you stay — I guess do you get your month off at that point?” Not exactly. I wish, no, we still had to wait for all our equipment to get back and clean everything and make sure we’re accountable for everything, maybe two months after we got back we got I think it was three or four weeks off. And then I was able to go home, see family, so yeah that was a good time. Interviewer: “Okay, what happens next?” Then… well, cause then you’re kind of off the deployment cycle for a little bit cause especially at that time we were trying to go you know, back in the day there was the stereotype that you could come back from deployment, six months later, a year later you’re going back. Where when I was in we were trying to keep it at a… for every month you were deployed you were back for two months, so we were supposed to have like two years off roughly. So yeah, we were kind of on this down cycle, so we went back to training, I mean jeez, 2013, that summer we were in the field again training right away, yeah just kinda getting back into the swing. We had maybe two-three months off if you will where things were a little more laid-back, easier, just kind �of like getting back in the swing of things, and then you hit it hard again. Just go right back into training. Interviewer: “Okay. Now does personnel rotate through the unit?” Oh yes, yeah, and that’s — those first few months [are] kind of the big shift, a lot of guys were on orders to go to another base or they were getting out of the Army, and then people then have to come in, so we got a big influx of guys who had also just deployed — we had a couple guys come from Italy I know, they had just deployed and they all came to Fort Lewis. So yes, we do have that turnover that happens after a deployment fairly — within that first few months, it happened. Interviewer: “Alright. And then now do you stay with that unit and go with them on the next deployment or do you…” So for us, so for me personally, cause they weren’t — they have not deployed since, I — I knew that I wanted to probably move bases, so I ended up reenlisting to go to Germany which is where I spent — so I spent three years at Fort Lewis, three years in Germany. Which I left in 2014 to go to Germany, but in that year that it took me to get there, yeah I went to the national training center one more time down in California, and went to Yakima again — actually twice, two more times out to eastern Washington for a month at a time, so yeah even though I was on orders to go to Germany, if you’re going to the field to train you’re gonna go with ‘em cause you’re.. gotta do your job, gotta make sure everybody else is getting their job done. Interviewer: “And that’s still your unit, and that’s what your unit is doing?” Yes. Interviewer: “Okay. Now what rank were you at this point?” (38:35) So when I got back from deployment I was still a PFC, I picked up Specialist pretty quickly after that, and then by the time I went to Germany I had gone to the board and got promoted to sergeant, and so June 1st of 2014 was my day to rank for sergeant. Interviewer: “Okay, and now do they give you any particular preparation for going to Germany or do they just load you on a plane and send you?” A little bit of load you on a plane, I had friends that had been there, stationed in the unit, so you — there’s some prep work, you have to go get some tests done to make sure that you’re healthy enough to go overseas, but no [there’s] not really any cultural stuff, that’s — when you get to the unit there was a little bit of that, and they offered some language classes, luckily I had taken three years of German in high school, wasn’t fluent or anything but it helped when I got there to kinda go interact if I wanted to go off base. Order some food or something, kinda break the ice when you’re talking to a local. Interviewer: “Okay, alright. And so where do they send you and to what unit?” �So I went to Vilseck, Germany, which is right next to Grafenwoehr which is our, the bigger base that was next to us. But I went to Fox troop of 22 cavalry regiment, so yeah Vilseck, Germany, it’s a real small base out there, kind of a Bavaria, so that eastern, southeast Germany. Interviewer: “Okay, and what was going on there?” So at that time that unit had actually just got back from their deployment… I feel like it was April of 2014, and then I show up in October of 2014, so we went onto this cycle of NATO missions actually, so we were partnering a lot with other countries. There was the normal days, the stuff that we could do locally in Germany with us, we had our own kind of national training center out in Hohenfels, Germany, we’d go there for a month, we would kinda train at our Grafenwoehr, Vilseck training ground, but then we ended up going real quick in 2015 we were already on orders to go to Romania. We went there for three months, so went, trained with, partnered with the Romanian army, oh jeez the British came, I think Ukraine was there, so like a lot of nations will come to these types of NATO-partnered missions where you’d go train for multiple months at a time. Then 2016 I did Latvia and Finland, Finland and then Latvia. That year, so yeah every year we went somewhere and then as I was leaving my unit went to Poland for seven months actually, that was a long one that they went for. Interviewer: “Okay, now what impression do you have of the military forces of these different countries? I mean the Romanians versus the British or whatever.” Yeah. So partnering with like the Germans, the British, they’re kinda what you expect, they’re sort of our level if you will, they put some money into their military, a lot of times they are professional armies I’ll call it where like us, they enlist: that’s their life then. Some of these other countries though, a lot of the smaller ones, because they just don’t have the funds like a Romanian army, these guys will stay for twenty years but it’s so much smaller and they don’t even have a base, they just live on the economy and then they show up for training if they need to, it’s a much different — you know, almost a culture shock, you show up to these places and it’s — you see ‘em in uniform cause we’re training at the time, and you think they must be the same, and then you start talking to them cause you’re there for three months and you want to know and interact with them, and you realize, ‘Oh no, this is [a] completely different lifestyle,’ they don’t even get medical through the military, they just go through the civilian side, you know just very, very different. Finland was the one too, cause they actually do kind of a mandatory service, when you’re eighteen you’re supposed to — there’s multiple things you can do, but one of the common ones is military service for six months minimum, sometimes to a year depending on your job. And then you go into their reserves in case something comes up, so again very different culture of how their military is run. But it was always a great learning experience, and actually some of the best training I did in my military career I think, even — you know, you train for Afghanistan, that’s very one-focus, very centralized, when you start training with these other nations you get to see a lot of other things, it was very cool. (42:32) Interviewer: “And what did Romania look like to you, was it just out in the country someplace or?” So we started on the eastern side which is over toward the Black Sea if I remember right, that was more open, a little more dry, these kind of rolling plains… some, I don’t want to say rundown but some — they had cities maybe not like to our level, but then we went to the west, which is the Transylvanian Alps, and that was just beautiful. I loved… if we had down time we’d �go run or something and we were just running through these kind of picturesque green fields with the mountains to our side and stuff, so yeah no it was… it was much smaller obviously than the states, it’s very open I think. There are… you know, the stereotypes of the gypsies, I’ve seen some like gypsy towns, I happened to be on the trains with our vehicles to Romania, and so I got to kind of see the countryside, and yeah, you go through some of these towns where they’re more… you know, the windows are out or it looks like dirt floors but it would always make me laugh, like they still come out with their camera phones, take pictures of our train with all the vehicles so… it looks poor on the outside but maybe not. Interviewer: “Alright, and then what about Latvia?” Latvia was, that’s another one, I really liked that place. We were near Riga the capital, maybe an hour away, very green where we were, there was a river so very green, Riga’s just a big city like you think of in most European cities I think of, yeah it was just a normal cityscape. People own a business and stuff, doing their job, and then we’re training out in the fields, out in the training ground we were at, but we got some opportunities to get on some busses, we’d rent a bus, get the interpreters that were there with us to call up a company, they’d bring the busses in, we got to go to Riga a couple times so we could do some sightseeing. Cause obviously we’re gonna to these places for multiple months, we want to at least see the culture too, we don’t want to just go there and say we were on the base the whole time — want to be able to say we did something. Interviewer: “Okay, now when you’re in some of these places, maybe especially in Latvia when you’re on the frontier with Russia, and the Russians have — they’re starting to get kind of aggressive toward their neighbors by that time — was there some sense of urgency or threat out there or was it just a vacation?” No, there… it’s kind of both in a way I guess, cause at some point you know, for our level, you know the presidents are doing their thing, the big armies are saying their thing, we’re moving armies around, we’re moving people around, but for us we’re going and interacting with their army. We’re training, we’re partnering, we’re seeing their people, but especially I would say Romania was actually the big one — we were in Romania when, it was that time frame when the Crimean Peninsula was a big talking point, and that was — like, I think they said 200 miles from us. I mean really, 200 miles in a vehicle, you can make that in a day, so it was right there. And talking to the locals, because Romania had been part of the — part of Russia after World War II, they got very lucky in a sense, they weren’t as militant there, they weren’t as oppressed, but I think it was like in the sixties the military moved out, but they were still under Russian control so talking to some of their older type people, they loved us being there because they were really still looking at Russia as this threat. We might not think of it but no, their history shows for them, so they look at us as this force that’s there for good, we’re kind of deterring the Russian aggression if you will, but for us specifically for me, yeah we were there just to kinda partner with their army and interact and train and see what they’re doing, and they can see what we’re doing. Interviewer: “Okay, and I think you mentioned there are some Ukrainians there as well?” Yup. At that point, I think it was Ukraine because I know oh, we had everybody, there was Lithuanians, Estonians I’ve seen out in those countries, even the Canadians came out in Romania, they came out there. Yeah, so everybody comes out to play. (46:17) �Interviewer: “Yeah. But you might have Ukrainians there when you’re in Romania and the crisis is going on in Crimea, that’s Russia taking stuff from Ukraine, and did any of them kind of say anything about that, … contact with them?” No, I didn’t have much contact with them. I just remember their flag, I just remember the yellow and blue there, cause at the base we were at they had all the flags of everybody who was onbase, so yeah I saw all of the different flags and everything, but I never partnered directly with them. Really in Romania, I think like it was the British, the Canadian[s], and the Romanians are pretty much all that I partnered with myself. Interviewer: “Okay, and at this point what is your job description?” So at that point in Romania I was a team leader on the ground, so as a sergeant I was in charge of — well for me personally it was two guys, so I was a fireteam leader, so in a squad you have two teams, so a staff sergeant usually is in charge of two sergeants, we have our guys, and so our job is to dismount out of the vehicles and go take the fight to whatever we’re fighting. Interviewer: “Mhm. Alright, and then to think about that… so how much time did you spend in Germany as opposed to on these exercises?” More time in Germany, but yeah, it gets to a point you realize, ‘I didn’t get much time to travel,’ because we went to Romania for three months, we went to Hohenfels for a month, we were in our own training ground for multiple weeks at a time, went to — I went to Hohenfels three times I think in three years, so then went for three months split between Finland and Latvia, yeah just seemed like we were always getting ready to go somewhere. But yeah, I did get to travel. I can’t say I didn’t, I can look back with fond memories, I got to go down to Switzerland, I’ve been to Lithuania, where else did we go… Belgium, and to France, I did get to go to Normandy — that was one of the big ones that I wanted to get to cause I had friends that were stationed in Germany before that did not get over there and they kinda told me that that was a regret, so I knew one of the first big trips I took was to get over to like Paris and Normandy. Interviewer: “Right, okay. Now in Germany, how did the Germans themselves seem to treat the American soldiers?” Overall good. It was actually really interesting cause I was born there, it was my dad’s first duty station so I knew stories back then, and I visited when I was maybe seven — I don’t really remember it, but there was a stereotype still back then that they maybe didn’t like us, they were a little more abrasive. Our generation though, most of us speak English, it actually was weird, I wanted to learn the language and interact and try to go back and you’d go out to a restaurant and you’d start to speak in German and they’d realize right away you’re not from around here, and they’re like, ‘Do you want an English menu?’ It’s like ah, okay, I’ll take an English menu. So no, like English is really prominent, they — the one thing that kinda surprised a little bit, they actually know our politics more than I think some of us know our politics, cause you don’t really know until you go overseas that the world does look at us as this overseeing entity, so yeah cause that was the time, you know when President Trump was coming into power, doing his campaign, and you know the Germans sometimes would start asking us like, ‘Oh, what do you think of that?’ It’s like I have no opinion! I don’t wanna go into this, our politics are not for me to discuss while I’m a soldier. But yeah no, so they follow us, they track, they know what we’re doing, and they like to talk to us actually from what I saw. �Interviewer: “And they spoke better English than you spoke German so?” Oh yes, very. Very much so, they spoke — most of them, and it was funny, they always — cause I think they are sometimes perfectionists, they would say like, ‘Oh I don’t speak very good English,’ and then you start talking and you’re like, ‘You speak better English than I know Americans speak English,’ so yeah, they knew a lot of English. (49:44) Interviewer: “Okay, alright, now are there other things about that tour in Germany that kind of stand out for you that you haven’t brought into the story yet?” Oh, I mean… just getting to travel, I mean especially Normandy, that was the big one that really sticks out to me, but even when we went to do these training exercises — so I was at Fort Lewis for three years, never partnered with another country, we were training just for Afghanistan, again it was very pinpoint what our mission was going to be. When I got out there to Germany, when we were in Romania for that first time, we got to do some air assault missions with helicopters, I had never got to actually ride [in] a helicopter before that — while doing a mission, I’d been in a helicopter in Afghanistan but never to like actually do a raid if you will, or take, assault a village or whatever, so we were training that type of stuff, and that was fun. You know, taking video of the takeoff and everything, it was an experience. And just getting to like… you know, we drove I think it was like 800 kilometers across Romania to move to the west and that was just fun, you know, all the people got to see us. We made a couple stops along the way, and there was one point we stopped in a little town that had a school and all these kids are coming out to see our vehicles, and they’re playing on them and so it was just — I always enjoyed that, getting to interact with the locals… but yeah, I don’t know, nothing really stuck out. Interviewer: “Okay, but you’re with a cavalry unit, so what kind of vehicles did you have?” So once again I was Stryker, so I did my whole six years with the Stryker infantry vehicle. Yeah, so 22 CR historically was an armored cavalry regiment so they used to have the tanks and the Bradley fighting vehicles, but they also transitioned to having the Strykers, so I was Strykers once again. Interviewer: “So you’re basically mechanized infantry at that point?” Yes and no. It depends who you talk to I guess. Interviewer: “Yeah, I guess. But not with the heavy tracks and all that.” Yeah, so we kinda went away from being mechanized, we’re still infantry but we’re dismounting from a vehicle so we ride the vehicle to our — to the place, then we dismount, and then do our job, so depending on who you ask some people might say we’re mechanized, some people might say we’re still infantry, you know it depends on the mindset, how do you want to look at it. Interviewer: “Yeah, I guess when there were horses you … mounted infantry.” Oh yes, and that was, 22 historically was, had the horsebacks — I’ve seen plenty of pictures around the battalion and everything showing that off. �(52:04) Interviewer: “Okay, now when you come back from Germany, are you basically done with your enlistment at that point?” So yes, so I ended up getting out while in Germany, I did all my transition stuff there, and then in 2017 got on a plane, went to Baltimore, my parents picked me up there and went home and then yeah I was out. So it was a... Interviewer: “Alright. Did you give any thought to staying in longer than you did?” I did, especially like I did that first reenlistment for three years to get me to Germany, and I knew that I could stay long-term, my father did thirty years. I grew up with this, I didn’t really know anything other than the military, but I kinda looked at it that I wanted something else, I had done — to my own fault, I kinda got stagnant in my job, I wasn’t progressing and so I kinda saw the writing on the wall and it was like, ‘You know what? Lemme go do something else, let me see about school or a job somewhere else, and so I kinda made the decision that I think I’ll transition out. Yeah, so I decided to not reenlist then. Interviewer: “Okay, so what do you do once you get out?” So for a few months I did nothing, just cause I’d been in the Army for six years, was in Germany and wanted to get home and just relax a little bit, little bit! But then I started looking at schools, looking at jobs, realized that I sort of fell into what I’m doing now, which is I’m going to school for the nursing program here at Grand Valley State University, wasn’t my first choice, it wasn’t like I knew going out of the Army that’s what I wanted, but I started kind of doing some research, sort of realized I wanted a job that… or if I was gonna go to school, I wanted it to be for a profession, for a career that’s very pinpoint, I didn’t want to just come for a degree just for the sake of getting a degree, so I made that decision that summer of 2017 that I was going to go back to school. Applied and got accepted, and yeah I’ve been here since. Interviewer: “Alright, now had you been a good student in high school or?” High school, yes. Michigan State no, that’s why I did not stay there. And then community college I was, I got my associate’s degree so I was able to transfer those to get rid of you know, most of the gen ed stuff. But no, I was — it became a running joke while I was in the Army that I was one of the smart infantrymen, cause I — I wasn’t somebody who knew right away I’m gonna join so I don’t need to care about school or something, I… I took my studies seriously at the time, and I like to think that things have been going good. I’m still in it, I’m in the nursing program, I’m still going strong, so things so far are good. Interviewer: “Alright, now to look back on it then, how do you think your time in the service affected you?” So for me specifically I know definitely in the beginning I needed… I needed the challenge, I really did, to kind of help… I was sort of floating, if you will, in life. I didn’t have an idea of what I wanted to do, I was going to school just kind of for the sake of going to school, living at my parents’ place you know, and like ‘eh I guess I’ll do this.’ So it really did help me sort of get that work ethic if you will, I like to think I had it back then but there was stuff before the Army that I can look back and be like, ‘Yeah, never really completed everything,’ I kind of just started and never finished it. And so the Army was sort of that first big goal that I set for myself, and I was �able to complete it and so it definitely helps with the work ethic, and just life experience and the friendship, I mean that’s like the main thing that I miss from it, and I knew I would getting out, it’s that brotherhood, it’s the comradery, I mean again I got to go to my friend’s wedding and that was the best four days I had in a while, just cause seeing those guys again. And you know we text message and see each other on Facebook or whatever, but you get back together, get to have a beer and relax and interact, it’s just a good time. Interviewer: “Alright, well the whole thing makes for [a] pretty good story, so thank you for taking the time to share it today.” Yeah! Oh, thank you. Interviewer: “Alright, and that’ll do it for us.” [END] � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GellertJ2301V Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gellert, John Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2019-04 Title A name given to the resource Gellert, John (Interview transcript and video), 2019 Description An account of the resource John Gellert was born on October 20, 1988, in Würzburg, Germany, into a military family which constantly moved around. Gellert graduated high school in Virginia in 2006 and attended some college before deciding he wanted a more challenging career. He enlisted into the Army in 2011 to be an infantryman. Gellert was then sent to Fort Benning, Georgia, for a collective fourteen weeks of basic and advanced basic training. After graduating basic training, he was immediately transferred to Fort Lewis, Washington, where he was assigned to a mechanized, light armored Striker Unit in Attack Company 21 Infantry Legion, which he later deployed to Afghanistan with in 2012. Stationed at Terranova Company Outpost near Kandahar City, his Company’s duties were to partner with the Afghani military and local police cells, guiding them to assume control of their local districts without American intervention. His Company was then stationed at Zari Company Outpost, nearer to the Taliban’s bases of operation, and his peers were more frequently shot at even though Gellert himself never experienced ground combat. This first deployment lasted nine months. For his second deployment in 2014, Gellert received promotion to Sergeant and spent the next three years in Germany with Fox Troop, 22 Cavalry Regiment, in Vilseck. His unit primarily participated in NATO and other international military training programs or maneuvers. While in Europe, Gellert did spend considerable time traveling the continent, conversing with local people, and observing historical sights, which he enjoyed greatly. By the time he returned from Germany, Gellert’s deployment had ended, and he left the service in 2017, despite giving some thought towards staying in the Army longer. Instead, he wanted to complete his college education and was soon admitted to Grand Valley State University for a degree in nursing. Reflecting upon his service, Gellert believed the Army instilled in him a persistent work ethic, coupled with a newfound inner drive. He was also fond of the supportive, brotherly relationships he built with the other soldiers of his former units, bonds which he still maintains and cherishes as a positive outcome of his service. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States—History, Military Veterans Video recordings Iraq War, 2003-2011—Personal narratives, American Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries, Special Collections & University Archives, 1 Campus Drive, Allendale, MI, 49401. Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Language A language of the resource eng https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/63094a7cc983af80c4bd5d60939985c3.pdf bf672e7d841e077902193c6e85310f66 PDF Text Text THIRD ANNUAL MISSIAGI AUGUST POWWOW ADVANCE FL YER DATE: AUGUST 5, 6, 1978 LOCATION: GENESEE COUNTY YOUTH AND ACTIVITY CENTER MT.MORRIS, MICHIG·AN EVERYONE WELCOMEI 3 DANCES (2 SAT., 1 SUN.) -NORTHERN AND $0UTHERN DRUMS PENDLETON BLANKET RAFFLE CRAZY MIDNIGHT AUCTION PLENTY OF CAMPING• T IPI AREA• SWIMMING NEARBY TRADERS WELCOME • 1.NDOOR (CON TACT LARRY DAVIS) FACILITIES FOR TRADERS AN ,D- DA~CING (IN CASE OF RAIN) FURTHER INFO WILL FOLLOW LATER ANY QUESTIONS, CONTACT: LARRY DAVIS 135 DALEY RD. LAPEER, Ml 48446 PH • (31.3) 6 6 4 • 1 21 2 OR JACK SHUMAKER 4036 HILL RD. SWARTZ CREEK, .MI 48473 rH. {313)655·8781 NO DRUGS OR ALCOHOL ALLOWED � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native American Publication Collection Subject The topic of the resource Native Americans Indians of North America Anthropology Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Michigan Description An account of the resource Selected digital surrogates of published and unpublished materials from the Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection dealing with different aspects of human culture and anthropology, with an emphasis on Native American people, events, organizations, and activities in Michigan. Includes newsletters, event programs, flyers, posters and other printed materials. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gillis, Edward V. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American Publication Collection (RHC-14)</a> Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-02-21 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Project (Kutsche Office of Local History) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1958-2000 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection, RHC-14</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14_missiagi-pow-wow_1978-08 Title A name given to the resource Annual Missiagi August Powwow, August 1978 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1978-08 Description An account of the resource Annual Missiagi August Powwow flyer, Mt. Morris MI, August 5-6, 1978, collected by Edward Gillis included as part of his Native American publication collection. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genesee County Youth and Activity Center Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Indians of North America Michigan Michigan -- Grand Rapids Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/11e58f145dc8b8213521076e89ecf588.pdf c60d131aece96526d302b2174a4fbf5e PDF Text Text Se con ci /l, nnu rL l FLinf RiverEaflJ{Par){ Indian Festival n ...i.. Ji. lL9 lLS L q Iq0~ o* II \o ) O- I lr~de,rs TABLES ONLY! No motorized units are allowed to remain on grounds. So.t. : I O AfY\ - 5 PP\ Su.l\d..: II Aft\ - 4 pf'I\, lJelcofrled ! TRADER'S FEE: $15 per Day $20 Weekend FREE LODGING! ! Must request lodging prior to Aug. 10th. NO on-site Camping. · TRADERS MUST REGISTER BY AUGUST 10TH LIMITED SPACE AVAILABLE ¾ JJ Q 1tcers \Je Lcofrte-d , GIFTS FOR ALL DANCERS! MUST REGISTER BY AUGUST lOTH! ! ~ For Registration, Lodging, and Further Information Contact Jenny Auge-Smith at (313) 239-6621 Presented By: The Flint Downtown Development Authority and The Genesee Indian Center �DAVISON R -----+-+i------tto-...., FESTIVAL GROONDS eo-tt-.,,_tt---+--..... BURTON lt lolKing are located along the Southern edge of the Flint River off Saginaw Street. All Traders should unload along the Eastern side of Saginaw St., or the Western side of Harrison St., and set-up along the River between the two Streets. If you need help, just look for the workers wearing Red Arm-Bands. . C, This Close-Up Map of Downtown Flint shows several areas that will be used for the FESTIVAL: A. Unloading Areas B. Traders Area Mott Comm eCol. (Southern edge of River between Saginaw& Harrison Streets, except in the Market Stalls) C. Drum, Dancing & Special Activities Arrphitheater D. Daily Parking for Public & Participants E • Daily & Night Parking for Participants only (across fran the Genesee Indian Center at corner of Beach & First Streets) OWNTOWN FLI �., Genesee Valley Indian Association • 124 W. FIRST ST. FLINT, MICHIGAN 48502 TELEPHONE: (313} 239-6621 June 29, 1984 We'd like to invite you to participate in our Second Annual Flint Riverbank Park Indian Festival, August 18th and 19th! The Festival will feature demonstration dancing, displays, children's "on-hands" activities, legend telling, and craft demonstrations. Traders and Dancers are more than welcomed! Traders should do really well-even better than last ye2r! Autoworld, a major tourist attraction, just opened across the bridge from the Festival Grounds. The Hyatt Regency is just a stone's throw from the amphitheater. And the festival is being publicized by the City of Flint! Since space within the Dance Arena and the Traders area is limited, it is very important that all Traders and Dancers register by August 10th! Camping is not allowed in the area. But our community members are opening-up their homes to Festival participants who make advance requests for temporary lodging or lawn space for tents/campers. All participants and host families are invited to share supper with us at the Center Saturday evening. So, if you would like to participate, just call me at (313) 2396621 prior to August 10th. Hope to hear from you soon! ~ UNITED WAY AGENCY �NON-PROFIT ORG. Genesee Indian Center 124 West First Street Flint, MI 48502 THIRD CLASS lJ S POSTAGE PAID FLINT, MICHIGAN PERMIT NO 431 GR AND RAPIDS INTER-TRIBAL COUNCIL 45 Lexington, NW Gr and Rapids, MI 49504 -; � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native American Publication Collection Subject The topic of the resource Native Americans Indians of North America Anthropology Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Michigan Description An account of the resource Selected digital surrogates of published and unpublished materials from the Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection dealing with different aspects of human culture and anthropology, with an emphasis on Native American people, events, organizations, and activities in Michigan. Includes newsletters, event programs, flyers, posters and other printed materials. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gillis, Edward V. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American Publication Collection (RHC-14)</a> Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-02-21 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Project (Kutsche Office of Local History) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1958-2000 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection, RHC-14</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14_flint-river-bank-indian-festival_1984-08 Title A name given to the resource Flint River Bank Park Indian Festival Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984-08 Description An account of the resource Flint River Bank Park Indian Festival flyer, Flint MI, August 18-19, 1984, collected by Edward Gillis included as part of his Native American publication collection. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genesee Indian Center Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Indians of North America Michigan Michigan -- Grand Rapids Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/c7eef8ff9105f72994d663a1e0916567.pdf 29a75dbe03691fb8cf7be1080cb86b66 PDF Text Text Original Design by Ko Ko The Genesee Indian Center and Genesee County Indian Education Committee Presents: 1st ANNUAL INDIAN POW WOW ''Honoring Our Heritage'' June 2-3, 1984 E.A. Cummings Center; 6130 E. Mt. Morris Rd.; Mt. Morris, Mi ******* Open To Public ******* Traders Welcome! Fees :$15 per day or $25 for weekend (Includes 3 admissions) Traders Should Preregister No Imports! Indian Made Crafts Only Emcee: John Bailey Open Drum Featured Drums Red Eagle Singers All Nations Drum Admissions: Adults ... $2 .00 per day or $3 .00 weekend Children(5-12 yrs) and Elders ... $1.00 per day Children under 5 yrs . Admitted Free • * * * * * * * Prizes For All Dancers! * * * * * * * Dancers Must Register & Participate in all events Registration Closes 2 PM Saturday Dancers are encouraged to contact us prior to the Pow Wow to insure that we have plenty of prizes on-hand Grand Entry: Saturday ... 2 PM, 7 PM Sunday ... 2 PM Free Camping for Participants. Tipi's Welcomed! $4.00 per day max. camping fee for non-participants. Head Dancers: George Martin Sid Martin Contact For Registration & Further Information: Jenny Auge' Smith (313) 239-6621 Pow Wow Committee: Michelle Chingwa ...Chairperson Betty Jo Hinkle ... V. Chairperson Christine Reed ...Secretary Jenny Auge' Smith .. .Treasurer NO ALCOHOL OR DRUGS ALLOWED I �let ON J.IWll:3:d NV!>IH::>tW 'J.Nrn OIVd 3D\t'J.SOd sn C:098t UT:"?514::l!V\I 'lU!l.:l l99JlS lSJ!.:J .M tC: ~ SSV'JO CTl!IHJ. '!>~0 J.l~O~d·NON Jaiua:, ue1 pu1 aasaua~ '- ~~~iiwvF==0 BRAY R ~ I :ad -, -, 0 . 0 ~ = 0 ENESEE ROi = r C') '"d a:, ~ = ::>::lO o:e: ::a ::z: - c:: z :;: I 00 :;: I~ � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native American Publication Collection Subject The topic of the resource Native Americans Indians of North America Anthropology Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Michigan Description An account of the resource Selected digital surrogates of published and unpublished materials from the Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection dealing with different aspects of human culture and anthropology, with an emphasis on Native American people, events, organizations, and activities in Michigan. Includes newsletters, event programs, flyers, posters and other printed materials. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gillis, Edward V. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American Publication Collection (RHC-14)</a> Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-02-21 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Project (Kutsche Office of Local History) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1958-2000 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection, RHC-14</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14_genesee-indian-pow-wow_1984-06 Title A name given to the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow, June 1984 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984-06 Description An account of the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow flyer, Mt. Morris MI, June 2-3, 1984, collected by Edward Gillis included as part of his Native American publication collection. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genesee Indian Center Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Indians of North America Michigan Michigan -- Grand Rapids Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/db1ae41598c25a5cb940013e71a99d4a.pdf cee59c7dab039c38efd65313821d100f PDF Text Text Original Design by Ko Ko The Genesee Indian Center and Genesee County Indian Education Committee Presents: 2"d ANNUAL INDIAN POW WOW ''Honoring Our Heritage'' SEPT.28-29, 1985 E.A. Cummings Center; 6130 E. Mt. Morris Rd.; Mt. Morris, Mi p~ : E ~ ******* Traders Welcome! Fees :$15 per day or $25 for weekend (Includes 3 admissions) Traders Should Preregister No Imports! Indian Made Crafts Only ******* Emcee: John Bailey Open Drum Head Drum All Nations Drum Prizes For All Dancers! ******* Admissions: Adults ... $2 .00 per day or $3. 00 weekend Children(5-12 yrs) and Elders ... $1.00 per day Children under 5 yrs. Admitted Free • ******* Dancers lyiust Register & Participate in all events Registration Closes 2 PM Saturday Dancers are encouraged to contact us prior to the Pow Wow to insure that we have plenty of prizes on-hand Grand Entry: Saturday ... 2 PM, 7 PM Sunday ... 2 PM Free Camping for Participants. Tipi's Welcomed! Contact For Registration & Further Information: $4.00 per day max. camping fee for non-participants. Aleyn Carter (313) 239-6621 ~~ Pow Wow Committee: Michelle Chingwa ... Chairperson Betty Jo Hinkle ... V. Chairperson Aleyn Carter ... Secretary Donna Swallows .. .Treasurer (k ' the Michigan Council for the Arts - .-I Funded in part by �let ON J.I:W1!3d NV!>IH::>IW '!Nil~ OIVd 3£>v'1SOd Sn i'.:098V UBB!LP!VII 'lU!l.:::I iaaJlS lSJ!.:::1 "M VG~ SSV'J:) 01IIHJ. '!)}JO ll~O~crNON ,a1ueo ue1pu1 eeseueo 8RAYR~ I cc .,., 0 -= r = :z:: � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native American Publication Collection Subject The topic of the resource Native Americans Indians of North America Anthropology Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Michigan Description An account of the resource Selected digital surrogates of published and unpublished materials from the Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection dealing with different aspects of human culture and anthropology, with an emphasis on Native American people, events, organizations, and activities in Michigan. Includes newsletters, event programs, flyers, posters and other printed materials. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gillis, Edward V. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American Publication Collection (RHC-14)</a> Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-02-21 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Project (Kutsche Office of Local History) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1958-2000 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection, RHC-14</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14_genesee-indian-pow-wow_1985-09 Title A name given to the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow, September 1985 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1985-09 Description An account of the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow flyer, Mt. Morris MI, September 28-29, 1985, collected by Edward Gillis included as part of his Native American publication collection. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genesee Indian Center Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Indians of North America Michigan Michigan -- Grand Rapids Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/00681b8ed5275527628a343b09b0f6ca.pdf 2d513659cf6ad07c1dbd63b88b434c19 PDF Text Text CrlgiMI Oe5l1Jn by KoKo Genesee \I GL. V Vt1llcy Indian ;\s;,~ci.ritic,n September, 1986 ,~U. 2 - - - - - -"HONORING - - - - - - - - - - -0 -U-R- -HERITAGE" 1 9 8 6 P O W WO W The Genesee County Indian Education Committee and the Genesee Indian Center will be hosting our 3rd Annual "Honoring Our Heritage" Pow Wow September 27th and 28th at E./\. Cummings Center again this year . The Head Drum will be Two Hawk Singers . Our Head Dancers are: Guy Fallis and Julia Whitepigeon. Other Dancers and Traders can call the Genesee Indian Center at 313/2396621 for information and registration. The Pow Wow Committee needs your help 1 Volunteers are needed for Lhe following : 1. Admissions Booth: contact Cheryl Spaniola at 733-5695 2. Kitchen (participants meals): need food donated and manpower; conLict Beuy Jo Hinkle al 635-9618 3. Grounds Set-up : contact Riley Powell at 239-8404 4. Security : leave a message for Jim Nursemcnt at 239-6621 5. Gifts For Dancers: 6. Information Booth : contact Ray Hunt at 787-1393 7. Raffles: leave a message for Sally Terry at 239-6621 need donated new gifts; contact Jenny SmiLh at 239-6621 We also need cedar boughs to cover the arbor. Powell al 239-8404 . If you can donate, please call Riley ME G WE T C H NOMINATIONS OPEN FOR GVIA BOARD OF DIRECTORS The Board of Directors is the primary policymaking body .if the Association. They are the instrument for setting priorities and planning future developments that affect our lives. Therefore, it is vitally important that you, as a voter caret~lly review the candidates and select individuals who you feel arc besL qualified to serve as Board members. SEE PAGE 6 �Paoe THE 2 G R A P E V l N f __S~tembe.I_, 1986 __ *************************k********~*********** ::: ::~ : ::: The Geneseo Va]ley Indian AssociaLion ' s GRAPEVINE is published mon th l y by the ~~ rH HIS1MAS BASKET REQUEST ·'· -Please Print legibly- Genesee Indian Center, a non-profit org,rnizati. 011 . The newslt>tter is pub- : ',: ,•, l i s he d a n c! nw i l e J l o a l l s u b s c r i b e .r s ~:: ?:'. on a no-cl1arge basis. H,Lvevf'r, due !:o increasing costs we wou ld be grateful for all donati (1 ns Lo help s upp or t our newsletter. Send donations to: Genesee Valley Indian As soc iati on , Inc . - 124 West First Street - Flint, MI 48502 313/239-662 1 :'.: * Head-of-Household's Na~e: ------------,---.,..Head-of-Household's Social Sec. NuMber: _ _ _/ _ _ _ / __ _ Spouse's Social Security NuMber: _ _ _~/_ _ _/_·_ ::: Address: ·'· : ·'· ** ·'· -~ .,. .,. -·•'• GENESEl: INDIAN CENTER STAFF' ;,: ·'- ·'· ,,. ~·~ _,_ -·-- _,_ ·'· _,, .,. ·'· .,. ..,.... ·'· Jennifer A . Srnith ..... Cclln. Dev . Direct , , 1 • A 1 c y n Ca rt , · r . . . . . . . . . • E c . P r (, _j • Coo r • Virgie Knott ...•...... Outreach Work er Bernade t t e Reyes ...... CulLural Aide Candy Baker ........... Store Manager Daniel Le ach .......... Bookkc~per Nora Jacko ............ Admi.n. Assistanl Vivian Na ganJshe ...•.• R~cepL i onist Ji_m Nurserncn;_ ..•...... Vo lun t ecr ",' . ·'· .,. Total Nu•ber of Household Members: Naaes, ages, Sex of ALL Household Members: ~·~ .,. .,. ·'· '· ·'· ·'· '• ·'· ·'· .•. ~·-· ·'· ·'· .,. ·'· _,_ ·'· ,!_ F M I ---------·TI AGE I ·---,---- - -----------r·---i r--- - ------- -----, - - T I NAME =--==~~~------~- - ·-.t=-~+--- . I Tribal Affiliation: ·'· Total Annual Haus ehcld Income: $ ---Source of Income (Check ( ) one or more): RETIREMENT ADC EMPLOYMENT PENSION SSI S[Lf-EMPLOYMENT 0 lll[R GA Utl[MPLOYMENT (MESC) Case Number (If Applicable): ______________ _ .,. ·'· Please- check ( ·'· Patric~ Sayers ........ Chairperson BeLt:y J o llin-kle .•...•• vh:~e--,. C'.ha-irpcr-sorr Sally Thi~len ..•...... Treas u rer RPbyn lkc ry ••..•••••.• Sec re r ;1 ry Terry Davi s-Cara bell .. Mernher Larry Verga, Jr ....... Member Katie Powers .......... Member - - ----- - - -------- ,,. BOARD OF DIRE CTORS .•. CITY /ZIP CODE County: Phone Number: ( _,_.. .,. .,. -- - - - - - - - ----------· . ,,, ~-~ ,•. I, 1986 - ·k .; .,. _,_ S1REET 0 ·.', .,. -R ETURN NO LATER 1H.4N DECEMBER -·.,_ .,. ·'· ·' · ·'· ·'· ,', -,'r ·'· ·'· .,. ) if you have any of the fol lowing speical Dietary needs: Diabetic Hypertension Other (fxplai;) ---- ----- Will you allow us to refer your name to another Agency for your food basket? Yes No ·k .,. :,'. MlClllGAN NT - -lNDIAN - - - ---EMPLOYME ------& TRAINlNG SERVlCES .•. [3 13 ] 235--7029 ·'· .,. ·'- ·'· ·'· .,. ·'· ·'· ·'· .,. ~·~ .,. .,. ._,_,. .,. l, ·'· Robyn Henry ........... Coo rdinator Sheree P i ckett ........ R('pr.·es entative ·'· ·k _,_ -'·· ·'- ·'· ·'· .,, .,. -'· COMMliNlTY HEALTH REPRESE['lTATIVE Saginaw Intertribal De bor ah (:;; h rman co nta ct : 239--fi'S~ 1 1********************~* CH RI ST~ ,\ S ~-1\_S ~~ ~ -~!:_O_U ESTS_ Nli W.. fl CI NG__ TAK EN You have until DECEMBER I, 198G to P.[GISTER for a CHRIS1MAS FOOD BASK[l through the Genesee Indian Center . To be eligible for a Christmas Basket from the Center 1our family MUST (a) Be American I~dian, (b) Be Lower Income, and (r) Resid e wit hin the CVIA Service Ar ea (Genesee , Lapeer, Shia wa ss ee, iuscold , Huron a~d Sanilac Count ie s). You MUST complete the form on the opposite page and return it to the Genesee Indiar Center by DECEMBEH I, 1986 . .,. .,. If you answered "No" to the last Question, please check ( ) one of the following: A ~ember of my household will pick-ur my basket at the Children's Christ~as Party. A member of my household will not be able to pick up ou r Basket. Our Ba sk~ t will be pick~d ~Pat Children's Chri s tmas Party by --NAME I need to have th, Basket delivered to my ho~se or also understand that if December 18th or 19th. I am not home, th e Basket ,ay be left with a neighbor. My family i s eligible to receive a Christmas B~sket through the Genesee Indian Center. My family is Native American, Lower Inc ome, and residents of the Genesee Vall ey Indian Ass ociation's Service Area. Signature of Head-of-Household Return Completed Form To: Genesee Indian Center 124 West First Street Flint, Michigan 48502 Date �THE GENESEE 1ND1AN CENTER ( GENESEE CO. INDlAN EDWCA1lON COMM. PRESENT THE 3RD ANNUAL INDIAN ''HONORINCt OUR HERITAGE •• 5EPT. 27-28198b GENESEE COUNlY FAIRGROUNDS /) PUBLlt INVITED 1/ NATIVE AMERICAN HANDICRAFTS FOODS ~AME5 RAFFLES AND MORE!! -ALL DA'<- 'i'f·,~j~TIVE AMERICAN , DANCING(DRUM- GRAND ENTRY-2PM. �THE September, 1986 GRAPEVINE Page 3 . The Genesee Indian Center and Genesee County Indian Education Committee Presents: 3rd ANNUAL INDIAN POWWOW "Honoring Our Heritage" SEPTEMBER 27th & 28th, 1986 Genesee County Fair Grounds • 6130 E. Mt. Morris Rd • Mt. Morris, Ml. * * * * * PUBLIC INVITED Traders Welcome! Emcee: * * * * * Fees $15 per day John Bailey Adults--$2.00 pur day 01 OPEN DRUM or HEAD DRUM TWO HAWK SINGERS $3.00 weekend $25 for weekend (Includes 3 admissions) Traders Should Preregister No Imports! Indian Made Crafts On!y Admissions: Children (5-12 years/ and Elders--$1.00 per day Children under 5 years Admitted Free * * * * * Prizes For All Dancers!* * * * * Dancers Must Register & Participate In All Events Registration Closes 2 PM Saturday Dancers are encouraged to contact us prior to the Pow Wow to insure that we have plenty of prizes on hand. GRAND ENTRY Saturday, 2 PM-7 PM Sunday, 2 PM Veteran Dancer FRANK BUSH HEAD DANCERS GUY FALLIS JULIA WHITEPIGEON !, ________________________ _ ___. FREE CAMPING FOR PARTICIPANTS Tipi's Welcomed! $4.00 per day maximum can•ping fee for non participants CONTACT FOR REGISTRATION & FURTHER iNFORMATION: Jennifer Smith at (313) 239-6621 Home: (313) 233-0792 POW WOW COMMITTEE: Jennifer Smith--Chairperso n Betty Jo Hinkle-V. Chairperson Aioyn Carter·-Secretary Donna Swallows-Treasurer �. C I\ /\ ,, F V l S(•p t cmbl' r, 1986 N F THE - - ---··- -- -----·------·-------···· -·-· ------··-·- ------- - ·--- - -- - --------------- -- -- ------ Sponsored By: Genesee Indian Center Indian Earth Arts & Crafts Store Anishinabe Aki Museum of the Living Arts Michigan Indian Employment & Training Services The GVIA would like Lo take this opporLuniLy to express our sincere thanks and gratitude for 111 ,1king our "FirsL County Music JamborC'c" ii success' \~c have had many fine complimcnls on tht' pcrform,111ccs of all the Bands and Si11gt'1-c,, \vho re,11 ly went ;i]] ouL to provide dll entertaining afLcrnoon for all who <1ttC'11ded ,rnc! supported Anishinabe Aki Village. Genesee Indian Center 124 W. First SL. Fl int, Ml 48502 313/2Jg-662J WHEN: September 17, 1986 COST: A minimal fee for each class to cover cost of materials. Scholarships arc available to those who need it to cover maLcrials. ACTIVITY: - ----- . AN OPEN LETTER TO: ALL THE ENTERTAINERS WHO PERFORMED AT OUR BENEFIT JAMBOREE SUNDAY, AUGUST 10, 1986 Cottage Industry Cultural Classes WHERE: ··-· ··--------- Bugle Bead Earri1:~ (1 day and 1 evening class) Date: Wednesday the 17th of Sept. Time: 12 (Noon) - 2PM and To the lfost B,ind: Trncey Lynne• ,incl The MounL;iin Sxprcss and The M,lin Strvl'l Cloggc•rs; tlc•l HammDn ;ind Lhc Old Sout: h; Two 1.anl' lli.gh1., .iy; 11 ,llll Criffin ; and ThC' Sn;ikl' Hivcr B,rncl: hfE Tl!ANK YO[l' Tr,1ccy and Crcg - Thank:.; for wit h the Auction'. greilt job a Thank you Li Lt I c• C,H:'Sil rs. And for your lw Ip ,incl coopcr;1Lic;n , Denise LeGc·nd1-c• we arc deeply graLdul. 5PM - 7PM Class Limited to 15 people Instructors: Candy Baker (Day Class) Dan Leach (Evening Class) Fee: .$8.00 ACTIVITY: You ,lr(• all \I Ccncsc(' Shawl MakinQ Class Date: Sept. 23, 1986 Time: 1PM - 4PM Class Limited to 10 people Materials Neerlcrl: 1 spool fringe 2\ yards material (polyester, calico) 1 yard of satin or ribbon 1 package of cones (tin) Instructor: Linda Ybarra Fee: $25.00 \l;iJ grc:1L srcup of peoplL· ' ;-1 E (' il'V I I E T C II I Indian AssociaLion, Inc. (: J/ 1 1 :: ,A":. ,/!' t\l~~:11Ell ,ri fLl' r.i , · L' I- '· -::_;,,_,rT1,{ l .~•. ' ' )'. . DESPERATELY The Cenesel' lndi;in Center needs your clonal iL,n o ( bah y c 1 o Llw s an cl f u r n i t u r l' f o r L ii L' i r cl iL·nL assisLancc• program. Tf you c;111 c!()lli!l.l' c;d l the CenLer ( 2Jg-6621, or drop ()f f your clonaLion ~1011r!;1y-FricL1y from 8.'\M - ">PM. For Further Information or to Register Call Bernie at 313/239-6621. M E G WE T C H ********************************************* A SPEC! .,\ L TJ! /\NKS ",\,\ ,',,,, Cultural Class currently being held: Chippewa Language Taught by: Adelia Reyes. Class will run until September 10, 1986 :, :, ,', ,', :, :, ,', ,'. ,'. ,'. ,\ ,', " " " " " ,', " " ,\ " " " " " " " ,'. " " ,, ,\ ,', ,', ,\ ,\ ,', " " ,\ " Foi- her work (,11 org;inlzing t.hc Cc,untrv Music J;imbo1-ee, Virgie _ 1vnrren-::Knotl was 11;1m( ' U th(• "Gcnl'SL'(' lndi;111 Center Employee of t:lic Mo111 !1'' for August. Congratualtions for a finL' .ioll' " �' THE __ f_~_ P E_i_r~_lL _____ ' ·_________________ ___ _l'_~)l~_2_____ ;pt ember, __ 19_8_6_ _ H E L P . WA N T E D NOTICE! NOTICE! NOTICE! NOTICE! RUMMAGE SALE - RUMMAGE SALE -- RUMMAGE SALE Secretarial/Clerical Training Position WHERE: WHERE: Michigan Indian Employment & Training Services (MIETS) 124 W. First Street Flint, MI 48502 313/235-7029 LENGTH OF POSITION: 1 Year, 40 hrs. per week, starting September 22, 1986 SALARY: $4 per hour ELIGIBILITY: Must Be JTPA, Sect. 401 Eligible SKILLS: Must have some typing experience DUTIES: Greeting clients, logging mail, answering telephone, typing, filing, and routine office duties For an appointment, please call 313/235-7029 and ask for Robyn Henry, Employment Coordinator; or Sheree Pickett, Employment Service Representative. Genesee Indian Center _ 124 W. First St. (downtown Flint) Community Room WHEN: September 8th thru 12th COST: All clothes for $1 a grocery bag PROCEEDS TO: Village Land Fund BRING PAPER BAGS and DONATIONS TO CENTER BEFORE SEPTEMBER 8, 1986. ********************************************* NEW ARRIVAL Barbara Mitchell and Jack had a baby girl August15, 1986. They named her Julia Ann . Congratulations Barb and Jack. ********************************************** YMCA ANNUAL OPEN HOUSE ******************************************** REMINDER: NOTICE! Government Commodites distribution was the last week of August. If you fail to pickup your commodities, you will be dropped from the Center's listing. If for any reason you are unable to pick them up, please call (239-6621) to make arrangements. Next scheduled distribution is for the last week of October. THANK YOU, OUT-REACH STAFF ******************************************** THANK YOU Thanks to all who donated items for our Rummage Sale and the Community Services Program. We appreciate your continued support and thoughtfulness. ME G WE T C H :--A:::;:z~~~::I- -i ART & CRAFTS STORE . I Great Lakes Indian Crafts 1 I • Baskets o . L The Flint YMCA is holding their Annual Open House on Saturday, September ~th, from 10AM to 3PM. Thi s is a great oppoitunity for the community to come in and see 'what they has to offer. People are encouraged to stop in and try out our facilities. Swimmers can bring their swimsuits, racquetball players can challenge friends to a game and those 14 years and older can test their strength on the Nautilus and free weight equipment. Special features include karate demonstrations and weightlifting posers exercising their techniques. If you have any questions fee free to contact Diane Feckovics at 232-YMCA, ext . 207. • Beadwork Pottery • Paintings o Greeting Cards • Jewelry 2J:J-6571 124 W First St. ' Located In Downtown Flint -- 1 I I --- --------- - - - -- - --·---- -- -.~ - - -··-_J PROGRAM ALERT Channel 28 WFUM "The Africans' Major New Public TV Series Premieres on Channel 28 October 7th Flint, MI - The Africans, a major series about Africa will premiere on Channel 28 on Tuesday, October 7 at 9PM. Filmed in 16 African countries, France, England and the U.S., THE AFRICANS is the most comprehensive television study of Africa ever attempted. Channel 18 is a broadcasting service of The University of Michigan-Flint. For further information contact: Barb Greene or Robin Farmer 313/7~2-3028 ***********1********************************** �_P :l k e 6 ----------- ------------------ ____fl_l_E___!~. -'~_A_!~~ _y_ __l __[i __ Ii_ - - - - - FLINT INDIAN GOLF "BEST SATURDAY WHERE: TOURNAMENT BALL" DINNER INFORMATION The Fall Harvest Dinner will be held on Saturday November 1st (6-lOPM). Look for more information in up-coming news' 1,etters. SEPTEMBER 13, 1986 Southmoor County Club G-4312 S. Dort Highway Flint, MI ENTRY FEE: HARVEST September, 1986 - -~- --------------------4 ******************************************** $24.00 For Cart Reservations Phone 313/743-4080 9:30PM/TEE OFF TIME REGISTRATION Two Person Team 10AM Men, Women or Mixed 1st Prize .......... $300.00 2nd Prize .......... $200.00 3rd Prize .......... $100.00 Prize Monies for 2nd and 3rd is based on 30 Team Entry PRIZE PRIZES TABLE PRIZES PRIZES LUNCH For Further Information Contact: John Kenny 7310 Irish Road Millington, MI 48746 Phone: Business: 313/631-4611 Home: 517/871-2208 COME OUT AND HAVE A GOOOD TIME FREE PUPPIES We have 3 cute little black and white puppies to give away to good homes. Call Jenny or David at 233-0792 after 6PM. ******************************************** GETTING READY FOR CHRISTMAS The Flint Children's Christmas Party will be held at Haskell Community Center on Tuesday, December 16th, from 6-30PM - 8:30PM . More details in up-coming newsletters. T 1-1 A N K y O lJ VO L lJ NT E E R S Just a quick little note to say MEGWETCH to our fantastic, fabulous volunteers: Lloyd Watson, Theresa Soper, Jim Nursement, Owen Battice, Pam & Rick Hnwcl and the Staff of Genesee Indian Center. Thanks to all for the assistance you gave making the County Music Jamboree one of the best fund raisers we have had. ME G WE T C 1-1 1 NOMINATIONS OPEN FOR BOARD OF DIRECTORS Nominations are open for the GVIA Board of Directors . If you would like to become a nominee tor the Board, or wish to nominate another Association member, please contact Nora Jacko at 2396621. All candidates for the Board wi ll be required to submit a synopsis of their background, experience and accomplishemnts. At the Harvest Dinner, November 1st, voters will be given a brief description of each candidates, We would like to take this opportunity to e ncourage your active participation in this important elction. This is your Association' It is your right, your privilege, and your responsibility to insure that the Association is governed by individuals who are amply qualified for the task . �THE ,.Jtember, 1986 AUGUST Rosemary Smith Allen Lee Martin David SmiLh Carl Benz Lorraine Michael Ford Grace Kennedy Albert Clark Martin Marcella Benz Mini Holt Randy Riker Charles Littlecalf Lovina Marcou Dolly Holzhausen Laura Magee John Petoskey Joseph LaPine John Henry Clarence Shirley Lloyd Brancheau DATE 01 02 02 03 04 05 05 06 06 08 08 10 ll 13 13 13 13 13 15 15 SEPTEMBER B I R T H D AY S Michelle Metcalf Carol Auge Joseph Auge Cynthia Mihulka Karen Turkovics Mary Ann Reedy Emma Sadro Jamie Mitchell Leonard Nelson Barbara Moore Joey Michaeli Amy Ingals Jennifer Smith Vickie Henderson Tammy Luxton Esther Auge Tasia Vilapando Mary L. Jacko Janice Jacko Happy Belated Birthday to John from Donna Happy Belated Mom and Janice from Nora 1986 Page 7 G R A P E V 1 N E DATE 16 16 16 18 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 28 29 29 29 29 30 30 BIRTHDAYS Jessie Davis Mark Coleman Margery May Martin Ray Hunt Brandy Swallows Juan Valdez Mary Villalpando E 1 sie Marki Michael Pully Mark Mihulka Christine Thayer Mike Deneen R. Petoskey Ray Fisher Barbara Mi tche 11 Glenda Lee Alvin Leon Jimmie Baker Chancy Magee Chris Novak Nora Jacko Rosella Wagner DATE 04 05 08 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 21 23 26 27 28 29 30 Happy Birthday to Robert Petoskey from Donna Happy Birthday to Brandy from Mom with Love 1986 S E P T E MB E R 3 i I .. ···--· -·· ------~ ! �•@(.144 J/k) - mosz§ 1»o/i} /v NON.PROFIT ORG. THIRD CLASS Genesee Indi<ln Center 124 w. First Street Fl int, MI l-18502 US ,OSTA~ PAil) FUNT, MICHIGAN PERMIT NO 431 "t) p .-...__,; I'-.. \O~ ( /'1 ry, ~ --).I)() _ )_r, "'~,·1 " 1 :::r "'1 ~_.'D .;::r:.,_ -.l, ., \ _ ,~~ t ,, r--~ .::1- \) ·~ --- "1 (s5 lKe peters 4'240 Cn i cago l) r . Grandvt\le, Ml 4941B �2i ~ ·1 ' 1 I x = ~ 15 ~ - - - \\ ··--- ·· -- _ , Ln1 ll ' I!. ,- - --, ' "'~ I I II.r===:::11=-- - _J Genesee Indian Center NON-PRO FIT ORG. THIRD CLASS US POSTAGE PAID FLINT, MICHIGAN PERMIT NO 431 124 W . First Street Flint , Michigan 48502 Grand Rapids Inter-Tribal Council 45 Lexington, NW Grand Rapids, MI 49504 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native American Publication Collection Subject The topic of the resource Native Americans Indians of North America Anthropology Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Michigan Description An account of the resource Selected digital surrogates of published and unpublished materials from the Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection dealing with different aspects of human culture and anthropology, with an emphasis on Native American people, events, organizations, and activities in Michigan. Includes newsletters, event programs, flyers, posters and other printed materials. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gillis, Edward V. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American Publication Collection (RHC-14)</a> Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-02-21 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Project (Kutsche Office of Local History) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1958-2000 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection, RHC-14</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14_genesee-indian-pow-wow_1986-09 Title A name given to the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow, September 1986 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1986-09 Description An account of the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow flyer and program, Mt. Morris MI, September 27-28, 1986, collected by Edward Gillis included as part of his Native American publication collection. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genesee Indian Center Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Indians of North America Michigan Michigan -- Grand Rapids Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/5ffe66a44ef7995a01d100d9ca6e41bc.pdf 6f7d62f662220373c061674bffd6d00b PDF Text Text ii • The Genesee Indian Center and Genesee County Indian Education Committee Presents 4Tlt ANNUAL INDIAN POW WOW "Honoring Our Heritage" OcTohER JRd & 4Tlt, 1987 Genesee County Fair Grounds 6130 E. Mt. Morris Rd. • Mt. Morris, Ml (Inside facilities available if inclement weather) Public INviTEd Native American Music & Dancing Authentic Hand-Made Crafts Indian Foods Free Raffle Drawings for Children Dances Start 2 p.m. Daily Craft and Food Booths open all day Admission: Adults - $2.00 per day or $3.00 weekend Children & Seniors - $1.00 per day Group Rates Available Call (313) 239-6621 for more Information This activity is supported by the Michigan Council for the Arts through their Regional!Regranting Agency. The Greater Flint Arts Council. �AREA W+E ~~ N 3 I-.A..-\ 7s. <1: ;;z ~· I ROAU ~t. J> \ -1.: MAP: }Y l JQ%f MORRIS--· I >- ~- !I 4 er. a: ro 0 u D a: (.'.'.) s >- ....z , '"' '-" a: ..., .ct, V') 0 <IC 0 CY C> <( ""' ex 0 :,: V) ex > ..., u CARPOITER RO~ll ~, o: 0 V, w COLD Q9 ~1 COL:IWATEfl ROAD - •-----l---J l '-' .z ~ o ~CHF ll L[y~ .,W-/ ~ ..----- ~ ,. - L , ) NON-PROFIT ORG. Genesee Indian Center 124 W. First Street Flint, MI 48502 THIRD CLASS US POSTAm PAID FLINT, MICHIGAN PERMIT NO 431 Council Drum News 2512 Union Ave., NE Grand Rapids, MI 49505 - � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native American Publication Collection Subject The topic of the resource Native Americans Indians of North America Anthropology Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Michigan Description An account of the resource Selected digital surrogates of published and unpublished materials from the Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection dealing with different aspects of human culture and anthropology, with an emphasis on Native American people, events, organizations, and activities in Michigan. Includes newsletters, event programs, flyers, posters and other printed materials. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gillis, Edward V. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American Publication Collection (RHC-14)</a> Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-02-21 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Project (Kutsche Office of Local History) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1958-2000 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection, RHC-14</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14_genesee-indian-pow-wow_1987-10 Title A name given to the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow, October 1987 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1987-10 Description An account of the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow flyer, Mt. Morris MI, October 3-4, 1987, collected by Edward Gillis included as part of his Native American publication collection. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genesee Indian Center Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Indians of North America Michigan Michigan -- Grand Rapids Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/4a46bccbfe35eb513ec5ba7ffa4096db.pdf 0c4b6f4f46fe1ca49bb3827985eabce4 PDF Text Text The Genesee Indian Center and . Genesee County Indian Education Committee Presents 5th ANNUAL INDIAN POW WOW ''Honoring Our He~itage" September 24-25, 19BB ,. . , ., r ; ,- r ,- ,., 11 . , , 1 ,~ ~11n ~ - Mr. Mnrris Rd. �-1-2The Genesee Indian Center and the Genesee SPECIAL PARTICIPANTS County Indian Education Committee WELCOMES you to our 5th Annual "Honoring Our Heritage" Pow r Wow. . Your presence in celebration of our heritage honors us. EMCEE: John Bailey VETERAN DANCER: Frank Bush HEAD DRUM: Blue Lake Singers ADULT HEAD DANCERS: George Martin Sid Martin YOUTH HEAD DANCERS: Frank Richard Meyers Corana "Quandahkos" Davis We hope that you will gain a greater understanding and appreciation of Native American cultures and vision. PROGRAM We ask that new guests be attentive to SATURDAY September 24, 1988 special observances during the Pow Wow and pay 10:00AM Craft/Food Booths Open proper respect to tradition and spirit. *Noon-4:00PM Free Health Screening; Vision Tests, Children's Immunizations (Located West of Pole Barn, next to First Aide Camper) 2:00PM Grand Enry (Please Stand! This is the beginning of the Pow Wow) RESPECTFULLY, 2:15-5:00PM Afternoon Dance GENESEE INDIAN CENTER 3:00-4:00PM Children's Activities (In Pole Barn) 5:30-6:30PM Children's Activities (In Pole Barn) 7:00PM Grand Entry/Evening Dance Begins 8: 30PM Retire Flag 50/50 Raffle Drawing Resume Evening Dance MEGWETCH! (Many Thanks) In joining us this year in honoring our heritage. AND THE GENESEE COUNTY INDIAN EDUCATION COMMITTEE *Health Services are provided free of charge by the Genesee County Health Department �-3-4- PROGRAM SUNDAY RAFFLES Cont'd ... September 25, 1988 l(i):OOAM Craft/Food Booths Open s'rNoon-4: OOPM Free Health Screening; Vision Tests; Children's Immunizations (Located West of Pole Barn, Next to First Aide Camper) 2:00PM Grand Entry (Please Stand) 2:15-4:30PM Afternoon Dance 4: 30PM Raffle Drawings 4:45PM Give Away Begins *Health Services are provided free of charge by the Genesee County Health Department .,. The drawing will be held at 4:30PM Sunday. Tickets for this raffle will be sold both days. All prizes are hand-made by local Native American artists. DANCES The dances are an expression of thankfulness to the great spirit, as the people dance in a sacred circle around the Drums. munity spirit. Dancing is done in a com- It is traditionally a time when friends and relatives come together to celebrate with each other. Over the years dances have changed to reflect the growth of traditions. RAFFLES Raffle tickets are sold through-out the Pow Wow, with all proceeds donated to the Pow Wow Fund. Raffle tickets may be purchased at the Indian Earth Arts & Crafts Store Booth and at the Pow Wow Committee Booth, both located along the Eastern edge of the arena. You do not need to be present to win! The Raffles are: -50/50 Raffles: drawings are held at 8:30PM Saturday, and 4:30PM Sunday. Separate tickets will be sold for each day's drawing. -Prize Raffle: 1st Prize: Indian Painting 2nd Prize: Porcelain Indian Mask 3rd Prize: Beaded Necklace/Earring Set 4th Prize: Afghan Today a Pow Wow begins by blessing the grounds and with the Flag Dance. This year the Flag Danc e will be led by our Veteran Dancer, Frank Bush. The dancers will follow behind the Veteran Dancer in respect for our Elders and the Flags of the Indi a n and Ameri c an nations. Other dances this weekend include Fancy Dances, Women's Shawl Dances and Open Dances, with the smallest children dancing alongside of Elders in celebration together. Social Dances are open to the public. be announced by the Emcee, John Bailey. These will �-5- -6- THE DRUM THE SACRED CIRCLE We dance within the Sacred Circle and so Songs played a vital role in Indian cultures, not only as entertainment, but also fulfilling \~ become all that it represents. political and religious roles in society. ( conlained within the Circle and all things are These All things are songs are learned and passed on by oral-tradilion equal within it. and apprenticeship . IL is the home of our bodies, minds, hearts. Singing and instruments - The Circle is the Universe . central among these, the Drum - are ap p roached is the cycle of all things that exist; our way only with proper cultural philosophies. of touching and experiencing harmony with all The Drum must be treated with respect and not handled other things. unless it's purpose is understood . and spirit; the rocks, Earth, sky, plants and treated in the same way . Songs are Some songs can be sung only under special circumstances. animals. Others not sung at all because of their power . It All things of the Circle have life Our spirit is determined and made whole only through the learning of harmony with The singers, all our relatives, the spirits of the Circle. collectively called the Drum, direct the dance And, the Circle is the way of seeking this under- and spirit from the Circle's center . standing . ·1 ) It is our mirror (Adapted from Seven Arrows Hyemeyohsts Storm) . �-8-7- THE GIVE-AWAY THE SACRED PIPE Another central value of our cultures is embodied Before we recreate the Circle we call upon the Powers, the Medicines to purify the ground which in the Give-Away. becomes the Circle. bestowed not on those who have accumulated the most "I wonder if the ground has anything to say?" "I wonder if the ground is listening to what is said?" "I wonder if the ground would come alive to what ison it?" "Though I hear what the ground says ... The Great mysteries placed me here." material wealth, but on those who know how to GiveAway. To know this means to walk in the way of harmony with all other things; to give a spirit Our spiritual leaders do this blessing through the Sacred Pipe. Greatest honor and respect is made whole through the learning of harmony. When Smoking the Pipe represents a linking with our relatives and the universe, the all is given away, all returns with renewed meaning. Great Mysteries. This is what is symbolized by the Traditional Give- Power is drawn within as the smoke, or breath, of all things and returned once again to it's source, completing the link. Away ceremony, in addition to gratitude and honor In this way we tb are returned to the center of the Circle. The Pipe is held aloft and first offered to the Great Mysteries. Then, beginning with one of the Four Directions (often the East), smoke is drawn and r e turned with a praye r offering. Turning sunwise, this is repeated for each of the Four Corners of the Universe. When the Circle has been completed, a prayer like "We are all related" may be offered. Historically, the Pipe held more significance in some cultures than others. But today it is recog- nized as a spiritual symbol of communal h e ritage throughout the country. , 1 ' the participants for their gift to the community. �-10- -9We salute the following individuals and businesses/ NATIVE AMERICAN FOODS organizations for their generosity in donating items FRY BREAD 2 c. Flour ~ts.Baking Powder 1 ts. Salt Milk to mix Oi 1 for fying Sugar or Syrup optional Mix flour, salt, baking powder together. Stir in enough milk to make a soft dough. Divide into fist size balls, and roll out on floured surface. Deep fry in hot shortening until golden brown. For sweet fry bread roll finished bread in sugar or hot maple syrup. ONEIDA HOMINY SOUP 2 Qts. Hominy Corn 1 lb. can Kidney Beans 5 Short Ribs 1 Square Salt Pork Salt & Pepper 2 heaping TBS. Baking Soda Boil corn in enough water to completely cover. When corn is boiling add soda. Boil together until husks begin to split. Rinse thoro~ghly, change water and bring to a second boil. While corn is boiling dice the short ribs and salt pork, discarding pork rind and boil in a separate pot. When husks begin to pull away from the corn kernels, remove corn from heat, drain and shuck the husks, discarding them. Add shucked corn and beans to meat. Simmer and season to taste. (Makes 2 gallons) to our Pow Wow. MEGWETCH ! (MANY THANKS! ) Arthur's Video Flint Indian Parent Committee Fotomat Genesee Area Skill Center Genesee County Health Department New Paths, Inc. Oven Fresh Bakery Stanley's Hardware Swartz Creek Indian Parent Committee Virgie Warren-Knott Freeway Sports Center Michelle Gauthier Indian Earth Arts & Crafts Store �1988 POW WOW COMMITTEE Christine Reed .......... Chairperson Betty Jo Hinkle ......... Vi ce-Chairperson Lavoy Smith ............. Secretary Jenny Smith •............ Treasurer Genesee County Indian Education Committee Cheryl Spaniola Jerry Ritchie Sally Terry Ceclia Perez-Booth Penny Bennett Laverne Roland Nonda Lynn Jerry Chingwa A special "CHI-MEGWETCH" to a ll the community voluntl'Prs who made this Pow Wow possible. t~ This activity Is supported by the Michigan Council for the Arts through their Reglonal/Regrantlng Agency. The Greater Fllnt Arts Council, and by the Community Foundation of Greater Flint. I f:_t1f:1l:tllt'X •' Crcdcr ttcei �The Genesee Indian Center and Genesee County Indian Education Committee Presents ~TII ANNUAl INDIAN POW WOW "Honoring Our Heritage" SEpTEMhER 24Tlt & 2jylt, 1988 Genesee County Fair Grounds 6130 E. Mt. Morris Rd. • Mt. Morris, Ml (Inside facilities available if inclement weather) Public INviTEd Native American Music & Dancing Authentic Hand-Made Crafts Indian Foods Free Children's Activities Dances Start 2 p.m. Daily Craft and Food Booths open all day Admission: Adults - $2.00 per day or $3.00 weekend Children & Seniors - $1.00 per day Group Rates Available Call (313) 239-6621 for more Information t~ This activity is supported by the Michigan Council for the Arts through their Regional/Regranting Agency. The Greater Flint Arts Council, and by the Community Foundation of Greater Flint. 13_llUO#llbW 1( Grr,lcc fir,, �AREA >- :,r W+E V, N ,__,.._,, I . cc ~ (:.:.i c,: ;z ~J ROAD I T. IIIORR[S ... >- 0---- 0 cc a, 0 ex L'.l s .,: VJ •A• ;I ......z UJ (.,'.l u Q~fl ~J J cc ..., ,_ • I Q9 V) ~, ... ... 0 0 a: :c V, a: > ..., I COLDWATER ROAD COLD CARnNHR ROA() ... MAP: I 0 C) rr: 0 - J u NON-PROFIT ORG. Genesee Indian Center 124 W. First Street Flint, MI 48502 THIRD CLASS US POSTAGE PAID FLINT, MICHIGAN PERMIT NO 431 DRUM NEWS c/o E. V. GILLIS 25 12 UNION Ai£ . , ~ GRA~J Rtt~Ins. MI 4 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Native American Publication Collection Subject The topic of the resource Native Americans Indians of North America Anthropology Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Michigan Description An account of the resource Selected digital surrogates of published and unpublished materials from the Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection dealing with different aspects of human culture and anthropology, with an emphasis on Native American people, events, organizations, and activities in Michigan. Includes newsletters, event programs, flyers, posters and other printed materials. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gillis, Edward V. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American Publication Collection (RHC-14)</a> Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-02-21 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Project (Kutsche Office of Local History) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1958-2000 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/446">Edward V. Gillis Native American publication collection, RHC-14</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-14_genesee-indian-pow-wow_1988 Title A name given to the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow, September 1988 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1988-09 Description An account of the resource Honoring our Heritage Pow Wow program and flyer, Mt. Morris MI, September 24-25, 1988, collected by Edward Gillis included as part of his Native American publication collection. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genesee Indian Center Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America -- Michigan -- Periodicals Indians of North America Michigan Michigan -- Grand Rapids Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/25ee2280a67c74c7dba4de052c6bf8ad.mp4 fc93bfdf4a63b345876db6a8659251f1 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/2b085df2438e9c186ad436454bc892e0.pdf 31e1237dc203d0963ad12d03bf7e13fc PDF Text Text Native American Oral Histories Gi-gikinomaage-min Project Interview: Hunter Genia Interviewer: Melanie Shell-Weiss Date: November 29, 2016 [Melanie] Okay terrific. So, it is now 4:22 in the afternoon on Wednesday November 29th. Melanie Shell-Weiss and I'm here in the Eberhart Center seventh floor conference room with Hunter Genia and Belinda Bardwell. Hunter, thank you for being willing to talk with us today I appreciate it. [Hunter] Eh. Thanks. [Laughter] [Melanie] This interview is part of the Gi-gikinomaage-min Project. So, Hunter, can you start by spelling your full name for the record? [Hunter] Letter by letter? [Melanie] I know it's cumbersome but-- [Hunter] [Sing-Song Voice] H-U-N [Laughter] Wow, I got my Mom's voice in there. [Melanie] Nice. [Hunter] H-U-N-T-E-R. Middle-name Todd. T-O-D-D. Last name Genia G-E-N-I-A [Melanie] Great. Thank you. So where are you from originally? [Hunter] Uh, Grand Rapids. Born and raised. [Melanie] When were you born? [Hunter] 1969 [Melanie] Okay, what neighborhood in Grand Rapids? [Hunter] Uh, actually on the West Side of Grand Rapids. I believe we were living--well, I don't know. Somewhere on the West Side and then eventually grew up in the Walker kind of Standale area. So that's where I grew up most of my childhood and adolescence. [Melanie] Great, can you tell me about your family? 1|Page �[Hunter] [Sigh] Oh-- Where to start? Well, um-- I'll probably start with my grandparents. My grandpa is Joe John. Joe [Kinowakise?] -- John was his baptismal name. I think at two years of age it changed. My grandmother is Hazel Pontiac and, so my grandpa's areas is originally from Middle Village, Cross Village. Beaver Island kind of area. My grandmother was born, I believe, in Rosebush, Michigan. So, and her dad, Jim Pontiac, was in the Everett area. So... And then my mom was born in the McBain area. In a – true story—in a log cabin. [Laughter] As funny as it sounds, that's a lot of our people. Then she moved to Kent City, and graduated from Kent City High School in 1957. And then she moved to Grand Rapids. At probably eighteen years of age. And then she had my sister, and then my brother, and then me. So, we kind of grew up on the West Side of Grand Rapids, initially, and then moved out west of town. [Melanie] What brought your mom to Grand Rapids originally? [Hunter] Probably just work. You know, so yeah, she basically eventually got into manufacturing. She was working at Grand Rapids Metal Craft at first, and then she moved over to General Motors. And then retired from General Motors. [Melanie] Cool. What are some of your earliest memories? [Hunter] You know what? I was actually thinking about this, and you know 'cause we had the passing of Dennis Banks recently, and I was thinking about a meeting in Muskegon. Where the-- some of the members of the American Indian Movement, came in early seventies? [Melanie] Mmhm [Hunter] Because I was there and I was probably, I don't know, five, six years old maybe somewhere? 'Cause, funny story, I just remember the news coverage and it showed this boy running all around in the background, and that was me. So, but – and then I remember going out to the Longest Walk in Washington D.C. and that was around 1978. And, we rode with the Martin family. And, I think I was probably eight years old. And that was interesting. I've never seen so many Native American people in one location. And then understanding, after the fact, why we were there, and you know, the whole purpose. And really the magnitude of it. Because, if you think about it just a few years earlier, you had the standoff at Wounded Knee. You know, you had the takeover Alcatraz. You had the takeover of the Bureau of Indian Affairs buildings in Washington D.C. So, I didn't realize you know, everything until a little bit later. The significance and what that was about. You know, and then, I guess, just as you know childhood just playing sports was kind of my thing. You know, and then also too, you know, with the Grand Rapids Inter-tribal Council, my grandparents who both spoke the language 2|Page �fluently, and also attended Mount Pleasant Indian Industrial Boarding School. You know, they would often go to the events or support the events. And my grandpa was often asked to say the prayers because he would do it all in the language. You know, and so, I also remember when the pow wow, the Three Fires Pow Wow was in front of the Gerald R. Ford Museum. And that was really interesting. I think one vivid memory I had, damn it, was my brother taking me out into the pow wow circle. And so, he's gone now, and he's been gone since 2002. But, I just remember listening to the drum and it was really just calling my spirit. So, I think that my path, I guess that even I'm still on, was chosen for me, and is what the Creator had in mind for me growing up and just trying to, I guess put me in a place to try to help our people. So yeah. [Melanie] Mmhm. [Hunter] So, yeah. And then, I think where I grew up, being close to Lake Michigan. That was often always a good memory because we lived so close. Within a half hour drive and going out to, whether it's Grand Haven, or Kirk Park, or wherever, and being there with my family, and the water. Those are always positive, good memories. [Melanie] Yeah. [Hunter] You know and the school experience, and that was kind of interesting too. You know, because I think basically, I was the only identified Native American student in our school often. So, you know. [Melanie] And where did you do your schooling? [Hunter] Initially it started out at the Sand Creek Elementary(?). [Melanie] Mhm. Yeah? [Hunter] And it was part of Grandville schools. And actually, it was very close to Allendale. And I would get bused out there because I used to live, we had a house off M-45. So, I think maybe, I think it went through K through 2 there. Then when my mom got a divorce we moved closer to Standale and I lived in a mobile home park. [Melanie] Mhm, okay. [Hunter] Close to Wilson and Leonard street. You know, and so then when we move I transferred over to Kenowa Hills. That's where I went halfway through third grade through high school. So, and the interesting thing too about Kenowa. You know my grandpa was like "Kenowa, that means to look or to see." And, so you'll hear that sometimes in our songs we sing about looking at the dancers. "Kenowa" 3|Page �Yeah, so. Those are, I guess, some memories. [Melanie] Those are some good memories. [Hunter] Yeah, and I mean, and all through that time. You know too, my sister worked at Grand Rapids Inter-tribal Council for a while. So sometimes, when I would just kind of drop in there during high school. She would be working there so I really got to know people I still know today. That are alive, you know, even though they may have moved back home up north. But they served you know like board of directors or other positions. [Melanie] And what does your sister do at the Inter-tribal Council? [Hunter] She, uh, was just--I shouldn't say just--she's like an administrative assistant. [Melanie] So, something I would like to understand a little better I've read fair amount about your grandfather and his work with the Northern Michigan Ottawa Association and others. Your family has been very politically active for a long time. Could you talk about that a little bit at least what you know about it or remember how that may have shaped your thinking, that sort of thing? [Hunter] He was part of the Northern Michigan Ottawa Association. During the time that some of the Dominics that were part of that, and I think in general. I mean for my understanding of course I was young and doing my own thing. You know they were advocating, just in general, for the welfare of Ottawas general. He would always talk about the Indian money. Course he didn't really see that, you know, but it also, kind of, almost became kind of like a joke in a sense. I think a lot of our elders kind of talked like that. But as far as going into meetings, and stuff like that, I mean I didn't participate in the Northern Michigan Ottawa Association. [Melanie] You had been really young or not born yet. [Hunter] Yeah, often times you know I'd be more of a chauffeur for him. And my grandpa was legally blind. [Melanie] Yeah. [Hunter] You know. So, he had a seeing eye dog. Name was Toby, a German Shepherd. But my grandpa always got around, like he would walk all over. You know? So yeah, he’s, I guess, you know seeing how active that he was, he never like necessarily pressed that upon me. But, I'm sure it did influence me. And he would always talk about Indian education. And, going further. You know? So, I know that that was something that was important to him. I know he's helped with some of the city's work like Ah-Nab-Awen Park. He actually named the park and 4|Page �then the statue that's out there, Nishnabe Gemaw. Is something that Fred Meijer and those guys asked him to translate that too. Yeah, so I--you know. [Melanie] Was your Mother active politically as well in the community? [Hunter] Not really, no. She would always go to the events and activities. You know maybe some meetings, but being a single parent, you know, she was always kind of busy and working. Family is important, you know. We got a lot of you know cousins too, like on the West Side. And it was kind of like you know some of their parents didn't necessarily live that long. So, even though she was technically was their aunt and she kind of was like their mom in a way. She kind of held, often times, a lot of our family (cousins) together. She kind of was organizing and coordinating. You know, step up kind of person you know. So, you know. Yeah, definitely. Luckily, she's still she's still around, you know today, she still active. Now we're working on some other political stuff with just some tribal, federal recognition efforts and stuff, so... [Melanie] That's good. [Hunter] Yeah. [Melanie] So thinking about some of your own earliest experiences. Certainly, meeting with leaders of AIM in Muskegon is a big deal. Longest Walk, another. What do you remember from the West Side and even after you moved to Walker and Standale? You would have been coming of age at a time when the ITC was forming for the first time and a lot was going on. When did you become aware of some of that? What are some of your memories around that? [Hunter] Um. [Melanie] Did it matter to you? [Hunter] No, I think in a way it was something that is still missing. Like when the Grand Rapids Inter-tribal Council went away it's almost like, we just didn't have a place. Which I think is unfortunate, because there are still, you know, a lot of our people here in the West Michigan area, in the Grand Rapids area, but we don't have like a center. You know, that all of us can come together and support. And we should, but you know that's a different story. But I think, I always kind of identify with the Grand Rapids Inter-tribal Council. You know, there's a lot of families that really represented many different tribes that were on that board. You know, from Grand Traverse Band, and you know some of the Rayfields, and Mary Roberts. She was a [INAUDIBLE] and you know Roger Williams. You know the [INAUDIBLE], [INAUDIBLE] coming from Little River Band. Williams Pottawatomie. I mean it's so it was kind of cool in that way. You know? And it 5|Page �didn't matter what tribe you belonged to, you were serviced. And I think that's something just unfortunately it's missing. I mean it's good that all the tribes you know they're getting their own services and stuff like that. We just almost have become too separate in a way. And don't have a way to come together. So, I kind of miss that that part of it. And some tribes, they became federally recognized after, and not until later. You know. So, you know. But it always felt like the West Side, that Grand Rapids, was kind of like its own reservation. You know, in the city. [Melanie] In what sense? [Hunter] There were just a lot of families down here, you know? The Rayfields', the McSaby's, and the Sam's, and the--you know...the--I mean [INAUDIBLE] and just..I mean there was--you know, a lot of people that it seem like--you know, the Davis' I mean coming out of living in [INAUDIBLE] another one. You know--you know Dayse, that family, you know. I mean so--Shomans, I mean so-- It just I mean--you know. Yeah, and I mean, it was all these families sort of you know living in this area and-- But seemed like we, you know, one Grand Rapids Intertribal Council at a community event you know all those different families would show up, you know, and we would have our own, you know, ghost suppers, you know those kinds of important, you know, important cultural activities and stuff like that. You know, so yeah it--you know. It's-- [Melanie] Did Native families know each other other ways? [Hunter] Oh yeah. [Melanie] Yeah? Like how? [Hunter] A lot of them were related. [Laughter] So, I mean--you know. And your extended family. You know, and in 1990 actually took a position with Grand Rapids Intertribal Council they were starting a youth program. [Melanie] Right. [Hunter] So, I just got like a call out of the blue, and I was a little bit nervous but I was like okay. You know so we started this Young Eagles Program. And--uh...So a lot of these kids that are now--you know, have families of their own, I remember a lot of them when they were younger. Some [INAUDIBLE], some of the Daysons, and Williams, and-uh… you know. So, we're trying to, you know, use after school prevention activities. [INAUDIBLE] another family that were involved. You know. We were just--we were trying to, you know because, a lot of our people didn’t have a lot of money were down here. You know--So, I mean what are some positive activities that could be after school? That they could come to? You know, 6|Page �we just really wanted them to be proud of who they are, learn more about who they are, but we'd just do a lot of fun cultural activities too-- So, I would ask different families that knew how to do different things to come in and teach our kids. You know, then we eventually started Middle School/High School group. We started traveling around by raising our own money, not through grants, to some of the National Unity conferences. They would raise their money by actually going and doing school cultural, like pow wow education programs. And-uh. So a lot of the youth would you know, dance. But we also, through that process, they got comfortable in actually talking and explaining to the students about their dance and about the history. We did the same thing with the drum. We didn't just want to come in there and do a song and dance and leave. We want to make sure they came away with some education. So, we just kind of took a donation from the school. They used that money to go to these national conferences to pay for the hotel, the gas, everything. [Melanie] That's great. [Hunter] So yeah. Yup. So now those kids boss me around. [Laughter] They all have their own families and kids. [Melanie] So how did you get involved in that position? So you mentioned your sister worked as an administrative assistant in ITC. [Hunter] Yeah, one of my sister's friends though, she's in charge of the substance abuse program. and then one of the other families--Uh, she worked for 4H and her name was Rosanna Martell. And, so it was a collaboration.It was partially being supported by 4H because of Rosanna's involvement. And, so the Shawa[?] family, Martell family was involved in that program too. You know and we would just use the basement, and kitchen area of Grand Rapids Inter-tribal Council. and I mean we had parents come together just you know help support, you know-- and also, but yeah when they were launching it. I mean, I don't know Vicky Upton was the substance abuse director. She must of, I don't know if she talked to my sister or not but all of a sudden, I got a call at home for a part-time sub-review thing, and I was like, "Uhh, I've never done that before, but okay, I'll give it a try." And, uh--and that took me down probably--well it helped me to get to where I'm at now too because it really was talking about prevention from alcohol and tobacco and other drugs and I eventually went down the social work path and you know--Actually I got my bachelors in criminal justice, and then my master's in social work. So, I just remember I had to make a decision between criminal justice and going into the police academy when I completed the criminal justice program here, or not. [Melanie] So what attracted you to criminal justice? 7|Page �[Hunter] You know the thing is, like, I didn't really know what I wanted to do. You know? [Melanie] That is true for most of us at that age, yeah? [Hunter] Yeah. So, it was--it was like I kind of felt pressure, more-- not from the outside but you know within myself to just-- even though I didn't know what I wanted to do, just go to college, and go. You know, and I would figure it out. So, I actually I started out at Grand Rapids Junior College and got my Associates there, and then I transferred to Grand Valley. [Hunter] And then I thought maybe criminal justice, law enforcement--you know. But then I was enjoying so much what I was doing I just felt like I couldn’t make a big enough difference if I stayed in law enforcement, so I decided to stay working where I'm at--got some encouragement to go for my master's degree. So then three years after I started my master's degree. [Melanie] That's good. Were you active in Native American student groups on campus? [Hunter] Yeah, we actually we tried starting one at Grand Rapids Junior College. We actually did, we actually had some speakers come in. In fact there's the one gentleman from the Canary Effect who speaks about the-- in South Dakota about getting money from the state for the non-Native students going to the Standing Rock Tribal College and he was one of our speakers. I can't think of his name now, but we did try to get a student group going there. Then out at Grand Valley State. You know we had the Native American Student Organization there. And it, for me, the highlight, of that was bringing in Floyd Redcrow Westermen. And he came in and he did like a concert in the evening at the--I think it was the Kirk-ahof? [Melanie] Kirkhof? [Hunter] Yeah, Kirkhof. Is it Devos though, out there that has the little auditorium? [Melanie] Cook Devos has the auditorium. Was that there then? [Hunter] Yeah with the clock tower? So, he came out an' did a concert in there and it was packed. It was--it was it was nice. And 'course, everyone kind of knew him from Dances with Wolves. You know his acting and all that, but you know he was a tribal rights activist, through his music, you know he sang a lot about that I guess we kind of became friends in some way. I remember out in San Diego. I was at a youth conference and they have no evening activities planned. So, I ended up calling him, he was living in Venice Beach. And never heard back from him. But next thing you know, he comes walking into the conference with his guitar and 8|Page �[Melanie] That's great! [Hunter] Ended up doing some songs for everyone that was in attendance, and I was just like-- I just was like how awesome was that. I ended up giving him a ribbon shirt that I had and when I went to the Canadian Aboriginal Festival at the Sky Dome in Toronto I--we checked into the hotel room turned on the TV and that Naturally Native Woman movie with the three Native business women [Melanie] Yeah. [Hunter] He was in that movie and there he was wearing the ribbon shirt I gave him in the movie. [Laughter] [Melanie] That’s so great! [Hunter] I was like going hysterical, everyone thought I was nuts around the drum. You know, but--cause all of a sudden how cool is that? Ya know—'cause you never know, ‘cause people get gifts, you think wow, do they just put them on a shelf, do they just give it away? I mean I don't know! There he was wearing it in a movie. [Melanie] That's very cool. [Hunter] Yeah, yeah. And I miss Floyd I wish he was still here but it just seems like--you know--when he was present he brought kind of this serenity to you know wherever he was, you know, so...But uh, yeah. So… [Melanie] So how would you describe Grand Rapids Native American community to somebody who's never been here or to a Native American person from another part of the country? Like what would you--How would you characterize? [Hunter] Oh my gosh. Uh, Diverse? [Laughter] [Melanie] Yeah? [Hunter] Um [Melanie] In what sense? [Hunter] I don't know--you know--it was... I--you know. It--it...um… I think it just seem like I was sort of in my own little world. It seemed like growing up and what was going on with, you know, like Grand Rapids Inter-tribal Council. It was almost like I thought that was like almost the only thing that existed in the Grand Rapids Anishinaabe community. And I knew there's a lot of people. You know, sort of on the outskirts and stuff. We would just kind of like would never see them. You 9|Page �know and I remember kind of almost growing up in a way where I felt like, almost like some resentment towards them because why aren't they speaking up? Why aren't they getting involved? I mean there are so much going on that we needed to stand up and fight for and they were… they were nowhere to be present. You know, and it was just interesting. you know and just almost seemed like there was two different social classes of our own people. Those that were familiar and identified on the West Side and then you had everyone else. You know, which is kind of interesting. It was just kind of a weird dynamic. [Melanie] Did it feel like a generational thing? Or an individual choice? Or something else? [Hunter] I just--well, I just think-- I think when people move to the city and away from our traditional areas, it's like you know did they -- I mean maybe work just kind of consumed everything, and family. You know raising family and doing work and-you know--but then you had you know sort of this other core group of families that sort of were so involved in the Native Center, the Indian Center, you know-and trying to make decisions that would help our people that were in need-- you know. So, that really had kind of a profound impact on me. I think, just kind of how I guess it shaped me--assisted in shaping me in a direction that I would--you know--Like even stuff that I'm doing now and all. With these trainings for these different issues and then even my regular position. In terms of working with tribes in the United States that are trying to implement programs that will help reduce suicide, and substance abuse. It's been kind of my--I guess my life's mock work 'casue its going on twenty-eight years now. Or will be twenty-eight years next year. I mean that's--I don't know, and it's going fast. [Melanie] It goes fast. [Hunter] Yeah. [Melanie] So what we're some of those issues. Just thinking about the seventies as much as you remember the seventies, the eighties, and nineties. What were some of those real pressing issues? [Hunter] Well, you know growing up I think it's not something anything necessarily that I read. I think it's just something that is either innate or I just knew that what I was seeing with a lot of families and the struggles and sort of what they would consume their time with. You know, and I think that in combination, you know the crap they were teaching us in public school, will hurt people. I think you know it's just like this isn't--what's going on here? This isn't who we are! [Melanie] What were you taught in school about your people? [Hunter] Weren’t taught anything about it! You know we talk a lot about Michigan. And I'm 10 | P a g e �not sure if anything has really changed so much. Because the focus wasn't on the Michigan Native history and you know. But I think a lot of that for me, some of the substance abuse concerns, and drug concerns, the incarceration. You know it's like there's just, I think it just kept gnawing at me. Why is this happening? Why is this happening so much? And, and also understanding that culturally or traditionally this isn't who we aspire to be, this isn't who we are. But, you know, and then having sort of this anger at the United States. I mean you know just the treatment of our people and the violation of our treaty rights. Violation of treaties, period. I mean there was you know, it was kind of robotic in some ways going to public school back and then the same time having this this other stuff that I was carrying with me. [Hunter] And I think you know the hardest thing was. You know, what the hell can I do about it? I mean you know, you can't just make things you know disappear and go back in time. You know, start over, change the course history. Although if I could I probably would! But, that part is really just like I think has eaten at me over the years. I remember one of my family members, and he was like my mom's generation and one of her cousins. I just remember him telling me, he was like, he told me--"I didn't know any different." Like you know, the drinking and all this kind of stuff was just like how, what they did. You know 'cause--I mean, well it did make sense, because everything through government policy and even just the ripping away of traditional family culture and structure. I mean you know it's like everyone seemed like they're just kind of converted over to other stuff and kind of left our traditions behind and it's like. I just--I mean I can't fit in that world. I mean it’s hard for me to operate in that world. So, I think a lot of what motivated me in school was if we're going to have any chance of making change, and impacting change-- I'm going to have to go to school. Get my degree and sit at the same table where I can speak up for-- A lot of times you're the only Native at the table. Nobody else even knows this is what's going on. [Hunter] So, when you're at the table. I mean, you have to take that opportunity to speak up. So that was a motivation. We're still dealing with a lot of the stuff. So, I could kick a lot of our people’s butt. Kick them in the ass cause they still, some of our people, the way we treat each other and a lot of this lateral violence and oppression it’s like, you know what I mean. To me it’s like it’s so non-Native. People think being Native is just carrying around a tribal card. And then they don't know crap about their history, their culture, their ceremonies, their traditions. And I remember I had one person do a lot of training for tribes, you know, this person is so anti-tradition. You know, just saying, “this does not belong here in our area.” I'm thinking in my head, “I'm pretty sure it was here a lot longer than the religion you brought, or that you transitioned over to.” And when I think that way or say those things it's not so much about passing judgment about whatever they're comfortable with the terms of their own spirituality or religion. To not even recognize our own? To not even acknowledge it? I mean I understand 11 | P a g e �where it comes from because I do a lot of training-- you know understanding the roots of what we see coming. You know in symptoms and some of the behaviors, and stuff like that. But, you know--for tribal elected leaders to talk like that… It's like, you know. But I think the only thing you can do is to continue like what we're doing. To educate, to inform. You know, to do it in a way where it's okay to talk. To, you know, have that conversation. It's not like I can change people's minds I can only, hopefully, kind of instigate or help spark a fire with them to learn more. You know, I mean I didn't grow up Christian, I didn't grow up Catholic, I didn't grow up any-- and I'm really thankful that my mom didn't push me that way. And I don't mean that in terms of being anti-Christian or anything. It's just that I'm so glad that she was encouraging of me to-- she was supportive of me going down the path that I needed to culturally. [Hunter] You know, there is a lot of us that gathered down in Larry Plamondon and we had Frank Bushes and the (INAUDIBLE) and we were having ceremonies out there. A lot of different people came from many different directions and communities. And there was some of that traditional politics going on. You know, where these teachings came from. I just laugh about it, it's just ‘cause-- you know, it's funny. If someone tries to identify me as being traditional I mean it's like what the hell is that? I'm just me. If I follow this-- I mean going to sweats, and I mean what? Does that make me traditional? You know--Singing at the drum? You know, dancing and stuff like that, and speaking about these things. I'm not one for labels. I can't really stand them... I am no expert. I mean I will tell people that. But I do have some information that I can share with you. Let's, the group, if I'm doing a training with people, I try to do it in a way that we are going to talk about the issues. We are going to are talk about the history. And it may make you uncomfortable. But I'm going to try to make this time that we have as safe and as comfortable as possible. So that we can have a meaningful conversation and dialogue. Who knows maybe we can work together too and come up with some strategies. So, that's kind of what I-- I guess that's kind of my walk in life. But I really feel, I mean. The Creator just had this laid out for me and I have to trust it. That everything will be okay. Even if sometimes that's a little scary. [Melanie] Can ask you a bit about the controversy and the sense of discomfiture? So, I mean, it seems just from what I've been told and I've read that the ITC itself was fairly controversial when I got started, in some ways. [Hunter] I wasn't there when it got started. [Melanie] Right. I mean you're too young to have been there when it got started. But what did things look like from the time that you can remember what the organization was like. I mean were there's still controversy surrounding the ITC end of the ‘80s and the ‘90s. Within the-- 12 | P a g e �[Hunter] Well, I didn't start with Grand Rapids Inter-tribal council until 1990. [Melanie] Did your family participate in activities? [Hunter] Yeah. Yeah. But I think uh-- you know the politics--excuse me Don't record that. [Laughter] The politics I don't we didn't really get. I mean when I was working there. I was aware of a lot of you know the politics. It was really about strong personalities and people just you know not really. you know sometimes they have these outbursts at their board meetings. But sometimes it's okay. I think at the end of the day they got along and I think a lot of it was about how to-- what direction are we going in, and how do we get there. And, so I think a lot of times what our people struggling with is sort of that strategic planning. [Hunter] Just is… we have a lot of intelligent people, but I mean that's the skill. You know, and so if you don't really train on how to do strategic planning, it's like throwing a dart at a map and let's see where it lands, was kind of the planning sometimes. So, I think some of the politics that entered in Grand Rapids Inter-Tribal Council 'course I think there were funding issues you know and how you know sustainability as far as you know long term funding. You know I think this is probably what caused a lot of stress. So--but, I think a lot of it just personalities you know you have different families. you know course you know there's some strong personality and some people thought we always knew how to do things right. So, I mean it's that's just kind of what I remember. You know, from that part. But when I started Wag Wheeler was the director. [Melanie] Right. [Hunter] Then Levi came on for-- after that and--I don't want to say too much...[INAUDIBLE] [Hunter] You know, some of it is just styles. You know, for me I'm much better with styles that are grounded and more humbled and humility. If somebody is kind of arrogant and ego. You know, I can be nice and kind, but we're not going to be hanging out. You know I just don't really have time for that. But, you know, I think being young, too, at that time. I think the struggle for me in that environment is like, you know, why are you fighting so much? You know, we got bring people together -- find a way to bring them together. You know? And there were some groups, there were some tribal groups that just didn't want to work together either. Like they'd rather just stay out on their own. Excuse me. Sorry. And not collaborate and not partner. And sometimes for me I struggled with that because I wanted people to come together. Like, you know, that to me felt like that's who we are. I mean that is who we are. So other groups that just--for whatever reason. I know that some of them just didn't want to because they didn't like, maybe people that were in charge or on the board. I mean they might come to 13 | P a g e �meetings and give updates. But they didn't necessarily, as an organization, they maybe were not involved with wanting to partner and collaborate. You know, for myself that I kind of got along with everybody. But you know I'm sure is people like Lin that just can't stand me. And kick me in the (INAUDIBLE), more than ten times. But--and it's okay. [Melanie] Sure. [Hunter] I mean that's, you know. [Melanie] When did the Inter-tribal Council come apart? [Hunter] Around 1995. [Melanie] And you were active in the council right through that period. [Hunter] I was actually. When Grand Rapids Inter-tribal council folded. They turned over the management of our program, which was like, the Native American Prevention Services-- Community Services. Over to-- under Grand Rapids Public schools for a year. So, because we are also in an alternative education Grand Rapids Public School building. And so, they kind of, somehow made an arrangement or agreement with Grand Rapids Public Schools. And so Kendra Simon, on paper, was sort of in charge. But then the Inter-tribal Council of Michigan out of Sault Ste. Marie. Up until the time that I left to work for Saginaw Chippewa Tribe in 2000 they were managing and supervising our programs out of Lexington building out of the old offices of Grand Rapids Inter-tribal Council. [Melanie] So did it become part of the Native American education programs at GRPS, or something else? I don't-- [Hunter] No, it just was in the interim around 1995 for a year. It was just under Grand Rapids Public Schools for a minute. Then it was under the umbrella of Inter-tribal Council of Michigan Incorporated. Whose headquarters is in Sault Ste Marie. And that stayed that way until--I guess whenever Inter-tribal Council was no longer managing that program. [Melanie] Why did the ITC come apart? [Hunter] I don't know. I don't know. [Melanie] Was it a surprise at the time? Or did you kind of feel that it was coming. [Hunter] I mean I guess I didn't know that they were not going to do it anymore. But you know and that wasn't the reason why I left. You know. There was just a better 14 | P a g e �opportunity somewhere else. [Melanie] Where did you go in ‘95? And then af-- [Hunter] In 2000. [Melanie] In 2000 was when you went to work for the Saginaw and Chippewa. [Hunter] In Mount Pleasant. [Melanie] Okay. Cool. [Melanie] So after the ITC kind of shuttered its doors, if you would, what replace it? What did people do? What did youth groups do? [Hunter] Actually, I think it went under Grand River Band of Ottawa's. The Native American Prevention Community Services part. And then eventually went over to Family Outreach. But after I moved Mount to Pleasant, I sort of lost connection of all the happenings that was going on with that program. I would hear things. Who’s running it now. Or who’s under what umbrella. Or what it was under. I just you know--Once I moved to Mount Pleasant, just cut ties with it and had to focus on raising a family up there and working. [Melanie] So how do you think the Native American the community in and around Grand Rapids has changed over the past twenty-eight years or so. [Hunter] Oh gosh. Well I think with the more tribes that were recognized and then when gaming started happen for those tribes too. I think it seem like they were some them were just interested in just having their own programs. Honestly, I mean Kent County might be in some tribes’ service delivery area. But I can really only think of one tribe that actually has an office. And I don't think any of the other eleven--I could be wrong. The other eleven federally recognized tribes actually have services at they are offering at that office in Grand Rapids. To me, I think there is so much change and so much shift within the tribes themselves. The idea of them having a coming together to have a Native American center, or partnering with other tribes to have a center per se in Grand Rapids. I just don't think it's even on their radar. You would need someone or group to try and establish and launch that themselves. I know there's been some efforts. I don't know exactly where they are at anymore with that. You know-- I know that there was talk trying to get their own building and their own place for people to come together. But I do think that people, depending on the cause or issues or event will still come together to support. But a lot of families have changed. Although in some ways they are still connected to the old families that may have moved back home. You know, to the reservation. 15 | P a g e �[Melanie] Has there been a lot of families that have done that in the past twenty-five years or so? [Hunter] I think so. And either that or have -- some of the elders have passed away. You know. So, then I guess whatever becomes or doesn't become--beyond. You know--Lin. [Melanie] It's really all up to Lin, isn't it? [Laughter] No pressure. [Hunter] So, yeah. So, I don't know. I mean, you know, and I think once my son graduates from school. He's a junior now in high school. There is a possibility that--could move back down this way. But I don't know what be I'll doing. If I do. But then we have some other federal efforts that could possibly impact you know the direction I am going to, so... [Melanie] Well, tell me about your citizenship, and your tribal identity too. That was something I didn't ask you early on. [Hunter] Yeah, well I'm on the board for Saginaw Swan Creek Black River Band of Chippewa. It's a federal historic treaty tribe that was unlawfully terminated. So, we are working on efforts to reaffirm our federal recognition. And get back the list of federal tribes. You know we're hopeful that because of precedents already been set. Six other-- six or seven-- other Michigan tribes have been restored. Based on that same language that we were terminated under. So, you know--but it costs money too. And you know to fight in federal court and litigate, and/or hold back other tribes that may not want to see us be successful. [Melanie] And why not? [Hunter] I'm going to- And people may disagree--I think it comes down to gaming. And tribes that are in fear or threatened about their share of the market-- probably have a fear that you know because our historic treaty territory is pretty large. You know, I don't want to go too much detail about it--But, we feel very confident. We have had meetings in D.C. and those have been promising. And the more research that we did on our history and our case is just like-- What's really sad is that there are people within a certain tribe who became aware of their own history, that either they borrowed or stole for their own benefit. Which impacted us and even once they became aware of who they really are--they stayed quiet and they remain quiet to this day. And we know who they are, I mean we've done our research. We know the names and who was on council at that time. Some of them keep getting re-elected to council. But that’s all going to come out, you know. We're just trying to correct a wrong. But then also descend from the Grand River Bands of Ottawa and-- They're actually seeking federal recognition also! I 16 | P a g e �sometimes, I got to pinch myself because it's like I cannot believe I live in an age, where we're still fighting for--to be acknowledged in that way. And, you know, some of these tribes that did get recognized--they were like created tribes. They don't have federal historic treaties that they even signed. And somehow--well, we know how-- Both through federal policy, and-- I don't know. Backroom deals, or whatever. And it's just--And it's really sad. I don't know. I sometimes, I think about what would our ancestors tell us today if they were here. To give us a message. You know, and sometimes I feel like I was born wrong--in the wrong century. [Hunter] You wake up every day and you're kind of reminded of where your place is in this society. You do the best that you can, but it's just very clear that our-- or most of us...many of us...that our values just don't mesh well culturally with other societies. And I mean I live in a pretty humble home I have two thousand five truck I dive. I'm okay with that. Money and materials are just not my thing. I mean, I do good enough. Support myself and my boys. I try to make things right. That's what really drives and motivates me. I just kind of feel like some of the people like even you know like American Indian Movement and some different people that continue to speak up and fight. Those are my--those are the people I look up to. I've always kind of told people you can pray. Praying is good. I'm a praying man. But you can't just pray, you have to pray and then have action. If you think about whether it's Martin Luther King or Gandhi or Dennis Banks. All these people, I mean--they didn't just pray! They didn't just go to ceremonies-They also knew that they had to walk, they had to march, and they had to speak up. And we just have too many people who are quiet and silent or don't want to get involved. Or maybe they just aren't driven by the same values or things that we wanna see restored Like our language, like our traditions, like our culture. So, It's you know? I guess we do come together we need to. Standing Rock is an example. But you know even before that with the Michigan Indian Tuition Waiver you know being on the capitol steps in Lansing. Trying to fight to keep that. And now they've even restricted so much that if you're not enrolled in a federally recognized tribe you don't get it anyways. [Melanie] Right. [Hunter] So for people like me, and hundreds or thousands of others that aren't federally recognized tribes, and yet you know they are Anishinaabe you're screwed. [Melanie] Right. [Hunter] And I remember going to a meeting that was the-- and I hope you are watching this someday. But it was the United Three Fires--United uh... [Melanie] The United Tribes of Michigan? 17 | P a g e �[Hunter] Yeah, the United Tribes of Michigan. And I actually happened to be at the meeting where they voted on whether to go along with the changes on the Tuition Waiver. I was the only one that spoke up and said "what about the tribes that are not recognized?" And it's not about question on blood quantum or anything like that. It's just that they're not recognized-- I mean you're just going to leave them out? And basically, I was told by your former chief Frank Ettawageshik there is no such thing in state recognized tribes. And that in order to save the Michigan Indian Tuition Waiver--its either go along with these changes, or we lose it. [Hunter] I get that to a point. But it's just like--It don't feel right. It doesn't feel right and those things--God, I mean the tops that we ever had for the number of Native students even accessing it was maybe, in the whole state, maybe like three thousand. And the millions and billions of dollars that the state gets from the tribes, from the gaming, you're saying you cannot set aside enough to just leave it be? [Melanie] Right. [Hunter] I mean, I just, that don't feel right. And I'm a feeling kind of a person. That just does not feel right to me. And it still doesn't. The injustice by the United States government with these policies that forced tribes to get terminated and/or going through the bureaucracy and red tape. I mean--it's not right. [Melanie] Gotcha there. [Hunter] I don't have much more say, but- [Melanie] I wanted to ask you what keeps you going. So, you know she said this was a long fight. What keeps you going? And what advice would you have for somebody who wants to speak up? [Hunter] Honestly, I mean-- I mean we're always the one person in a group. Like when I came to Grand Valley State. Like one Native American student in the whole damn program. I hope it's okay just to speak freely. [Melanie] Yeah, yeah. [Hunter] So you feel like your representing your whole damn nation. [Melanie] Right. [Hunter] Who’s going to do it if you don't? If you don't step up? Who’s going to do it? I mean-- [Clears throat] Damn it… I just think about everything that our ancestors 18 | P a g e �gave up-- You know, we didn't ask--We didn't ask for us to be treated this way. So, we have to keep fighting. I don't know maybe we're not going about necessarily most efficient or effective ways. You know, but we have to keep trying. Generally, I’m just not a person who can just sit and watch things, you know, happen. And I try to make some kind of a difference. I have three sons. If don't teach them who will? It's my responsibility, nobody else's. I take that to heart. I'm so thankful that they love who they are, as an Anishinaabe. They sing and dance and go to ceremony. they just love being Anishinaabe. And I know that they will fight for what they need to. [Hunter] They were out there standing [INAUDIABLE] they were there. [Melanie] Alright Hunter we're rolling again. I'm sorry. [Hunter] No, that's alright. [Melanie] Tell me about your sons. [Hunter] Yeah, I just--I mean If I don't teach them and share with them. I mean I just feel like they'll just get lost. Like a lot of our people, they just get lost. It's so easy to get distracted and being consumed by money, by materials. That what is really important. So, yeah. There is a great deal of responsibility. [Melanie] So was there anything that you would like to say for the record that I didn't ask you about that you didn't say already. [Hunter] Get off your ass people! [Linda] That's the advice? [Melanie] It's good advice. [Hunter] I-uh...That is such a deep question. I feel like… I don't know like… Don't you wish that tribes with money was sort of incentivized? Like the more language, the more culture, the more traditions you learn. I know some people would say that well it isn't genuine. They're just doing it for that. Our language is just so beautiful. I mean what I know of the language its beautiful. That's always a been dream of mine. I mean I use to sit with my grandparents even though you know they spoke the language. But they wouldn't speak it in front of us. They didn't teach you know like my mom, my uncles, and aunts. but whenever I would go to their house and visit with them--I asked them questions. They taught me. I still have all the notes that I took. Yeah, you know. So, you know. And this wasn't post-high school this was while I was growing up. Because I just wanted to know. It was at that time that one of my lifelong goals was to become fluent in our 19 | P a g e �language. That's still a goal of mine. I really am trying to set myself up now. Where I can either try, like after my son's done with high school, maybe live with the family. So that's all you know, all you hear. So, I can immerse myself. Because I think I know that the more language increases more understanding of who we are because our language is so sacred that it opened up those doors and windows of understanding. At a spiritual level. So that's what I want to make happen. For myself. I wish the boys would, like my son now, like in high school they have an agreement with the Saginaw Chippewa Tribal College. So, he actually is taking a language class at the Tribal College [Melanie] Oh! That's great. [Hunter] While he's in high school. I hope he doesn't stop learning. They are probably are tired of me hearing this it's going to be up to them how much gets passed down to the generation after them their own children. Just as much as it's my responsibility to teach my boys what I know and encourage and support that no one else can do it. It feels--it feels like a mountain. It feels like everything is so stacked against everything we've lost and are trying to get back but I just you know and it's really sad to see how some of our people--It's just not important. And they don't want to go that level. So, we'll see what happens. [Melanie] Thank you. [Hunter] Yeah. I was worried that I might shed a tear [Melanie] It's stuff that matters. That's okay. [Lin] You know I make you cry all the time. [Hunter] You do, Lin. I miss you, you know. [Melanie] Lin, did you have anything to ask Hunter as we wrap up? [Linda] No, not really. [Melanie] Okay. Put you on the spot [Linda] Nothing that needs to be saved for posterity. [Laughter] [Melanie] Okay this concludes the interview. 20 | P a g e � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Gi-gikinomaage-min Interviews Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. Native American Advisory Council Grand Valley State University. Kustche Office of Local History Description An account of the resource Interviews with members of Grand Rapids' urban Native American population collected as part of the Gi-gikinomaage-min Project: Defend Our History, Unlock Your Spirit. Translated from Anishinaabemowin, the original language of this area, Gi-gikinomaage-min means "We are all teachers." This is the name our project team choose to convey to the Native American community that through our stories and experiences, we are all teachers to someone. As we share those stories, we are allowing for our next generations to experience the past. Grand Rapids’ Native American community grew dramatically in the last half of the 20th century as a result of a little-known federal program that still impacts American Indian lives today. Called the Urban Relocation Program, it created one of the largest mass movements of Indians in American history. The full scope of this massive social experiment and its impact on multiple generations of Native Americans remains largely undocumented and unexplored. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2015/2016 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Gi-gikinomaage-min Project Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Indians of North America Indians of North America--Michigan Indians of North America--Education Potawatomi Indians Bode'wadmi Ojibwa Indians Anishinaabe Navajo Indians Dine'e Cherokee Indians Tsagali Aniyunwiya Archaeology Mound-builders Hopewellian culture Indian arts--North America Personal narrativse Grand Rapids (Mich.) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-10 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource audio/mp3 video/mp4 application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Sound Moving Image Text Language A language of the resource eng Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-10_Genia_Hunter_1117 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Genia, Hunter Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2016-11-29 Title A name given to the resource Hunter Genia interview (video and transcript) Description An account of the resource Hunter Genia is a member of the Saginaw Swan Creek Black River Band of Chippewa. He was born in Grand Rapids, Michigan and holds degrees in criminal justice and social work. In this interview, he discusses his family history, the Grand Rapids Native community, and Inter-tribal Council. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Shell-Weiss, Melanie (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Ojibwa Indians Anishinaabe Personal narratives Grand Rapids (Mich.) Indians of North America Indians of North America--Michigan Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Gi-gikinomaage-min Project Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/4a24d080e09693dbc0e94208141fe7e8.mp4 cc1920548bca90a08247dbdfe3a400c5 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/4402c7864c1ab0892a4e8bc911f9b214.pdf a53ee69fde0fe774ee4289bcd167998e PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans’ History Project Jerome Gennrich World War II 1 hour 1 minute 31 seconds (00:00:34) Early Life -Born on August 11, 1923 in Detroit, Michigan -Attended a Catholic school through eighth grade -Did not attend high school -His father believed that he needed to get a job instead -Father, Anthony, worked as a carpenter and as a cabinet maker -Mother, Martha, was a housewife -He had five siblings -Three brothers and two sisters -Grew up in Detroit -Did odd jobs in woodworking for a while before he got a job through Chrysler -Worked at the Jefferson Plant in Detroit (00:06:06) Getting Drafted -He was sitting in the family living room when he heard FDR’s speech concerning Pearl Harbor -His father told him that he was going to go to war and fight -Jerome’s one brother was 4F (unfit for service) -Jerome’s other brother had already served in the military -Received a draft notice in the mail ordering him to report to the induction center in Detroit (00:08:23) Induction and Basic Training -While at the induction center he pulled KP (kitchen patrol) duty for a day -The next day he and the other recruits were shipped to Camp Kearns, Salt Lake City, Utah -Army base on the Great Salt Lake and outside of the Salt Lake City -Remembers that basic training was fairly uneventful -Mostly consisted of basic combat techniques -Hand to hand combat especially -Taught how to march -Taught how to properly clean and use a rifle -Made friends while in basic training -Arrived at Camp Kearns and began basic training in late spring of 1942 -First few days there were mostly forgettable and focused on learning to obey orders -Trained with an enjoyable group of people -Went on forced marches that lasted eight hours -Completed basic training in mid-summer of 1942 (00:13:00) Deployment to Europe -Shipped to New York City to board a troop ship there -The ship he went over on was the “Empress of Russia” -Dirty and cramped vessel -Eventually made landfall in a town near Glasgow, Scotland -Voyage took one hundred days [?] due to having to avoid U-Boats and German air raids �(00:14:35) Deployment to Northern Ireland -Went to a place near Belfast, Ireland after Scotland and made camp there -Met his first girlfriend while stationed in Belfast -Her name was Anne Mulvaney -Northern Irish high school girl -Met each other through a mutual friend -He was not in any specific unit at this point -Carried out ordinary camp duties during the day -Given nights and weekends off -Took liberty in Belfast so that he could visit Anne -Didn’t leave Northern Ireland until after the landing at D-Day and Normandy was secured (00:18:14) Deployment to France & Military Police Duty -Crossed to France by way of ship -Spent a night in a French chateau -After France he and his unit moved into Luxembourg and then Belgium -He was attached to a military police unit -Supported the 8th Air Force Army Air Corps while in England -Guarded bombers and a fuel depot -Supported the 9th Air Force Army Air Corps while in France -Guarded fighter planes -Did not spend much time in France -Primary duty there was to protect the aircraft (00:21:09) Belgium -Moved into Belgium, so that they could cross the Rhine River into Germany -Working with the 12th of 62nd Military Police Company -Just ordinary soldiers that were being used for police purposes -Had crossed through Luxembourg to reach Belgium -Made camp for a few days in Liege, Belgium (00:23:00) Germany -From Belgium he and his unit crossed the Rhine River into Germany -Crossed south of the Remagen/Ludendorff Bridge into Germany -Area had been laid to waste over the course of the war -German soldiers were surrendering and retreating en masse -Became responsible for guarding German POWs -Got decorated for crossing the Rhine River -His unit was responsible for guarding thousands of German prisoners -Kept them in a makeshift prison camp near Ansbach, Germany (00:26:26) Contact with the Enemy -Never saw direct combat with German forces -Remembers V1 and V2 rockets hitting London -British Spitfire fighters would take off and try to shoot them down -His unit never took casualties over the course of the war -He was never wounded -Only went to the field hospital in Londonderry due to pneumonia (00:28:22) Leaving Europe and Coming Home Pt. 1 -Shipped out of Germany in outdated boxcars �-Returned to the Belgian coast and boarded a liberty ship there (00:29:58) Details about the POWs Pt. 1 -German POWs were fed and allowed to maintain a sense of organization -Not treated any better or worse than Allied soldiers -Always kept them in the Ansbach prison camp -Didn’t have to transfer them to England, France, or to the U.S. (00:31:17) Living Conditions Pt. 1 -Never moved further east than Ansbach, Germany -Never entered into Austria -Area was occupied by the Russians -Some supplies were hard to get -Fresh fruit was particularly rare -Had to eat canned fruit instead -Never went hungry during his time in Europe (00:33:39) Details about the POWs Pt. 2 -He was able to be friendly with some of the POWs -A fair amount of them were just regular foot soldiers -SS and Gestapo troops were moved to separate camps -Some of the POWs could speak some English -They taught him a little bit of German as well -Didn’t keep in touch with any of the POWs that he made friends with (00:35:23) Living Conditions Pt. 2 -Lived in barracks while in Europe -Spent two winters in the English Isles and the winter of 1944-45 in mainland Europe -In both places they had access to stoves for heating -Lived in tents in Northern Ireland -Learned how to quickly accept, adapt, and adjust to different living conditions (00:36:29) Commendations and Rank -He was awarded various campaign ribbons -One of which was due to crossing into Germany -Awarded Army Good Conduct Medal for excellent behavior and efficiency -He was awarded the European Theatre of Operations Medal -Attained the rank of private first class (00:37:30) Personal Relationships in the Army Pt. 1 -Formed a lasting friendship with one soldier that he served with -Man was from Indiana -Wound up marrying an Irish girl and they both moved to the U.S. (00:38:11) Leaving Europe and Coming Home Pt. 2 -He was in Ansbach, Germany for Victory in Europe (VE) Day May 1945 -In December 1945 they were loaded onto boxcars and were shipped back to the coast -Boarded a liberty ship on the coast of Belgium -Only took a week to make it back to the United States -No longer had to worry about avoiding German submarines or aircraft -Landed in New York City -Went to Camp Atterbury, Indiana to get discharged from the Army -Formally left the Army in early January 1946 �-Felt a sense of homesickness upon leaving the Army -Knew that he would miss the rigidity of military living -Returned home to his parents in Detroit -Went to his father’s place of work and rode back to the house with him (00:42:07) Downtime in the Army and Emotional Adjustments -Stayed in touch with family and friends by way of letters -Used V-Mail (mail service that used microfilm to speed up postal system) -Made no telephone calls home while he was overseas -At first he found it stressful readjusting to civilian life -Got refused being served at bars because he was underage despite his veteran status -Didn’t feel stressed while serving in Europe -Took it one day at a time -Treated it like a regular job -Got treated to USO shows in Europe -Saw famous people, like Bob Hope, perform for them -Famous bands would come over and perform for them as well -Played pool during downtime -Allowed to go into Ansbach, Germany for liberty -German citizens were not happy with the American presence -Also was able to visit other German cities that had been deemed safe and secure (00:46:23) Details about the POWs Pt. 3 -Remembers having to stop a German prisoner that ran past his guard post -Thought that the prisoner was trying to do something illegal -Fired a few warning shots in the air and the prisoner stopped -Turns out that it was just a simple misunderstanding on the prisoner’s part -German prisoners were fairly complacent being prisoners of war -They were happy as long as they continued to have food and a bed (00:48:07) Concentration Camps -Remembers seeing the concentration camps -Didn’t take part in any of the liberations -Saw one first hand after it had been liberated by the Allies (00:49:31) Personal Relationships in the Army Pt. 2 -While in the Army he had been led by a mix of officers -Some were competent and others were totally inept -Generally got along with his fellow soldiers -Wishes that he had taken the time to record day to day life in a journal (00:50:18) Life after the War Pt. 1 -After being discharged from the Army he took a few weeks to rest -He eventually returned to work for Chrysler at the Jefferson Plant -Made that his lifelong civilian career -Worked for Chrysler for forty two years -Retired from Chrysler in the late 1980s -Worked as a parts dispatcher -Chose not to return to school upon returning home (00:52:32) Involvement with Veterans’ Groups -Joined the Veterans of Foreign Wars (VFW) �-Joined the American Legion -Eventually let that membership lapse and chose not to renew it -Was more active, and is still active, in the VFW -Didn’t form any long term friendships while in either group (00:53:39) Reflections on Service -Service made him realize that regular people are just used as pawns by governments -Learned that governments have no respect for their citizens -Remembers that the U.S. Army had issues with segregation -Never made an effort to go to, or host, a reunion with his former unit -Service made him a different person -Taught him to respect other people’s rights -Taught him that everyone is entitled to their opinions and beliefs (00:56:30) Life after the War Pt. 2 -Got married after the war to a woman named Helen -They have been married for sixty three years -She still lives in their home in Detroit while he’s in the Veteran’s Hospital -They had three children -Two sons: Jerome Jr. and Hans -One daughter: Faith � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Gennrich, Jerome (Interview outline and video), 2014 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gennrich, Jerome Description An account of the resource Jerome Gennrich was born in 1923 in Detroit, Michigan. Prior to serving in the Army he worked for Chrysler at the Jefferson Plant. He was drafted in early 1942 and trained at Camp Kearns outside of Salt Lake City, Utah. Later that year he was sent across the Atlantic and served first in Northern Ireland and then in England, providing security for airbases used by the 8th and 9th Air Forces. After D-Day he was deployed to France and was attached to the 12th of the 62nd Military Police Company. He and his unit moved through France, Luxembourg, Belgium, crossed the Rhine River into Germany. His unit guarded German prisoners of war at a camp near Ansbach until he was sent home in December, 1945. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Erichsen, Wallace (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American United States. Army Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2014-01-24 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GennrichJ1570V Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project Collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d30107e7563b6200303a1fb087df9c14.mp4 1a527d25f28c44525c442b9495b5f234 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/1fec8aa0e012664da2eded20f4f88a7b.pdf 32af0fe98f7add5945cd0ac2c2276d9f PDF Text Text George, Al Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Interview Name of War: World War II Interviewee’s Name: Al George Length of Interview: (56:52) Interviewed by: James Smither Transcribed by: Maluhia Buhlman Interviewer: “We’re talking today with Al George of Grand Rapids, Michigan and the interviewer is James Smither of the Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project. Okay Al, being with some background on yourself and to begin with, where and when were you born?” In Muskegon Heights. Interviewer: “In what year?” (00:24) August 19th, 1925. Interviewer: “Okay, so that’s Muskegon Heights, Michigan.” Muskegon. Interviewer: “Alright, did you grow up there or did you move around?” I was there basically until I moved to Grand Rapids in 1954. Interviewer: “Okay, so you grew up basically– So you grew up in Muskegon Heights.” Right. �George, Al Interviewer: “What was your family doing for a living when you were a kid?” Well my dad was in the moving business, he was in World War I, when he came out he and another fellow started the business and it was moving into storage. Interviewer: “Okay, now was he able to keep that business during the depression?” He kept the business but didn’t make money on it. He had about three people working for him and we– My uncle became sheriff in 1936 and when that happened he had a little store out in the country. We went out and ran the little country store, lived in his house and we kept the business. Dad kept the business going but the family ran with the little country store. Interviewer: “Okay, so you kinda got by, now what town was the store in?” Just north of Muskegon in the M-20. (1:53) Interviewer: “Alright, okay so you found different ways of getting by. How many kids were in your family?” I had two brothers and a sister. Interviewer: “Okay and where were you in that order?” I was the third, my older brother, older sister, and a younger brother by ten years. Interviewer: “Okay, so now– And then how long did you stay in school?” I was in through high school. Interviewer: “Okay so you graduated from high school.” �George, Al I graduated from high school on a Thursday– On a Friday, on one day they sent me– My folks were able to send me to Michigan State College to wait to be drafted. I tried to join the Navy during my stay in high school, five of us went to Detroit and I couldn’t pass it because I was sick, color blind, and I went a term and a half at Michigan State until they drafted me and I fooled my way to get into the Navy because I wanted to be in the Navy. Interviewer: “Okay, how do you get past a color blindness test?” I was the first one through on Saturday morning with our group and I got to the first line of the test for eyes and he paid no attention because he was getting his stamp credits and all that stuff out, and he said “Read this line.” And I wrote what I could read and bluffed the rest of it and he stamped it normal and when I got through they said “What do you want, Army, Navy, or Marines.” I said “Navy.” They sent me to Great Lakes. Interviewer: “Okay, I want to back up a little bit, do you remember how you heard about Pearl Harbor?” (4:18) Oh yeah, we were in the country running the store, it was a Sunday afternoon and we heard it on the radio and I was 16 years old and I said “I’m too young to fight.” Interviewer: “Alright, now before that happened were you paying attention to the news at all?” Oh yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, so you knew there was a war going on in Europe and all that kind of thing?” Yes, yes. Interviewer: “And were you thinking that at some point we were going to get into it?” �George, Al Well I thought some– They were drafting people at that time but they had to be 21 or older, it was just a matter of time. My brother was in Michigan State, he was, I think a junior. Interviewer: “Okay so something was coming and now it does happen but then initially you’re too young and now were you 17 when you tried to enlist?” Yeah. Interviewer: “You could do that if your parents let you.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, but they rejected you but then the second time when you get drafted– Once they draft you they’re gonna use you someplace and they would’ve put you in the Army maybe if they found out you were color blind. Okay, so you made it to the Navy, you go to Great Lakes, Illinois for your boot camp. Now what was the boot camp like?” (5:52) It was great, actually I only weighed 150 when I went in and I came out at 180, I did move a lot, I liked it, it was good. When I didn’t know what they would do with me because of my color blindness, when I came back from leave it said “Construction.” And that meant they were gonna send me to Seabees. Interviewer: “Okay, how did you gain so much weight while you were there?” I ate good, I was one of the top runners, and it just was healthy for me. Interviewer: “Okay, so they fed you well and you got a lot of exercise, so that work was good. Now how much emphasis was there on discipline?” Well I felt the discipline was fine I didn’t reject it. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, but were they really careful about all the spit and polish stuff?” Kind of made me not like the fact that some guys would not do what they’re supposed to be doing and that bothered me. Interviewer: “Okay, now would they punish all the men in the unit if some of them didn’t do their job?” We’re supposed to sweep down every night and they just wouldn’t do it and it bugged me things like that. Interviewer: “Okay, so it wasn’t so much that the instructors were punishing you.” No. Interviewer: “It was just that some of the guys weren’t doing their job.” Yeah. (8:00) Interviewer: “Okay, alright now how long did the boot camp last?” I think about a month, I can’t remember exactly. Interviewer: “Okay, so pretty short.” Yeah it was short. Interviewer: “Okay, and then you said– Did they give you a leave after that?” Yeah. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, and then do you come back again to Great Lakes to get your assignment?” Right. Interviewer: “Alright and so they put you in the Seabees and the naval construction battalions.” Right. Interviewer: “Okay, now did they send you for training next?” Yes, they asked me what I wanted, of course I wanted– I like the water I wanted to boat and learn how to handle– Well be in the boat or a portion of it. Interviewer: “Yeah, so be on a ship rather, yeah.” (8:48) Well I learned how to operate a landing craft. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now where were you doing your Seabees training?” On Rhode Island. Interviewer: “Okay, I think your notes talk about going to Virginia first?” Yeah, that’s where I came– I went to Virginia and then they sent me up to Rhode Island and assigned me to Seabees unit number 65. Interviewer: “64” �George, Al 64. Interviewer: “Yeah, okay but did you do any training in Virginia or did you just get processed?” Mostly processed, they like to put me in the…cut that out. Interviewer: “That’s okay. Alright, okay so you went to Camp Perry there’s a Seabees center there but just then on to Rhode Island the 64th Battalion, and so your training is really going on in Rhode Island.” Rhode Island, right. Oh, what do you call it, when you feed people? Interviewer: “Okay so you’re doing KP?” KP, and I had too much of it and when we left Rhode Island I told the officer I wanted to be off for a month, he said “How long you been on?” And I told him, he says “You’re not gonna be on at all from here on out.” (10:57) Interviewer: “Okay, did you have any idea why you were stuck on KP for so long?” It bothered me, yeah. Interviewer: “But do you know why you were stuck with that?” It’s because it was easy for them to not have a complainer. Interviewer: “Okay, so you would do the job.” I’d do the job. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, so they’d just have you keep doing the job, yeah. Alright, now when you were training in Rhode Island what kinds of things you were learning, you were learning how–” I learned seamanship and studied it. Interviewer: “Okay, so would that involve navigation or?” And learn how to handle the– What do you call it? Interviewer: “The landing craft?” Landing craft, yeah. Interviewer: “Alright, were these the little Higgins boats, the small landing craft?” (11:58) Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, now did you have any–” I would’ve had that duty when we left– When the war ended, at that time we were going to go to Japan– Or– Interviewer: “China?” China. Interviewer: “Okay, that gets a little bit farther along. Now aside from the learning how to pilot a landing craft, did you get any weapons training?” Some, just practicing with small arms. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, did you fire machine guns or just rifles and pistols?” No, just rifles. Interviewer: “Okay, basic rifle training.” Seabees didn’t have that much. Interviewer: “Okay, now did you learn to operate any equipment?” No. Interviewer: “Okay, so then anything like that maybe comes later?” Yeah. (12:59) Interviewer: “Okay, okay so this is really pretty basic training–” Well, including the 90 I did operate– Telephone operation, I learned that when we were in Hawaii. Interviewer: “Okay, but that’s later as well, that’s after Rhode Island, okay.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, now do you have an idea about how long you were in Rhode Island?” From the fall– Oh yeah, about two or three months. Interviewer: “Okay, so not too long, did you ever go off the base?” �George, Al Yeah. Interviewer: “Where did you go?” I went to New York when I could get away. Interviewer: “Okay, and how would– Now where in Rhode Island were you, were you at Quonset Point or somewhere else?” I think it was Quonset Point, it was– Interviewer: “It was kind of on the bay?” We were right on the bay, we used to go swimming in the bay. Interviewer: “Okay, and you could take a train into New York?” (14:13) Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now once you finish up at Rhode Island where do you go next?” We headed for the Pacific. Interviewer: “Okay, now how did you from Rhode Island–” Train. Interviewer: “Okay, so you cross the country, now did you go all the way to the west coast?” �George, Al All the way to San Francisco. Interviewer: “Okay, and what do you remember about that train ride?” Oh all the places kind of followed the map where we were and it was a good nice trip. Interviewer: “Okay, how long did it take?” It probably took about three or four days. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now would they let you get off the train at different places?” No, not much, we just stayed on the same train. Interviewer: “Okay, and so what port did you sail out of?” San Francisco is where we leave, yeah San Francisco. (15:15) Interviewer: “Okay, alright and what kind of ship do they put you on?” From there to Hawaii was a regular passenger ship. Interviewer: “Okay, so like a converted ocean liner with a lot of bunks in it?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, now when you left San Francisco–” Yeah. �George, Al Interviewer: “A lot of times people talk about the waves and rolling seas and people getting seasick.” No problem. Interviewer: “Okay.” Never had a problem with it, seasick. Interviewer: “Alright, now did other people on the ship have trouble?” Yeah, we got pictures of them in our picture book. Interviewer: “Okay, now when you went to Hawaii did the ship sail by itself or were you in a convoy?” (16:08) No, we were by itself. Interviewer: “Okay, do you remember if the ship zigzagged at all or just went straight?” We just– It was like taking a tour. Interviewer: “Okay, so like a pleasure cruise.” Pleasure cruise. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now where did you go to in Hawaii?” To– In Hawaii? Come on. Interviewer: “Well did you go to Pearl Harbor or somewhere else?” �George, Al Pearl Harbor. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now when you got to Pearl Harbor could you see any signs of the attack, was there still–” We were doing some repair work, we spent about three months there I think just working on cleaning up and road work. Interviewer: “Alright, and now is this–” Oh I wasn’t working on that I got– They asked for somebody to operate the telephones and another fellow and I volunteered, we worked the whole time we were there. Interviewer: “Okay, and is this about the middle of 1944 now that–” Yeah. (17:30) Interviewer: “Yeah, okay alright so then were you actually based at Pearl Harbor?” Yeah, on Waimano Ridge. Interviewer: “Alright, and so what was it like living in Hawaii?” It was great, we had time where we could go swimming and every night we could go see the movie, outside movie, might be raining a little bit but that was all. Interviewer: “Okay, and would you go into Honolulu or places off base?” We could. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, did you do that very much or did you just stay on the base?” No, it was not much tourists at that time. Interviewer: “And you probably didn’t have a lot of money either.” No. Interviewer: “Alright, because in a place like that I mean the assumption is–” I can get along at $20 a month. Interviewer: “Okay, cause sometimes you have stories of people going into town, getting drunk and getting in trouble and stuff like that, did men in your unit do that?” I wasn’t involved with any of them. (18:55) Interviewer: “Yeah but were there other guys in your unit who would do that?” Yeah, it wasn’t bad. Interviewer: “Okay, alright so you’re there for a few months and then what happens next?” Then we were sent to the Pacific and it took us about 30 days to get there, we had– We were all in LSTs. Interviewer: “Okay, so what is it like to be sailing on an LST for a month?” [unintelligible] I was in the stern and it was quite rough and some of us would take a cot and put it on main deck underneath the equipment that was there and stay overnight. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, and that’d be more the middle of the ship, so you wouldn’t go up and down as much?” Yup. Interviewer: “Yeah, okay now was your whole battalion on one LST or were you on several of them?” There was several of them. Interviewer: “Okay, alright did you have–” I had all the equipment we needed to work what we were going to do, we were gonna build a base, Navy base. Interviewer: “Okay, alright yeah, so for that– Yeah I mean an LST is not really that big especially that’s full of equipment so for a full battalion you’d need several trips.” (20:40) Right, we were assigned to a ship after we were there. Interviewer: “Okay, but you spend about a month on an LST in transit basically.” Right. Interviewer: “Alright, now did you have any duties during that month?” No. Interviewer: “Okay, and they didn’t make up work for you to do?” �George, Al We played games. Interviewer: “Did they do a ceremony for crossing the international dateline or anything like that?” Didn’t go across the dateline. Interviewer: “Well eventually you’d have to, from Hawaii to the Philippines you cross the dateline, just not the equator, the dateline runs north, south.” Right. Interviewer: “Okay, but they didn’t–” Oh the dateline, I was thinking– Interviewer: “Yeah, I think the equator is that they have the weird stuff for.” (21:30) The equator, we didn’t go across the equator, dateline you know we kept track of the time. Interviewer: “Okay, now– And so you’re heading for the Philippines and what island did you go to?” The island that we ended up on was Tubabao, it was attached– Not attached but we made a road between Samar and Tubabao. Interviewer: “Okay, and Samar is a larger island kind of in the middle of the Philippines, it’s near Leyte which is where you landed.” It was the south end of Samar. �George, Al Interviewer: “Yeah, okay alright.” We had to clear the land to make the base there. Interviewer: “So what was there?” A, what did you call it, where you mix soap and so forth. Interviewer: “Okay, so there was a soap plant or something like that, do they have palm trees?” Yeah, raised palm trees. Interviewer: “Okay, so they make palm oil and make soap out of that, okay.” We took the palm trees all out. (23:12) Interviewer: “So it had been a plantation of some kind then?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now were there any civilians around?” Yes, had a little– On Samar, had a little village and what surprised me was they all had Singer sewing machines and they had stuff that they sold for us to send home. Interviewer: “Now were there any on Tubabao or just on Samar?” I don’t think they were on Tubabao, but they used to have natives come over and do your– Interviewer: “Your laundry?” �George, Al Laundry, if you wanted. Interviewer: “Okay, alright so how long did it take you do you think to clear off the trees to start building?” Oh that went pretty fast, time didn’t mean much. Interviewer: “Yeah, okay–” Wait, I helped in building the buildings at the time too, helped the carpenters and all the workmen. Was working with a fella that had the bulldozer, I worked with him a lot, quite a long time clearing the place. Interviewer: “Did you learn to operate the bulldozer, did you drive it?” Not officially. (25:05) Interviewer: “Okay, alright so when he’s using the bulldozer what are you doing?” Clinging, fastening on to the bell end equipment and the trees, dragging them off the side. Interviewer: “Alright, now once you’ve got the trees out of the way what kind of base were you building or what was it going to be used for?” Well the buildings were going to be for Navy personnel. Interviewer: “Okay, so just barracks or?” Yeah, we didn’t get a chance to use them, we had tents, we even made a baseball field for them. �George, Al Interviewer: “Alright, what was the weather like when you were there?” Minor to moderate, they kept the mosquitoes sprayed and the only thing that bothered me was that I might get some disease but we had no problem. Interviewer: “Okay, so you didn’t pick up any tropical diseases?” No. Interviewer: “Okay, now did they have you taking drugs to prevent malaria?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, did you take atabrine, was that–” I don’t know what exactly it just– It wasn’t a big deal. (26:42) Interviewer: “Okay, alright now did it rain a lot or was it–” No, but when it did rain it would rain hard and then it would– It was just wait for it to get away and it didn’t keep up. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now were some of the Seabees were they building harbor facilities or anything like that or an airstrip?” No, no airstrip. Interviewer: “Okay, but you were mostly just working on the buildings and the facilities for the personnel.” Yup. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, now is that what you were doing when the war ended?” Well yeah it was all complete. Interviewer: “Okay, and so and then while you were on the Philippines were you following the news of the war, keeping track of things?” Oh yeah, yeah we did a little– They had small printed things telling what was going on, it was a daily thing, we kept up. Interviewer: “Okay, alright so you kept track of– So were you there when Okinawa was going on and that kind of thing?” Oh yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, and so did you finish building the base before the war ended?” (28:08) It was about the same time. Interviewer: “Okay, okay do you remember hearing about the atomic bomb?” Oh yeah, oh yeah. Interviewer: “And when that news came out did you know what that meant?” Yeah, we were kept up on the news of it, yup. We were kept up real well with the news, it was written up. Interviewer: “Okay, now where you were, did you ever see anything of the Japanese?” �George, Al No. Interviewer: “Okay, so there were no Japanese aircraft going by or anything like that?” No. Interviewer: “Okay, and there weren’t any hiding out in the jungle anyplace?” No. Interviewer: “Okay, so it was really pretty quiet.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Alright, now did you think that was a good thing?” (29:04) Well it was the proper thing I thought and the others we were not in any danger at all, didn’t even see a Japanese plane. Interviewer: “Okay, alright so now getting into August of ‘45 the Japanese surrender, what were you planning at that time or what was going on before that?” Well we were– We were gettin ready, prepared for the landing we’re gonna make and we’ve figured that they would be– We thought they were bringing the soldiers away from Europe and out and helping us and I didn’t have any qualms about what was going to happen except that because I hadn’t had any reason to worry. Interviewer: “Alright, okay now where was your unit supposed to go, most people were going to go to Japan?” Tubabao– I meant to Sing Tao, Sing Tao. �George, Al Interviewer: “Right, okay so you’re gonna go to lay support in North China. Yeah, okay so that was your goal but in the end you didn’t go there?” No, no they split us up and half of the unit went back to Truk and the Truk was like Hawaii to the Japanese, that was where they have all their power but we bypassed them and they lost all their ability to do anything from there. So when we got there we saw the Japanese were there and they looked like they were in good shape, had been– They were living off the land. Interviewer: “Yeah, and well Truk that was so they– That’s just a coral atoll isn’t it? It’s just a bunch of little islets around a big harbor.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Alright, now were there sunken ships or things in the harbor?” (31:38) No, I didn’t– We didn’t see any ships in the harbor at all. Interviewer: “Well some of them were sunk but they were at the bottom, so you wouldn’t see those, we tapped it a lot.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, but you got a good look at the Japanese when you got there?” In fact we had some of the Japanese show us around the island, took us into their defense and was kind of– There was no unhappiness with the people at all. They were– I think they were just as happy to get up and get ready to go home. Interviewer: “Alright, now were you surprised at all by that?” �George, Al Surprised? Interviewer: “Yeah that the Japanese seemed like normal people.” Oh yeah, it was– Well yeah, it was kind of was a good thing to be around them and the Navy gave us some of the equipment like samurais swords, pistols, rifles and we could take them home. Interviewer: “Okay, now how long did the Japanese stay on the island, did they leave before you did?” Not very long, they got shipped home. Interviewer: “Okay, now what was your job on Truk, what were you doing?” About the same thing that I was doing when we were building the base I had telephone operation, that kind of stuff. (33:30) Interviewer: “Did the battalion have to do much construction?” Well yeah we were fixing the air base, the airfield was– When we landed on there we had to pitch our tents on the air base– On the airfield, it was a bunch of holes and they also started working on clearing it and making a big airplane– Airfield, a good airfield, and that’s what they were doing when I left. Interviewer: “Alright, how long do you think you stayed on Truk?” Well the war ended until May. Interviewer: “Okay, so about nine, ten months, something like that, not a long time.” �George, Al Yeah. Interviewer: “Alright, how did you spend your time when you were off duty?” One time we took a ride to some of the islands, we met some people who were from Germany who were missionaries and we couldn’t speak their language, they couldn’t speak ours, but we got somebody that could both speak Spanish and we visited with them for a while and they had some little kids. Interviewer: “Had they been there all through the war?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Yeah, just kind of trapped, but you didn’t get to go outside of the Truk atoll you were just going to the different islets in the area, now was there a native population there?” (35:25) Yeah but we didn’t see much of it, we saw they had a big place on the water and it was so smelly that we didn’t want to go around there anyhow, it was bad. Interviewer: “Okay, so they kind of had them all in one compound or one area, yeah at that point.” Yeah Interviewer: “Okay, alright now while you were overseas did you have much contact with the people back home?” No, just those people who want to sell us stuff, that was all. Interviewer: “Well did you write to your parents or anything like that?” �George, Al Oh yeah, no problem there. Interviewer: “Okay, but basically you’re pretty much just on your own.” Could take pictures too, didn’t have a very good camera but took some pictures. Interviewer: “Well what kind of camera did you have?” Box camera. Interviewer: “Okay, and could you develop things on the island or did you have to send the film somewhere else?” Yeah, we had that equipment. Interviewer: “Alright, now if you think back over the time that you spent on Tubabao and then on Truk are there any other particular incidents or things that happened that stand out for you?” (36:53) No, just happy the bomb was let so we could go home, we figured that we saved our lives, it saved our lives. Interviewer: “Quite possibly, alright so and basically you wind up staying until you accumulate enough points to go home, was that how that went?” Yup. Interviewer: “Okay, now had most of your battalion left before you did or were you in the middle of them?” �George, Al I don’t know, I didn’t really keep track. Interviewer: “Okay, but so you didn’t feel like you were the last guy left?” We just keep track of who is all able to go, had enough points. Interviewer: “Alright, now once you get enough points how do they get you back home?” It was a ship, passenger type. Interviewer: “Okay, and then did you have a good voyage back home?” Went back to Hawaii and flew out of it, I happened to get a flight out of there. Interviewer: “Okay, had you ever been on an airplane before?” (38:08) Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, so you had flown before?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Alright, okay and then you fly from Hawaii. Where do you land in the continental U.S?” In San Francisco. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now do they discharge you there?” Yeah, flew home from there. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, because it was a little bit unusual to be flying in those days.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Mostly you take boats and trains but you did that, okay.” I didn’t fly, I came home by train. Interviewer: “Okay, once you got there.” My second time I did a lot of flying. Interviewer: “Right, okay now when you are discharged one of the things they did is they often asked you if you wanted to be in the reserves.” Yes. (39:06) Interviewer: “And they– Did they ask that of you?” Yes. Interviewer: “Okay, and what did you answer?” I figured I was single and if anything happened in four years I’d be called back in anyhow, I wanted to make sure to go back into the Navy so I joined the reserves. Interviewer: “Okay, now were there any benefits to joining the reserves?” Yeah, well if you’re active, I was active you get paid a little bit. I mean we had two weeks that we would be on a tour. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, so you still have the usual kind of reserve drill stuff.” Meetings. Interviewer: “Meetings and things.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now did you go back to Muskegon or somewhere else?” Yeah, I went back to Muskegon. Interviewer: “Okay, and then once you got back home what did you do?” I went to work for my dad, his business of course during the war was busy and nobody else in the family wanted anything to do with it. So I thought “Well, I’ll take over and but it from my dad.” So I started buying and working with moving into storage. (40:30) Interviewer: “Alright, now in the next few years did you get married or anything else like that?” Yup, I got married, had one child and in 1951 the Korean war came and they called me in right now. I had to go within a week and here I had a business and the funny thing is about three months before that happened there was a fella that wanted to buy my business. I had– There were about four moving companies and the other ones weren’t doing so well, I had most of the local work there and people wanted to buy it and I said “No, I’m not selling.” And when this happened I said “Wow, what can I do? I think I’ll call a guy and see if he wants it.” He did and I was gone in a week, I had leave– Emergency leave to get home to sign papers to finish that up, so they gave me a couple of days to go home. Interviewer: “Alright, now when they called you up where did you report to first?” �George, Al Great Lakes. Interviewer: “Okay, and was it from Great Lakes that you went home on emergency leave to sign the papers?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, alright and then once you’ve joined them how long do you think you stay at Great Lakes?” Let’s see, not very long they sent me right away to San Francisco to assign me to a ship. Interviewer: “Okay, now what ship did they assign you to?” Sproston, the DDE. (42:34) Interviewer: “DDE, that’s 577 and from the information you’ve got here about the ship it looks like it was initially commissioned as a destroyer in World War II and then redesignated as a destroyer escort at the time of Korea when they un-moth balled it or whatever. So it’s DDE-577 when you’re on it, yeah. Okay, now describe the ship for people who don’t really know anything about Navy ships, about how big was it, what did it look like?” 300 feet long, it’s a small operation but they work with other ships like carriers for assistance and we got– We trained first weapons and so forth. Interviewer: “Okay, so basically it can be used as an escort or for scouting that kind of thing.” Escort for– Yeah. �George, Al Interviewer: “And what kind of weapons did it carry?” We used– Had, what do they call that now? The ones that they would drop for– Interviewer: “So depth charges for submarines?” Depth charges yeah, for submarines. Interviewer: “Right, so and did you carry torpedoes?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, and then just regular cannons and anti aircraft guns and things like that. Yeah so kind of a small all purpose Navy ship.” Small, yeah. (44:25) Interviewer: “Alright, so now you finally get to be on a ship.” Yeah. Interviewer: “Alright, and then what did your ship wind up doing?” What did I do on the ship? Interviewer: “Yeah, well first of all what did you do on the ship yeah.” Yeah, I was a bosun mate at that time, that’s why they put me on ship because I was a bosun’s mate and I told them I was color blind, that didn’t make a difference and I was in charge of the fo’c’stle part of the ship and a crew of about six or seven. �George, Al Interviewer: “And was this just maintenance or cleaning?” Maintenance, cleaning, and of course we fired anti aircraft, that sort of thing. Interviewer: “Okay, and so your general quarters, your battle stations was with the anti aircraft gun?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, alright and then once you went out to sea where did you go?” Hawaii, well it was a few months before we got to Hawaii and then they assigned us to working with the aircraft carriers. Interviewer: “Okay, and then where did the aircraft– Where did you sail then?” (46:02) Just around Hawaii. Interviewer: “Okay, so you didn’t actually go to Korea, you just stayed around Hawaii?” Yeah, right getting– Right that’s when we were assigned to go to a special place where nobody knew we were going and that was for the bomb test at Enitwetok. Interviewer: “Alright, but what kind of bomb was being tested?” The big one. Interviewer: “Okay so a hydrogen bomb? So the big, big one, so yeah okay. So one of the first tests of the hydrogen bomb.” Yeah. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, and what was your ship supposed to do during the tests?” Keep people away from them while we were getting with the preparations, you had to make sure no one was in the area. Interviewer: “Alright, so when your ship goes down there and you start patrolling did you know what the mission was or was it just keep people–” Yeah, we knew what it was going to be. Interviewer: “Alright, and now did you have to shoo anybody away or was it quiet up there?” We had one ship that we had to push them, they– It was Japanese, they wanted to fish, we got them out of there. (47:28) Interviewer: “Alright, now what do you remember about the test itself, what could you see or hear?” Well we were gonna see it actually happen and we knew about when it was going to be and then when it was ready we were about 65 miles away from it and they had to have black glasses or turn your back or things until the thing was fired and then as soon as it was fired they said “Okay, you can see it.” And we went into it. Interviewer: “So you went into the mushroom cloud?” Right to the cloud, right. We went into it and we saw where the dead fish and everything– The effect of it and then we had to clean the ship up, took us three times to get it all washed off. The water did the job but it was– Then after we got that cleaned off and we had to strip and we had to get cleaned off. They checked us with the geiger counter before we could eat. �George, Al Interviewer: “So they’re trying to clean off all the radiation.” Radiation, get rid of the radiation. Interviewer: “Alright, now how close to the atoll did you actually sail the ship, did you actually go into the atoll or just the areas outside?” Oh yeah, we were using the atoll for a place to go for when they were getting ready, so I don’t know, they just ruined the island [unintelligible] the atoll. Interviewer: “Yeah, I mean were the islands still there, was there still a reef?” It was already 15 feet above sea water. Interviewer: “Okay, so you’ve kind of blown the rest of it off?” Yeah. (49:47) Interviewer: “Alright, okay so the cleaning the hull is cleaning off the radiation not the dead fish?” Yeah, then we went back to Hawaii. Interviewer: “Alright, and was that really the only substantial mission you had or did you sail to other places?” Well they– My ship was going to go do– I thought was going to go right over to the war but I got points enough to get home. Interviewer: “Okay, so how long do you think you spent on the destroyer?” �George, Al On the what? Interviewer: “How long were you on the Preston, how long were you with them?” Well the whole time. Interviewer: “Okay, but was it– But were you on active duty for a full year or less than that?” We got it down there? Interviewer: “Not seeing it on there.” Well my whole time was about a year and a half, you know it was on board ship. Interviewer: “Alright, so it’s– That was a good amount of time. Alright, now did you write home regularly?” (51:17) Oh yeah, in fact one time there I had leave, a ten day leave, to go home. Interviewer: “And were you able to fly home and do that?” Yeah, flew home and back. Interviewer: “Alright, and again thinking about that time now are there anything else that went on on that ship or other things about that tour of duty that stand out for you?” Oh it was– I had about six or seven guys who were– In charge of and it was kind of fun to have that duty and working with them. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, now were there a lot of senior enlisted on that ship who had been in World War II?” Yeah. Interviewer: “Okay, were there other guys who had been Seabees or were you the only one?” That were in Seabees? Interviewer: “Yeah.” Nobody that I know of, no. Interviewer: “Alright, now when you get back home the second time–” Yeah. (52:32) Interviewer: “You come back and now– You had sold your business.” Yup. Interviewer: “So now what do you do?” Well I had a little bit of money from selling the business, so I started looking for something to do and I went to different– Two different companies for a while and kept in touch with the moving business, I couldn’t go in competition there but my best competitor called me from Grand Rapids and they wanted somebody to do the kind of work that I was doing and so I went. They hired me and I was with them about 28 years. Interviewer: “Okay, now were you doing management or were you–” �George, Al Management, yeah and to the point where I ended up buying the– Moving into that company and doing some other work too. Interviewer: “Okay, alright now when you think back over the time you spent in the Navy what do you think you learned from it or how do you think that affected you?” Well I think it was the way it should’ve gone and the way I look back because the moving business changed a lot and the work that I was doing in Grand Rapids was at the right time because of the work that had to be done in the urban renewal and one time we had about 40 men working and– But that came and went, as long as– Like work with BM and companies like that that I had real good association with. Interviewer: “Okay, so you’re moving a lot of business stuff and commercial stuff not just family stuff.” Right and they had a time when they were big and then I got into the business of historic business records and that was great. So the way things went I think we couldn’t have had a better time. (55:23) Interviewer: “Alright I was gonna ask you though about how– What do you think you learned from being in the Navy or did it help you in any way those experiences?” Only the way it turned out coming and going, I think it helped me that way and I’m glad I was called in because the business that I got into after I came home worked out very well. Interviewer: “So you may have done better winding up in Grand Rapids that you would’ve been staying in Muskego.” Staying in Muskegon. �George, Al Interviewer: “Okay, alright and then when we think about those early atomic tests and that sort of stuff one of the concerns is that we exposed a lot of servicemen to radiation and this kind of thing and they can have health problems later, did you have any of that?” No problem. Interviewer: “Very good.” No problems, I had six children, 19 grandchildren, 32 great grandchildren and they’re all in good health. Interviewer: “Well very good then. Alright, I’d just like to close this by thanking you for taking the time to share the story today.” � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GeorgeA2317V Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource George, Alfred Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2019-07 Title A name given to the resource George, Alfred (Interview transcript and video), 2019 Description An account of the resource Alfred George was born in Muskegon Heights, Michigan, on August 9, 1925 and moved to Grand Rapids in 1954. After graduating high school, George briefly attended Michigan State University before being drafted into the Navy. George was then sent to Great Lakes, Illinois, for Navy Boot Camp where he trained in construction. He was then assigned to Navy Seabees Construction Battalion 64 and was transferred to Camp Perry, Rhode Island, where he learned to operate small Higgins landing craft and underwent some basic rifle training. After Seabee training, George was sent to San Francisco and then was shipped on a converted passenger liner to Pearl Harbor, Hawaii. He and his Battalion were stationed for a few months at Pearl Harbor in mid-1944 repairing the damages of the 1941 Japanese attack. Then, George and his Battalion were transferred to the Philippines on LSTs and were stationed on Tubabao Island. They had orders to clear the local plantation forestry in order to construct Navy personnel barracks. While stationed in the Philippines, the war ended, and George read news pamphlets about the war’s final stages as well as the Atomic Bomb. His Battalion was then split up and he was sent to the Truk Atoll, in the Caroline Islands, where he operated phone lines while the rest of his Battalion worked to reconstruct the nearby air base over a ten-month period. Eventually, George accrued enough points to leave the service. He was shipped to Hawaii and then flown back to San Francisco where he was discharged. However, he opted to remain in the Navy Reserves. When he returned to Muskegon, George went to work for his father’s moving company and eventually bought the business from him. He also got married and had a child, but was soon called back into service in 1951 after the outbreak of the Korean War. From Great Lakes, Illinois, George was transferred back to San Francisco where he was assigned to the destroyer escort DDE 577, an old destroyer from the Second World War. He was assigned to an anti-aircraft battle station aboard the ship which sailed around Hawaii and was never fully deployed to Korea. George served on the destroyer escort for a year and a half before leaving the service again. George worked for several companies before being hired into a Grand Rapids based moving company as a part of its managerial staff for twenty-eight years. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States—History, Military Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975—Personal narratives, American Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries, Special Collections & University Archives, 1 Campus Drive, Allendale, MI, 49401. Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Language A language of the resource eng https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/379588ebf4c5e4279699079658d4c1cd.pdf 25dd3448ae3df7621796d3884ea93289 PDF Text Text � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Incunabula Description An account of the resource The term incunabula refers to books printed between 1450 and 1500, approximately the first fifty years following the invention, by Johann Gutenberg of Mainz, of printing from moveable type. Our collection includes over 200 volumes and numerous unbound leaves from books printed during this period. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1450/1500 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Incunabula Collection (DC-03) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United </a> Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource eng it la nl de Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Cursus quaestionum super totam logicam [folium 85] Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03_085Bruxellensis1494 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Georges, de Bruxelles, active 15th century-16th century Description An account of the resource One leaf from Cursus quaestionum super totam logicam by Georgius Bruxellensis and edited by Thomas Bricot. Printed either in Basel by Michael Furter or Johann Amerbach; or in Freiburg im Breisgau by Kilianus Piscator (Fischer) circa 1494. [GW 10644; ISTC ig00148000] Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Basel: Michael Furter or Johann Amerbach; or Freiburg im Breisgau: Kilianus Piscator (Fischer) Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Language A language of the resource la Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1494 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Bricot, Thomas (editor) Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/734510d784165f92b6211d026955f8f4.pdf 558f7b78d921b674df3a3108de3aca79 PDF Text Text ADOPTED BY PLANNING COMMISSION JULY 17, 1989 GROSSE ILE TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated Urban Planning Consultants Detroit, Michigan �- ----------------.....■ Table of Contents Page LONG-RANGE DEVELOPMENT POLICIES FOR GROSSE ILE TOWNSHIP 1 POPULATION ANALYSIS 6 COMMERCIAL BASE ANALYSIS 26 INDUSTRIAL BASE ANALYSIS 33 THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT OF GROSSE ILE TOWNSHIP 42 LAND USE 54 TRANSPORTATION 68 COMMUNITY FACILITIES 78 RECREATION 82 �-- List of Figures Page Population Trends in Nearby Communities Population Age Distribution 9 12 School Enrollment 14 List of Maps Grosse Ile Census Tracts 11 Emergent and Forested Wetlands 43 Significant Woodlands and Natural Features 50 Existing Land Use Areas of Historic Significance 55 58 Future Land Use 60 Macomb Road Existing Land Use 64 Traffic Volumes 70 Roadway Classification Map 73 Existing Recreation Facilities 86 �list of Tables Total Population 7 Population Age Distribution 13 Population and Household Projections 23 Holding Capacity of Township Existing and Future Land Use Evaluation of Existing Recreation Facilities and Services Evaluation of Existing Recreation Facilities and Services Based on Age Composition of Households Evaluation of Existing Recreation Facilities and Services Based on Annual Income of Households Support for Recreation and Leisure Programs Support for Recreation and Leisure Programs Based on Age Composition of Households Support for Recreation and Leisure Programs Based on Annual Income of Households Use of Recreation and Leisure Programs Use of Recreation and Leisure Programs Based on Age Composition of the Housholds Use of Recreation and Leisure Programs Based on Annual Income of Households Needed Outdoor Recreation Facilities Needed Outdoor Recreation Facilities Based on Age Composition of Households 23 61 90 91 92 94 95 98 101 102 105 107 109 �LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED Needed Outdoor Recreation Facilities Based on Annual Income of Households Needed Indoor Recreation Facilities Needed Indoor Recreation Facilities Based on Age Composition of Households 110 112 113 Needed Indoor Recreation Facilities Based on Annual Income of Households Favorite Summer Leisure Activities Favorite Winter Leisure Activities Recreation Equipment Owned by Respondents Use of Off-Island Recreation Facilities Suggested Improvements to Recreation Facilities 116 117 119 121 124 �---- - ----------------- 1I Long-Range Development Policies for Grosse lie Township Uesicle11L iul Veveloµnent 1. Grus ~; i: lie . 'l'o\. nship should develop as a predominately single-family t·usidemilli cunmunity. Multiple-family housing should be carefully limited to sites 11/lid, du nut negatively impact on single-family neighborhoods. i. Uotl1 sinyle-family and multiple-family residential develoP71ents should be c.:un:{ul ly designed to preserve and incorporate natural features us an integral µur·t o/ tl,e overull developnent project design \<.herever possible. :1. lk::d<lent iul living areas should be separated from comnercial und industrial by ude4uate land use transitions, open space areas, or provision of sc.:ruening 0r· bufj'ering. u1·eus ,1. V11c.:uid ex i s ls . lcmd on Grosse lie should be subdivided only ,I-hen a definite need !i. 'J'l,c: Ji:wlopnent of residential areas should occur wi t/1 tl,e µr·oper provision of public utilities. u. Ui:siuentiul tllOl'UU!Jh/'(lf'e:s, developnents should not be penetrated in un orderly sequence by major, high volume '/. Ui:siu1.:n£ iul developnent adjacent to the Detroit River should be desiur1ed to µre~urw und enhunce the aesthetic qualities of the rivel'front. ti. lli:dul'ic: stf'uctures and areas on Grosse Ile should be preserved for the e11juyni:nt und use oj' future generations. Historic areas should be sensitively i11tc:ur11Le<.l with new developnents or maintained as separate historic areas as uµµ, ·uµ,· i u Le. !J. Mil:t:d use <1,:velopnents including residential, comnercial, or off ice uses should LJe pe,mit~'ed on a carefully regulated basis in the Macomb Road areu. 10. Crus~t: lie 'J'o\..n:ship should follow a policy of stringent code enforcement in ul I r-u:;iclt:1it iul uruas to ensure that pockets of blight do not begin to emerge as l1u111us uet 0lder·. 11. Uc:wl u[Jt.:r:s of' housing should be encouraged to construct housing \J1ich is <..:u111JJ(tti1.Jk in :size, quality of materials, and design with other existing or JJ/111111,:d l1uu:.i11!) in u st:ction of the toW1ship. - 1 - �1 I C0t,mcr~ i u I l.k:vcl 0µ111.:ut ,\l,1<.: 1,111.J Uuucl :sllou Id be deve I oped as a continuous conmerc i al district w1 i ch 111..:t.:L Liu.: full :;;lwµping and services requirements of the future Grosse Ile Tu111,::;l11p /><•fJ,dutio11. Existing residential buildings should be gr·adually phased 011 l. l. 11 1 ill ·• ·n,e :1,·ulif'e1·ution uf' small, scattered shopping facilities on Grosse Ile ::;/1vuld I,.; fJl'ul,iLi tecl. The master plan reconmends only 1\10 shopping districts: L/11.: lllui,1 .:Jiuµµi11y <.listrict on Macomb Road and a minor convenience shopping tl..:vi.:I u 1.. 1,..;1d u11 Lit<: southeast corner of Meridian and Horse Mi 11 Road. :J. J, ,i:v1"{,..Jti1Jl1.: 1w11 - c.;u11111er·cial uses should not be permitted on Alucomb aoad. •I. C,i111111Tt:1ul {udliLie:;; on Macomb Hood :should be designed so that llwy do not <.:u11j'I ict 1.•i!/1 t"u:;;idi;11tial or gover·m1ental develoJXnents on adjoining lund par-eels. 5. '1111.: <11.::;;1y11 quul i ty of' eonmercial buildings on Macomb Hood should IJe improved Ll11 ·u11y11 <.:/us<: couµerution of' the Plan Comnission and the business comnunity. (i. '1'111.: lv11n:;;ilip should seek to improve the aesthetics of the Macomb Road i11{1 •u::;1tw : lun: i,1cluJing installation of curbs and brick side¼(Jlks, installation uf Im.Jc1 ·: 11 ·u111,<.1 dl'ainage systems, and construction of entrance\.\Oy landscape l 1·cu 1111.:11 t :; . r. /\I I <:i:i:slirtg and proposed comnercial develoJXnents uf{-:;tr1.:d p11rld1,g facilities of pleasing design. li. should have adequate Si!Jflll!Jt: 011 AJucomb Road should be carefully regulated. !J. 1{ u de:;;iyn the:me is adopted for. storefronts on Maccxnb Ruud, it should be a tl1t.:1111.: 11/,id, c.levelops naturully from the character and purpose of the businesses i11 the ,u ..:<J; rwt a design concept \\hich is arbi trar·i ly sup<::rimposed on the af'ea u, · i.,;ll{vn:, :ll uua i 11:;; t the wi 11 of business pef'sons. lilc.lu:-;t,·iul Veveloµ1,er1L 1. J11uu:;;tr· ial .develoJXnent will occur only in the designated industrial pad-: and wi 11 i11dwle only light industrial developnent of high design qua Ii ty ,~llic.:11 clues ,wt c, ·uut..; cmy negative environmental effects. :!. l~uch [)l'Oposed industrial developnent project should be carefully evaluated Lo en..;1.11·i: that it is compatible with and complementary to other inclustriul i11::;tul lot i,,ns in tile industrial park. J. 'Jl1l: l(111nship \viii encourage industrial develop11ents \\hich attain the highest - 2 - �and best use of the industrial park; transitory, speculative, or poorly designed or constructed industrial investments will not be encouraged. 4. The to-....n.ship will encourage industrial develo(ment ¼hich utilizes the Grosse Ile Airport. The Airport facility will be continually improved, as funding permits, to more effectively serve industrial develo(ment on Grosse Ile. Special attention will be directed to the aesthetics of industrial deve l O(men ts to insure that industrial buildings and industrial site plans are visually pleasing, Kell landscaped, and do not detract from the quality image of the coornuni ty. 5. Conmmi ty Foci lit ies 1. Fire protection facilities should be located \.Jiere they can provide adequate service to all develo(ment areas in the to'Wlship. They should be of modern design and should meet the personnel needs of the department. 2. Police facilities should be located to allow deploynent of adequate manpower within minimum response time to all parts of the to-....n.ship. They should be of modern design and should meet the needs of the personnel of the department. 3. Tov.nship offices should provide adequate space for efficient conduct of tomship business and should be readily accessible to the public. Transportation 1. The design of the thoroughfare system should meet the requirements of both existing develo(ment as well as the proposed future land use pattern. 2. Thoroughfares should be organized in an interrelated functional system, and the traffic carrying and land use service functions of each thoroughfare segment should be clearly defined. Local streets should serve primarily abutting properties and should be used only by local traffic. Collector streets should gather and channel traffic from local streets to the major street system. Major streets should carry traffic to longer-range destinations on Grosse Ile and to the t\\-0 bridges to the mainland. 3. ¾herever possible, the location and design of thoroughfares should take advantage of scenic natural features. 4. Pedestrian and bi eye le l i nkage s should be provided be t-...,ieen deve l O(men ts \.Jierever possible. 5. Major thoroughfares should have a minimal number of intersect ions in order to limit friction. - 3 - �6. Develo{YT!ent of improved transit linkages bet~en Grosse Ile and the mainland should be encouraged. 7. Creative use of 'kUter access to Grosse Ile Toi111ship should be explored, particularly with respect to promoting tourism and recreational pursuits. Recreation 1. A balanced system of recreation facilities should be developed WJ.ich includes major conm.mity-wide day use recreation facilities, major park and athletic facilities for use by residents of the to\\llship, neighborhood recreation facilities, and special facilities such as conrnunity recreation centers, bicycle and hiking paths, nature study areas, and scenic riverside drives and vistas. 2. Open space areas should be linked WJ.erever possible in order to create functional relationships. 3. Private or corrmercially-operated recreation facilities should be related to the planning and develo{YT!ent of public open space areas '\\herever possible. 4. Environmentally sensitive areas should be incorporated into recreation facilities WJ.erever possible as an approach to their preservation. 5. Sites for recreation facilities should be acquired or reserved in advance of urban develo{XTlent pressures. Natural Environnent 1. Proposed new develo{XTlents should be revie~d carefully by the Plan Conrnission to ensure that natural features are preserved and integrated with the develo{XTlent design. 2. The Plan Corrmission should require that an environmental impact analysis be prepared for major develo{YT!ent proposals to ensure that such proposals are not detrimental to natural features of the to-w1ship. 3. If a proposed develo{YT!ent rmist destroy natural features, mitigation should be sought through \\hich the affected natural features can be replaced in another portion of Grosse Ile. 4. The to\\llship should vigorously enforce its existing tree ordinance. 5. Required Department of Natural Resources and U. S. Corps of Engineers permits should be obtained before the to\\llship issues building permits for any project '\\hich may affect the natural environment. Proposed develo{XTlents should - 4 - �also be reviewed by ™:lyne County Soil Erosion before permits are issued. 6. Developers should be encouraged to utilize more flexible cluster design options for developnents in order to protect natural features. 7. Natural drainage systems should be preserved in areas \\here new develoµnent is proposed. A master drainage plan should be prepared for Grosse Ile \\hich identifies natural drainage systems throughout the to-....nship. 8. The Plan Corrmission should seek to preserve a visual buffer of trees along street frontages \-\here new develo[YT!ents are proposed. This visual buffer of tree growth provides the M>oded atmosphere \-\hi ch makes a drive through Grosse I I e so scenic and tranquil. GI116 - 5 - �Population Analysis General Demographic Trends Al though Grosse Ile Township has experienced steady population growth over the past quarter of a decade, the growth has not exceeded reasonable limits, thereby allowing the Township to continue development in an orderly manner. The U.S. Census indicates that the population of Grosse Ile increased by about 1,500 people in each of the decades preceding the 1970 Census and 1980 Census (see Table 1). Estimates based on the number of housing units constructed during the past six years indicate that the population may have increased by approximately 500 people since the 1980 Census. It is evident that Grosse Ile is considered a desirable residential community, particularly because it is somewhat isolated from the downriver industries, and because of the unique features of the island environment. However, new housing construction and the subsequent growth in population has not been continuous from year-to-year, as might be expected in a desirable, upscale residential environment. It is clear that residential development and population growth on Grosse Ile have been affected by the economic cycles in the downriver area. For example, during the recession in the early 1980's, an average of only about eight housing units were constructed each year on Grosse Ile. During the past two years (1985 and 1986), however, the regional economy has gained strength, and an average of 65 housing units have been constructed each year. Thus, there appears to be latent demand for housing on Grosse Ile that is readily tapped given suitable economic conditions. Population growth has been closely associated with the level and cycles of new housing construction over the past two decades. Previous analyses have revealed additional construction and population growth on Grosse Ile. 1. factors that affect housing These include: Patterns of Develop■ent. Previous plans revealed that residential development on Grosse Ile occurred first along the east and west shoreline of the Detroit River and along interior canals. Apparently, developers were slow to recognize the value of the interior portions of the islands for residential use. Since most waterfront land has been developed, in recent years people have come to realize the interior land areas provide opportunities for desirable residential development. Geographic - 6 - �TABLE 1 TOTAL POPULATION Numerical Change Percent Change 1940 2,206 1950 3,956 +l,750 +79.3% 1960 6,318 +2,362 +59.7% 1970 7,799 +1,481 +23.4% 1980 9,320 +1,521 +19.5% 1984* 9,121 -199 -2. 1% Source: Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce *1984 figure is an estimate. GIOll - 7 - �The pattern of development on Grosse Ile has apparently also been affected by the character of uses across the river. Development along the west side of the island has been retarded because of the impact from heavy industry along the waterfront in Trenton and other downriver communities. 2. Availability of Public Utilities. Development of portions of Grosse Ile may have been limited by the lack of certain public utilities, particularly sanitary sewers and storm drainage. Some interior portions of the island are susceptible to flooding and must be drained, adding to the cost of new residential development. Drainage of most subdivision lands has been successfully accomplished in the past with open drainage. In more recent years, problems have been encountered with the sanitary sewer system, resulting in flooding on the north end of the island. The capacity of the sanitary sewer treatment plant could limit future residential development in certain portions of Grosse Ile. 3. Accessibility. Accessibility has often been cited as a deterrent to growth on Grosse Ile. This issue is related in part to the inconvenience of only two points of entry to the community, via the two bridges. The concern about accessibility is related to a much broader issue, the proximity of the island to regional centers of activity. Residents must be content to travel off of the island for employment, shopping, and cultural opportunities, or to reach a major freeway. Such travel often is time-consuming and may involve long distances. Although the relative isolation of the island is often cited as an amenity, it may also be a factor which limits growth. 4. Public Policy. Public policy has also been cited as a factor that has limited the growth of Grosse Ile. Residents have recognized the fragility of their unique island environment. Consequently, policy documents and regulatory measures adopted by the Township have often sought to control the character and density of development on the island. It is evident that several factors have been and continue to influence the pace of residential development and population growth on Grosse Ile. Nevertheless, Grosse Ile is one of only a few downriver communities where growth is expected to continue during the next several years. Census statistics reveal that population growth has levelled off or actually begun to decline in most nearby downriver communities (see Figure 1). Among the six closest communities, Trenton, Wyandotte, and Southgate experienced actual decline in total population between 1970 and 1980. Riverview and Gibraltar recorded increases in population between 1970 and 1980, but recent estimates indicate that Riverview's population has levelled off at about 14,100 and Gibraltar's has levelled off at about 4,460. Among the six nearby communities, only Woodhaven has recorded substantial population growth in recent years. - 8 - �I ~ 2,000,000 , ,,-~, '" 8 ~ z ' ~ , ---- ,,,,,, ,..,,,. C i0 -,_ ,,,,,,,,,,, C ! ,,, 1,000,000 .,,- .,,,..,,- -- ~ . ,.,. oj " - " - " - • -• •, ,,, • / •·•···••••·•••••--••· •• ..- ······ ••• -- --- ---- 0 z -- -- ~ -------- • / • .,,,- . ~•• •• ••• -- • .,,,-· .,,,-· ·-·-·-· • ..... • Figure 1 1950 ~ ~ ~~ 0 < ffl Trenton ~ 20,000 Z ~ i ··········t······'"! - •••• -•··· ~~~ ✓--- - _.... --· Woodhaven GIIOSSE 11.E lOWNSIHP 10,000 // I, ••••·••• // ••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••• ·-GI blallar •••· ~o I 1940 0 Wyandotte Q ~• ... - ---- - ,.,. ~· 500 000 40,000 ►~ _ ~ / 1960 1970 1980 1984 estimate POPULATION TRENDS IN NEARBY COMMUNfflES Source: Bureau of the Census. U$. Deportment of Commerce Gerald Luedtke and Associates. Incorporated �Among other downriver communities located farther from Grosse Ile, Lincoln Park and Allen Park have experienced actual decline in population in recent years, according to Census figures. Taylor, Flat Rock, and Rockwood recorded growth between 1970 and 1980, but recent estimates indicate that the populations of these communities have levelled off in the 1980's. Population Characteristics A review of the age composition reveals that, as a whole, the Grosse Ile population is older than populations of most nearby downriver communities. The 1980 Census indicated that the median age of residents on the north half of the Township (Tract 5960) was 34.5 years, and the median age of residents on the south half (Tract 5961) was 33.6 years (see Map 1). In comparison, the median age of the population for the entire County was 29.3 years. In the six closest downriver communities, the median age ranged between 27.2 and 32.6 years. Median age statistics reveal that residents 55 years of age and older have been increasing in total number and as a percent of total population since 1960 (see Figure 2 and Table 2). In 1960, this age group accounted for 13.3 percent of the total population. By 1980, 17.5 percent of the population consisted of residents 55 years of age or older. In contrast, children under the age of ten have been decreasing in total number and as a percent of total population since 1960. Whereas this age group accounted for 22.9 percent of the total population in 1960, they constituted only 12.4 percent of the total population in 1980. Between 1970 and 1980 the number of children in the 10 to 14 age group also decreased. Residents in this age group accounted for 14.4 percent of the population in 1970, but they accounted for only 10.3 percent of the population in 1980. School enrollment data suggest that the number of children under the age of 15 has continued to decrease since 1980 (see Figure 3). In 1980, a total of 1,316 children were enrolled in Kindergarten through eighth grade. The number of children enrolled in these grades decreased each school year through 1985, reaching a low of 1,082 students. In the 1986-87 school year the number of students in Kindergarten through eighth grade increased slightly to 1,127 students. Al though the number of younger children under the age of 15 has been decreasing, U. S. Census data indicates the number of older teens has increased since 1960. Residents between the ages of 15 and 19 constituted 7.3 percent of the population in 1960; by 1980, this age group accounted for 11.1 percent of the population. - 10 - �•••... I ·••J I \ \ \ \ • I I I \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I I I ! I I \ \ \ 5960 . \ \ \ \ I I I I I I I I I I I I I •• •• •• . GtOS.Mllit ,o,k-,ay Map1 GROSSE ILE CENSUS TRACTS �-----------------------------------------------------------------1■ 3,000 ~ - - - - - - - - - 2,500 ·•······•·····• ::::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::: ········•······ ··•············ ---------------------------------------------141 •!❖!•:•;•;•;•· 2,000 ::::::::::::::: ~lltili! i en Ill 0 Ill ~ •!•!❖:❖·•:• ~ ~=~=~=~=~;i~=~ 0 -------------------·:::::::~::::: • ~ l;l;l~l\\llt Ill 1,500 :::::::~:::::: z ·•···•········· ............,. .... ··•·•·•···•·••· ·•••··•····•••· ,-----~·:::::::::::::: ................ ··············· ··············· ··············· IIX-----"",!:!:!:!:!:!:!: 1,000 500 :=:::"10 tolf·years :::::.:,:-:-·:••··········•:❖ ::\ 20 to 34 years :-:::•:::•:::::~:~!!!!!❖:~: :♦··· ···············•:•···•:•: AGE OF RESIDENTS Figure 2 ~ :::, POPULATION AGE DISTRIBUTION 1960 1970 1980 Source: Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce Gerold Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated �TABLE 2 POPULATION AGE DISTRIBUTION .,_ w Total 1970 Percent of Total Population Total 1980 Percent of Total Population 22.9% 1,317 16.9% 1,155 12.4% 1,172 18.6% 1,975 25.3% 1,994 21.47. 20 to 34 years 965 15.3% 1,016 13.0% 1,629 17.5% 35 to 54 years 1,891 29.9% 2,388 30.6% 2,915 31. 3i. 840 13.37. 1,103 14.1% 1,627 17.47. Total 1960 Percent of Total Population Under 10 years 1,450 10 to 19 years 55 and older Source: GI016 Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce �2,700 2,600 2,500 I.. 2,.-00 z "' 3 2,200 ~ 2,300 w i "' !i 2,100 2,000 1,900 1,800 1,700 0 1967 1969 1971 1973 1975 1977 1979 1981 1983 1985 Fourth Friday of School Year Figure 3 Source: Grosse lie Township Schools SCHOOL ENROLLMENT Gerald Luedtke and Associates, IOCOf'pOt'ated �School enrollment figures verify the increase in the number of older teens, but the figures suggest that the size of this age group peaked in the mid-1970's. The number of students in ninth through twelfth grade increased from 818 in 1970 to 955 in 1975. Following the 1975-76 school year, the number of students in these grades decreased, reaching a low of 683 students in 1983. The number of students in ninth through twelfth grade rebounded to 718 in the 1986-87 school year. Since households containing older teens would also have adult members, growth in certain adult age groups would be expected. In fact, a substantial increase in the number of residents between the ages of 35 and 44 was recorded between 1970 and 1980. These age statistics reveal the following major trends: - Grosse Ile apparently appeals to mature families with older children. These families account for an increasingly larger segment of the population. - Newly established families with young children have become a predominant segment of the total population in the last several years. less - The number of residents in older age groups (55 years and older) is expected to increase, continuing a trend that dates back to 1960. There are several reasons for the changes in the age s true ture of the population. Natural aging of the population accounts in part for the increase in the median age of the population. Apparently, the in-migration of younger residents has not been sufficient to offset the movement of existing residents into the older age categories. In many communities, there is a tendency for older residents to move from the homes and communities in which they raised their families. This tendency provides opportunities for young families to move in, and overall aging of the population is not prevalent. However, experience has shown that in communities that offer special amenities that appeal to adults (for example, in waterfront communities), older residents tend not to move after their children have grown. The growth in the 55 and older age category indicates that many residents of Grosse Ile are not inclined to move after raising their families, and furthermore, many residents apparently consider Grosse Ile to be a desirable retirement community. The value of land on the island may also have an impact on the age structure of the population. The median value of owner-occupied housing reported in the 1980 Census was $91,400 on the north half of the island and $87,500 on the south half of the island. Much of the housing is not affordable for young families with children. Consequently, mature families headed by workers who are well-established in their professions are economically in the best position to purchase homes and move onto Grosse Ile. - 15 - �The age structure of the population may also be affected by the amenities offered on the island. The recreation survey completed in early 1987 revealed that most leisure time facilities and services are oriented toward adults. However, response to the survey indicated that facilities and services for families and young children are not well-developed. This orientation of public facilities and services, whether real or perceived, may deter prospective young families from moving onto Grosse Ile. Geographic Distribution Information concerning the geographic distribution of residents on Grosse Ile is lacking because the island is divided into only two census tracts. The 1980 Census revealed that 6,029 residents, almost 65 percent of the population, live north of Grosse Ile Parkway. 3,291 residents, about 35 percent of the population, live south of the Parkway. The Census statistics must be reviewed in relation to the existing land use map to obtain a true perspective of the geographic distribution of residents. Although only 35 percent of the population lives on the south end of the island, the south end contains much less acreage designated for residential land use. Thus, the density of residential development is not necessarily less on the south half of the island than on the north end. Based on review of the existing land use map and past studies, the following observations can be made concerning geographic patterns of residential development: - Early development occurred along the shoreline of the Detro! t River and along the canals. Waterfront access is probably the strongest focus that has influenced residential development in the past. - It appears that some of the oldest, highest density subdivisions were built on the east side of the island, indicating that convenience of access may have been an important consideration at one time. - Newer subdivision development does not appear to have occurred according to any discernable pattern of progression, a l though it appears that most of the newer, lower density subdivisions are located on the west side of the island. Concern for the quality of the environment may have influenced decisions to develop on the west side of the island. - Large tracts of undeveloped residential land are scattered across the island. The lack of development does not appear to have occurred according to any discernable pattern. - 16 - �In summary, it appears that access to the waterfront has historically been a key factor which has affected the geographic distribution of residents. The distribution of residents on interior portions of the island seems to have been affected by the decisions of individual property owners concerning the development potential of particular tracts of land, rather than according to any prescribed development pattern or pre-determined planning objectives. Future Population Growth The level of growth of Grosse Ile's population will be determined chiefly by four sets of variables: 1. Physical Li ■itations. Several physical variables will affect future population growth on Grosse Ile, including the amount of land that could be developed for residential use, the zoning restrictions placed on developable land, the capacity of the sanitary sewer system, and the amount of traffic that could reasonably gain access to the island via the two bridges. Considered together, these variables determine the "holding capacity" of the island. 2. External Variables. Certain external variables, such as the economic health of the downriver area, will have an impact on growth in Grosse Ile. 3. Characteristics of the Existing Population. Characteristics of the existing population, such as age structure and patterns of movement into and out of the community will affect population growth on Grosse Ile. 4. Preferences of Residents. Existing and prospective residents' preferences in terms of a living environment will have an impact on population growth. For example, the type and affordability of housing, characteristics of the environment, and availability of public facilities and services affect the residential desirability of a community. Each of these sets of variables are discussed in detail in the following paragraphs. Physical Li■itations. The land area on which housing units can be constructed is the key variable that determines the absolute maximum population of a community. A recent land use survey determined that 1,542.7 acres of vacant residential land remain on the main island and Hickory Island. About 148 acres of vacant wetlands must be subtracted from the total, since such lands are not likely to be developed. Consequently, about 1,349 acres of developable vacant residential land exists on Grosse Ile. - 17 - �Currently, there are 3,279 housing units which occupy 2,464 acres of residential land on Grosse Ile. Therefore, on the average, each housing unit occupies 32,736 square feet of land. If the remaining vacant acreage is developed at the same density as existing residential development, then another 1,795 units could be built on Grosse Ile. It is not likely that future development will occur at the same low density as in earlier times, when the large waterfront lots were created. Newer subdivisions have generally been designed in accordance with R-1-B zoning regulations, which call for 16,000 square foot lots. In order to determine the maximum number of units that could be built if the remaining vacant acreage was subdivided into 16,000 square foot -lots, it is first necessary to subtract the amount of land that would have to be dedicated for subdivision streets and public uses. Generally, about twenty percent of all residential land is used for such purposes. Consequently, about 1,079 acres would be left for residential subdivision. A total of 2,937 lots could be created if this remaining acreage was to be subdivided into 16,000 square foot lots. In summary, these calculations indicate that a total of 1,795 new housing units could be built at the existing average density of residential development, or 2,937 new units could be built if all remaining acreage was to be subdivided into 16,000 square foot lots. Based on an average of 3.15 persons per household from the 1980 U. S. Census, the maximum population of Gross Ile Township is calculated to be between 15,519 and 19,117. These estimates of holding capacity do not account for possible rezoning of R-1-B land to R-2 or R-3 to permit higher density development. Such rezoning would increase the holding capacity of the island. However, these estimates also do not take into account possible limitations on the holding capacity. These limitations include the capacity of the sanitary sewer system and wastewater treatment plant and the capacity of the two bridges. The deficiency of the sewer and wastewater treatment system may be a serious limiting factor affecting future residential development. Apparently, there is heavy infiltration into the system, causing severe difficulties at the treatment plant. Even though the plant was designed for a population of 22,600, it is doubtful it could handle any more wastewater under present conditions. Apparently, flooding is common on the north end of the island. Recently, the Township received a Notice of Noncompliance with state laws regulating wastewater treatment and discharge. Since additional development would exacerbate the sewer and wastewater treatment problems, this could be a factor that reduces the holding capacity of the island. - 18 - �The capacity of the two bridges is another factor that could reduce the holding capacity of the island. Wayne County Office of Public Services 24-hour, two-way traffic counts taken in September of 1985 reveal the following traffic volumes over the two bridges: Bridge Road Grosse Ile Parkway 5,246 vehicles 15,564 vehicles Assuming that about twelve percent of total daily traffic travels during the evening peak hour, then the two bridges nearly exceed the capacity of the bridges at peak hour at load level C. Load levels are used by traffic engineers to describe typical traffic conditions. Load level C is the desired level of service in urban settings, providing for stable operations with minimal backups and occasional loading at traffic signals. Substantial development of the vacant areas would probably lower the level of service on the two bridges, creating congestion, inconvenience, and a possible public safety problem. Consequently, the capacity of the two bridges is an important factor which may reduce the holding capacity of the island. External Variables. Certain variables are largely beyond the control of the Township and its individual residents, yet these variables have a tremendous impact on population growth within the Township. The general state of the economy and regional patterns of growth and development are {elated external variables that work in conjuction to affect population growth. Transitions in the economy have been cited as one of the key determinants of population change in Michigan, because of the effect of the economy on migration patterns. In general, a lackluster economy coupled with high interest rates results in a reduction in the number of families that purchase new homes or relocate. Thus, a poor economy tends to preserve the status quo or, in certain communities, results in reduction in population. The slackened demand for new housing in Grosse Ile Township in the early 198O's, and the general decline in population in many downriver communities, can be attributed largely to the general state of the economy. As the economy gains strength, regional patterns of growth determine the population growth of individual communities. Recent newspaper articles have noted that the downriver economy has rebounded since 1984, with $1. 7 billion invested in major industrial developments, construction of new industrial parks, and new initiatives to introduce high tech 2usiness, high-quality office/retail development, and upscale riverfront housing. 1 wang, Ching-Li and Rosen, Laurence S. "General Population Trends and Issues in Michigan." The Michigan Economy, Vol. 2, No. 6 (July-August 1983). 2 James Tobin, "Old Dreams Die; New Hopes Rise," The Detroit News, June 14, 1987, sec. 1, p. 1. - 19 - �As noted earlier, housing development on Grosse Ile rebounded in 1985 and 1986, consistent with the revival of the downriver economy. If the new economic development initiatives prove successful, it is likely that Grosse Ile will experience a corresponding increase in housing construction and population. The decade between the 1970 Census and 1980 Census provides a possible scenario; the cycles of growth and decline during this period resulted in the construction of an additional 793 housing units on the island. Population Characteristics. The earlier analysis of the age structure of the population revealed an increase in the number of households cons is ting of residents over the age of 55, plus an increase in the number of mature families consisting of parents who are at the end of their childbearing years and older teens. The number of younger families with children under the age of 15 has decreased over the past two decades. The next census will probably reveal an increase in the number of residents in all age categories over the age of 45, simply as a result of natural aging of the population. These population trends portend smaller household size and subsequent levelling off of the population. Southeast Michigan Council of Governments (SEMCOG) projections for the year 2005 call for an average household size of 2.55 persons in Grosse Ile, compared to an average size of 3.15 persons in 1980. If the SEMCOG projections prove accurate, the effect of household size alone on total population could range as high as 4,700 persons by the year 2005. Desired Characteristics of the Community. Variables related to people's preferences in terms of housing and the environment in which they live will affect population growth. History has shown that residents of Grosse Ile are acutely aware of and concerned about the pace of development and the type of new residential cons true tion in the community. Residents recognize that inappropriate residential development could affect the image of the island, alter or destroy natural resources, overburden public utilities, or contribute to overcrowding. As more people move onto the island, it will become increasingly difficult to protect the natural resources and other desired features of the community. As trees are cut and wetlands filled to allow continued development, the remaining undeveloped areas will be subject to greater use. The community's image as a low-density residential environment may be subject to change, especially if additional residential development results in traffic congestion, difficulty getting on or off the island, or other inconveniences. These issues are especially important in an island environment with finite boundaries, since the impact from continued development is not partially absorbed by surrounding communities, as is the case with a typical community. - 20 - �Eventually, a point will be reached where additional development will diminish the perceived desirability of the community, slowing the pace of residential development and subsequent population growth. The level of development at which this point is reached depends upon enforcement of ordinances to protect woodlands and wetlands, as well as policies, ordinances, and decisions affecting the location and density of future development. People's preferences in terms of type of housing will also affect future population growth. Single family detached housing is predominant on Grosse Ile at the present time. However, recent development proposals have revealed a demand for various types of attached housing. The demand for such housing could be expected to increase in future years as the population ages, since parents whose children have grown often don't want the responsibility of a large single family home. The construction of additional attached housing on Grosse Ile would increase the total number of housing uni ts that could be built on the island. However, households occupying attached housing typically are smaller than those occupying single family homes. For example, a recent survey revealed that the average single family home contains 3. 432 members, but the average townhouse con ta ins 3 only 2.385 members. The construction of new attached housing on Grosse Ile could affect the population in other ways. For example, housing opportunities for younger families could result if new attached housing appealed to "empty nester" households who subsequently move from their large single family homes. Such movement would result in the in-migration of younger, larger families, thereby producing an increase in population as well as a more balanced age structure. The ability of the Township to meet demands for public facilities and service could also affect the desirability of the community and subsequent population growth. The demand for amenities of urban living, such as plowed and paved streets and parks and playgrounds, often becomes apparent as the proportion of new residents (who are accustomed to such amen! ties) increases. The ability of the Township to meet these demands could affect the stability of the population, since residents who find their demands for public services unmet are more likely to move out of the community. 3 Robert W. Burchell, David Listokin, and William R. Practitioner's Guide to Fiscal Impact Analysis, New Jersey: - 21 - Dolphin, The New 1985, p. 64-.- - - �Population Projections Although evidence suggests that housing development on Grosse Ile is likely to occur at a modest pace given appropriate economic conditions, it is not likely that the Township will experience large scale population increase. The potential increase generated by new residential development will be offset by the decrease in household size described earlier. Furthermore, it is not likely that large scale housing development will occur on Grosse Ile. In spite of the successful economic development initiatives taken in recent years, statistics reveal that the overall direction of growth in the region is not toward the downriver area. While many communities in Oakland, Macomb, and Washtenaw Counties have gained population in recent years, 1984 Census estimates reveal that all except two downriver communities lost population since the 1980 Census. At best, it is hoped that recent economic developmeft initiatives will stabilize the population and economy of the downriver area. Grosse Ile would benefit most from such an impact, since the Township's population is more affluent and therefore more stable than the populations of most other downriver communities. The most precise population projections for Grosse Ile Township and other communities in the region have been prepared by SEMCOG as a part of its Version 84 Small Area Forecast. The small area forecast is based on local land use plans and policies, modified to account for sewer service, protection of environmentally sensitive lands, planned transportation improvements, and similar considerations. The SEMCOG projections indicate a 22.9 percent increase resulting in a total population of 11,451 for Grosse Ile Township by the year 2005 (see Table 3). This increase is projected even though the number of persons per household is expected to decline from 3 .15 to 2. 55. Thus, the net increase of 2,131 persons must be attributed to the projected increase of 1,516 households. Review of these projections reveals the importance of accurate estimates of household size. Current population and school enrollment statistics suggest that household size has and will continue to decrease. Nevertheless, if household size were to remain steady instead of decrease, this factor alone could make a difference of over 4,700 in population projections for the year 2005. The SEMCOG estimates are generally consistent with past housing construction and demographic patterns. Between 1970 and 1980, an average of 79.3 housing uni ts per year were cons true ted on Grosse Ile. The pace of cons true ti on has been much slower in the 1980's, with an average of 31.4 housing units being constructed each year. Thus, over the 17-year period beginning in 1970, an average of 59.6 housing units have been constructed each year on Grosse Ile. The SEMCOG estimates call for construction of 60.6 units per year over the next twenty years. 4 James Tobin, "Old dreams die; new hopes rise," The Detroit News, June 14, 1987, sec. 1, p. 1. - 22 - �TABLE 3 POPULATION AND HOUSFJIOLD PROJECTIONS 1980 2005 Percent Change Population 9,320 11,451 +22.86% Households 2,976 4,492 +50.94% Source: Southeast Michigan Council of Governments, Small Area Forecast, Version 84. TABLE 4 HOLDING CAPACITY OF TOWNSHIP Population Households 15 , 519 to 19 , 11 7 6,216 Estimates of holding capacity are based on subdivision of remaining vacant residential land into 16,000 square foot lots. Range in projected population is based on variation in household size. See text for complete explanation. GI017 - 23 - �These projections indicate that, unless established patterns of growth and development change dramatically, the population of Grosse Ile will not approach the holding capacity of the island during the twenty-year framework of this planning program. At minimum, it appears the population will increase by about 23 percent, with 11,451 persons. In the event that household size does not decrease to the anticipated level of 2. 55 persons, then the population could increase by a greater amount than projected. However, review of current population and school enrollment statistics reveals that household size has already decreased since the 1980 Census. Therefore, assuming that the projection of total number of households is accurate, it is projected that the population could reach a maximum of 13,800 by the year 2005. Implications of Population Change Projected changes in the population, particularly the age structure, will bring new demands for public and retail services. The population data indicated the number of younger families with children under the age of 15 has decreased over the past two decades. Decline in the number of students enrolled in Grosse Ile schools verifies this trend. Consequently, it appears unlikely there will be any sharp increases in the demand for service directed toward younger age groups. Educational leaders can concentrate on improving the range of quality of programs, rather that on accommodating increasing enrollments. The population data revealed that because of the cost of housing, the range of services, and other factors, Grosse Ile generally attracts more mature families, rather than young families. Traditionally, young families spend the most for goods and services, because of expenses related to setting up and running a household. It is likely that the commercial sector on Grosse Ile has adjusted to these household characteristics, as reflected the absence of a broad range of comparison retail businesses, such as furniture or home appliance stores. The establishment of new businesses of this type is not entirely ruled out, though, since projections indicate that several hundred new households will be established during the next twenty years, creating a stronger market. The population data also revealed that the number of households consisting of residents over the age of 45 has and will continue to increase. The public service and retail demands of this age group generally reflect their growing affluence and desire for improvements in lifestyle. Businesses that typically prosper as the population ages include travel services, the investment industry, gardening and lawn care suppliers, personal-care product manufacturers or retailers, and health care providers, and pharmacies. 5 5 Gary Blonston, "Advertising, marketing look toward older buyers," The Detroit Free Press, March 15, 1987, sec. B, p. 4. - 24 - �Some communities have experienced increased demand for public services as the population ages. The desire for improvements to the living environment often results in demands for better road maintenance, certain types of leisure services, a greater range of cultural fac111 ties and programs, and similar public services. Elderly residents often require special health care, nutrition and transportation services, On the other hand, as the population ages, many communities experience res !stance to increased public spending on education, parks and recreation, and other public services. - 25 - �Commercial Base Analysis Existing Commercial Facilities Analysis of the Macomb Street commercial corridor reveals that the community's commercial sector offers a limited range of goods and services. Even though the commercial sector is small, retail uses that provide necessities for living account for a small proportion of the businesses. Consequently, residents must travel off of the island for certain necessities or if they desire a broad selection of goods or a variety of stores, particularly if they are shopping for comparison goods. Also, certain specialized services, such as the services of a stockbroker or medical specialist, must be acquired off of the island. Numerically, service-type businesses are predominant in the Macomb Street commercial corridor, with a total of 27 such businesses. Service uses include beauty and barber shops, real estate offices, insurance offices, medical and other professional offices, and other businesses which provide a service rather than sell a product. Among the 19 retail businesses in the Macomb Street commercial corridor, those that market convenience goods are predominant. Convenience goods are those that are consumed or used on a daily basis, such as groceries, drugs, and hardware items. The Macomb Street corridor contains eight such businesses, including four establishments that market food items. Only a few of the retail businesses market comparison or "shopper· goods. Comparison goods are purchased less frequently and usually only after people have compared prices and quality of competing stores. Only four stores on Macomb Street are classified as comparison goods stores. The Macomb Street commercial corridor also contains five specialty retail businesses, including a gift shop, resale shop, video shop, and art gallery. Eight of the businesses in the Macomb Street commercial corridor are classified as general office uses. These include financial institutions, manufacturer's representatives, and other offices. The eleven remaining business uses on Macomb Street include res tau rants, meeting halls/clubs, and manufacturing concerns. Projection of eo-ercial Developaent Potential Projection of commercial development potential in Grosse Ile Township is a process involving the following steps: - 26 - �- Step 1: Delineate the potential trade area. Unlike a land-based community, the trade area of an island community does not include large portions of the surrounding communities. - Step 2: Determine local allocation of total sales. The purpose of this step is to determine what portion of the potential trade area actually is or could be served by Township businesses. - Step 3: Determine the trade area sales potential. - Step 4: Convert sales potential estimates into floor area requirements. - Step 5: Convert floor area estimates into land area requirements. Delineation of Trade Area. The first step in projecting the potential for future commercial development involves delineation of the potential trade area from which customers are most likely to be drawn to Grosse Ile businesses. Distance is normally the most important determinant of trade area, since most people will generally travel to the nearest businesses that serve their needs. Other factors that affect trade area include travel times, quality, service, variety of merchandise, accessibility, and socioeconomic differences between communities. The trade for convenience goods is generally limited to the residential areas immediately surrounding the business district. People generally will not travel great distances for groceries, drugs, and other convenience goods that they purchase frequently. In built-up areas, the trade area · for convenience goods may range up to 1-1/2 miles. In a low-density residential community, such as Grosse Ile Township, which contains only one centrally-located couercial district, the trade area for convenience goods encompasses the entire island. Comparison purchases are made infrequently, and usually involve co■parison on the basis of quality, service, price, and variety of selection. Hence, people will often travel great distances to make comparison goods purchases. In urban areas, the primary trade area radius for comparison goods is about 3 to 5 miles for apparel and household items when selection is not important, and 8 to 10 miles when selection and price are important. Thus, the potential trade area for comparison goods could encompass the entire island plus portions of surrounding communities. Based on the range of goods and services marketed by businesses in the Macomb Street commercial corridor, it is evident that residents make only a portion of their purchases in Grosse Ile Township. Residents of the trade area may take their business outside of the Township for a number of reasons, inlcuding convenience, accessibility, price, quality, or variety of selection. The "capture rate" indicates the portion of total trade area sales actually captured by Grosse Ile businesses. Local Allocation of Total Sales. - 27 - �The capture rate for convenience goods businesses is usually close to 100 percent in neighborhoods near the businesses, but the rate declines sharply at a driving distance of only 10 to 15 minutes from the businesses. In addition, it is likely that the capture rate for convenience businesses ls reduced because so many people travel off of the island to work or attend to other matters on a regular basis, whereupon they patronize off-island convenience businesses. Consequently, it ls estimated that 75 percent of the convenience goods market within the Township could be captured by Township businesses. It is unlikely that Grosse Ile businesses capture more than a fraction of the convenience market in adjoining communities. The few comparison goods variety to permit comparison likely that ninety percent or captured by shopping districts business in Grosse Ile do not provide enough on major purchase items. Consequently, it ls more of the comparison goods market is presently in surrounding communities. The share of the comparison goods market captured by Township businesses is not likely to increase substantially in the future. Generally, a minimum trade area population of 40,000 is needed to provide adequate mar~et support for a community shopping center containing comparison goods stores. The population projections presented in the previous chapter indicate that the island market will not grow sufficiently to support many new comparison goods businesses. Furthermore, the projections indicate that the off-island market is actually decreasing in size. In summary, the potential trade area for Grosse Ile businesses encompasses the entire island. Evidence indicates that Grosse Ile retail businesses capture only a portion of the total potential trade on the island. The capture rate is estimated to be about 75 percent for convenience goods businesses and about 10 percent for comparison goods businesses. Trade Area Sales Potential. Trade area sales potential is calculated using projections of change in the number of households, household income data, and data concerning household expenditure patterns. Retail sales are closely related to the number of households in a trade area. According to the U.S. Census, there were 2,976 households in Grosse Ile Township in 1980. According to SEMCOG projections, the number of households will increase to 4,492 by the year 2005. The population is expected to increase from 9,320 to 11,451 by the year 2005. \lhile number of households is useful for predicting retail sales, total population is useful in projecting need for certain services, such as doctors or dentists. 1 J. Ross McKeever and Nathaniel M. Griffin, Handbook, \lashington, D.C.: 1977, p. 4. - 28 - Shopping Center Development �It ls estimated that the total income of all households on Grosse Ile as of April 1987 was $169,414,640, or an average of $53,275 per household. This 2 estimate ls based on 1983 income estimates published by the U.S. Census. The 1983 estimates have been updated using the Consumer Price Index. By the year 2005, it is estimated that the total household income will increase to $239,311,500, an increase of about 41 percent. The 2005 es t imate is expressed in 1987 dollars, and is based on the increase in households estimated by SEMCOG. Data collected by the U. S. Census indicates that about 39 percent of all personal income is spent on retail goods, with about ten percent spent on 3 durable goods and about 29 percent on nondurable goods. Viewed from another perspective, it is estimated that about 14.5 percent of all personal income is spent on comparison goods, and about 25.4 percent is spent on convenience goods. Another 39 percent of personal income is spent on services, including medical care, auto repair, beauty and barber services, and other personal, professional, and repair services. Based on these income figures and the retail sales capture rates cited earlier, the current and future potential retail sales volume in Grosse Ile is estimated as follows: Potential Retail Sales Voluae 1987 2005 $34,730,001 $49,058,858 Ile tail Floor Area R.equireaenta. Re tail floor area requirements can be determined by dividing the sales volume estimates calculated above by the sales per square foot information for existing businesses. The Urban Land Institute provides information concerning sales per square foot in its annual publics tion Dollars and Cents of Shopping Centers. 2 East North Central: 1984 Population and 1983 Per Capita Income Es Una tes for Counties and Incorporated Places, Washington D.C.: U. S. Bureau of Census, Current Population Reports, 1986. Based on a 1983 personal consumption expend! tures report in the Survey ~ Current Business, published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce. 3 - 29 - �Overall, the median sales volume per square foot of gross leasable sales area in neighborhood shopping centers in the Midwest ls $164. 93, according to 1986 figures published by the Urban Land Institute. In neighborhood shopping centers, the median sales volume per square foot of gross leasable area ranges from $60 to $85 for certain low sales volume businesses, such as variety stores, hardware stores, fabric shops, card and gift shops, and barber shops, to $140 to $170 per square foot for high sales volume tenants, such as ladies specialty stores, drug stores, radio, video, and stereo stores, jewelry stores, and liquor and wine stores. Supermarkets typically are the highest sales volume stores in neighborhood shopping centers, at close to $280 per square foot of gross leasable floor area. Based on these averages of sales per square foot, the total retail floor area needed to serve 75 percent of the convenience goods market and 10 percent of the comparison goods market on Grosse Ile is estimated as follows: 1987: 2005: 210,574 square feet 297,458 square feet Office floor space requirements for professionals who provide services directly to residents are based on the average number of office workers or office professionals who can serve a population of a given size. Finance, insurance, and real estate operations typically provide one office worker per 63 people, with an average of 160 square feet of office space per worker. Medical and dental standards call for one physician per 565 people and one dentist per 1,778 people with an average office size of 1,300 square feet. Legal off ice standards call for one attorney per 473 people with an average of 800 square feet of office space per attorney. Miscellaneous office services include engineers, architects, bookkeeping services, business education, and other office services. Typically, two square feet of miscellaneous office space are provided per person in the service area. These office space requirements do not take into account the needs of corporations or businesses where office workers do not provide a direct service to residents. Office needs related to operation of a corporation or business are included in the Industrial Base Analysis which follows in the next Chapter. Based on these office standards, office space needs in Grosse Ile Township are estimated as follows: - 30 - �1987 2005 Finance, insurance, and real estate 23,670 sq. ft. 29,082 sq. ft Medical, dental 28,258 34,719 Legal 15,763 19,367 Miscellaneous office services 18,460 22,902 86,331 sq. ft. 106,070 sq. ft. These estimates of office space needs are based on the assumption that on-island office operations will capture all of the demand generated for such services. However, it is likely that only a portion of the demand for off ice services will be captured by Township businesses. A 1968 economic study estimated a capture rate of 25 to 35 percent for medical offices, 30 percent for attorneys, and 60 percent for other types of office uses. Based on these capture rates, total office space needs for Grosse Ile are estimated as follows: 1987 2005: 37,861 square feet 46,517 square feet Land Area Requireaents for Retail and Office Developaent. A general standard for shopping centers is that the total site area should be about four times the gross building floor area. This floor area ratio provides ample room for parking, open space, pedestrian and traffic circulation, and landscaping. Existing lot coverage along Macomb Street varies, as indicated by the range in floor area ratio from less than 3 to 1 on the smaller sites, to ■ore than 8 to 1 on the more spacious sites. Generally, commercial sites on the west end of the corridor are more spacious, but older businesses located on the east end of the corridor have restricted sl te area. For the purposes of computing a conservative estimate of commercial land area needs, the 4 to 1 floor area ratios ls reasonable. Based on this ratio, the total land area needs for retail and office uses are estimated as follows: Retail 1987 2005 19.34 acres 27.31 acres Office 3.48 acres 4.27 acres - 31 - Total 22.82 acres 31.58 acres �Currently, land area occupied by commercial uses along Macomb Street 20. 67 acres. Additional commercial uses on the island (excluding a nursery) occupy 4.83 acres, bringing the total commercial acreage to 25.5 Thus, the calculated need for commercial land is nearly the same as the of land actually devoted to commercial uses at the present time. totals plant acres. amount As indicated in the earlier review of existing businesses, the commercial land area is not necessarily allocated to the uses that are most needed by residents. Consequently, the potential exists for additional commercial development to address unmet needs of residents. A comparison of the zoning and existing land use maps reveals that the land area zoned for commercial use exceeds the amount actually devoted to such uses. Currently, about 70 acres are zoned for commercial use along Macomb Street. Some excess of commercial-zoned land is needed to provide adequate area for development to meet future retail and office needs of the population. In summary, the commercial base analysis reveals that continued commercial development can be expected, particularly to address the unmet convenience shopping needs of present and future residents. The anlysis indicates that insufficient market support for most comparison goods businesses exists on the island. Consequently, it appears that the potential for large scale commercial development is limited. It is likely that any new construction of commercial facilities will be no larger than a neighborhood shoppi~ center, which has a typical gross leasable area of about 50,000 square feet. Such facilities can be accommodated within the existing Macomb Street commercial corridor, without need for designating additional land for commercial use. 4 J. Ross McKeever and Nathaniel H. Griffin, Handbook, Washington, D. C. : 1977, p. 4. GI039 - 32 - Shopping Center Development �Industrial Base Analysis Overview A longstanding objective of the Township has been to make efficient use of lands adjacent to or a part of the municipal airport that were formerly occupied or owned by the United States Naval Station. In pursuit of this objective, the Township created an Airport Commission and an Industrial Park Development Committee. Over the years, these two groups have initiated studies and formulated strategies to promote improvement of the airport and adj a cent lands. The benefits to the Township from the successful implementation of such strategies are numerous: on-island employment opportunities, increased tax base, efficient use of valuable underutilized land, more intensive use of the airport facilities, and improvement in the quality of airport service on the island. The future development of the airport itself for general avfftion purposes has been clearly set forth in a master plan completed in 1981. The airport master plan provided projections of future use, recommendations for new facilities, and a plan for airport and terminal layout. The conclusions and recommendations set forth in the airport master plan remain valid; accordingly, the Township and Airport Commission should continue to implement the plan. The following industrial base analysis focuses more specifically on the development and use of land adjacent to the airport proper that bas been designated for ind us trial use. In total, about 120 acres of land in the vicinity of the airport are presently zoned for industrial use. A portion of this land is located in the Grosse Ile Indus trial Park and is subject to covenants and restrictions which were adopted in December of 1984. The industrial park covenants reflect the desire for development that is consistent with residents' concerns for environmental quality and protection of neighboring residential developments. The covenants call for "complementary commercial, research and light industrial facilities." In light of the types of industries desired by residents, the term "business park" is probably more appropriate than "industrial park." Complete review of the convenants reveals that the preferred types of businesses include high-tech and research and development concerns, professional laboratories, and light manufacturing concerns. A regional perspective is required to determine the potential for growth of such businesses on Grosse Ile. Present day standards for industrial development are very selective, often calling for large amounts of land area, illIDediate 1 TransPlan Incorporated, Grosse Ile Municipal Airport Master Plan, October 1981. - 33 - �" access to highways and rail, availability of utilities, and other criteria. These rigorous standards limit the locations that could be considered appropriate for new industrial development. Consequently, new industrial development tends to be concentrated in just a few communities which serve the industrial needs of the entire region. Existing Industry A recent inventory of businesses in the vicinity of the airport revealed that current full-time employment totals about 270, and part-time employment ranges between 65 and 100, depending on the time of the year. The largest industry in the industrial park is Clark Brothers Metal Fabricators, Inc., which occupies 133,000 square feet of floor space and currently employs about 140 people. Clark Brothers is a supplier of metal products for the building industry. The U. S. Environmental Protection Agency is the second largest employer in the area, al though their facility is not located on Township ind us trial park property. Two EPA divisions are located at the Groh Road facility, the Eastern Response Unit, which deals with hazardous waste and other environmental emergencies, and the Large Lakes Research Station. Total employment at the two di vis ions is 55. Eagle Bobtail Tractor is second largest manufacturing concern in the airport industrial area. This industry employs about 20 full-time and about 30 part-time people in the manufacture of trailers. Two fixed base operators (FBO's), Jet Services and P. J. Aviation, are located at the airport itself. These businesses provide flight lessons, aircraft service and maintenance, air charter service, fueling, and other airport support services. According to a 1986 survey, the fixed base operators employ 17 full-time and 10 part-time employees. Most other businesses in the airport ind us trial area are small, employing less than ten full-time employees. Other businesses include the Grosse Ile Racquet Club; Circo, an industrial maintenance firm; Milt Stajich Custom Metal Work; Sydeline Corporation, a producer of fiberglass products; Wright Trucking; Roland & Company, furniture refinishing; Douglas West, chimney sweep and other maintenance work; Bare Window and Door, ins taller of new windows; and, Art's Print Shop. In addition to the industries in the airport industrial area, three small manufacturing concerns are located along the Macomb Street business corridor. The only other industry in the Township is located on the east side Stony Island, which is used as the base for a dredging operation. - 34 - �,, Industrial Developaent Trends Recent research reveals that, al though a few significant industrial development projects have occurred in the downriver area in recent years, industrial growth has lagged behind the rest of the metropolitan area. In particular, the downriver area has had difficulty in attracting high-tech and "smokeless" industries. As reported recentlJ, "the region's age-old industrial image continues to deter outside developers." According to various industrial development surveys, most recent industrial park development has occurred in suburban communities in Oakland, Macomb, and Washtenaw Counties. Some companies, particularly the high-tech firms, have been attracted to industrial parks in Oakland and Washtenaw Counties because of the proximity to research centers at colleges and universities. The image of the industrial park area and surrounding community is also an important feature for many new industrial park tenants, which may allocate 60 percent or more of their floor area for office use. Another important consideration for many new industrial park tenants is the quality of surrounding residential areas. Professional employees hold high standards for the neighborhoods in which they live and raise their families. In summary, the prevailing direction of industrial growth in southeast Michigan has primarily resulted in new development in the north and west suburbs. The rebound in the downriver economy has essentially saved current industrial employment, rather than expand the employment base. Furthermore, the downriver area's longstanding image as the center of heavy ind us try in the region has deterred efforts to attract "smokeless" industry. Grosse Ile Township• s efforts to promote ind us trial growth also have had limited success. The 1981 Airport Master Plan listed 27 tenants; recent review of the tenant list revealed that 18 of the businesses are no longer located at the airport or in the industrial park. The loss of tenants is due in part to the long-term strategy to upgrade airport and industrial park facilities to attract new commercial, research and light industries. For example, some businesses were displaced when several deteriorated structures constructed by the U. S. government in the 1930's and 1940 • s were removed. Grosse Ile has not yet experienced subsequent new growth to replace all of the businesses or jobs that were once located in the airport industrial area. 2 James Tobin, "Old Dreams Die; New Hopes Rise," The Detroit News, June 14, 1987, sec. A, p. 19. - 35 - �Industrial Township Develop■ent Potential in Grosse Ile The industrial development program in Grosse Ile has reached an important transition point. Certain key steps in the development strategy have nearly been completed, including removal of obsolete structures and upgrading of the airport facilities. Although renovations to the remaining buildings and landside airport facilities is still required, the airport industrial area has been readied so that it can now be aggressively marketed. Industrial developers cite five major considerations which determine the suitability of industrial sites: transportation, labor supply, energy and other utilities, availability of land, and public policy. Additional considerations that are relevant when selecting a specific site include topography and soil conditions, the direction and composition of population growth, the types of industries that are expanding or moving into the area, and the overall appearance of the industrial area. The following analysis reveals that, on the basis of these considerations, the Grosse Ile airport industrial area provides a unique setting that meets the needs of a select group of businesses. The analysis further reveals that the airport ind us trial area fills a special niche in the ind us trial market, and is not particularly well-suited for conventional industries found in many downriver industrial parks. Access to Transportation. The primary industrial location determinant is convenient access to freeway transportation. Over three-quarters of all land developed for industry is located within 2.5 miles of an interstate freeway interchange. A freeway location provides ind us tries with substantial transportation savings, an expanded labor market, and an expanded market area. The lack of quick, convenient access to 1-75 has been cited in the past as a deterrent to development of some types of businesses in the airport industrial area. Both the north and south routes to I-75 involve heavy traffic, extended delays at traffic signals, and travel on inadequately-maintained roads. In addition, vehicles may experience extended delays while waiting to cross onto or off of the island, particularly during the warm weather months when the two bridges open every half hour to allow boa ts to pass. A proposal to make major improvements to West Road, east from 1-75, is apparently now being studied by the state and county. Such improvements may improve access to Grosse Ile. The inadequacy of land-based transportation is offset by the most unique feature of the Gross Ile industrial park, adjacent airport access. According to the Industrial Development Handbook, proximity to airports is not a primary attraction for a majority of industrial tenants, but "airports c~ be expected to increase in importance as a factor in industrial locations." Currently, immediate access to an airport is considered a beneficial extravagance rather than a necessity for most industries. 3 Donald C. Lochmoeller, et al, Industrial Development Handbook, Washington, D. C. , 19 7 7: p. 84. - 36 - �According to the Indus trial Development Handbook, attracted to airport sites include: - Headquarters offices other facil ties. - National and companies. the types of industries for firms with widely dispersed locations for their international engineering and other professional service - Warehouse and distribution centers for parts and perishable goods, fragile or seasonal merchandise, or lightweight or high value merchandise. - Service industries related to air freight or air transportation. Other types of business that frequently locate near an airport include research laboratories, such as those that provide support services to the automotive industry; high-tech businesses, such as automotive design, communications, and computer development firms; aerial survey firms which would use the airport as a staging point for business flights; emergency care facilities which could provide emergency air transport to off-island medical facilities. Labor Supply. The availability of a trained labor force ls an important need that can be adequately addressed in the downriver area. According to the 1980 Census, Grosse Ile itself had a labor force of 6,873 people, with an unemployment rate of only five percent. Grosse Ile' s labor force is heavily weighted toward professional and technical occupations. Typically, such occupations make up a large part of the total employment of high-tech, research, and "smokeless" industries that are desired on Grosse Ile. According to the 1980 Census, almost 47 percent of employed Grosse Ile residents are employed in managerial and professional occupations, and almost 26 percent are employed in technical, sales, and administrative support occupations. The labor force of the downriver area is also an important asset for prospective industries in Grosse Ile. Michigan Employment Security Commission figures indicate that the downriver labor force totals 187,000 people, with an unemployment rate of 6.7 percent. As a whole, the downriver labor force cons is ts of a greater proportion of laborers, service employees, and repair workers, and a smaller proportion of professional and technical employees. According to the 1980 Census, about 18 percent of employed residents in surrounding downriver communities are employed in managerial and professional occupations, and about 30 percent are employed in technical, sales, and administrative support occupations. Over 20 percent are employed as operators, fabricators, and laborers, 17 percent as precision production, craft, and repair employees, and about 13 percent as service employees. In summary, the avallabil i ty of a trained labor force within the community and in surrounding communities is viewed as an asset with respect to industrial development in Grosse Ile. - 37 - �Energy and Utilities. Industry requires a reliable supply of energy and adequate utility services, including water supply and sanitary sewerage. The Township receives electrical service from Detroit Edison and gas service from Michigan Consolidated Gas Company. In the past, these energy services have been provided without serious or prolonged interruption. Adequate public water service is available throughout the island, including the airport industrial area. The airport ind us trial area is also served by the Township's sanitary sewer system. The deficiencies of the wastewater treatment plant should not affect new development in the airport industrial area, since lateral sewers already provide service to the area. Availability of Land. The need for large amounts of land, both for initial construction and for later expansion, has been one of the key reasons that industries have moved out of cities. A recent survey revealed that a maximum of only twenty percent of the total land area in newer industrial parks is typically occupied by the building itself. Newer industries prefer a site with ample room for landscaping, parking, loading, and stormwater management. Compared to many other communities, Grosse Ile has a limited amount of land area available for industrial development. As noted earlier, about 120 acres of land in the vicinity of the airport are presently zoned for industrial use on Grosse Ile. In comparison, some communities in southeast Michigan have allocated 10 to 20 times more land for industrial development. Grosse Ile's industrial area provides sufficient space for development of a select group of small and medium-sized firms. However, unlike other communities with more abundant industrial land, Grosse Ile's relatively small industrial area cannot accommodate a wide variety of different types of industry. Great care must be exercised to recruit a few quality industries that are compatible in terms of appearance, traffic, noise, scale of operations, and other impacts. Public Policies. Public policies affect the ability of business and ind us try to operate successfully. Public policies with the greatest impact on industry are reflected in adopted planning and zoning standards, procedures for review of development proposals, and actions taken to facilitate development. Officially, the Township has professed a desire to fully develop the airport Indus trial area in accordance with the ind us trial park covenants. Compared to some other communities in southeast Michigan, though, the Township's official policy has not been aggressively implemented. Overriding concern about the impact on the rest of the island from development of the airport industrial area has resulted in a hesitancy to act on certain proposals to improve and market the airport and industrial park. Progress to improve the facilities and appearance of the airport industrial area has been slow; landside improvements are still not complete, over 15 years after the improvement program was initiated. Furthermore, compared to the aggressive marketing efforts of many other communities, the Township's efforts to recruit industrial park tenants have been modest. - 38 - �,. Additional Considerations. The character of the surrounding environment is an important locational determinant, particularly for the types of industries desired in Grosse Ile. Well-educated, well-paid professional and technical employees are attracted to upscale residential cooununi ties with good school systems. The quality of the residential environment is an important asset that distinguishes Grosse Ile from most other downriver communities. Two additional considerations are important in determining the potential for ind us trial growth in Grosse Ile: the types of ind us tries expanding or ■oving into the area and the overall appearance of the airport industrial area. These two issues are related in that they deal with the image of the industrial area. The types of industries des ired in Grosse Ile -- high-tech, professional and technical, light manufacturing -- are conscious about their image. The physical appearance of an industrial facility can convey an image of success and quality. Since Grosse Ile's industrial area is largely vacant, the Township is in the unique position of being able to recruit the desired mix of tenants for its industrial park. However, it is evident that landside improvements described below must precede a successful industrial recruitment program. 1. Reconstruction of Groh Road. The main access to the airport industrial area, Groh Road, is in need of substantial rehabilitation. Three viable design alternatives have been identified for this project: - Alternative 1. Groh Road could be reconstructed as a divided road with a grass median , as it once was. This al terna ti ve would provide a park-like setting and maintain the greenbelt between the airport and ind us trial park. It would also maximize the traffic volume carrying capacity of the road. However, this alternative would not address the need for additional airport parking. The cost of this alternative is estimated to be about $1 million (1987 estimate). - Alternative 2. Groh Road could be reconstructed as a single, two-lane road, and the deteriorated south half of the road could be turned into a parking area. This alternative would cost about $800,000. Because this approach addresses both the parking and the access problems, this is the recommended alternative. - Alternative 3. Groh Road could be reconstructed as a single, two-lane road , and the deteriorated south half of the road could be removed and landscaped. This approach would not address the need for parking, but it would provide an attractive greenbelt between the airport and industrial park. This alternative would be the least costly of the three, about $760,000. 2. Airport/Industrial Park Interconnection. Improvements can be made to facilitate use of the airport by industrial park tenants. A freight/cargo staging area should be developed on the south side of Groh Road, with convenient circular access routes from the industrial park. - 39 - �3. Renovations to the Airport Physical Plant. The airport physical plant, most of which was constructed in the 1940's, is in poor condition and in need of substantial repair. These deteriorated structures do not convey the image of a dynamic hub of economic ac ti vi ty. The physical plant cons is ts of two open bay hangars, three sets of t-hangars, an airport maintenance building, electrical vault buildings, and other miscellaneous use buildings. Substantial rehabilitation of all of these structures is recommended. Recent estimates revealed that rehabilitation of the existing structures would cost about 30 percent less than total replacement. In addition to being cost-effective, renovation would maintain a physical link to the airport's fascinating history. Conclusions This analysis of industrial development has shown that, from a regional perspective, the downriver area has had to work extremely hard to maintain the strength of its industrial base. Recent economic development efforts have, in essence, saved current jobs rather than expand employment opportunities. Furthermore, the downriver area has experienced difficulty in making the desired transition from "smokestack" industry to "smokeless" industry. The Grosse Ile airport industrial area would fill a special niche in the downriver industrial market. Grosse Ile has a limited amount of land area that would be suitable for a select group of small and medium-sized industries that would benefit particularly from immediate access to air transportation and would appreciate the island's quality residential environment. Industries in Grosse Ile would also benefit from an adequate labor supply, adequate energy supplies and utilities and supportive public policies. The Grosse Ile airport industrial area has a few deficiencies which may deter certain industries from locating on the island. Most prominent is the lack of good land transportation, either by vehicle or by rail. The lack of abundant industrial land may also deter certain industries from locating on the island, particularly industries that anticipate future expansion or that require large amounts of land for storage or as a buffer from adjacent uses. Consequently, it is not expected that conventional industries found in most downriver industrial parks would be attracted to the Grosse Ile airport industrial area. This analysis has further revealed that future development of the Grosse Ile airport industrial area is based on the concept of mutual benefit: a prospective tenant must not only determine that the unique characteristics of the airport industrial area provide an appropriate setting in which it can prosper, but the tenant must also meet the development criteria established by the Township. It is clear that a select range of businesses would consider the Grosse Ile airport industrial area as an appropriate location for development. - 40 - �,. Since the range of appropriate prospective tenants is relatively small, it is important for the Township to implement a carefully formulated airport ind us trial park marketing strategy. The Township has already discovered the extra effort that is required to find and recruit prospective industrial park tenants that meet the specific development standards. It is also important for the Township to prepare the airport industrial park environment to meet the aesthetic and functional needs of the types of industry which the Township wishes to attract. These efforts will allow the Township to recruit the preferred types of industry and create a thriving industrial sector that is fully compatible with character of surrounding development. GI041 - 41 - �"' Natural Environment of Grosse lie Township Overview Grosse Ile Township's natural environment contributes greatly to the island's quality of life. Woodlands, wetlands, wildlife, natural drainage channels, small offshore islands (out islands) and Detroit River shoreline vistas are among the resources that make Grosse Ile a very special place to live. Once on the island, the open space and relatively low-density development promotes a feeling of privacy and rural living. The purpose of this chapter is to provide information to support the efforts of Grosse Ile Township's officials to protect and manage the island's natural resources. Wetlands, woodlands, and the unique natural features of Grosse Ile are emphasized. Sources of information used in preparing this chapter have included National Wetlands Inventory maps; Michigan Natural Features Inventory maps and information; interviews with scientists, township officials, and knowledgeable citizens; and reports about natural resources in the lower Detroit River area. The locations of key resource features are included on two maps in this chapter (see Maps 2 and 3). llm.ANDS AND THE DE'l'llOIT R.IVEB. ECOSYSTFJt Wetland Functions and Values Wetlands are commonly known as swamps, marshes, bogs, wet meadows, or potholes. From a technical standpoint, wetlands may be defined as areas of poorly drained, saturated soils supporting wetland vegetation. In wetland areas, either the water table is at or near the surface, or shallow water covers the site on a permanent or seasonal basis. 1980 wetlands information and maps compiled by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service for the National Wetlands Inventory demarcate the following major wetland acreage for Grosse Ile Township: Location Acres 138 Northern Grosse Ile Stony Island Thorofare Canal Eastern shoreline Celeron Island 69 26 17 92 - 42 - �I --. - - - I I I I T H I ii tlai I I ' I I i I Iii Ill \ i J I Hll I 3 3Z IH-111 I I ~ I I \ I \\ I I \ I I \... \ l 1 ~ ' \ \ \ - -- ~I ; I ·~ I I I J I • u I I• I I ) I I' Q ~ I ,/ 1-04 / I. i l I I jiIr -' if' I I l)J \ \ ' ' ' ! I I 1 I I I I I I \ '' ·,~ . ,.. .;,, ' ·,h ' · .... ., , ' , ,, , , , , , ,, , , , , , ai= u ' i I 1 '' I I • J' Ill !: ,,---f' ' I I N - , I 0J Ill J I I -- z i- I NI' 2Q I I Ill :E Ill G> IC 01~ J1i 't!"' Cl :ti • �"' High wlue 'Netland envirorments: Round Islam (Southern mesic forest) Gibraltar Bay emergent and sutmersed wetlands Out islands and nearby sutmersed wetlands Calf, Stony, Dynamite and Fox Islands) (including Celeron, Thorofare canal wetlands Shoreline \I.et lands Toll Bridge) (especially west side of Grosse Ile north of *Other high value wetlands providing wildlife habitat and sto~ter detention benefits must be identified on a site specific basis. ~ources of inforrootion: lletlands data: National ~tlands Inventory, prepared by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service in cooperation with the Michigan Department of Natural Resources using 1980 aerial photography; wetland locations updated by to\41lship residents and officials, 1987. Presence of sutmersed aquatic beds confirmed by fisheries experts, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Note to users: Cklly large wetlands wiich are 5 acres or more in size are sho\411 here. Smaller wetlands are fot.Url in nunerous Grosse Ile locations. Nearly all Grosse Ile Tomship wetlands are subject to wetland permit requirements of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources and the U.S. Anny Corps of Engineers. This info1Tl'l(ltion is generalized and should not be used for site specific planning. Specific locations of wetlands should be verified \Jten site plans are prepared. �,. The amount of emergent wetlands, of course, changes as the water level of the Detroit River rises and falls from year to year. Despite rising water levels, more than 300 acres of wetland acreage remain. Before human settlement of the Detroit River, many shoreline areas had abundant wetlands. Filling and dredging of wetlands continued at a rapid rate until the 1970's when federal and state wetlands protection laws were enacted. Three types of wetlands predominate within the boundaries of Grosse Ile Township: (1) emergent wetlands with rooted cattails, bulrushes, and sedge grasses; (2) forested wetlands with an overstory of trees and an understory of shrubs; and (3) submersed aquatic plants (macrophyte beds) with wild celery and other species. As water levels rise and fall from year to year, some ecological succession may be occurring as the wetlands shift from emergent marsh to forested wetlands or submersed aquatic beds. All types of wetlands are interrelated with each other, providing numerous benefits to the community as a whole. The functions and benefits from each type of wetland are outlined below. Scrub/shrub wetlands is a separate category of wetlands which has been mapped for the National Wetlands Inventory. Scrub/shrub wetlands are closely interconnected with emergent wetlands on Grosse Ile, and are considered as a single type of wetland for purposes of the master plan. F.mergent Wetlands Emergent wetlands are located along the shoreline of Grosse Ile, along the sheltered waterways of the Thorofare Canal and Frenchman's Creek, and on several small out islands within the boundaries of the Township. The largest emergent wetland areas are located north of Gibraltar Bay, west of Gibraltar Bay on Round Island, on Celeron Island, Stony Island, and the northwest shore of Grosse Ile near the toll bridge. Emergent wetlands on Grosse Ile are essential as habitat and as a food source for the abundant fishery of the Detroit River. As the wetland vegetation dies back each season, it breaks down into particles called detritus which is eaten by insects as well as birds and small mammals. Insects, in turn, are eaten by the fish. The shallow, sheltered wetlands connected with the Detroit River also · provide protected spawning and nursery areas for fish. For example, northern pike, yellow perch, and carp spawn in the standing vegetation of wetlands. Wetlands also help to enhance water quality. Wetlands trap soil particles from stormwater runoff. Since soil particles often carry with them oil, grease and heavy metals (toxic contaminants), a significant water quality benefit results when wetlands are protected. Further, many types of wetlands break down - 44 - �"' and absorb phosphorus, fertilizers). nitrogen, and other nutrients (such as from lawn Grosse Ile Township wetlands are habitat areas for the thousands of Canada geese, diving ducks and dabbling ducks which frequent the Detro! t River flyway during migration. Several flyways and corridors cross the Detroit River. Emergent wetlands play a role in buffering the shoreline from high winds and waves. Wetlands have been termed "nature's sponges" because they he l p absorb stormwater and storm surges. The wetlands grasses help stabilize the shoreline and minimize soil erosion. Forested Wetlands Forested wetlands (sometimes called floodplain forests) are dominated by swamp oak, red ash, eastern cottonwood, hackberry, silver maple, black willow, and red maple trees. In several cases, forested wetlands are located adjacent to emergent wetlands and open water; in other cases, they are located inland from the shore. The hydrologic connection of inland forested wetlands with the Detroit River ecosystem is not well-known. Inland forested wetlands may have been created by road construction and development blocking natural drainageways. Forested wetlands near emergent wetlands and open waters are clearly linked to the biological productivity and wildlife support functions of the Detroit River. Because of the trees, they provide a different type of shelter and habitat for various bird species. Inland forested wetlands also provide habitat for birds and small animals, and help to prevent local flooding by absorbing stormwater. Submersed Aquatic Beds (Macrophyte Beds) The submersed aquatic beds found near shorelines and in the sheltered bays of Grosse Ile Township support fish and waterfowl. The aquatic plant beds are accessible to fish and produce quantities of food for fish and invertebrates. Submersed aquatic plant bed species include wild celery (a favorite food of ducks), as well as pond weed, water weed, musk grass, water mil foil, and many others. Each bed is somewhat different, with varied mixtures of species of plants. The plants are rooted to the bottom of the Detroit River, often on a sand bar in shallow water. Invertebrates, including snails, live on their leaves. Fish enjoy the food and shelter provided by the aquatic plants, a fact well-known to area fishermen. The extensive submersed aquatic beds and shoreline wetlands help to maintain the fish spawning areas located near Grosse Ile in the Detroit River. - 45 - �"' Wetlands of Special Iaportance All of Grosse Ile Township's wetlands function as fish and wildlife areas, water quality filters, and storm surge barriers. Several wetland areas; however, due to their size and location, dominate as very important high value areas for conservation: - Gibraltar Bay, Round Island, and nearby wetlands: Gibraltar Bay is a natural area of great value to the Detroit River fishery. The Bay is sheltered but interconnected with the Detroit River. The Bay has variable depths and abundant submersed aquatic plants which provide food and shelter for spawning fish. Water flow from under the East River Road bridge transports relatively unpolluted water from the east side of the island westward into Gibraltar Bay. Field surveys by fish and wildlife biologists have emphasized the plant diversity and impressive primary productivity for nutrients. - Thorofare Canal: The shoreline wetlands and submersed aquatic beds which are found in various locations along the Thorofare Canal are very important as fish and wildlife habitat. The waters are more sheltered than the main channels of the Detroit River and have a good flowthrough of water. Shallow, protected backwater areas (sometimes with forested wetlands) are abundant along the main canal, providing spawning, nursery and feeding areas for fish. Ducks and other waterfowl also depend on the sheltered waterway with its abundant food sources. Shoreline wetlands near the toll Detroit River fishery because of levels of the Detroit River have into submersed aquatic beds, and inland. - bridge: This area is important to the its size and location. The high water turned some of these shoreline wetlands has extended the wetland system farther Celeron Island: Celeron Island, owned by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, is now almost entirely a wetland island. The island has very high value for fish and wildlife habitat, and is used extensively by sportsmen. In addition, the sand bar area extending between Celeron Island and Calf Island, the submersed aquatic beds northeast of Celeron Island, and the waters south of Celeron Island serve as important waterfowl feeding and res ting areas. Stony Island: Approximately 50 percent of Stony Island is now wetlands and submersed aquatic beds, according to the Michigan National Wetland Inventory and 1985 aerial photographs. It is possible that some of the interior wetlands on Stony Island were originally created by quarrying. Rising water levels have created wetlands in recent years. The north part of Stony Island has been reported as a nesting area for egrets, white swans, and other waterfowl. - 46 - �,. At least eight different types of threatened or endangered species of plants and animals are found on or near Stony Island (see Hap 3). - Sugar Island: Sugar Island is an upland Island with very 11 ttle wetlands area. However, the sand bar off of Sugar Island supports wild celery, sago pondweed, and other submersed aquatic plants. These plants are a source of food for diving ducks. Threatened fish and animals found in the waters near Sugar Island and other small islands near Grosse Ile include the Lake Sturgeon (last seen in 1973) and the Comon Tern (last seen in 1982). Sugar Island is privately owned and used primarily for recreational fishing and hunting. Govern11ent Regulations for Wetlands Protection and Shoreline Protection Structures The legal responsibility for protecting wetlands on Grosse Ile Township lies primarily with the Michigan Department of Natural Resources and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. In accordance with federal regulations and state law, state and federal permits are required for filling, dredging, or other alteration of wetlands. A single wetlands perm! t appl !cation is sufficient for the two government agencies, since the agencies coordinate their technical reviews. The Michigan Vetland Protection Act (Act 203, P.A. 1979), requires a permit before wetlands alterations are undertaken. Permit requirements apply to all wetlands contiguous to lakes, streams and rivers; inland wetlands which are five acres or more in size; and isolated wetlands which have one or more acres of open water or lie within 1000 feet of the Great Lakes or 500 feet of a lake or stream. The Michigan Department of Natural Resources also administers federal requirements for Section 404 permits in accordance with an agreement with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Section 404 of the federal Clean Vater Act prohibits the discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States, including adjacent wetlands, unless a permit is obtained. A second, closely related state law affecting wetlands and coastal waters is the Michigan Inland Lakes and Streams Act (Act 346, P.A. 1972). Under this Act, a permit is required for most activities affecting inland waters and the Detroit River. Permits are issued only when the activity "will not affect the public trust or riparian rights." For administrative purposes, the requirements of this law have been combined with the Wetland Protection Act and a single permit is issued. - 47 - �"' Wetland permits are issued by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources on a case-by-case basis. The particular wetlands resources of the site, the amount of upland available for building, and other site-specific factors are taken into consideration. Wetland permit restrictions supercede zoning and other township regulations if the township regulations are not as stringent. Permits for shoreline s true tu res some times overlap with wetlands permit requirements. Under Section 10 of the federal Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers prohibits the obstruction or alteration of navigable waters of the United States. Permits are typically needed for seawalls, shore protection structures, groins, and backfilling. Construction of marinas usually requires a permit under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act as well. It is important that potential owners of wetlands understand permit requirements and possible use restrictions. For example, a property owner may acquire land with wetlands on it, expecting to be able to fill and build on the wetland. Government permit regulations; however, usually serve to minimize the amount of wetlands altered, and requests for significant filling and dredging are usually rejected. Fermi t applications for piers, docks, bulkheads, sea walls, boat hoists, jetties, and similar types of structures may be granted. Permits are not issued, however, if proposed structures will obstruct navigable waterways or unnecessarily result in wetlands filling. A deteriorating seawall may be restored if the land is subject to either flooding or erosion. However, the placement of seawalls waterward of the shoreline and backfilling of water bottoms are usually not approved. Wetlands protection regulations, however, do not allow a "taking" of a person's property. If wetlands are found throughout a person's property, wetland alterations are granted so that reasonable property use is allowed. NATURAL DRAINAG.EWAYS AND SWALES The Iaportance of Natural Drainagevays Before urbanization occurred, Grosse Ile Township was laced with a series of creeks, natural drainageways, and lowlying swales (depressions) which carried stormwater and floodwaters into the Thorofare Canal and the Detroit River. As development has proceeded, many of the original natural drainageways and swales have been blocked or filled. A study of historic topographic maps indicates that at least 50 percent of the original drainageways on Grosse Ile are now lost. - 48 - �,. When natural drainageways are filled or blocked, drainage problems can occur. Sometimes stormwater runoff is pushed onto a neighbor's property or onto roadways. When buildings are placed in the pathway of the natural drainageway, basements can easily flood. As flooding problems become severe, storm drain pipes and roadside ditches may need to be cons true ted or enlarged. Such public works projects are often expensive, whether paid for by property owners or the township as a whole. Drainageways, when left in their natural state, help to maintain woodlands, wetlands and wildlife habitat found on the island. Without proper drainage, woodlands will change in character or die. Wetlands can be altered if the natural flow of waters is blocked. Maintaining Natural Drainageways and Swales Natural drainageways and swales should not be altered when developments are proposed, but rather integrated into site plans as natural amenities. When thoughtful site planning is carried out, natural drainageways can be assets for the site, contributing to the overall value of dwelling units constructed. Natural drainage pat terns, swales, wetlands, and woodland resources for development sites can be reviewed at the time that site plans are submitted for review and approval by the Planning Commission. The preparation of a Master Drainage Plan for Grosse Ile is also recommended. Such a plan would delineate the natural drainage system throughout the Township, identify locations where flooding may be a problem, and identify remedial measures. Individual site plans could then be reviewed within the context of water flows, stormwater runoff pathways, and natural drainageways for the entire island. WOODLAND RESOURCES Functions and Benefits of Voodlands Grosse Ile Township's trees and woodlands substantially contribute to the economic and psychological well-being of township residents. The abundant woodlands and trees help create the peaceful, rural atmosphere that makes Grosse Ile a very special place to live. Trees provide a visual barrier between individual properties and neighboring properties, an essential factor for preserving the rural atmosphere and property values. Woodlands provide the following community benefits: - 49 - �~ "'-, ~· / I -- - - - - --~ -·- - -~-- ---~, -~ -~ , . IIIENION --. --· '· / W'(NIOC)ll( -' ' 0f'IIQr ·, ' '. 21.A -- I ---~--- 4--- ~ -"' ~ x.. .. ... . \ I - ... --l.._ -- ,.......,\'°"" ...,,__ •19 ~ I !!Q~ A18 --- ~-:•-~ 1, · -------------------------':'.:~:------ . ~6 ' ~ 1 2 u;9 .~ 1/ -c----• -~ ~ - - - ...----C::::::::::-· ·~ ----- -~ --~ ♦11,.' :,.!~ ,-f""!!#1 1 1 1 • A13, •o,_.- "-\•: le ...., :v , · - •5 ---- ..-l!lil',---- -~ -------- ----- 111\1111 ~ ~ Climax Hardwood Forest (self-reproducing) A Threatened or Endangered Species ♦ Special Concern or Potential Threatened Species • Map3 SIGNIFICANT WOODLANDS AND NATURAL FEATURES Township of Grosse lie Wayne~ Michigan ---"1al'l-1987 Champion Tree , .. . . . . . . tfNr'II: S..rc•• •f i,.f.,.,.t __,,..,. dela : ••= Ill I ,,-11 \fupp,1"1:I 1,,. llrm ·r. J,w1••• I llttlll llf " \ (1,-fof ._.,,.,. #1dti"9' NICurwl ........ ,... f,n,atl.,,,: hn.,1•"•P r•11111f•,H , h1 ~•"' ,.,, 1w •.. . \11d1111u,1 H•11u,,,,·,••1 . -~- l»p,u•f,,.,111 11/ I ~Hli f ,,.,,u,· ,\ohwul lhc ill.Hu 1w ••••Hrtl 11,,, .., • • ,,.,,.,,·ul, : rd ,._,, ,.,tf' • lp,t'n (tt• , -~ l , 11 ul 10 0 .- VI' l 'f"IIVU l'n· /t.'ulun.! it •'111t1l 1f ,~ , ... ,. ,(Htd kllt.'11 •1 , .. plu1,,. u•·•· ,.,.,.,,.,,.,,., . l ~' I , 111 : 1·11 i. 1ttt1I 11h1N1I , •., .•,. . ,,,.~ ,. li• ·out, ,.,, . 111 ,,..- /un,,t .. l j/11;11,,,,, ... 11 111/Ultl•tflUII •h•H1ltl ftir 1•1• /'1 •/ 1••" 1-, f 1N ·111 ·• ··.. ·._ u/ 1unfH I,,.,, 1,ifu,..,.,r,0•1 l\11t•11 , •..,..,, •• ,t, . ,,., ... fh1 • /m, U !'lllf/1 , • fUl "l • t<J f/11' /oi l ,(' p/u,I i-t •\ •1t•h• /N '1H'C H,- , Gelaldt.uedll9andAaoc:laW,lnc:apo«Jted Urban Plamlng Conulanll Denoll.Mlc:hlgan �,. GROSSE IL! TOVNSHIP SITES: NICHIGAM NA11JRAL FF.A.TUR.ES INVENTOlt 1 - STROPHOSTYLES HELVULA Trailing Wild Bean Special Concern Plant Year Last Seen: 1916 2 - CHAMPION TREE - Swamp White Oak 3 - A THllEATENED ANlltAL Potential Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: 1912 4 - CHAMPION TI.U - Honeylocust 5 - ACIPENSER FULVESCENS Lake Sturgeon 6 - CYCLONAIAS TUBERCULATA Purple Wartyback 7 - CASMERODIOS ALBUS Great Egret 8 Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: 1978 Special Concern Animal Year Last Seen: 1933 Special Concern Animal Year Last Seen: 1978 - OBOVARIA SUBROTUNDA Round Hickorynut Endangered Animal Year Last Seen: Before 1930 DYSNOHIA TRIQOETRA Snuffbox Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: Before 1930 9 - 10 - LAMPSILIS FASCIOLA Wavy-Rayed Lamp-Mussel Special Concern Animal Year Last Seen: 1908 11 - A THR..EATENID ANIMAL Potential Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: 1970 12 - DYSNOHIA TORULOSA RANGIANA Northern Rifleshell Endangered Animal Year Last Seen: Before 1930 13 - ICTIOBUS CYPRINELius Bigmouth Buffalo Special Concern Animal Year Last Seen: 1964 14 - THALICTRUII IEVOLOTUM Waxy Meadow-Rue Threatened Plant Year Last Seen: 1970 15 - GYKNOCLADOS DIOICUS Kentucky Coffee-Tree Special Concern Plant Year Last Seen: 1912 16 - HIBISCUS fl>SCHEUTOS Rose-Mallow or Marsh Hallow Special Concern Plant Year Last Seen: 1914 17 - MESIC SOUIBERH FOREST Special Plant Community Year Last Seen: 1983 18 - STERNA HllO'NDO Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: 1982 Common Tern Lake Sturgeon Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: 1970 20 - PER.CINA COPELAND! Channel Darter Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: 1952 21 - ACIPENSER FULVESCENS Lake Sturgeon 22 - CHAMPION Tl.EE - Downy Hawthorne Threatened Animal Year Last Seen: 1970 19 - ACIPENSER PULVESCENS 23 - GROSSE ILE GARDEN CLUB WILDLIFE SANC11JARY Source: Michigan Department of Natural Resources, September 1986. �"' Influence on ■ icro-cliaate: Woodlands play an important role in moderating ground-level temperatures. The tree canopy buffers the ground surface from the sun's heat and wind. Trees also help to moderate temperature extremes during winter months. Reduction in air pollution: Woodlands absorb carbon dioxide and return oxygen to the air. Tree leaves filter pollutants from the air, removing ozone, chlorine, hydrogen fluoride, sulfur dioxide, and other pollutants. Trees serve as a noise buff er as well. Reduction in soil erosion: Woodlands and other vegetation stabilize soils and help prevent soil erosion. The vegetation absorbs the energy of falling rain, and the web of roots of all types help hold soil particles in place. Tree leaves reduce the impact of raindrops on the soil surface and give soil a chance to absorb water. Fallen leaves minimize the loss of soil moisture, help prevent erosion, and enrich the soil to support later plant growth. Wooded wetlands provide the additional benefit of trapping and holding stormwater runoff. Dense vegetation can help slow flood surges and flows. Wildlife habitat: Woodlands provide essential shelter and food for raccoon, rabbi ts, pheasants, and other birds and animals. The opportunity to observe wildlife in a natural setting has educational benefits for island residents. WOODLANDS OF SPECIAL SIGNIFICANCE Cliaax Hardwood Forests Grosse Ile Township woodlands can be classified into two categories: (1) climax forest hardwoods which can reproduce themselves, and {2) early second growth vegetation, including hawthorn thickets. Climax hardwood forests are dominated by white oak, shagbark hickory, sugar maple, and green ash. Major climax hardwood forest areas have been identified by township resident Brue Jones with advice and assistance from several forestry experts. Because many woodlands have already been destroyed, the proper management of the remaining stands is of great importance for the island. Heritage and Chaapion Trees A heritage tree is a tree with high value becau·s e of its species, size, age, vigor, location, or historical significance. Although a number of large heritage trees are present on Grosse Ile, the location of these important trees, for the most part, has not been mapped. The locations of two known champion trees are shown on Hap 3. - 51 - �,. Round Island and Vicinity The most unique and important woodland site on Grosse Ile is Round Island, a forested wetland. The forest on Round Island is old growth, making it much more unique than many other woodlands on the Island. Red oak, burr oak, and white oak are the dominant species. The mature mesic (wet) oak forest is one of five uncut stands remaining in Michigan. The site is believed to be the last old growth oak forest remaining on the Lake Erie plain and the big trees are the largest in any tract in Monroe and Wayne Counties south of Dearborn. Because of the trees' great height, they may act as a beneficial buffer from storm winds off Lake Erie (June 1983 letter from K. Hosford, Michigan Department of Natural Resources). This tract probably represents the last example the Lake Erie Plain as described by French explorers. natural area is comparable to that of Hartwick Pines. provided by the Site Ecological Summary prepared Department of Natural Resources, June 1983). of presettlement forest on Its value as an "historic" (Additional information is by K. Chapman, Michigan Round Island is approximately 13 acres in size. Because of its small size and location, it is vulnerable to the effects of high winds and storms. Protection of the entire tract and adjacent woodlands to the west will be essential in the future for protecting the 7-8 acre oak forest located in the heart of Round Island. Round Island is owned by the Ford Yacht Club which has held the tract for many years without proposing development or alterations. The Yacht Club has placed Round Island on the Natural Features Registry of the Michigan Nature Conservancy. This is a voluntary registry without any agreements or legal obligations. Wildlife Sanctuary The Grosse Ile Township Garden Club is responsible for the management of the woodlands tract located just to the northeast of Horsemill and Thorofare Roads. The site is owned by Grosse Ile Township. Because of its location near the Thorofare Canal, the sanctuary is particularly important as wildlife habitat. Michigan Natural Features Inventory The Michigan Natural Features Inventory is maintained by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources as a service to citizens and local officials. Plants and animals which are (or are potentially) threatened or endangered are listed on the inventories. To avoid curiosity seekers, only the general locations of the features is mapped. The inventory is not a definitive statement about the presence, absence or condition of environmental features, since many of - 52 - �" the sites listed have not been completely surveyed. Unfortunately, some features present in the past, many have already been destroyed by human factors and development. Endangered or threatened plant and animal species from Grosse Ile Township lands and waters are noted on the natural resource features map (see Map 3). If developments are proposed on or near these areas, the presence and importance of the plant or animal should be reviewed. For extremely rare or endangered species, a permit may be needed from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. Threatened and endangered species may have special value when located in a protected area or woodland. It may be the presence of woodlands which has protected the species and provided habitat. Woodlands and Development Impacts Woodlands are easily destroyed by development. Large trees of unique value may not be accurately identified by landowners and buildings may be planned on prime woodland sites. Developers, in their haste to clear land, may overlook woodlands protection plans. In some cases, trees which are saved die within several years because of root damage and changes in water table conditions caused by land alteration. Excavation soils (especially clays), when placed near trees, can inhibit proper root respiration. The regulation and protection of woodlands is even more difficult than wetlands. Scientific definitions of wetlands have been established for many years. In contrast, it is often difficult to identify "unique" woodlands, since most trees provide the basic screening and amenity values of importance to the community. Effective woodlands protection becomes much more a matter of effective site planning and incentives to developers. Priority woodlands for protection on Grosse Ile include climax hardwood fores ts and forested wetlands. Whenever possible, stands of trees should be protected through the use of cluster development site layouts. Special attention should also be placed on street frontage and other visual buffers. GillO - 53 - �,. land Use EXISTING LAND USE During July of 1987, Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated completed a survey of existing land use in Grosse Ile Township. Land utilized for single-family housing development comprises the largest land use category in Grosse Ile. This use currently occupies over 2,463 acres of land. The second largest land use category is vacant land which comprises 1,660 acres. Public and semi-public facilities including the airport, churches, schools, and protected natural areas such as Celeron Island comprise 686 acres. Grosse Ile Township has 520 acres of land utilized for recreation. Multiple-family housing utilizes 124 acres. There are 44 acres of commerc !ally-developed land and 3 acres of land utilized for office development. Grosse Ile Township has 64 acres of submerged land. The tabulations resulting from the land use survey are shown in Table S. Examination of this table will show that Grosse Ile Township is 70 percent developed. Discussion of Existing Land Use by Sector This section of the master plan discusses existing land use relationships in seven sectors of the township. The sec tor of Grosse Ile Township be tween Groh Road and the southerly township limits contains several diverse land uses; the major land use is the Grosse Ile Municipal Airport which contains 610 acres. Other uses in this section of Grosse Ile located sou th of Groh Road include several very pleasant residential communities which are located on Swan Island, Hickory Island, Heso Island, and Elba Island. Calf Island, Round Island, Sugar Island and Fox Island are essentially undeveloped islands. This section of Grosse Ile also includes several recreation facilities including the Ford Yacht Club, two marinas, and a small passive park which serves a surrounding residential community. The former dump site, which ls located in this area, has also been designated for future recreation use. An important land use planning issue is the need to ensure that future expansion and development of the Grosse Ile municipal airport and adjoining industrial park do not conflict with the residential environment which surrounds the airport area. This area of Grosse Ile contains several sensitive natural areas which should be carefully preserved in future planning. Round Island contains forested wetlands and woodlands which should be preserved. Gibraltar Bay contains important celery beds which are essential to wildlife. Significant celery beds are also located in the submerged land area east of Elba Island. These natural areas are discussed in more detail in the natural features section of the master plan. - 54 - �,. I I I I 01'0 H I I I I ii I I \ '' \' ' \ \\ '' \' ' \' \ ' \ I ! 1. , ~ , -J! �,. The area of Grosse Ile Township between Grosse Ile Parkway and Groh Road contains a wide diversity of land uses ranging from the large industrial park on the south to the Grosse Ile Golf and Country Club and West River Yacht and Country Club on the northern portion of this area. This area also contains the Island Memorial Park Cemetery. The area also has several large tracts of undeveloped land which could be utilized for residential development. One large tract of land is located between Meridian and East River Road. Another large vacant tract is located west of Meridian. Although this section of the township has large parcels for potential new residential development, there are certain future land use relationships which must be carefully monitored as development occurs. The industrial park and airport to the south could be environmentally detrimental to future residential development if appropriate buffers and transitions are not provided. The two existing golf and country club facilities provide a very pleasant image to the area and increase the desirability for future potential residential development. The section of Grosse Ile Township located between Ferry and Grosse Ile Parkway contains the main Macomb Road shopping district as well as the campus of Grosse Ile High School. Slightly more than half of the land in this sector of the township is vacant. This prime land is very suitable for future single-family and multiple-family residential development. The two large vacant tracts on either side of Macomb Street, east of Meridian, contain important woodlands which should be carefully considered in future development planning. Thorofare Canal, which penetrates this sec tor of the township diagonally, has many significant adjacent wetlands which should be carefully preserved in planning for future development. Because of the proximity of vacant areas to the main shopping center and the high school, this sector of the township would be most suitable for development of housing for senior citizens. The section of Grosse Ile Township between Church and Ferry is largely developed with the exception of three undeveloped areas. These areas include the eastern portion of the Westcroft Gardens property and two linear str.ips located between the Thorofare Canal and East River Road. This section of Grosse Ile contains several newer residential subdivisions with curvilinear street patterns. Some of the finest residential neighborhoods in the community are located in this area. This area also contains the West Shore Country Club. The Sacred Heart Elementary School is located in this sector between East River Road and Parke Lane. The sector of the township between Horse Mill and Church is primarily developed for single-family residential use. There are two distinct areas within this sector. The single-family residential development area west of the Thorofare Canal consists of older subdivisions with a rectilinear street pattern. The newer single-family residential development area east of Thorofare Canal consists of curvilinear streets containing many fine new homes which have been constructed during the last few years. This area contains several smaller - 56 - �[ "' undeveloped parcels which can be developed in the future to round out the existing single-family residential character of the area. The area of the township between Bridge and Horse Mill is about half developed with single-family housing and half undeveloped. The undeveloped portion of this section contains the wildlife bird sanctuary. The area also contains one multiply-family development, The Country Manor development. Because of the proximity of this area to the toll bridge, it should become very desirable as a future residential development area. In order to protect the environmental features of the area, very careful and sensitive design of future subdivisions will be needed. The section of Grosse Ile from Bridge Road to the north end is emerging as a very high quality residential community. Particularly, along such streets as Parke Lane, Paulina, and Voight. Care should be taken so that the remaining vacant developable portion of this sector continues to develop at the same high level of residential quality. The last sec tor of Grosse Ile cons is ts of Hennepin Island. This island is utilized by the BASF Wyandotte Corporation for disposal of industrial wastes. This area will continue to be used by the company for industrial purposes and should not be made available for any other type of development until needed environmental studies have been completed, and it can be determined that it is safe for other land uses. Stony Island which is located on the east side of the main island is primarily vacant, but contains an industrial zone on the extreme easterly portion of the island which is utilized for barge storage. All of Stony Island contains important wetlands and woodlands which are discussed in the natural features section of the master plan. Sugar Island is an undeveloped island which contains significant woodlands which should be preserved. Round Island is also vacant, and contains significant woodlands and wetlands. Celeron Island contains extremely important woodlands and wetlands; this island is owned by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources and will be permanently preserved in its natural state. Areas of Historic Significance Grosse Ile Township has several areas and structures which are of historic significance. These areas have been surveyed with the assistance of the Grosse Ile Historic Commission and are shown on the map following this page. This map represents a preliminary portrayal of survey results; the data on the map will be further refined as the Historic Commission proceeds further with its work. The areas shown on the map should be carefully taken into consideration by the Plan Commission when future planning decisions are made. GI097 - 57 - �,' I -...-..._ -~. lllf~ -- - - - - -~-- - . , I ·~-· --~,, '· ANIIIWW "'✓ L::> WVNCX>III -I \ \ on.ow, ~- \ \ - \1 \ --- --- --~-- - -~ ' c,,__ '"'re •-- ::::::;;::,~~~~~;:.,~=!~~;z,.=-=:::---,,-=--==----- --==~=;;;;a, <_, --c:: ·- · - --- "-- - -- - - - • • ---------- .... ,'!!'1- --- --- u;;;_ _..___ - --- ~ I. 2. J. 4. 5. b. 7. 8. 9. 10. II . Map5 12. AR~ OF HISTORIC SIGNIFICANCE Township of Grosse lie Wayne County, Michigan Mcnlef"'°"-1917 I). I~. 15 . ' l~ ...~ . . . 11\ . . . . ,, . . ~ ,.. . ---------- I - IIMA - - - - ~ - - - -iiiiico c o- - - - - - Hickory l1l1nd Pre 1945 Hoae ■ In the Ar•• of Croh Road and Weit River Road lnter ■ ectlon Weit River Road Hl ■ torlc Hoae ■ Dl ■ trlct Slocu•'• l1l1nd Overlook Be I I vue Road M ■ co•b Road Hletorlc 8ualn••• Ol ■ trlct East River Road Oletrlct fox School Jewell Colony Westcroft Cardena Older Su-er Ho•e• Parke Lane : Pre 1945 Ho••• (Vernor f ■ •lly ho•• located on northeast corner of Horse Mill and E■■ t River Road lnter ■ ectlon.) Upper East River Road Church Historic District Area on East River Road fro• ferry Road to the North GelOld Luedtke and A51oci0tin, I n c ~ IJlban Planning COfllUltanll Oeffolt, Mld'ligan �,. F1JTUn: LAND USE PLAN The future land use plan for Grosse Ile Township (see Map 6) recommends a land use pattern which closely follows the historic development pattern of the community. Most vacant land areas are recommended for single-family residential development. The industrial park area remains the same. The previously mixed land use pattern of the Macomb Road shopping area has been designated as a continuous commercial development area. A very limited number of multiple-family housing locations have been shown in the plan. The major areas recommended for new development in the plan are described in the following sections: Single Family Development There are ten large undeveloped land areas which have been designated in the plan for single-family residential development. They are as follows: 1) The undeveloped area bounded by Meridian, Manchester, East River Road and Rucker; 2) the undeveloped area within and surrounding Loma Circle; 3) the larger undeveloped area bounded by Meridian, Bellvue, East River Road and Manchester; 4) the undeveloped area bisected by Thorofare Canal which is surrounded by West River Road, Ferry Road, Meridian and Grosse Ile Parkway; 5) the area bounded by Thorofare Canal, Island Drive, East River Road, and Ferry; 6) the undeveloped linear strip which is bounded by Thorofare Canal and East River Road located north of Stout; 7) the Westcroft Gardens property; 8) the vacant property abutting Park Lane between Horse Mill and Church. (Development of this area will complete an emerging residential community); 9) the large vacant area both north apd south of Horse Hill Road; and 10) the triangular undeveloped area bounded by Meridian, Park Lane, and Paulina. All of the smaller islands surrounding the main island of Grosse Ile have been designated for single-family development with the exception of Hennepin Point and a small portion of Stony Island where industrial processes are located. Nev Multiple-Paaily Residential Developaent Areas Areas designated in the future land use plan for multiple-family residential development are very limited. They consist of the following: 1) A small strip of multiple-family housing along Groh Road across from the Municipal Airport; 2) a small multiple-family residential area north of Groh Road and directly north of Frenchman's Creek; 3) multiple-family development areas are recommended both north and south of the Macomb Road commercial district. (This will help to strengthen and reinforce the main commercial core of the community); 4) a multiple-family residential area is recommended off of Horse Mill Road between West River Road and Meridian. - 59 - �,, ·; ; 'i i ~ t-+----;--- lf I r1f·: I •·! ~ I I i j I ~ , / / , ·~~ / I ! • ..> , r i r_,.... I I, I :_-: •. • I , ,._ . .. I \ 11,1 en ::, I • I C ~ , , 11,1 ~ 5 I ~ u. -J! )1 .~ 0~ ·- §i 0. i:: I Jii I I �--- ·---=--- TABLE 5 EXISTING AND FUTURE LAND USE FUTURE LAND USE EXISTING LAND USE Single-Family Residential Multiple-Family Residential I .... C\ 2,463 Acres 124 Acres Single-Family Residential Multiple-Family Residential Commercial and Office 3,838 Acres 284 Acres 97 Acres Commercial and Office 47 Acres Public and Semi-Public 686 Acres Public and Semi-Public 244 Acres Recreation and Open Space 520 Acres Airport 459 Acres Industrial 305 Acres Recreation and Open Space 520 Acres Industrial 138 Acres Special Environmental Zone (Hennepin Island) 225 Acres Vacant Land Submerged Land 1,660 Acres 64 Acres Submerged Land TOTAL ACREAGE GI125 5,869 ACRES TOTAL ACREAGE 64 Acres 5,869 ACRES �. Commercial Developaent The main commercial area recommended in the future land use plan exists on Macomb Road from Meridian to the existing multiple-family apartments located directly west of East River Road. This will provide the main shopping, professional services, governmental and institutional core required to serve the Grosse Ile community. There is a small area recommended for convenience shopping in the plan at the southeast intersection of Meridian and Horse Mill Roads. Westcroft Gardens and an existing inn on the northeast intersection of Meridian and Groh have also been shown as commercial uses on the plan. Industrial Develop■ent Industrial development on Grosse Ile is limited to the single location of the Grosse Ile Indus trial Park on Groh Road opposite the Municipal Airport. Previously existing industrial processes on Hennepin Island and on Stony Island have been designated as special environmental zones and are not industrial development areas. These areas have been designated so that such uses will be limited and so that no new uses can be constructed until proper environmental studies and clearances have been approved. Because Grosse Ile Township has prepared a new zoning ordinance concurrent with this new master plan, the township's zoning pattern will accurately reflect the land use recommendations which are set forth in the master plan. - 62 - �II' THE MACOMB ROAD BUSINESS DISTRICT The Macomb Road Business District is a special land use area in Grosse Ile Township. This is the center of shopping, personal services, government, and education in the community. For many years, Macomb Road has served as both the major shopping street on Grosse Ile as well as a residential street. Many older homes are interspersed with businesses along Macomb Road. This intermixture of commercial and residential uses has become increasingly unsatisfactory. The traffic and activity generated by commercial uses is detrimental to those residences which are interspersed with the commercial enterprises. Many of the older homes have deteriorated and are now in poor condition. The Commercial Base Analysis chapter of the master plan indicates that as Grosse Ile continues to urbanize, there will be a stronger demand for commercial facilities. The master plan recommends that the entire extent of Macomb Road be zoned for commercial development. The only exceptions would be where multiple family residential development already exists. By zoning Macomb Road frontage for commercial development, a gradual process of replacement of existing residential structures by new businesses should take place. The existing land use pattern along Macomb Road is portrayed in Hap 7. Analysis of this land use survey map indicates that there are three under-utilized sections of Macomb Road frontage which could be developed for commercial use in future years. The first under-utilized section is located on the north side of Macomb Road and extends from the existing Nate's Market to Parke Lane. This section of Macomb Road frontage contains seven existing residential structures, one residential structure which has been converted to commercial use, and four structures which were originally built for commercial occupancy. The second potential area for future commercial development is also located on the north side of Macomb Road and extends from the Parke Lane condominium development to the existing Cabinetworks Shop. This area contains twelve residential buildings, six residential buildings which were converted to business use and six structures which were built for commercial occupancy. A third under-utilized area which could developed for more intensive commercial use is located on the south side of Macomb Road and extends between Parke Lane and Perdino's Restaurant. This area contains five residential buildings and no converted residential or commercial buildings. Rezoning of these three under-utilized sections of Macomb frontage for commercial development should spur new retail, office and other uses to develop in these areas. Before these under-utilized areas of Macomb Road become commercially developed, the township should establish higher standards for planning and design of commercial developments. These areas, if properly designed, will set the stage for the overall rejuvenation and improvement of the entire length of Macomb Road. It is far easier to require good design of a commercial business prior to construction, than it is to try to correct poor design in already existing commercial enterprises. - 63 - �,. -~)L Meridian Map7 MACOMB ROAD EXISTING LAND USE 1::/::::{:::::::::j Single-Family Residential !88888888881 Multiple-Family Residential - Commercial and Office 1I 1111111 II Public and Semi-Public Vacant land 1 inch = 600 feet �Special Macomb Road Urban Design Issues The rezoning of Macomb Road frontage for commercial development presents a strong potential for consolidating and strengthening the main shopping district of the Grosse Ile community. However, there are certain design problems and opportunities which should be addressed prior to future development on Macomb Road. Urban design problems include parallel parking, unpaved parking lots, poorly defined parking areas which merge with the right of way, head-in parking, numerous potholes and puddles, poor landscaping in both parking areas and in the fronts of businesses, and lack of a uniform sidewalk treatment along Macomb Road. Identity of the Main Shopping District We recommend that stone entranceway structures be constructed at both ends of Macomb Road to visually announce the beginning of the main shopping district. Since the linear shopping district is strung along a long linear strip, these entranceway treatments will give identity to the main shopping area of Grosse Ile. Such structures could be in the form of a low natural stone wall on both sides of the road with light fix tu res and signs denoting entry to the business district. Ideally, these stone structures should be built of a type of stone which is indigenous to Grosse Ile. The !Aage of the Roadway Macomb Road has a chaotic "ragtag" image because it lacks curbing and the gravel along the right-of-way weaves in and out of ditches and driveways, and there are abundant potholes and puddles along both sides of the right-of-way. We recommend that underground drainage be installed where ditches now exist. Permanent curbing should be installed on both sides of Macomb Road and, wherever possible, turning lanes into businesses should be established on the edge of the existing pavement. This will substantially improve the appearance of Macomb Road and will give a neat edge to the entire roadway. Parallel parking and head-in parking along the right of way of Macomb Road should be eliminated wherever possible and should be prohibited in future commercial developments. The township should encourage development of parking areas behind businesses wherever possible. The front of businesses should be utilized for landscaping and pedestrian access. The existing parking lots should be paved and should be landscaped as generously as possible. Many existing off-street parking lots have no landscaping and consist of mud, gravel, and potholes filled with water. The Need for Uniform Sidewalk Policy Some portions of Macomb Road are served by sidewalk and others are not. Most of the sidewalks are unattractive, some are poorly maintained, and generally - 65 - �,. they add no interest or character to the shopping district. We recommend that the township adopt a uniform sidewalk policy along Macomb Road. All future commercial developments should be required to provide sidewalks. We recommend that all sidewalks along Macomb Road be constructed of red brick pavers. The red brick will give a much needed element of interest and warmth to the Macomb Road streetscape. \lherever possible, existing businesses should be encouraged to provide brick sidewalks. Ultimately, the entire commercial frontage of Macomb Road should have a continuous red brick pedestrian sidewalk on both sides of the street. An Architectural Tbeae for Maco■b Road There has long been considerable discussion in the Grosse Ile community on establishing an arc hi tee tural theme or treatment along Macomb Road commercial frontage. Some community residents favor a nautical theme because Grosse Ile is an island community and the water plays such an important role in the leisure-time activities of residents. Other residents have suggested that Macomb Road have a rustic image with cedar shake tile roofs and old fashioned wooden signs which identify the various stores. An examination of the existing architectural character of Macomb Road shows a wide divergence of building styles--in fact, some of the commercial buildings have no discernable style at all. Beginning at East River Road, one sees tudor style commercial buildings, California contemporary-style buildings, simple plate glass store fronts, converted victorian style residential structures, fake mansard roofs, and standard contemporary shopping center-style commercial buildings. This mixture of arch! tectural treatments and styles does not comprise a visual image which has any overall coherence or theme. The nautical theme could be introduced in special entranceway structures at either end of Macomb Road and also in the use of bollards on nautical posts with linking ropes to separate parking areas from the main right-of-way of the street. In some cities which have initiated a nautical theme, it has resulted in an unfortunate use of counterfeit design elements such as sticking ship wheels across the facade of a commercial building or trying to turn the front of a restaurant into a ship's hull. These design concepts tend to cheapen the image of the commercial district rather than to improve it. The most successful nautical design themes found in ocean-front communities along the Atlantic Ocean are actually reproductions of the original fishing village architecture. The proportions of the buildings, the wood and roofing treatments recreate the early oceanside villages. However, such design treatments are not really indigenous to Grosse Ile. It would appear that the most suitable solution to improving the aesthetic image of Macomb Road would be to perm! t a variety of architectural designs, but to encourage developers of commercial properties to informally consult with the Grosse Ile Business Association and Plan Commission on the compatibility of proposed designs with the overall streetscape image. Diversity of architectural style in a shopping district can be quite stimulating and pleasing so long as each building, in itself, represents good design. - 66 - �,. Other Land Uses Related to Kaco■b Road Commercial Frontage As Macomb Road continues to develop for commercial uses, it is recommended that apartment developments be clustered around the Macomb Road business district and that future needed community facilities such as police or fire stations or expanded educational complexes be located as close as possible to the Macomb Road District. This will establish a strong commercial/institutional/governmental nerve center along Macomb Road and these uses will reinforce and complement one another. For example, a trip to a future library could also include a secondary trip for shopping. Or a person may wish to visit certain stores before visiting the police station or the township hall. All of these functions can more efficiently serve the public if they are grouped in a common setting. GllOl - 67 - �Transportation The primary road network on Grosse Ile has been described with the phrase "the circle and the cross." The cross consists of Grosse Ile Parkway and Meridian Road; the circle along the perimeter consists of chiefly East and West River Roads. The circle and the cross roads intersect with a number of east-west collector roads to form the primary road network on the island. Local roads and subdivision streets complete the road network, providing direct access to abutting land and to the collector roads. Road Classification Classification of roads is necessary as a means of communicating the purpose served by each street or road in the transportation system. Road classifications identify the type and volume of traffic that is appropriate for each segment of the road network. The classifications establish expectations among residents, Township officials, and transportation engineers concerning the operational characteristics of each road. Wayne County has jurisdiction over public roads on Grosse Ile. The County has set forth a simple administrative classification, denoting roads that are County primary or local roads. The following Grosse Ile roads have been classified as County primary roads: Bridge Road, from the toll bridge to Parke Lane East River Road, from Horse Mill Road south to Hickory Island Bridge Grob Road, from Meridian Road east to East River Road Grosse Ile Parkway, from the County bridge to East River Road Grosse Ile Parlcvay raap to West River Road Horse "ill Road, from West River Road east to Meridian Road Horse Mill Road, from Parke Lane east to East River Road Meridian Road, from Bridge Road south to Groh Road Parke Lane, from Bridge Road South to Horse Mill Road West River Road, from Horse Mill Road south to Groh Road County primary roads receive priority treatment in terms of maintenance and snow plowing. In addition to being classified as County primary roads, a portion of Meridian Road south of Grosse Ile Parkway, and the portion of Grosse Ile Parkway west of Meridian Roads are classified so as to be eligible for federal aid. - 68 - • �The County's classification system is useful for identifying government responsibility for each road, but is not necessarily the best system for transportation planning purposes. A functional classification sys tern would be more useful as a planning tool. The following three-tier classification system more adequately describes the functional characteristics of Grosse Ile roads: Arterial roads serve the major centers of activity, the highest traffic volume corridors, and the longest trips. Arterial roads on Grosse Ile include Grosse Ile Parkway, Meridian Road, Macomb Street, portions of East and West River Roads, and a portion of Bridge Road. Collector roads penetrate neighborhoods, distributing trips from the arterials to the local roads or to the ultimate destination. Collector roads also collect traffic from the neighborhoods and channel it to the arterial system. Collector roads on Grosse Ile include Horse Mill Road, Church Road, Ferry Road, a portion of Bellevue, portions of East and West River Roads, Groh Road, Parke Lane, Thorofare, South Pointe, and a portion of Bridge Road. Local roads primarily provide direct access to abutting land and to Movement of through traffic is usually collector and arterial roads. deliberately discouraged on local roads. Subdivision streets are a type of local road. Traffic Voluaes and Patterns Map 8 indicates the volume of traffic on Grosse Ile roads. This map is based on 24-hour, two-way traffic counts taken by the Wayne County Office of Public Services (previously the Wayne County Road Commission) in 1985 and 1986. As would be expected, the traffic counts reveal a basic orientation toward the two bridges. The Grosse Ile Parkway bridge is the primary access to and from the island; the 24-hour, two-way traffic count across this bridge was 15,564 vehicles. In comparison, the traffic count across the toll bridge at the north end of the island was 5,246 vehicles. The following reasons have been offered to explain why Grosse Ile Parkway is the favored route to and from the island: - Many residents may decline to use the toll bridge because of the cost. This reason is plausible, since the average single-family home records about five trips in and out on a typical day. If only three of these trips are off of the island, the annual cost of using the toll bridge would be over $1,600. - 69 - �rllfHION ............... , - - - - - - ~- - - OIII._. "" ·, c#,_, ' ·- ·- •- ..;·- ·- ·- ·- MIMEW , , I \ / - ... .i:::::::::,~. .c::> , I ... '' .. f-:) •.•,. --\\ ~v........_ • ~ ' -----~ ', ~J --~-- ---=-~ C : : : ----.;,..._~ -~ I ·J· - ~ ~it °"'°" I --- • c,,-- ~ ~llfl>r4 - - -----:::---.,, c._... ·--- -..... -====-·--=---====~=~ ._ , ]I L1:!L 'I ' ~--- ...,. , •.m 1 J IT1 . . .____," ,_ = -·- \ ~ ~► l . ~ • • t~: 11J· );! ~ :r!. Ir1 il~::i-:-~ ta ~ , I ..... ,... I t '----~ L -~ ; 1( · - in•• · .----·----------------------- .... =-- -~------7~ . -::._,;¢-- - , ~ - 24 HOUR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC COUNIS Map8 TRAFFIC VOLUMES 'Wayne County, Michigan MClllefPlan-1917 '-ire ...._... -·~------ ~ -••• Township of Grosse lie Wl'ANOOlll ! Ql. : ' . . ..._ --------~ - - ---- L=:: - f ~:, . /J ··- ~"'"t--,,,____~ ,.. ffi w-- Mofe Than 10,000 Vehicles S,000 to 10,000 Vehicles 3,000 to 4,999 Vehicles 2,000 to 2,999 Vehicles 1,000 to 1,999 Vehicles Current Traffic Counts Not Available GelOld wedllle and AaocicdN, lnc:OlpOIOted Urbon '1aMlng CoNullanll o.t!Oit. MIC:hiQan �It is more convenient for most residents on the island to use Grosse Ile Parkway than the toll bridge. Collector roads that intersect Grosse Ile Parkway appear to be well-maintained. Traffic flows smoothly across the Grosse Ile Parkway bridge, whereas traffic is delayed at the toll booth on the toll bridge. Finally, for most residents the travel distance to the Grosse Ile Parkway bridge appears to be less than the travel distance to the toll bridge. - Once off of the is land, the Grosse Ile Parkway route may of fer more convenient access to regional transportation corridors and other destinations. Although the distance between Grosse Ile and I-75 is roughly the same from either bridge, many drivers consider the southerly route to West Road to be faster and more convenient than Sibley Road. Further analysis of the traffic counts reveals that most traffic which uses Grosse Ile Parkway is distributed via Meridian Road, and to a lesser extent, East River Road. An even smaller amount of traffic is distributed to or from Grosse Ile Parkway by way of West River Road. Traffic counts along Meridian Road, East River Road, and West River Road in the vicinity of Grosse Ile Parkway are as follows: Meridian Road: East River Road: West River Road: 5,800 to 8,300 vehicles 2,400 to 3,600 vehicles 1,600 to 2,800 vehicles Traffic that uses the toll bridge for access appears to use Meridian Road as the primary means of access to or from Bridge Road. Consequently, traffic levels are fairly uniform along Meridian Road. Traffic counts exceed 4,000 vehicles along Meridian Road, from Bridge Road to Bellevue, then drop to about 3,600 vehicles south of Bellevue. As noted above, traffic along Meridian is heavier in the vicinity of Grosse Ile Parkway and Macomb Street. In summary, the traffic counts reveal that the most heavily travelled roads are Grosse Ile Parkway, Meridian Road, Bridge Road, and Macomb Street. Lesser amounts of traffic are carried by the arterial and collector roads that intersect with these primary access routes. Grosse Ile Parkway south of Meridian is the only road where the traffic volume approaches the design capacity. According to the Highway Capacity Manual (Highway Research Board, 1965), a typical two-lane paved road should be able to carry up to 1,400 vehicles during the peak hour of traffic, and a total of about 18,000 vehicles per day. The capacity of roads on Grosse Ile may be somewhat less than these standards, because of the number of curves, intersections, and frequent driveways that intersect the collector and arterial roads. Nevertheless, the traffic counts reveal that almost all roads on Grosse Ile carry far less traffic than indicated by their design capacity. For the purposes of comparison, nearby roads off of the island carry the following traffic volumes in a typical 24-hour period: - 71 - �No. of Vehicles Sibley Road between Allen and Grange 13,326 between Grange and Fort 14,048 between Fort and Quarry 9,232 between Quarry and Jefferson 7,631 Van Horn Road between Allen and Fort 13, 122 between Fort and Jefferson 10,854 Jefferson Avenue between Toll Bridge Road and Sibley 7,511 between Sibley and King 7,406 between King and West 8,327 between West and Van Horn 10,758 Based upon analysis of existing traffic volumes and projected population growth, a recommended future thoroughfare classification system has been set forth in Map 9. Transportation Issues Several issues or problems concerning transportation have emerged based on analysis of the data presented herein. These issues are discussed in the text which follows. 1. Road Iaproveaents. lowing transportation needs: Residents of Grosse Ile have identified the fol- - many residents would like to have gravel roads paved, and - many residents want improvements made to certain paved roads. The Township presently has a policy of paving roads only where a special assessment district has been set up to finance the improvements. Within the last three years, the County has relaxed its standards to allow asphalt paving without curbs; previously, newly paved roads had to meet subdivision standards. It is clear that paving improves the quality of travel on Township roads; in many cases, paving also improves the appearance of subdivision and local roads. In light of these benefits, the Township may want to take a more aggressive position and encourage residents to petition for special assessment districts for paving of their streets. The Township could continue its policy of paving only where a special assessment district has been set up, or it could also seek other sources of funding for a more comprehensive paving program. --- - - - - - - - - -- --- - 72 - - �r "I I ,~ I 01'0 1! I I I I ii I 1 \ I \ \ I \\ I I \ I \ I l \ I I \ •• I �r "I With regard to improving the design and condition of existing paved roads, a key constraint is the lack of adequate drainage. State Act 51 funding for roads is channelled through Wayne County. The County has a policy which does not permit use of Act 51 money for drainage projects which may be related to road improvements. Consequently, improvements to Macomb Street and other roads have been stalled because of lack of adequate drainage, and the lack of adequate funding to pay for necessary drainage improvements. It is clear that certain roads, such as Macomb Street, must be improved if the Township is to accomplish the economic development goals set forth in the master plan. The solution to the funding problem must come from the political arena. Two suggestions are set forth: - The Township could petition the new Wayne County government to change their policy regarding expenditure of Act 51 money, or the Township could take the necessary actions to become a City, whereupon it would receive the Act 51 funding directly from the state. 2. Macomb Street Plan. The previous master plan called for closure of a portion of Macomb Street, construction of a .. ring road," and creation of a commercial mall. There is presently very little support for this design concept. The business community is particularly opposed to the '"ring road" plan. Clearly, such a plan would be extremely difficult to implement, especially with so much resistance. Furthermore, it is questionable whether a plan for a retail mall is justified, based on the size of the commercial district that could be supported by the projected population of the Township. The ring road plan did have value from one perspective: It would have provided access to landlocked parcels north and south of Macomb Street. Gray Drive has apparently been platted for the entire distance between East River Road and Meridian, providing access to landlocked parcels on the north side of Macomb (although Gray Drive presently has not been constructed all the way to Meridian). The need for access to landlocked parcels south of Macomb Street still exists. One option would be to construct a secondary access road on Township-owned property from Meridian Road east to a point east of the Township Hall. 3. Excessive Traffic. The master plan identifies only one road, Manchester Road, where excessive traffic is a recurring problem. This road is used as a collector road by people travelling to or from Meridian Road, even though Manchester Road is intended to be used as a local residential street. Manchester Road is used instead of Groh Road and East River Road, which are not as quick, convenient, and in the case of Groh Road, as well maintained. - 74 - �r Excessive traffic on residential streets can be dealt with in a number of ways. First, alternate collector routes (such as Groh Road) should be bettermaintained so they can adequately serve the intended volume of traffic. Other measures involve attempts to discourage traffic from entering residential streets: Post speed limits on entry to residential streets. Construct street entrance necking to prevent entry onto a residential street from an adjoining arterial. This technique involves extension of the planting strip at one corner of the intersection, restricting street width to permit only one-way exit from the residential street. Install signs to limit residential streets to local access only. - Upgrade arterials and collector streets to carry greater traffic volumes. Provide for curved or winding residential streets in new residential developments. Manchester Road provides straight access from East River Road to Meridian. - Construct or reconstruct residential streets using narrower de-emphasize vehicular use and encourage driver caution. width to Utilize plantings in the right-of-way to visually de-emphasize the vehicular function of residential streets. Implementation of these alternatives is costly, possibly involving installation of new curbs, realignment of existing curbs, adjustment of aanhole covers, relocation of drainage inlets, signage, and landscaping. Therefore, it is imperative that any recommended set of alternatives be tested under the observation of the Township Engineer during a trial period prior to permanent installation. On weekends during the warm weather months, traffic is very heavy on East and West River Roads. This traffic is attributed to sightseerers, and would be very difficult to control without illegally restricting access on public County primary roads. The traffic tie-ups on the two bridges probably acts as a self-regulatory measure to deter even more sightseerers from entering the island. 4. Parke Lane. Currently, the Township is served by three primary north-south collector roads: Meridian road, East River Road, and West River Road. A fourth north-south collector road, Parke Lane, was designated in the previous master plan. Accordingly, the Township has required developers of property along the Parke Lane route to construct the road across their property when they develop the land. · - 75 - �r Completion of Parke Lane would be an asset to the Township's road network. The Township has two options concerning Parke Lane: - The Township can continue its existing policy, resulting in construction of Parke Lane segment-by-segment over a number of years. - The Township could seek new sources of funding to complete the road in its entirety. Public initiative may eventually be required anyway to complete certain segments where the owners have no intention of developing the land within a reasonable period of time. s. Airport and Comaerce Park Transportation. One issue concerning development of the airport commerce park which was analyzed was the desire to provide airplanes with direct access to buildings in the park. In concept, an executive would be able to fly into the Grosse Ile airport and taxi up to the front door of a business. The existing configuration of roads and airport does not facilitate such a plan. In fact, the existing configuration of roads and airport segregates the airplanes from the commerce park. A new road configuration, calling for re-routing or closing a segment of Groh Road, would be required. If Groh Road was re-routed around the north side of the commerce park to Meridian Road, then the commerce park would have unobstructed access to and from the airport. Such a modification of Groh Road would be very costly in relation to the positive effects it would have on airport development. Vehicular access to the commerce park is another important concern. Presently, primary access is via Grosse Ile Parkway and Meridian Road. Meridian Road has 120-foot right-of-way, and is scheduled for resurfacing and shoulder work by the County. This route should be able to adequately carry the traffic generated by new development in the commerce park. 6. Bridge Traffic. The ability of the two bridges to handle the traffic generated by a growing Township is an important concern. Presently, the level of traffic over the bridges is particularly problematic in the warm weather months, when the bridges open every half hour to allow boats to pass, causing extended delays for vehicles waiting to cross. Such delays create an inconvenience for passenger vehicles and deter prospective businesses from locating in the commerce park. To a limited extent, better traffic control would alleviate some of the congestion. Apparently, signalization at the intersection of Grosse Ile Parkway and West River Road would improve the flow of traffic when the bridge re-opens to allow vehicular traffic to cross. - 76 - �r In the long-term, the problem of excessive bridge traffic can be dealt with only through major modifications to the existing bridges, or construction of a third bridge. The bridge at the north end of the island possibly would carry more traffic if it were not a toll bridge. Construction of a high-rise bridge that would allow boats to pass underneath does not appear to be a viable option, because so much land would be required for the bridge approach ramp. A high-rise bridge, though, would allow uninterrupted passage of boats without having to close the bridge to vehicular traffic. Another alternative that has been suggested would involve construction of a third bridge on a causeway, extending from Groh Road across the river to Gibraltar. The river is relatively shallow in this area. This alternative would provide direct access to the commerce park. However, a causeway would prevent passage of boats into the West Channel at the south end of the island. 7. Regional Transportation Issues. Many critical transpora tion problems faced by Grosse Ile actually exist off of the island. Possibly the most important transportation issue concerns access to and from I-75. Both the north and south routes to I-75 involve heavy traffic, extended delays at traffic signals, and travel on inadequately-maintained roads. The lack of quick, convenient access to I-75 is often cited as a deterrent to development of some types of businesses in the Grosse Ile commerce park. A proposal to make major improvements to West Road, east from I-75, is being studied by the state and county. The Township should continue to monitor this proposal as it is studied, and petition for improvements that would directly benefit Grosse Ile. For example, if West Road is improved, Grosse Ile would benefit from upgrading of the Jefferson Avenue connection to West Road. 8. Public Transportation. Currently, no public transportation is provided to or from Grosse Ile. Most residents who wish to use public transportation board a SEMTA bus in Trenton. Presently, it is unclear how much demand exists on Grosse Ile for public transportation. If the lack of public transportation is a sufficiently serious concern, it should be addressed as the community continues to urbanize. 9. Alternate Modes of Transportation. Grosse Ile is one of only a few communities in southeastern Michigan that has the option of developing two additional viable modes of transportation: water and air transportation. Public commuter transportation by these modes may even be more viable than conventional ground-based public transportation. From time-to-time in the past, people have suggested various types of air and water transportation that may be viable on Grosse Ile. For example, a proposal for hydrofoil commuter transportation between Grosse Ile and downtown Detroit has been suggested. Proposals for commuter helicopter transportation are set forth in many planning documents from the past. GI095 - 77 - �r Community FacllHles Fire Station The present Grosse Ile fire station facilities were constructed in 1960 as part of a total township hall complex and no longer serve the needs of the fire department due to increased demand for emergency and fire protection services. The present facility does not have adequate space to accommodate existing and future required vehicles. Office space is very inadequate and houses several incongruous functions within a single room. Kitchen facilities are deficient and an improved lounge and training area is needed. There is a need for improved shower facilities for men and provision of shower facilities for women fire fighters. Sleeping areas are totally lacking and should be provided if fire fighters must remain at the fire station overnight during severe weather. Storage facilities are totally inadequate and there are no areas provided for conducting maintenance and repair work on fire vehicles and equipment. Adjoining parking facilities are not sufficient for fire personnel. The design and configuration of the present station also requires returning fire apparatus to back into the fire station causing potential collisions. The township of Grosse Ile is currently undergoing extensive urbanization in which many new residential units are being constructed. These residential units will place increased demands on the fire depa r tment which is already operating out of an inadequate facility. Four sites were initially considered for location of a new fire station. These sites included Macomb Road, Parkway at Meridian Road, Meridian at Lowrie, and Meridian Road between Macomb and Parkway. The first three sites were rejected because of traffic congestion or other conflicts. The site at Meridian and Lowrie also has high tension wires running through the parcel. The fourth alternative, a site located on Meridian between Macomb and Parkway, was selected for detailed consideration for a new station location because it provides adequate room for expansion and because the intersection light at Macomb and Parkway could be controlled from a central location in the fire station for emergency response. This parcel is presently owned by the township. The proposed location on Meridian Road should not cause any signficant increase in travel response time to critical locations on Grosse Ile. In fact, this site location should help reduce response time to many high value properties in the community. The following list shows the distance from the proposed site to high value developments on Grosse Ile: 1. 2. 3. 4. Industrial Park, Grosse Ile Airport Macomb Street, Business District Grosse Ile High School, Grey Drive Parke Lane School, Parke Lane/Church Road - 78 - = 1. 75 miles .2 - .75 miles • 80 miles = 2.5 miles = = �r "I 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. East River Elementary St. James Church, East River Road Presbyterian Church, Horsemill Road Baptist Church, Meridian Road St. Thomas Lutheran Church Community Center (Vacant) Sacred Heart Catholic Church Grosse Ile Yacht Club Elbamar Boat Club Ford Yacht Club Waters Edge Golf Club Grosse Ile Golf & Country Club West Shores Golf Club Meridian School 1.5 1.25 3.25 .1 = 1.60 = 2.0 = 2.5 = 4.00 = 3.75 = 3.50 = 1.25 = .25 = 1.25 = 1.0 = = = = miles miles miles mile miles miles miles miles miles miles miles miles miles miles The Grosse Ile Fire Department needs a fire station of approximately 12,000 square feet which will provide adequate office space for the fire chief and fire marshall, a conference/meeting room, a training/classroom, adequate storage facilities, a sleeping area for emergency situations that require personnel to be on all-night standby as well as to serve future paid on-call personnel. The apparatus area of the new fire station should have four front doors, allowing rescue vehicles to be back to back so they are capable of responding without interrupting the flow of fire vehicles. The apparatus areas should be 75 feet by 75 feet to allow for larger apparatus if needed. At least 50 parking spaces should be provided to meet the full requirements of the department. The proposed site on Meridian should provide adequate room for such a facility and could also provide for future expansion. However, as the community continues to grow there may be a future need for one or two branch fire stations, particularly in the area of the industrial park. All necessary utilities are available to this proposed site, including gas, water, and electricity. An engineering analysis would be required to determine sanitary and storm sewer requirements for development of the site. At the present time, the entire area between Parkway Road and Macomb Street on the east of Meridian is vacant wooded land. It would be desirable to maintain the wooded, natural image of this property as much as possible when developing a new fire station facility. This proposed site for a new fire station to serve Grosse Ile Township should be submitted to the fire insurance underwriters organization for review and evaluation before a final decision is made on the location. Through careful site planning and design, it will be possible to build the facility while preserving the open space wooded character of this land parcel. Police Headquarters The present police department facilities are over 25 years old and do not provide adequate space or facilities to meet the current or projected police - 79 - �r "I department space requirements. As Grosse Ile Township continues to urbanize, the community service requirements of the police department will increase substantially. The police department should have a modern facility which includes a dispatch area; a squad room; offices for the police chief, inspector, lieutenant, and two detectives; a juvenile office; an interrogation room; and a combination training and conference room. The facility should also have six jail cells; shower facilities; a booking area; a breathalizer room; a storage area; a property room; a weapons and equipment room; a general supplies room; an evidence room; a visitors area; and a garage for six to eight cars equipped with a wash rack, utility room, and auto parts storage area. There should also be a record bureau storage area, an exercise room, an indoor gun range, and an area for personnel to eat lunch. Such a full service police department facility could not be provided within the existing cramped space in the township hall. A new police headquarters could also be located on the proposed site for a new fire station on Meridian between Macomb and Parkway. It is estimated that a new police headquarters would require building space of approximately 9,000 square feet. Secondary access to the new police headquarters from Macomb Street could be provided with construction of a connecting road to the existing township hall driveway. Because of the centrality of this location and its excellent accessibility to major throughfares, both a new police headquarters and a fire station could serve the community very efficiently from this site. The site also has adequate room for expansion if needed in the future. Township Ball Administrative Office Facilities If the fire and police departments are relocated to new facilities, the existing area occupied by these departments could be redesigned to serve other township hall requirements. There is a need for an expanded and improved township meeting room. The existing fire department garage space could be redesigned for use as a meeting room for the township board and other township commissions. The Township Department of Public Works, the Building Department, and the Recreation Department all require additional space. These departments could be accommodated in the space vacated by police and fire functions. Department of Public Vorks Garage and Yard Grosse Ile Township needs a Department of Public Works facility. It is recommended that a DPW maintenance garage and yard be constructed on the land area directly behind the existing township hall. A detailed architectural study would be required to determine the actual building space requirements and the precise location of the facilities. Library Services Grosse Ile Township currently is provided with library services by the City - 80 - �I of Trenton Library. The Trenton Library is part of the Wayne-Oakland Library Federation. Library services provided by the Trenton Public Library to Grosse Ile residents have been of a high quality and it is recommended that this arrangement be continued in the future. The cost of building and operating a separate library facility on Grosse Ile would be very high. If the community wishes to develop library facilities on Grosse Ile in the future, it is recommended that the school system play the major role in providing such facilities. GlllS - 81 - �I Recreation INVENTORY OF EXISTING RECREATION FACILITIES AND PROGRAMS Grosse Ile Township does not have an extensively developed public recreation system. Most of the recreation facilities in the community are operated by the school system or by private recreation providers. This approach is realistic because of the limited financial resources of the township government and the premium placed on recreation land within the community. The major recreation facilities consist of public school recreation facilities and buildings, the Water's Edge Country Club, the Bird Sanctuary, and various undeveloped parks. Water's Edge Country Club The township of Grosse Ile operates a private country club for the recreation and enjoyment of the community's residents. The Water's Edge Country Club is a municipal family club with facilities for golf, boating, and swimming. It contains a swimming pool, a bar and restaurant, a driving range, and provides boating facilities. The Water's Edge Country Club is currently working on rejoining the Interlake Yachting Association so that its members can enjoy the facilities and privileges of other yacht clubs. The club is self-supporting from its own revenues which are not comingled with other township rec r eation funds. To help assure that the club will be self supporting, the township has offered resident memberships to residents of Grosse Ile and Trenton, and non-resident memberships to residents of other communities. The present facilities of the Water's Edge Country Club include a nine hole golf course, a 55 boat well marina with winter storage and haul-out facilities. It also includes an olympic size swimming pool, a club house with wet bar and snack facilities, and a pro-shop. The club house is available for catered parties and social group meetings. The club has 980 general members. Bird Sanctuary The Bird Sane tuary is a 12. 7 acre parcel of land bordered by the Thorofare Canal on the east, Horsemill Road on the south, and Thorofare Road on the west. The area is being preserved in its natural wooded state as a bird and wild life habitat. Undeveloped Parks Grosse Ile Township owns some areas which could be used for parks, but are as yet undeveloped. The township owns a former dump site which is a 12. 25 acre parcel laying between East River Road and the Elba-Mar Boat Club with frontage on a canal. There are also various road ends which are owned by the township and are literally small parcels of land on the river side of the river roads where east-west roads end. - 82 - �I RECREATION ACREAGE ON GROSSE ILE Private Acres 3.0 Grosse Ile Golf & Country Club 148.4 Water's Edge Country Club 75.0 West Shores Golf & Country Club 118. 7 12.7 Grosse Ile Yacht Club 4.0 Bird Sanctuary 9.4 Public & Semi-Public Community & Youth Center Acres Harian Park 3.5 Elba-Mar Boat Club Bertha Park 1.0 Ford Yacht Club 58.9 12.3 Hickory Island Yacht Club 0.8 Township Dump 63.6 Hickory Island Park 8.8 Schools 349.0 171. l Public and Private Total - 520.1 Acres GI078 - 83 - �I OOTDOOR RECR.F.ATION FACILITIES AT P0BLIC SCHOOLS U - Undeveloped D - Developed Activity Parke Lane Meridian Site Size (acres) 12.4 10.0 Softball Softball Baseball Baseball Basketball Football Football Track Tennis Playlot Playground East River (22.0 Middle School Senior High Totals combined) 52.3 96.7 2 2 2 7 3 D u 2 1 2 D 2 1 u 0 1 1 1 D 1 u 1 1 6 1 l 1 1 l l 3 1 1 1 6 3 3 Sacred Heart School, a parochial facility, has one developed baseball diamond, which is used for little league baseball and maintained by G.I.R,A. INDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES AT PUBLIC SCHOOLS Activity Gym Basketball Court Shower Facilities Multi-Purpose Room Kitchen Cafeteria Rest Rooms Auditorium Library Arts & Crafts Home Ee Shop Parke Lane Meridian 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 tt East River Middle School 2 2 1 Senior High 1 1 l 1 tt 1 1 ttSmall PTA Kitchen GI069 - 84 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Totals 3 5 3 3 3 2 5 1 3 2 2 2 �r Private Recreational Facilities on Grosse Ile 1. Grosse Ile Golf and Country Club Facilities: 2. 18 hole golf course Pro Shop Swimming Pool Club House Practice Range 2 Tennis Courts West Shore Golf & Country Club Facilities: 18 hole golf course Practice Range Pro Shop Waterfront area but no docks Club House 3. Grosse Ile Yacht Club Fae 111 ties: 4. 250 boat docks Club House 270 boat docks Club House Ford Yacht Club Facilities: 6. Club House Elba-Mar Boat Club Facilities: 5. 150 boat docks Hickory Island Yacht Club All must be residents of Hickory Island. Facilities: 25 boat docks GI076 - 85 - No Club House �Ill! 1111:NION -- • , ,· , / '- ___ .t:::::::::;,-, / ........--.,: · -~ ... , - ' ·..... '*--· ,· IIMIMEW ,,/ .,, . WVN()()lll ·-·-. ·,. ' -- - - ·-·-·•. ·-' ·, ~-----~---__ . \.d i: \ on.o., -.A..-__ - - -- - ~ -- = - --:::::::-,, C...._.t. -==-=~~ ~ ~ - I: ,::,,,-- \ - ,~ ·-- , ,. ..... , ~/ . . -- r:-~----=s ~ <Eiilii: > >-::»,,- - ..-1!!!"- --- - - 5·---- - ~ ~ ----- ---°""°" --------------------:~i----------- 11111111 I. 2. ). 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 . II. 12 . 13. Map10 14 . 15. 16. 17. 18. EXISTING RECREATION FACILITIES Township of Grosse lie Wayne~ Michigan Masa.Plan-1917 .... ~ ._ .... ~--- - ffi Ford Yacht Club Hickory laland Park Hickory Island Yacht Club Grosae Ile Yacht Club Township Du ■ p Elba-Kar Boat Club Nerldlan School Water's Edge Country Club Grosse lie Gulf & Country Club West Shores Golf & Country Club Senior Hlxh School Nlddle School East River School Parke Lane School Bird Sanctuary Narlon Park Bertha Park co-unity & Youth Center Gelold Luedtke and APociatN, lncofpolae.d IMbonPlanning~ DetlOi1, Michigan �GOALS FOR THE GROSSE ILE RECREATION COMPONENT 1. Recreation facilities and services should meet the needs of all components of the Grosse Ile population including preschool and elementary school children, teenagers, adults, the elderly, and the handicapped. 2. Recreation facilities and programs should be based on the preferences of Grosse Ile Township residents as reflected in the recently completed recreation opinion survey. 3. Recreation facilities should reflect the unique island geography of Grosse Ile Township and its extensive exposure to the waterfront. 4. Recreation facilities on Grosse Ile should be designed so that they not only provide recreation opportunities, but also contribute to the aesthetic quality and ecological balance of the township. 5. Development of future recreation based on a sound fiscal policy. 6. There should be full exploration of privatization of recreation facilities. Privatization involves a private company developing or opera ting recreation facilities on public recreation land or private recreation land for a profit. 7. Grosse Ile Township should explore innovative funding approaches such as a recreation gifts catalog, adopt-a-park, friends of the park, park trust funds, user fees and other approaches. 8. The township should encourage improved design of recreation facilities and equipment to reduce ongoing maintenance costs. 9. The effective hours of usage of major recreation facilities should be extended where possible through installation of lighting facilities. 10. The township should acquire and reserve, in advance, those land and water areas which are needed to meet both existing and future recreation needs of the residents. 11. The township should establish an active recreation commission which can plan and operate recreation facilities and services. 12. Grosse Ile Township should cooperate with surrounding downriver communities in the mutual sharing and programming of recreation facilities in order to avoid duplication and unnecessary expense. 13. Both the township government and the Grosse Ile school system should work cooperatively in the planning and programming of recreation facilities for the total benefit of community residents. facilities GI075 - 87 - and programs should be �BASIS FOR THE ua.r.ATIOH ACTION PROGRAM During preparation of the master plan, a detailed survey of recreation needs and opinions was completed. Response to the survey of recreation services revealed that, in general, residents perceive the need for improvement to recreation facilities and services offered in Grosse Ile Township. The survey indicated that respondents would be supportive of a broad range of recreation and leisure programs, even though the respondents or their families may not necessarily use the programs. Support for the programs was found to be related to income and age of the household members. Respondents to the survey indicated the need for certain outdoor recreation facilities, particularly facilities that would provide family or individual pleasure, rather than facilities for group activities. Respondents expressed less of a need for indoor recreation facilities, although there appears to be strong support for an indoor pool and senior citizen center. The survey revealed that most households possess an assortment of recreation equipment, indicating a broad range of leisure-time pursuits. In the absence of public recreation facilities on the island, the survey revealed that many residents pursue their leisure-time interests at nearby regional park facilities, recreation facilities operated by neighboring communities, or at private recreation facilities. Respondents to the survey suggested fifty specific improvements to recreation facilities which they would like to see implemented. The most frequently cited improvement was construction of a indoor swimming pool. Many other suggested improvements focused on maintenance, improvement, and increased usage of existing recreation facilities. Respondents also cited the need for programs for children and teens. Respondents to the survey of recreation services were interviewed by telephone during February and March of 1987. The 350 respondents were selected at random from a complete list of households compiled by the Township. A random sample of 350 respondents assures a margin of error of 5 percent, with a 95 percent confidence interval. Consequently, the survey results are considered reliable measures of residents attitudes concerning a broad range of recreation issues. Evaluation of Existing Recreation Facilities and Services Respondents to the survey were first asked to rate a list of sixteen recreation facilities and services as either Superior, Adequate, or Inadequate. In general, the highest-rated facilities and services are oriented toward adults. Based on the ratings, it appears that recreation facilities for teens and children are not as well developed. The ratings also indicate that outdoor - 88 - �recreation land and public waterfront access are perceived as being inadequate. As indicated in Table 6, only five facilities and services were rated Superior or Adequate by a majority of respondents. These include the Water's Edge golf course and marina; maintenance of ballfields, basketball courts, and similar athletic facilities; recreation facilities for adults; recreation and leisure-time programs for adults; and, music, visual arts, and cultural facilities and programs. Generally, these facilities and services would appeal most to adults, except for ballfields, basketball courts, and athletic facilities, which would also appeal to younger age groups. Recreation facilities and leisure-time programs for teens and public access to the waterfront were rated inadequate by a majority of the respondents. Between forty and fifty percent of the respondents rated the following facilities and services as inadquate: the amount of developed outdoor recreation land; recreation facilities and leisure-time programs for children; recreation and leisure-time programs in general; and, recreation facilities for the handicapped. These ratings reveal that overall improvement to recreation facilities and services is needed, but particular attention should be focused on waterfront access and the leisure-time needs of children, teens, and the handicapped. The response to question 1 revealed that many residents lack knowledge about recreation facilities and programs for two groups, the handicapped and elderly. However, a majority of those who rated recreation facilities and leisure-time activities for the handicapped and the elderly rated them as inadequate. Among all households, those teens exhibited the greatest amount of dissatisfaction with facilities and services (see Table 7). Almost three-quarters of all which contain teens ranked facilities and leisure-time services for inadequate. A majority of households containing teens ranked an seven facilities or services as inadequate. Iapact of Age on ltespondenta • Opinions. containing recreation households teens as additional Households containing young children (up to 12 years of age) households with members between the ages of 40 and 59 also exhibited a level of dissatisfaction with many recreation facilities and services. lowest level of dissatisfaction with recreation facilities and services exhibited by households with members who are over 60 years of age. and high The was Impact of lncoae on ltespondents' Opinions. Households with an annual income of between $70,000 and $99,999 revealed the highest level of dissatisfaction with recreation facilities and services (see Table 8). Between seventy and eighty percent of all households in this income category consider recreation facilities and services for teens as inadequate. A high proportion of households in this income category also consider the amount of outdoor recreation land, recreation facilities and programs for children, and recreation - 89 - �TABLE 6 EVALUATION OF UISTING ll!CIU'.ATION FACILITIES AND SERVICES Superior Adequate Inadequate No Answer The amount Recreation Recreation Recreation Recreation of developed outdoor recreation land and leisure-time programs in general facilities for children and leisure-time programs for children facilities for teens 5.1% 3.1 2.9 2.0 1.7 36.3% 38.0 26.6 28.0 16.0 49.7% 45.7 49.4 43.4 57.7 8.9% 13.1 21.l 26.6 24.6 Recreation Recreation Recreation Recreation Recreation elderly and leisure-time programs for teens facilities for adults and leisure-time programs for adults facilities for the elderly and leisure-time programs for the 1.1 4.9 2.9 2.3 17.7 48.0 46.9 21.7 52.0 34.9 34.6 37.7 29.1 12.3 15.7 38.3 3 .1 24.0 31.4 41.4 0.9 6.9 40.6 51.7 0.6 6.6 38.9 54.0 12.3 41.4 34.0 12.3 19.1 59.4 8.6 12.9 10.3 51.7 23.4 5.4 29.4 14.6 53.7 Recreation facilities for the handicapped Recreation and leisure-tiae programs for the handicapped Music, visual arts, and cultural facilities and programs The Township-owned golf course and marina (Water's Edge Golf Club) Maintenance of ballfields, basketball courts, and similar athletic facilities Public access to the waterfront Baaed ou questioe 1 of the Survey of ~ec.reatioo Serri.ces 9 which reads u follows: First, I would like you to rate existing recreation services on Grosse Ile. I am going to read to you a list facilities and services. As I read each one, please tell it should be rated SUPERIOR, ADEQUATE, or INADEQUATE. all leisure-time services now being provided. - 90 - facilities and of leisure-time me if you think Please consider 11.4 �TABLE 7 EVALUATION OF EXISTING RECREATION FACILITIES AND SERVICES BASED ON AGE OOKPOSITION OF HOUSFJIOLDS Ase Catesor;t: ....ID Up_ to 12 13-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 or Older The amount Recreation Recreation Recreation Recreation of developed outdoor recreation land and leisure-time programs in general facilities for children and leisure-time programs for children facilities for teens 56. U: 56.1 62.6 56.1 61.7 56.8% 58.6 62.2 55.9 74.8 49.4% 44.3 50.6 43.0 63.3 53.7% 50.0 55.6 47.2 54.6 51.7% 46.4 48.3 44.5 63.6 42.2% 36.7 43.3 34.4 52.2 Recreation Recreation Recreation Recreation and leisure-time programs for teens facilities for adults and leisure-time programs for adults facilities for the elderly 55.1 35.5 39.3 33.6 74.8 36.9 40.5 44.1 59.5 34.2 29.1 44.3 48.1 32.4 35.2 34.3 58.4 38.3 39.2 41.1 37.8 35.6 28.9 31.1 28.0 39.3 36.9 55.0 32.9 36.7 25.9 38.0 34.9 43.1 25.6 40.0 39.3 52.3 34.2 37.0 42.1 36.7 42.1 40.5 36.7 32.4 35.9 25.6 10.3 12.6 6.3 8.3 9.6 5.6 22.4 51.4 9.8 60.4 15.2 50.6 19.4 51.9 13.4 57.9 8.9 47.8 Recreation and leisure-time programs for the elderly Recreation facilities for the handicapped Recreation and leisure-time programs for the handicapped Music, visual arts, and cultural facilities and programs The Township-owned golf course and marina (Water's Edge Golf Club) Maintenance of ballfields, basketball courts, and similar athletic facilities Public access to the waterfront 'Ibis table indicates the percentage of houaebolda containing aeabers in the age categories listed which indicated that existing recreation facilities and services are ioadeq-te. �TABLE 8 EVALUATION OF EXISTING RECB.EATION FACILITIES AND SERVICES BASFJ> OM AMNUAL !NOONE OF uoosmoLDS than $30,000 Less The amount Recreation Recreation Recreation Recreation '-D N Recreation Recreation Recreation Recreation of developed outdoor recreation land and leisure-time programs in general facilities for children and leisure-time programs for children facilities for teens and leisure-time programs for teens facilities for adults and leisure-time programs for adults facilities for the elderly Recreation and leisure-time programs for the elderly Recreation facilities for the handicapped Recreation and leisure-time programs for the handicapped Music, visual arts, and cultural facilities and programs The Township-owned golf course and marina (Water's Edge Golf Club) Maintenance of ballfields, basketball courts, and similar athletic facilities Public access to the waterfront Annual Income $50,000$30,000$69,999 $49,999 $70,000$99,999 $100,000 or Hore 38.9% 38.9 44.4 38.9 50.0 51.0¾ 46.9 53.1 44.9 71.4 63.2% 60.5 61.8 55.3 60.5 66.7% 58.3 69.4 63.9 77 .8 47.1% 44.l 47.1 44 .1 58.8 44.4 44.4 44.4 44.4 59.2 38.8 38.8 36.7 57.9 36.8 38.2 40.8 72. 2 44.4 55.6 55.6 50.0 26.5 23.5 38.2 38.9 44.4 34.7 49.0 32.9 51.3 44.4 52.8 26.5 38.2 44.4 46.9 47.4 52.8 38.2 27.8 34.7 43.4 44.4 38.2 o.o 4 .1 13.2 19.4 5.9 22.2 50.0 12.2 67.3 17.1 56.6 16.7 69.4 11.8 47.1 This table indlcatetl the percentage of bouaebolda in each incoae category which indicates that exlatlag recreation facllltlea and services are inadequate. �facilities and programs in general as inadequate. A high proportion of households with an annual income of between $50,000 and $69,999 also consider many recreation facilities and programs as inadequate. In particular, this income category appears to be most dissatisfied with facilities and programs for children, the amount of developed outdoor recreation land, and facilities and programs in general. Households with an annual income of more than $99,999 generally are most satisfied with the adequacy of existing recreation facilities and services. Households in this income category are best able to purchase their own recreation facilities or use private recreation facilities and services in the area. Support for Recreation and Leisure Prograa.s The second question of the survey asked respondents to indicate whether they would support 32 recreation and leisure programs on Grosse Ile. The response to this question gives an indication of the types of programs where Township involvement is considered appropriate by residents. Response to the second question revealed widespread support for a broad range of programs (see Table 9). Apparently, residents have a desire to address some of the deficiencies identified in the first survey question. Over seventy percent of the respondents indicated they would support the following programs: programs for the elderly, continuing education programs, supervised teen dances, baseball leagues, swimming lessons, exercise programs, and supervised playground activities. Between sixty and seventy percent of the respondents indicated they would support an additional thirteen programs, including: football leagues, soccer leagues, basketball leagues, tennis lessons, cross-country skiing lessons, lee skating lessons, golf lessons, sailing and boating lessons, summer day camps, visual and performing arts programs, hobby crafts, personal computer instruction, and off-island community outings and travel programs. The proportion of respondents who indicated they would not support five of the programs exceeded the proportion who would support the programs. These five programs are: bowling leagues, community chorus, cards and board games, self-defense instruction, and dog obedience classes. Iapact of Age of Respondents• Opinions. Households with young children (up to 12 years of age) and with members between the ages of 30 and 39 exhibited the highest level of support for almost all recreation and leisure programs (see Table 10). The only exception to this general pattern involved programs that have little appeal for children, such as community chorus, community youth band, visual and performing arts, programs for the elderly, self-defense, and dog obedience programs. - 93 - �TABLE 9 SUPPORT FOR RECREATION AND LEISURE PROGRAMS Yes Baseball leagues Football leagues Soccer leagues Basketball leagues Tennis lessons Horseback riding Cross-country skiing lessons Ice skating lessons Dance lessons Golf lessons Sailing and boating lessons Canoe rental Bowling leagues Supervised playground activities Summer day camp After-school activities for children A drop-off child care center Supervised teen dances Swimming lessons Exercise programs Community chorus Community youth band Visual and performing arts programs Gardening Cards and board games Hobby crafts Programs for the elderly Continuing education programs Personal computer instruction Self-defense instruction Dog obedience classes Off-island community outings and travel programs No No Answer 73.4% 63.4 67.7 69.1 68.0 26.6% 36.6 31. 7 30.6 32.0 0.0% 50.6 68.9 64.9 57.7 63.1 49.l 31.l 35.1 42.3 36.9 0.3 65.4 56.3 44.6 71.4 62.9 34.6 43.4 55.4 28.0 36.6 70.3 57.4 74.0 72.9 71.7 28.6 40.3 25.4 .27 .1 28.3 1.1 2.3 0.6 47.7 52.3 65.7 53.7 45.4 52.0 47.7 34.3 46.0 54.6 0.3 62.6 75.7 74.6 62.0 49.4 37.1 23.1 25.4 37.7 50.3 0.3 1.1 42.9 60.6 56.9 38.9 0.3 0.6 o.o 0.6 0.3 o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o 0.3 o.o 0.6 0.6 o.o o.o o.o o.o 0.3 o.o o.o 0.3 0.3 Based on question 2 of the Survey of Recreation Services, which re.ads as follows: Now I am going to read to you a list of recreation and leisure programs. As I read each program, please tell me if you would support a program of this type on Grosse Ile. Please respond by answering YES or NO. - 94 - �TABLE 10 SUPPORT FOR R.ECRF.ATION AND LEISURE PROGRAMS BASE> ON AGE OOKPOSITION OF HOOSP'JIOLDS Age Categorr -13-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 or Older 93.5% 83.2 89.7 86.9 86.0 84.77. 79.3 83.8 82.9 84.7 77 .2% 67.1 68.4 70.9 72.2 90.7i. 77 .8 86.l 83.3 81.5 73.7i. 64 .1 70.8 69.9 70.3 58.9% 47.8 47.8 53.3 45.6 67.3 83.2 85.0 69.2 78.5 62.2 80.2 77.5 64.9 78.4 53.2 73.4 65.8 64.6 64.6 65.7 84.3 81.5 73.1 75.0 50.2 71.3 65.1 55.0 64.6 33.3 46.7 48.9 51.l 47.8 84 .1 68.7 55.1 89.7 81.3 76.6 64.0 48.6 79.3 72. l 68.4 57.0 48.1 72.2 68.4 82.4 71.3 54.6 84.3 74.l 63.6 58.9 40.2 71.8 64.1 50.0 40.0 42.2 57.8 47.8 86.9 71.0 89.7 95.3 86.9 82.9 61.3 86.5 86.5 83.8 69.6 58.2 79.7 72.2 77. 2 83.3 73.1 90.7 89.8 86.1 72 .2 55.5 75.1 71.8 71.8 54.4 46.7 58.9 56.7 54.4 Up to 12 Baseball leagues Football leagues Soccer leagues Basketball leagues Tennis lessons \0 V, Horseback riding Cross-country skiing lessons Ice skating lessons Dance lessons Golf lessons Sailing and boating lessons Canoe rental Bowling leagues Supervised playground activities Summer day camps After-school activities for children A drop-off child care center Supervised teen dances Swimming lessons Exercise programs - Continued - �TABLE 10 (Continued) Age Categori \0 (7\ Up_ to 12 13-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 or Older Community chorus Community youth band Visual and performing arts program Gardening Cards and board games 51.4 59.8 76.6 60.7 52.3 55.9 65.8 78.4 59.5 50.5 53.2 55.7 72.2 53.2 51.9 56.5 63.0 78.7 62.0 55.6 50.2 54 .1 69.4 54 .1 45.0 41.1 40.0 45.6 44.4 37.8 Hobby crafts Programs for the elderly Continuing education programs Personal computer instruction Self-defense instruction 70.1 82.2 87.9 73.8 59.8 65.8 84.7 80.2 73.9 61.3 70.9 78.5 70.9 64.6 51.9 73.1 86.1 88.9 70.4 62.0 65.1 78.0 75.6 62.7 46.4 50.0 62.2 60.0 48.9 40.0 Dog obedience classes Off-island community outings and travel programs 46.7 49.5 49.4 50.0 43.5 30.0 72.0 71.2 60.8 73.1 61.7 42.2 'nils table indicates the percentage of households containing ■eabers in the age categories listed which indicated they would support the recreation and leisure prograas listed. �Over ninety percent of the households with children indicated they would support swimming lessons and baseball leagues. Over eighty percent of the households with children indicated the would support football leagues, soccer leagues, basketball leagues, tennis lessons, cross-country skiing lessons, ice skating lessons, sailing and boating lessons, supervised playground activities, summer day camps, supervised teen dances, exercise programs, and continuing education programs. A similar level of support for these programs was e,pressed by households with members in the 30 to 39 year age category. These data clearly indicate that families with children are a strong base of support for a broad range of recreation programs. Households with members 60 years of age or older consistently expressed the lowest level of support for almost all recreation programs. The proportion of these households that indicated they would support recreation programs ranged from 30 percent in support of dog obedience classes to a high of 62.2 percent in support of programs for the elderly. lapact of Incoae on Respondents' Opinions. Households with an income of between $70,000 and $99,999 generally expressed the highest level of support for recreation and leisure programs (see Table 11). In this income category, the proportion of households in support exceeded ninety percent for the following programs: baseball leagues, tennis lessons, supervised playground activities, summer day camps, after-school ac ti vi ties for children, exercise programs, and visual and performing arts programs. Between eighty and ninety percent of the households in this category expressed support for another eleven recreation programs. Households with an annual income of less than $30,000 generally expressed the lowest level of support for most recreation programs. The proportion of these households in support of recreation programs ranged from a low of 38. 9 percent in support of dance lessons and golf lessons, to a high of 77.8 percent in favor of continuing education programs. The low level of support exhibited by this income group may be due to the fact that most respondents are sixty years of age or older, as noted in the discussion on demographics toward the end of this report. The survey revealed extreme disparities in the level of support expressed by different income groups with regards to certain recreation programs. For example, 91.7 percent of the households in the $70,000-$99,999 income category expressed support for supervised playground activities and summer day camps. Among other income categories, the level of support did not exceed 77.6 percent for supervised playground activities, and 65.8 percent for summer day camps. Similar disparities were noted in the level of the support for canoe rental, exercise programs, dance lessons, golf lessons, after-school activities for children, and visual and performing arts center. - 97 - �TABLE 11 SUPPORT POR. RECREATION AND LEISURE PROGRAMS BASm ON ANNUAL INCOME OP HOUSfllOLDS Less than $30,000 \D c:, Annual Income $50,000$30,000$69,999 $49,999 $70,000$99,999 $100,000 or More 55.6% 44.4 55.6 55.6 44.4 75.5% 57.1 69.4 67.3 71.4 86.8% 71.1 80.3 78.9 82.9 91.7% 80.6 83.3 86.1 91.7 85.3% 73.5 76.5 76.5 82.4 44.4 50.0 55.6 38.9 38.9 57.1 77.6 75.5 61.2 65.3 59.2 77.6 69.7 60.5 68.4 77.8 86.1 83.3 75.0 83.3 58.8 73.5 79.4 58.8 70.6 50.0 50.0 55.6 66.7 55.6 71.4 55.1 46.9 77 .6 65.3 68.4 68.4 43.4 75.0 65.8 80.6 Sailing and boating lessons Canoe rental Bowling leagues Supervised playground activities Summer day camps 61.l 91.7 91.7 76.5 52.9 41.2 73.5 64.7 After-school activities for children A drop-off child care center Supervised teen dances Swimming lessons Exercise programs 72 .2 66.7 61.l 61.1 55.6 69.4 61.2 77.6 73.5 73.5 75.0 57.9 86.8 89.5 77.6 94.4 77.8 88.9 80.6 91.7 82.4 73.5 76.5 85.3 76.5 Baseball leagues Football leagues Soccer leagues Basketball leagues Tennis lessons Horseback riding Cross-country skiing lessons Ice skating lessons Dance lessons Golf lessons - Continued - 80.6 �TABLE 11 {Continued) Less than $30,000 Community chorus Community youth band Visual and performing arts programs Gardening Cards and board games 1.0 1.0 Hobby crafts Programs for the elderly Continuing education programs Personal computer instruction Self-defense instruction Dog obedience classes Off-island community outings and travel programs Annual Income $50,000$30,000$69,999 $49,999 $70,000$99,999 $100,000 or More 44.4 44.4 55.6 61.1 50.0 44.9 59.2 63.3 53.1 40.8 56.6 61.8 80.3 56.6 52.6 58.3 69.4 91.7 58.3 58.3 50.0 55.9 76.5 61.8 44.1 61.l 72.2 77 .8 66.7 50.0 67.3 81.6 75.5 61.2 46.9 72.4 88.2 82.9 73.7 55.3 77 .8 88.9 83.3 69.4 52.8 50.0 73.5 88.2 70.6 50.0 55.6 38.8 40.8 52.8 44 .1 61.l 65.3 72.4 77 .8 64.7 This table indicate• the percentage of household• in each incoae category vbicb indicated they vould support the recreation and leisure prograaa listed. �Use of Recreation and Leisure Prograas The third question of the survey asked respondents to indicate whether they or members of their families would actually use the 32 recreation and leisure programs listed in the second question. The expected level of use is not the only measure of need, nor should it be the only criterion used to determine whether a program should be implemented. Nevertheless, the response to this question indicates which programs would get the most use if implemented by the Township. Comparison of the responses to the second and third questions reveals that the strong support exhibited for a variety of recreation programs reflects the altruistic character of many residents: they are willing to support programs for the well-being of all residents, even though they or members of their family may not use the programs. For example, the level of support for supervised playground activities was 71.4 percent, but only 28.6 percent of the respondents indicated that members of their family would participate in the playground activities ( see Table 12). 72. 9 percent indicated support for swimming lessons, but only 44.3 percent of the respondents indicated that members of their household would enroll in the swimming lessons. The level of support exceeded the expected level of use of all recreation and leisure programs. It appears that continuing education programs and exercise programs would experience the highest level of use if implemented. Over sixty percent of the respondents indicated that members of their household would use these programs. Between fifty and sixty percent indicated that members of their household would participate in tennis lessons and cross-country skiing lessons. Between forty and fifty percent of the respondents indicated that members of their household would use the following programs: golf lessons, sailing and boating lessons, canoe rental, swimming lessons, visual and performing arts programs, hobby crafts, and personal computer instruction. Programs that would experience the lowest level of use include: a drop-off child care center, dog obedience classes, community youth band, football leagues, community chorus, summer day camps, and cards and board games. Less than 25 percent of the respondents indicated that members of their household would use these programs. Iaage of Age on Repondenta' Opinions. Housholds with young children ( up to 12 years of age) and with members between the ages of 30 and 39 would get the most use out of many recreation and leisure programs under consideration (see Table 13). Over seventy percent of the households with young children indicated they would use the following programs: swimming lessons, baseball leagues, soccer leagues, supervised playground activities, tennis lessons, ice ska ting lessons, after-school activities for children, and cross-country skiing lessons. - 100 - �TABLE 12 USE OF R.£CllEATION AND LEISURE PROGRAMS Yes Baseball leagues Football leagues Soccer leagues Basketball leagues Tennis lessons Horseback riding Cross-country skiing lessons Ice skating lessons Dance lessons Golf lessons Sailing and boating lessons Canoe rental Bowling leagues Supervised playground activities Summer day camp After-school activities for children A drop-off child care center Supervised teen dances Swimming lessons Exercise programs 35.4% 20.9 30.6 28.6 51.l 64.6% 79.1 69.l 71.4 48.6 36.3 54.9 38.6 38.3 49.7 63.7 45.l 61.4 61.7 45.7 42.3 30.3 28.6 24.6 54.3 57.7 69.4 71.4 75.l 27.4 14.9 36.9 44.3 62.6 84.6 63.1 55.7 37.l 23.7 Community chorus Community youth band Visual and performing arts programs Gardening Cards and board games 18.9 47.4 36.0 25.1 Dog obedience classes Off-island community outings and travel programs so.o 72.3 76.3 81.l 52.3 64.0 74.9 25.1 51.4 73.4 35.4 50.9 74.6 17.1 49.7 82.9 50.0 48.3 26.6 64.0 49.1 Hobby crafts Programs for the elderly Continuing education programs Personal computer instruction Self-defense instruction No No Answer 0.0% o.o 0.3 o.o 0.3 o.o o.o o.o o.o 0.3 o.o o.o 0.3 o.o 0.3 0.3 0.6 o.o o.o 0.3 o.o o.o 0.3 o.o o.o 0.3 o.o 0.6 o.o 0.3 o.o o.3 Based on question 3 of the Survey of Recreation Services, which reads as follows: I am going to read through the same list of recreation and leisure programs. This time as I read each program please tell me whether you or members of your household would use the program. Please respond by answering YES or NO. - 101 - �TABLE 13 USE 01' UCR.UTIOM AND LEISURE PROGllAMS BASED OH AGE (X)tlP()SITIOH OF "11IE uoosmoLDS Age Categori ....0 N Horseback riding Cross-country skiing lessons Ice skating lessons Dance lessons Golf lessons Sailing and boating lessons Canoe rental Bowling leagues Supervised playground activities Summer day camps After-school activities for children A drop-off child care center Supervised teen dances Swimming lessons Exercise programs 38.0 61. l 49.1 64.8 33.5% 19 .1 26.8 27.8 56.9 8.9% 5.6 7.8 6.7 18.9 41.8 57.0 38.0 39.2 55.7 53.7 62.0 63.0 49.1 57.4 38.3 60.3 37.8 38.3 56.0 11. l 33.3 17.8 24.4 28.9 66.7 57.7 36.0 34.2 26.1 41.8 41.8 35.4 19.0 20.3 61.l 52.8 33.3 61.l 51.9 48.3 46.9 30.1 21.5 17.7 20.0 20.0 25.6 7.8 6.7 36.9 13.5 73.0 53.2 74.8 20.3 15.2 22.8 35.4 67.1 52.8 28. 7 57.4 73.1 68.5 23.9 12.4 4.4 4.4 10.0 22.2 43.3 13-19 20-29 78.57. 52.3 77.6 64.5 75.7 54. 1i. 39.6 45.9 49.5 71.2 29 .1% 15.2 19.0 22.8 58.2 55.1 72.0 73.8 56.1 64.5 60.4 64.9 53.2 45.9 61.3 69.2 56 .1 41.1 76.6 69.2 72.0 41.1 67.3 84 .1 71.0 Up to 12 Baseball leagues Football leagues Soccer leagues Basketball leagues Tennis lessons 40-59 60 or Older - Continued - -30-39 64.8% 38.8 39.7 66.5 �TABLE 13 (Continued) Age Categor:t: Community chorus Community youth band Visual and performing arts program Gardening Cards and board games Hobby crafts Programs for the elderly Continuing education programs Personal computer instruction Self-defense instruction 0 w Dog obedience classes Off-island community outings and travel programs Up to 12 13-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 or Older 21.5 39.3 61.7 38.3 29.0 31.5 33.3 64.0 38.7 24.3 35.4 15.2 50.6 41.8 31.6 24.1 31. 5 56.5 31.5 26.9 28.7 20.6 53.6 40.2 25.4 16.7 5.6 31.1 26.7 25.6 55.1 15.0 69.2 60.7 39.3 58.6 16.2 72.1 64.9 37.8 58.2 26.6 60.8 58.2 21.5 49.1 16.7 66.7 53.7 36 .1 52.6 23.4 69.4 55.0 24.9 34.4 54.4 47.8 28.9 14.4 20.6 18.0 22.8 22.2 20 .1 10.0 57.9 55.0 50.6 58.3 49.8 43.3 I This table indicate• the percentage of household• containing aeabera in the age cat:egoriea liated which indicated they would use the recreation and leisure prograaa liated. �As expected, adult-oriented programs, such as community chorus, visual and performing arts activities, gardening, cards and board games, dog obedience classes, and off-island outings and travel programs would be used most by older age groups. In general, households composed of members over the age of 60 would use recreation and leisure programs the least. However, there are four programs which over forty percent of these households indicated they would use: programs for the elderly, continuing education programs, exercise programs, and off-island community outings and travel programs. Impact of Income on Respondents' Opinions. Households with an income of between $70,000 and $99,999 would generally get the most use from the recreation and leisure programs being considered (see Table 14). Over seventy percent of the households in this income category would use the following programs: tennis lessons, cross-country skiing lessons, exercise programs, visual and performing arts programs, and continuing education programs. Households with an annual income of between $50,000 and $99,999 also revealed they use many recreation and leisure programs. Households in this income category seem most interested in continuing education programs, exercise programs, tennis lessons, cross-country skiing lessons, visual and performing arts programs, and off-island community outings and travel programs. In general, recreation and leisure programs would be used least by those households with an annual income of less than $30,000. However, over fifty percent of these households indicated they would use the following programs: continuing education programs, off-island community outings and travel programs, programs for the elderly, and hobby crafts. In general, the same income groups which expressed support for specific recreation programs also would get the most use from the programs. This finding is important because it indicates that the lack of support expressed by the lowest income groups may be related to factors other than affordability, such as age of the lowest income group. If affordability was the only factor being considered, then it would have been expected that the lower income groups would express a low level of support but higher level of use of recreation programs. Needed Outdoor Recreation Facilities Respondents to the survey were asked if they thought seventeen new or additional outdoor recreation facilities are needed on Grosse Ile (see Table 15). A majority of respondents indicated the need for six outdoor facilities: bicycle paths, a jogging and exercise trail, hiking and cross-country ski trails, picnic areas, an ice rink, and a public outdoor swimming pool. In general, the survey revealed respondents' desire for additional recreation opportunities for family or individual pleasure, rather than for group - 104 - �TABLE 14 USE OF RECREATION AND LEISURE PROGRAMS BASm ON ANNUAL INootlE OF HOUSFJIOLDS ..... Annual Income $50,000$69,999 $70,000$99,999 $100,000 or Hore 50.0% 27.6 44.7 42.1 63.2 41.7% 27.8 41. 7 36.1 75.0 47 .1% 29.4 32.4 41.2 64.7 38.8 63.3 42.9 36.7 46.9 48.7 61.8 40.8 47.4 53.9 55.6 72.2 52.8 50.0 58.3 41.2 61.8 50.0 41.2 55.9 27.8 27.8 33.3 11.1 11.1 46.9 42.9 38.9 30.6 30.6 56.6 50.0 23.7 43.4 30.3 63.9 69.4 44.4 38.9 41.7 50.0 41.2 26.5 32.4 29.4 11.1 5.6 11.1 27.8 33.3 26.5 18.4 30.6 57.1 65.3 42.1 23.7 56.6 59.2 68.4 38.9 25.0 52.8 47.2 80.6 35.3 17.6 35.3 41.2 76.5 Less than $30,000 $30,000$49,999 Baseball leagues Football leagues Soccer leagues Basketball leagues Tennis lessons 5.6% 5.6 16.7 5.6 11.1 44.9% 22.4 32.7 24.5 38.8 Horseback riding Cross-country skiing lessons Ice skating lessons Dance lessons Golf lessons 16.7 27.8 27.8 16.7 11.1 Sailing and boating lessons Canoe rental Bowling leagues Supervised playground activities Summer day camps After-school activities for children A drop-off child care center Supervised teen dances Swimming lessons Exercise programs 0 V, - Continued - �TABLE 14 (Continued) .... 0 (3\ Annual Income $50,00016~_999_ $70,000j99,999 $100,000 or More 36.8 31.6 64.5 40.8 23.7 33.3 22.2 80.6 41. 7 33.3 20.6 20.6 38.2 23.5 17.6 59.2 28.6 63.3 51.0 30.6 53.9 21.l 69.7 53.9 34.2 58.3 30.6 75.0 61.l 22.2 44.1 11.8 67.6 58.8 17.6 16.7 16.3 15.8 22.2 14.7 61.1 57.1 60.5 63.9 35.3 Less than $30 1 _Q90_ $30,000$49_1_999 Community chorus Community youth band Visual and performing arts programs Gardening Cards and board games 22.2 5.6 33.3 38.9 33.3 14.3 14.3 42.9 44.9 30.6 Hobby crafts Programs for the elderly Continuing education programs Personal computer instruction Self-defense instruction 50.0 55.6 66.7 33.3 22.2 Dog obedience classes Off-island community outings and travel programs This table indicate■ the percentage of households in each inco■e category which indicated they would uae the recreation and leisure prograas listed. �TABLE 15 NEEDED OUTDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES Yes Ballfields Soccer fields Tennis courts Racquetball courts A public outdooor swimming pool Playgrounds Football facilities Picnic areas An ice rink A jogging and exercise trail Hiking and cross-country ski trails Bicycle paths Botanical gardens Nature center Bridle trails facilities Public boat launching marina facilities Public No No Answer 24.3% 36.0 35.l 34.3 52.0 57.4% 42.9 54.6 48.9 44.6 18.3% 21.l 10,3 16.9 3.4 47.4 17.7 57.7 53.7 64.3 44.6 71.l 38.9 42.0 32.3 8.0 11.l 3.4 4.3 3.4 60.0 75.7 34.3 41.7 35.7 22.3 61.l 53.7 4.3 2.0 4.6 4.6 46.6 46.6 38.6 48.0 48.6 55.7 6.0 4.9 5.7 Based on question 4 of the Survey of Recreation Services, which reads as follows: Now I am going to read to you a list of outdoor recreation facilities. Please tell me if you think new or additional facilities of this type are needed on Grosse Ile by answering YES or NO. - 107 - �activities. A majority of respondents indicated they are not in favor of the following outdoor recreation facilities: outdoor football facilities, botanical gardens, ballfields, public marina facilities, tennis courts, and a nature center. In general, the outdoor facilities not favored by respondents serve special interest groups or would be used for field sports. Respondents may perceive that these facilities are already provided in sufficient quantity, or they may believe that private sec tor funding is more appropriate to satisfy the needs of special interest groups. I.apact of Age on Respondents• Opinions. The perceived need for certain outdoor recreation facilities seems to be related to the age of household members (see Table 16). As might be expected, the perceived need for ballfields, soccer fields, playgrounds, and football facilities is highest in households with children and teens. The perceived need for botanical gardens, a nature center, and bridle trails is highest in households composed of people in their twenties. The need for certain outdoor recreation facilities does not seem to be strongly related to age of household members. For example, a strong desire for the following facilities was revealed in most age groups: bicycle paths, jogging and exercise trails, and picnic areas. More than one age group also cited the need for an outdoor swimming pool, and ice rink, and hiking and cross-country ski trails. Compared to other age groups, households composed of members over the age of sixty perceived less of a need for most recreation facilities. Nevertheless, a majority of respondents in this age group cited the need for two facilities: bicycle paths and a jogging and exercise trail. I.apact of Inco■e on Respondents• Opinion. Households with an income of between $70,000 and $99,999 generally perceive the greatest need for outdoor recreation facilities (see Table 17). Over seventy percent of the households in this income category cited the need for the following facilities: bicycle pathways, a jogging and exercise trail, hiking and cross-country ski trails, picnic areas, playgrounds, and an ice rink. The attitude that recreation facilities are not needed seems to be related to income. Compared to other income groups, households with an annual income of less than $50,000 perceived less of a need for sports fields; tennis and racquetball courts; playgrounds; jogging, exercise, and cross-country ski trails; bicycle paths; botanical gardens; public boat launching facilities; and, public marina facilities. Higher income groups perceived less of a need for a public outdoor swimming pool, outdoor football facilities, picnic area, and an ice rink. It is interesting to note a wide disparity of opinion among income groups - 108 - �TABLE 16 NEEDED OUTDOOR R.ECRF.ATION FACILITIES BASE> ON AGE COMPOSITION OF uousmoLDS Age Categori Ballfields Soccer fields Tennis courts Racquetball courts A public outdoor swimming pool .... 0 \0 Playgrounds Football facilities Picnic areas An ice rink A jogging and exercise trail Hiking and cross-country ski trails Bicycle paths Botanical gardens Nature center Bridle trails Public boat launching facilities Public marina facilities Up to 12 13-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 or Older 29.0 50.5 37.4 43.0 67.3 31.5 48.6 39.6 43.2 60.4 21.5 35.4 40.5 45.6 51.9 25.0 41. 7 30.6 38.9 62.0 22.5 36.4 36.8 37.3 51.2 24.4 26.7 36.7 24.4 44.4 63.6 18.7 70.1 69.2 71.0 51.4 25.2 69.4 62.2 73.0 55.7 22.8 58.2 55.7 69.6 57.4 14.8 68.5 65.7 69.4 44.5 17.2 57.9 51. 7 68.9 36.7 13.3 45 . 6 45.6 52.2 63.6 82.8 33.6 43.9 67.6 82.0 32.4 39.6 70.9 79.7 40.5 49.4 64 .8 77.8 37 .o 44.4 65.1 78.5 34.4 44.0 43.3 66.7 31.1 35.6 46.7 53.3 39.3 54 .1 45.9 41.4 57.0 45.6 32 . 9 49.1 55.6 40.7 50.2 48.3 40.2 37.8 36.7 35.6 This table indicates the percentage of households containing ■eabers in the age categories listed which indicated that the outdoor recreation facilities listed are needed. �TABLE 17 NEEDED OOTDOOll RECREATION FACILITIES BASED ON ANNUAL INCOttE OF HOOSDIOLDS Less than $30,000 Ballfields Soccer fields Tennis courts Racquetball courts A public outdoor swimming pool ........ 0 Playgrounds Football facilities Picnic areas An ice rink A jogging and exercise trail Hiking and cross-country ski trails Bicycle paths Botanical gardens Nature center Bridle trails Public boat launching facilities Public marina facilities Annual Income $50,000$30,000$69,999 $49,999 $70,000$99,999 $100,000 or More 22.2% 27.8 38.9 50.0 61.l 24.5% 38.8 26.5 28.6 57.1 28.9% 43.4 38.2 32.9 53.9 33.3% 47.2 52.8 61.1 63.9 29.4% 35.3 44.1 44.1 55.9 55.6 22.2 61.1 50.0 44.4 53.1 20.4 61.2 59.2 67.3 55.3 18.4 71.1 63.2 71.1 72.2 19.4 75.0 72.2 88.9 55.9 23.5 58.8 47.1 88.2 33.3 55.6 55.6 55.6 67.3 83.7 28.6 51.0 69.7 84.2 39.5 47.4 80.6 91.7 47.2 61.1 73.5 88.2 41.2 52.9 50.0 44.4 38.9 51.0 61.2 44.9 57.9 52.6 42.1 63.9 69.4 63.9 55.9 50.0 50.0 This table indicates the percentage of households in each incoae category which indicated that the outdoor recreation facilities listed are needed. �concerning the need for certain recreation facilities. For example, over eighty-eight percent of the households with an annual income of $70,000 or more cited the need for a jogging and exercise trail, but only 45 percent of the households in the lowest income category recognized the same need. Similar disparity of opinion was revealed concerning the need for playgrounds and hiking and cross-country ski trails. Needed Indoor Recreation Facilities Respondents to the survey were asked if they thought eleven new or additional indoor recreation facilities are needed on Grosse Ile. A majority of respondents indicated the need for three indoor facilities: an indoor swimming pool, a senior citizen center, and a multi-purpose recreation center (see Table 18). A majority of respondents indicated the following indoor facilities are not needed: bowling facilities, banquet facilities, basketball courts, volleyball courts, a visual and performing arts center, racquetball courts, meeting rooms, an exercise and fitness center. While there seems to be a keen interest in having an indoor swimming pool, a senior center and a recreation/community center, there seems to be little interest in other indoor recreation facilities. These findings do not provide the Township with a clear indication of what facilities should be included in a senior center or recreation/community center if these centers are ever built. It is possible that the respondents did not realize that many indoor facilities included in the list could be incorporated into a senior center or recreation/community center. I.apact of Age on Respondents' Opinions. In general, the perceived need for indoor recreation facilities seems to be strongest in households with children or teens (see Table 19). For example, over seventy percent of these households cited the need for an indoor swimming pool and over sixty percent cited the need for a multi-purpose recreation center and senior citizen center. The perceived need for indoor recreation facilities seems to be weakest in households composed of people sixty years of age or older. Almost a majority of these households indicated no need for a senior citizen center and an indoor swimming pool. It is interesting to note, though, compared to other age categories, support for a senior citizen center was weakest among households composed of members who are sixty years of age or older. Impact of Income on Respondents' Opinions. Households with an income of between $70,000 and $99,999 generally perceive the greatest need for indoor recreation facilities (see Table 20). Over seventy percent of the households in this income category cited the need for the following facilities: a senior citizen center, a multi-purpose recreation center, and an indoor swimming pool. - 111 - �TABLE 18 NEEDED INDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES Yes No Multi-purpose recreation center Senior citizen center Meeting rooms An exercise and fitness center 53.7% 58.6 36.9 43.7 40.9% 34.6 57.4 52.9 5.4% 6.9 5.7 3.4 Banquet facilities An indoor swimming pool Racquetball courts Basketball courts 27.7 61.9 36.9 25.7 67.7 35.4 58.3 67.4 4.6 2.9 4.9 6.9 Volleyball courts Bowling facilities A visual and performing arts center 28.3 16.6 34.3 64.0 80.0 62.6 7.7 3.4 3.1 No Answer Based on question 5 of the Survey of Recreation Services, which reads as follows: Now I am going to read to you a list of indoor recreation facilities. Please tell me if you think new or additional facilities of this type are needed on Grosse Ile by answering YES or NO. - 112 - �TABLE 19 NEEDED INDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES BASFJ> OH AGE OOKPOSITIOH OF HOUSEHOLDS Age Categori ........ w I 60 or Older Up to 12 13-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 -- Multi-purpose recreation center Senior citizen center Meeting rooms An exercise and fitness center 59.8% 59.8 35.5 52.3 65.8% 63.1 36.9 51.4 49.4% 63.3 44.3 46.8 63.9% 63.0 35.2 48 .1 54. 1i. 57.9 37.3 43.1 40.0% 51.l 32.2 33.3 Banquet facilities An indoor swimming pool Racquetball courts Basketball courts 29.0 77 .6 46.7 32.7 29.7 72 .1 45.0 35.1 27.8 63.3 46.8 26.6 26.9 71.3 44.4 27.8 27.3 62.7 37.8 25.4 27.8 48.9 25.6 17.8 Volleyball courts Bowling facilities A visual and performing arts center 36.4 23.4 43.0 38.7 20.7 39.6 30.4 20.3 41.8 30.6 21.3 41.7 26.8 11.5 36.4 21.l 18.9 23.3 This table indicates the percentage of households containing aeabers in the age categories listed which indicated that the indoor recreation facilities listed are needed. �TABLE 20 NEEDED INDOOR. RECREATION FACILITIES BASED ON ANNUAL INCOME OF HOOSmOLDS Ii:- Less than $30,000 $30,000$49,999 Multi-purpose recreation center Senior citizen center Meeting rooms An exercise and fitness center 44.4% 61.1 38.9 33.3 46.9% 46.9 36.7 40.8 Banquet facilities An indoor swimming pool Racquetball courts Basketball courts 44.4 61.1 50.0 38.9 Volleyball courts Bowling facilities A visual and performing arts center 38.9 33.3 27.8 Annual Income $50,000$69,999 $70,000$99,999 $100,000 or More 71.1% 68.9 46.1 43.4 77 .8% 80.6 47.2 63.9 64.7% 64.7 50.0 67.6 26.5 69.4 32.7 22.4 35.5 65.8 36. 8 26.3 27.8 77 .8 55.6 50.0 41.2 73.5 52.9 29.4 28.6 16.3 28.6 28.9 15.8 40.8 50.0 13.9 58.3 32.4 14.7 50.0 This table indicates the percentage of households in each incoae category which indicated that the indoor recreation facilities listed are needed. �A majority of respondents in this income category perceive the need for all of the indoor recreation facilities listed except bowling facilities, banquet facilities, and meeting rooms. The lowest income categories generally recorded the lowest level of need for indoor recreation facilities. However, a majority of households with an annual income of less than $30,000 did cite the need for a senior citizen center, an indoor swimming pool, and racquetball courts. Compared t o other income categories, the perceived need for banquet facilities and bowling facilities was strongest among households with an annual income of less than $30,000. Favorite Sumter and Vinter Leisure-Ti■e Activities Respondents to the survey were asked a number of questions which were designed to ascertain residents' leisure-time interests. Two of these questions were "open-ended." In other words, respondents were free to mention any summer or winter activities that members of their household engage in; they did not have to respond in accordance with pre-determined survey categories, nor did they have to relate their response to prospective programs or facilities. In the first open-ended question, respondents were asked to indicate the three summer leisure-time activities which are most important to members of their household. As might be expected for an · island community, boating and sailing was cited most often as a favorite summer leisure activity (see Table 21). Other popular summer activities are swimming, golf, bicycling, and tennis. Rounding out the list of top ten favorite activities are walking, fishing, baseball and softball, no activity, and camping. The favor! te summer leisure ac ti vi ties have been shaped by the opportunities on the island. Water is the island's most prominent natural resource, so water-oriented activities are common. Existing recreation facilities provide for a number of other favor! te summer activities, including golf, tennis and baseball. Because of the lack of facilities, certain summer recreation activities that are common in other communities were not cited among the top ten leisure activities on Grosse Ile. Examples of such activities include picnicking, playground use, park use, and similar family-oriented activities. It is interesting that nature study and hiking were not cited more frequently, since these activities seem well-suited for the island environment. In the second open-ended question, respondents were asked to indicate the three winter leisure-time activities which are most important to members of their household. Cross country and downhill skiing were cited as the most favorite winter leisure activities by respondents (see Table 22). Interestingly, "nothing" was the third most frequently cited winter leisure - 115 - �TABLE 21 FAVORITE SUMMER LEISURE ACTIVITIES Boating, Sailing Swimming Golf Bicycling Tennis Walking Fishing Baseball, Softball Nothing Camping 20.69% 17.90% u.on: 11.07% 6.60% 5.26% 4.36% 3.91% 2.80% 2.35% Picnicking Other, Gardening Jogging, Running Hiking Horseback Riding Playground Use Basketball Aerobics Water Skiing Bowling 2.01% 1.23% 0.78% 0.56% 0.45% 0.34% 0.34% 0.22% Hunting Motor Cycling, 3-Wheeling Nature Study Racquetball Badminton Football Hockey Outdoot Festivals Park Use Soccer 0.22% 0.22% 0.22% 0.22% 0.11% 0.11% 0.11% 0.11% 0.11% 0.11% 2.35% 2 .13% This table is based on response to question 11 of Recreation Services, which reads as follows: the Survey of Please tell me, in order of importance, the three summer leisure-time activities which are most important to members of your household. Glll3 - 116 - �TABLE 22 FAVORITE WINTER LEISURE ACTIVITIES Cross Country Skiing Downhill Skiing Nothing Ice Skating Walking Bowling Tennis Sledding, Toboganning Exercise, Aerobics Fishing, Ice Fishing 16.74% 14.33% 13.19% 10.50% 6.52% 5.39% 4.96% 4.68% 3.97% 2.27% Indoor Activity Racquetball Snowmobiling Swimming Basketball Jogging, Running Hunting Arts and Crafts Hiking Movies 2.13% 1.99% 1.99% 1.99% 1.70% 1.70% 1.56% 1.28% 0.71% Hockey Horseback Riding Senior Activities Volleyball Nature Study Soccer Weight Lifting 0.43% 0.28% 0.28% 0.28% 0.14% 0.14% 0.14% o. 71% This table is based on response to question 12 of the Survey of Recreation Services, which reads as follows: Please tell me, in order of importance, the three winter leisure-time activities which are most important to members of your household. GI114 - 117 - �activity. Rounding out the top ten favorite winter leisure activities are ice skating, walking, bowling, tennis, sledding and toboganning, exercise and aerobics, and fishing. Outdoor winter activities are activities cited by respondents. It than outdoor winter activity. In winter activities require off-island predominant in the list of winter leisure appears that indoor activity is less common contrast with the summer activities, many travel. Apparently, many residents choose to do nothing, rather than participate in outdoor recreation opportunities. The frequency with which "nothing" was cited as a favorite activity may also indicate that winter recreation opportunities may be lacking on the island. Recreation Equipaent Owned by the Respondents Respondents to the survey were asked what types of recreation equipment they or members of their household own. This information provides another measure of people's leisure-time interests. This information also is of benefit in determining where recreation funds can best be spent: In some instances, knowledge about the types of recreation equipment owned by residents may indicate the need for complementary public recreation facilities. For example, the finding that over ninety percent of all households have bicycles indicates that installation of bicycle pathways would be worthwhile. In some instances, knowledge about the types of recreation equipment owned by residents may indicate that public fundings is not required. For example, over seventy percent of all households have exercise equipment. Therefore, exercise equipment may not be a worthwhile component in a recreation center. As noted, over ninety percent of all households have bicycles 23). Over eighty percent of all households have photographic Between two-thirds and three-quarters of all households have exercise golf clubs, and musical instruments. Forty to fifty percent of all have a personal computer and a power boat. (see Table equipment. equipment, households Recreation equipment that is not commonly found in Grosse Ile households includes tennis courts, horses, swimming pools, scuba gear, and sailboats. Less than about fifteen percent of all households have these types of recreation equipment. Use of Off-Island and Private Recreation Facilities Respondents to the survey were asked three questions which were designed - 118 - �TABLE 23 RECREATION EQUIPMENT OWNED BY RESPONDENTS 9.7% A swimming pool A tennis court A power boat A sailboat 40.6 15.4 Bicycles Golf clubs A boat dock Exercise equipment 90.3 70.9 28.9 72.3 A personal computer A horse Musical information Photographic equipment 40.9 3.7 66.9 82.9 A telescope Scuba gear Cross-country skiing e~uipment Downhill skiing equipment 27.1 14.0 36.6 38.9 1.1 This table indicates the percentage of respondents who indicated that they or members of their household own the equipment listed. Based on question 6 of the Survey of Recreation Services vbich reads as follows: Next I would like to find out what types of recreation equipment are owned by you or members of your household. Please tell me if you own any of the following types of equipment by responding YES OR NO. - 119 - �to ascertain the frequency of use of various off-island and private recreation facilities. The questions focused on regional park facilities (such as the Metroparks, Elizabeth Park, or Sterling State Park), facilities operated by neighboring communities ( such as Kennedy Ice Arena, Carlson Swimming Pool, or the YMCA), and private recreation facilities (such as private golf and country clubs, private yacht clubs, or private health clubs). This information provides another measure of people's leisure-time interests. It also indicates what residents currently do to satis f y their leisure-time interests. This information can be of benefit in determining where recreation funds can best be spent. For example, the widespread use of private recreational facilities indicates that the private sector is satisfactorily addressing certain recreation needs of residents. The most prudent use of public recreation funds would probably avoid duplication of the services already provided by the private sector. Knowledge of residents' use of off-island recreation facilities is beneficial in determining the number of users that could be expected if the Township were to establish similar facilities. In the question about use of regional park facilities, about fifteen percent of the respondents indicated that they or members of their household used such facilities up to 3 times per month (see Table 24). Another 15 percent indicated they used the facilities about once a month, and about 32 percent indicated they use the regional facilities less than once per month. Facilities operated by neighboring communities are used by fewer households, but on a more frequent basis, compared to use of the regional facilities. Whereas about 37 percent of the respondents indicated they never use regional facilities, a higher proportion -- over 53 percent -- indicated they never use recreation facilities operated by neighboring communities. Nevertheless, almost 18 percent of the respondents indicated they use the facilities in neighboring communities up to 3 times per month, and about nine percent indicated they use the facilities about once a month. Almost twenty percent indicated they use the facilities operated by neighboring communities less than once a month. As would be expected, households with children use off-island recreation facilities most often. A quarter of the households with young children use regional facilities up to 3 times per month, and about twenty-percent of the households with teens use regional facilities up to 3 times per month. Almost 32 percent of the households with young children use recreation facilities in neighboring communities up to 3 times per month, and over twenty-three percent of the households with teens use these facilities up to 3 times per month. The frequency of use of off-island recreation facilities is lowest in households composed of residents over the age of sixty. Response to the question about use - 120 - of private recreation facilities �TABLE 24 USE OF OFF-ISLAND RECREATION FACILITIES Use of Regional Park Facilities 4 or more times per month Up to 3 times per month About once a month Less than once a month Never 6.6% 8.6 15.4 32.3 37.1 Use of Facilities in Neighboring Communities 4 or more times per month Up to 3 times per month About once a month Less than once a month Never 11.4 6.3 9.1 19.7 53.4 Based on questions 7 and 8 of the Survey of Recreation Services, which read as follows: How many times a month do you or members of your household use regional park facilities, such as the Metroparks, Elizabeth Park, or Sterling State Park? How many times a month do you or members of your household use programs or facilities operated by neighboring communities, such as Kennedy Ice Arena, Carlson Swimming Pool, or the YMCA? - 121 - �revealed that 65.1 p~rcent of all households use these facilities. Usage is highest in households with children and teens; about seventy-three percent of these households use private recreation facilities. Usage is lowest in households with res !dents over the age of sixty; about forty-nine percent of these households use private recreation facilities. Transportation Lack of transportation does not appear to be a serious problem which prevents residents from reaching recreation facilities. The 6 percent of the respondents who indicated that transportation was a problem cited the following conditions: - Transportation is needed for children when the parents are working. - Transportation to off-island children and elderly. - Car pooling or full-time SEMTA service would be desirable. facilities is particularly difficult for Access to School Recreation Facilities As in most communities, schools are a major provider of recreation opportunities on Grosse Ile. Most schools have both indoor and outdoor recreation facilities, and many schools offer recreation program for both children and adults. In recent years, with the expansion of community education programs, school recreation facilities in many communities have been made available to a broader cross-section of the population. One question on the recreation survey was intended to determine if residents feel there is sufficient access to recreation facilities owned by the schools on Grosse Ile. The survey revealed that 46 percent of the respondents feel that access to such facilities is adequate, and 30.3 percent feel that access is not adequate. 23. 7 percent declined to respond to the question, probably because of lack of first-hand information on the subject. Although most of those who responded to the question are satisfied with access to recreation facilities, a large proportion of residents apparently believe improvements can be made. Coordination of Leisure-Time Prograas The desire to plan and offer well-organized programs to occupy the leisure time of both youth and adults is a high priority in many communities. Youth recreation programs are considered particularly important because opportunities which reduce the amount of idle time may also help to reduce juvenile crime. - 122 - �The priority afforded recreation opportunities in many communities is revealed by the existence of year round recreation departments, staffed by full-time personnel. One question on the recreation survey was intended to determine if residents feel there should be more effort to coordinate leisure-time programs by the Township. The survey revealed that 65. 7 percent of the respondents feel that a greater effort should be made, and 27.7 percent feel that a greater effort is not necessary. 6.6 percent of the respondents declined to answer this question. The response to this question reveals that most residents recognize the need for better coordination of leisure-time programs. Such coordination can be accomplished in many ways: a full-time or seasonal recreation coordinator, full-time or seasonal recreation staff, or establishment of a new Recreation Department. Desired Changes or laproveaents A final question on the recreation survey gave respondents one last opportunity to suggest any specific changes or improvements to recreation facilities on Grosse Ile which they would like to see. This question was "open-ended" and respondents could list as many changes or improvements as they desired. In general, responses to this question revealed the following: There is a keen interest in providing more opportunities for children, teens, and families, by providing additional programs or by constructing facilities ( such as parks and bicycle trails) that typically are used by these residents. Residents wish to maximize the use of existing facilities, such as school facilities and the Water's Edge facility. A number of residents have special recreation interests, such as gymnastics, volleyball, and ski and hockey teams. Before establishing special interest recreation programs, the Township must determine if there is a broad base of support in the community. - 123 - �Deaographic Data The survey asked respondents three questions to determine the age composition of household members and the annual household income. As noted throughout this report, these demographic data were valuable in interpreting respondents opinions about recreation programs and facilities. The first demographic question asked respondents how many people reside in their household. The survey revealed an average of 3.27 persons . In comparison, the 1980 Census indicated an average of about 3.13 persons per household and an average of 3.41 persons per family. The age composition of households in the sample was as follows: Age Range Up to 12 13 to 19 20 to 29 30 to 39 40 to 59 Over 59 Proportion of Households with Members in Age Range 30.6 31.7 22.6 30.9 59.7 25.7 percent percent percent percent percent percent The annual income of households in the sample was as follows: Annual Incoae Less than $30,000 $50,000 $70,000 More than No Answer $30,000 $49,999 $69,999 $99,999 $99,999 Proportion of Households within lnco■e Range 5.1 14.0 21.7 10.3 9.7 39.1 percent percent percent percent percent percent It is of interest to note that most households with an annual income of less than $30,000 were composed of residents over the age of 60. This finding may explain the general lack of support for recreation programs and facilities in the lower income category, since older age groups are generally less interested in such programs and facilities. On the other hand, most children and teens were members in households with annual incomes in the $50,000 to $69,999 range. This income category exhibited s t rong support for many recreation programs and facilities. GI102 - 124 - �FIVE YE.AR ACTION PROGRAM Thirteen kinds of recreation facility and program improvements have been identified in the action plan. These include: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) Senior Citizen Facilities and Programs Youth Facilities and Programs Adult Facilities and Programs Advance Land Acquisition Program for Park and Recreation Facilities Development of a Multi-Purpose Sports Complex Development of Bicycle, Jogging, Walking, and Exercise Trails Improvement of Tennis Facilities Development of Year-around Swimming Facilities Development of Marina and Boat Launching Facilities Development of Cross Country Skiing Facilities Development and Improvement of Horseback Riding Facilities and Programs Development and Improvement of Golf, Swimming, and Marina Facilities at the Water's Edge Country Club 13) Development of an Outdoor Band Shell for Community Concerts A chart which lists these thirteen areas of facilites and program improvements along with a priority timing schedule and suggested funding sources appears on the following page. Gll08 - 125 - �FIVE YEAR ACl'ION PllOGRAII RECREATION PROGRAM COMPONENT ltECRUTION FACILITIF.S DESCRIPTION YEAR FUNDING SOURCES Develop and improve senior citizen facilities and programs Primary focus will be on an indoor recreation center for year-round use 1988 Block Grant, General Fund Develop and improve youth Youth programs need an indoor center which could be combined with senior center 1988 Slggk c~eRt, General Fund Develop and improve adult facilities and programs Adult programs could also be included in new indoor center. 1988 SJock Crest, Development of Multi-Purpose Sports Complex This facility is currently being planned by the school system and will be located at the High School 1988 Community Bonding Program Develop and improve marina and boat launch facilities Such facilities would be developed for residents of Grosse Ile only 1988 iloak C•aRt, General Fund Develop cross-country skiing facilities Such facilities could be developed on a portion of the Water's Edge Country Club property 1988 General Fund, User Fees Land acquisition program for recreation facilities A program of advance acquisition of park and recreation land for future development 1989 Department of Natural Resources Grants; i}eek fiiu :- General Fund; Donations Develop bicycling, jogging, walking, and exercise trails Such trails received high priority in the community recreation survey 1989 Department of Natural Resources Grants facilities and programs ....N °' FOi. General Fund �FIVE YF.AR. ACfION PR.OGRAlt FOB. RF.CRF.ATION FACILITIES OOHTINUED RECREATION PROGRAM COMPONENT N ...., DESCRIPTION YEAR FUNDING SOURCES BJoGk C••A~, General Fund, Department of Natural Resources Grants Develop and improve tennis facilities Improve tennis facilities are needed adjacent to schools as well as part of the proposed new community indoor recreation center 1989 Develop year-around swimming facilities A year-around swimming facility received high priority in the recreation survey, although prior pool proposals have been defeated 1990 Community Bonding Program Improve golf, swimming, and marina facilities at Water's Edge Country Club These improvements should be part of a continuous upgrading program of this major community recreation facility 1991 General Fund, User Fees Develop outdoor Band Shell This facility could be located near the High School Campus and would serve as a center for summer concerts and festivals 1991 Community Bonding Program or donation. Develop and improve horseback riding facilities Improved stables, horse training facilities and a polo grounds should be considered 1992 Such a facility could be privately operated. GI109 ·- �DESCRIPTION OF PLANNING PROCESS Both the Planning Commission and Recreation Commission participated in development of the recreation plan. The recreation planning process was based on an in-depth survey of recreation and leisure-time needs and preferences among residents of Grosse Ile . Both commissions participated in the design of the survey questionnaire and in the interpretation of survey results. The planning consultant drafted a statement of preliminary recreation goals whi ch were reviewed by both commissions. The Recreation Commission was asked to formulate a recommended five year schedule of recreation improvements for incorporation in the recreation component of the master plan. Recommended recreation facilities were then further reviewed by the Plan Commission to ensure that recreation land areas would be compatible with the overall proposed land use pattern for Grosse Ile Township. The planning consultant also collected and analyzed related information on ecological and environmental issues as well as pedestrian and vehicular transportation on Grosse Ile. Participants in the planning process felt that it would be more real is tic to base the community recreation plan on the actual leisure-time needs and preferences of residents of Grosse Ile than on abstract recreation standards which are taken from a textbook or a national association. This approach ensures that the plan is well focused on the life styles of Grosse Ile Township residents. ADMINISTRATIVE STROCI'ORE The Grosse Ile Recreation Commission is an advisory body to the Township Board. It is an active and creative committee which meets on a regular basis to develop new recommends tions for facilities and programs. Because Grosse Ile Township is a developing community, the township's Planning Commission is also extremely active. The Planning Commission meets at least twice monthly and has also been involved in the planning of recreation facilities for the township. Grosse Ile Township has a Recreation Department which is staffed by a professional recreation director. To minimize costs, the township encourages the participation of volunteers in the recreation program. Past experience has shown that the quality of the township recreation program has been greatly enhanced by the active participation of citizen volunteers who have a sincere interest in successfully operating the leisure-time facilities and programs of the community. The operating budget for recreation facilities and programs is adopted annually as part of the total annual budget of Grosse Ile Township. The township board has authority to adopt the final budget subject to recommendations by the Recreation Commission. The recent hiring of a professionally-qualified recreation director will ensure that recreation facilities and programs in Grosse Ile will be developd and maintained at a high level of quality in future years. GI108 - 128 - � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Grosse-Ile-Twp_Master-Plan_1989 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1989-07-17 Title A name given to the resource Grosse Ile Township Master Plan Description An account of the resource The Grosse Ile Township Master Plan was prepared by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated and was adopted by the Planning Commission on July 17, 1989. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Grosse Ile Township (Mich.) Wayne County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a1d042f496434210e5220f306bbc23f9.pdf 93d5affd330ada6c57ae4611bdfcf305 PDF Text Text ..,. CITV Of IVON ~ Rood I . .u 0 ► LAND USE PLAN FUTURE! nd Michigan City of West a , Single-Fam1·1 y Residential . Multiple-Fam1·1 y Residential . I l_-, . .i ~ "'z g .... ., z Commercial ~ ....., < Office V I I I I II · dU e Development Planned ,\!\1xe ~~ I I Industrial . an.d Semi-Public Public - Park and Pl Yg round~ a . Road . ty Pnmdry tate Trun kline or Coun Coun ty Local Road Ch-Church ch- chool ADOPTED •JUNE5,1984 h ··•:•; :::: UIEDTKl: GERAlDS()CIATe. ANDA~ATEO HlCOR CT ITV OMUL STER � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Westland_Future-Land-Use-Plan-Map_1986 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1986-01-07 Title A name given to the resource Future Land Use Plan Description An account of the resource The Future Land Use Plan map for the City of Westland was prepared by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated. It was adopted in 1984 with updates on January 7, 1986. Subject The topic of the resource Land Use--planning Westland (Mich.) Wayne County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/c757028e2d4000c836eee42d1b8b0b2f.pdf eb70f7cfa5c949ba978f604f65fe3a3a PDF Text Text THE WESTLAND PLAN �THE WESTLAND PLAN June, 1983 I Prepared by: Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated 100 Renaissance Center, Suite 3303 Detroit, Michigan 48243 Telephone (313) 259-0800 �TABLE OF CONTENTS PLANNING DETERMINANTS AND ISSUES 2 Historical Development 2 Population 3 Existing Land Use 8 Regional Setting 14 PLANNING ELEMENTS 15 Residential Development 16 Retail, Service and Office Development 27 Industrial Development 34 Transportation 39 Parks and Open Space 46 Community Facilities 52 LAND USE POLICIES 60 Residential Development Policies 60 Retail, Service and Office Development Policies 61 Industrial Development Policies 63 Parks and Open Space Policies 64 FUTURE LAND USE PLAN 66 URBAN DESIGN GUIDELINES 76 �r LIST OF TABLES Page Table 1: Population in Nankin Township and the City of We~tland 7 Table 2: Age Structure 7 Table 3: Change in Land Use 12 Table 4: Existing Land Use-1982 13 Table 5: Land Use Distribution-Year 2002 74 �LIST OF MAPS MAP 1: HOUSING CONDITIONS MAP 18 MAP 2: LOCATION OF UNPAVED ROADS 20 MAP 3: EXISTING LAND USE MAP 4: FUTURE LAND USE PLAN (Map 3 and Map 4 are located in the pocket, inside the back cover.) �r . • Planning Determinants and Issues �PLANNING DETERMINANTS AND ISSUES Historical Development The history of the City of Westland can be traced back to the 1820 1s, when it was a part of Bucklin Township. In 1829, Bucklin Township was split and Nankin Township was formed. Between 1835 and 1927, portions of Nankin l Township were split off to form the communities of Livonia, Inkster, Wayne, and Garden City. The remainder of Nankin Township was incorporated as the City of Westland in 1966. • During its first 100 years, Nankin Township stayed almost entirely rural. One of the earliest settlers to the area, the Reverend Marcus Smith, migrated from New York in 1825 and took on a dual career as a circuit preacher and farmer. Another prominent settler, George M. Johnson, operated a hotel on the Old Sauk Trail, which runs through the City of Wayne. The two early settlements in Nan kin Township, Schwartzburg and Perrinsville, were centered around water-powered sawmills on the Rouge River. Perrinsville became a center of economic activity with a chair and cabinet shop, a blacksmith, two wagon shops, two general stores, and two hotels. By 1860, the population in Perrinsville had grown to 2,400, but the boom period was cut short ten years later when the railroad bypassed Perrinsville and was built through the Village of Wayne instead. Wayne became the center of economic activity and Nankin Township saw little development until the 1920's. The first wave of suburban residentiaf and commercial development occurred along the boundaries of Nankin Township in the l 920's. Development accelerated in the l 940's when the Federal government constructed 1, 900 homes in the township to house workers for the Willow Run bomber plant. Responding to this growth, the township adopted its first building code and zoning ordinance in 1943. After the war, Nankin Township continued to develop as primarily a residen- _ tial suburban community. The installation of sewer and water service in the 1950's spurred the development of several residential subdivisions, including the Tonq uish Subdivision, which covered 1,300 acres and provided 20,000 new honrnsites. In 1965, the 870, 000-square-foot Westland Shopping Center was opened in northcentral Nan kin- Township. The township successfully prevented attempts by neighboring communities to annex the northcentral portion of the township, and in 1965 the residents approved a referendum to incorporate as the City· of Westland. Although the pace of residential and commercial development has levelled off in the past decade and some industrial growth has occurred on the west side of the city, Westland is still predominantly a residential community with a strong commercial base. 2 �Population Population growth in Westland has occurred in cycles, generally corresponding to cycles of regional economic growth. A rural settlement pattern was predoIPinant in Westland (Nankin Township) until the 1920's, when the first surge of residential development occurred. By 1930, the population had reached 17,357 (see Table 1). Population growth levelled off in the 1930's and 1940's, reflecting the impact of the Depression and World War II. A latent· demand for housing and substantial growth in the regional economy spurred a tremendous increase in housing development and population growth in the 1950 1s. Between 1950 and 1960, the population of 30,407 almost doubled to 60,743 residents. The rate of growth had already begun to level off in the 1960's, and a peak . population of about 87,000 residents was recorded in the early 1970's. The 1980 Census revealed that Westland had experienced a population decline of about 2. 4 percent over the previous decade, resulting in a population of 84,603. The decrease in population in Westland can be attributed to the combination of a weak economy, smaller household size, and out-migration. Because of the weak regional economy and high interest rates, record low totals of new residential construction have been recorded in Southeast Michigan. In 1982, only 13 permits for new single-family construction and no permits for multiple-family construction were issued in the City of Westland. With little new housing construction, there is no basis for additional population growth in the city. The weak economy and corresponding decrease in employment opportunities may also be a cause for population decline in Westland. In recent years, residents from throughout southeast Michigan have migrated to other parts of the state or country where employment opportunities are greater. Additional migration out of Westland is related to the aging housing stock and housing deterioration, particularly in the southeast part of the city. The extent of out-migration is reflected in 1980 Census figures, which revealed that 915 housing units, or about three percent of the city's total housing stock, was unoccupied. The 1980 Census also indicat_ed that smaller hou,sehold size accounts for some decline in population. In 1970, there were 3. 76 persons per household in the City of Westland. In 1980, there were only 2. 91 persons per household, a decrease of 0.85 persons per household. This decrease alone could account for a population decline of approximately 19,600 people, based on a total 1970 household count of 23,030. Apparently, the increase of 6,018 households in the 1970's offset a much greater population decline. Based on the age structure of the population and the experience of similar communities, the decrease in persons per household will probably continue, reaching a low of about 2. 6 to 2. 7 persons per household. The implications of the population decrease are reflected in the age structure of the population (see Table 2). Between 1970 and 1980, 3 �large decreases were recorded in the under 5 age group and in the 5 to 20 age group,_ which consists of school-age children. A proportionally smaller decrease was recorded in the 30 to 44 age group. In the short run, these figures indicate that school enrollments will probably continue to decline, and educational, recreation and other services oriented toward younger age groups may not be used to their capacity. In the long run, the age structure figures indicate that fewer people will be moving into the income-generating age groups in future years. Thus, _there will be less demand for goods and services and the revenue base for various taxes and government charges will be smaller. The age structure analysis reveals a substantial increase in the over 65 age group, which is usually composed of retired people who generate modest incomes. An increase was also recorded in the 45 to 64 age group, which consists of individuals who will be moving into the retirement category within the next twenty years. Based on these statistics, a substantial increase is foreseen in the demand for goods and services for elderly residents.I Smaller housing units, improved public transportation, medical and nutrition services, and suitable recreation opportunities are among the most important needs of elderly residents. Even though the age structure indicates that Westland's population is getting older, the population is young compared to the county and the state as a whole. The median age in Westland is 27. 6 years, compared to 28. 8 years in Michigan, and 29. 4 years in Wayne County. The future population of Westland depends on the local and regional economy, future land-use patterns, and social patterns that govern family size. A stronger economy and expanding employment opportunities are the most important factors necessary to reverse the decline in population in Westland. Industrial development within Westland and throughout southeast Michigan would create new employment opportunities and attract new residents. A corresponding increase in · new housing construction on the 1, 700 acres of vacant residential land . would encourage migration of new residents into Westland. The decrease in population could be further offset by a reversal in the decline in household size and retention of greater proportion of residents who are reaching adult age and setting up new households. The Southeast Michigan Council of Governments (SEMCOG) has projected Westland's population as a part of its Version 80 Small Area Forecast. The Small Area -Forecast is based on local land-use plans and policies, modified to account for potential sewer service, protection of agricultural and environmentally-sensitive lands, increased investment in housing rehabilitation, and planned highway improvements. SEMCOG forecasts little change in Westland's total population through 1990. The population is then forecast to increase from 84,725 in 1990 fo 92,910 in the year 2000. These forecasts are based on a steady increase in total households, reaching a total of 37,648 households in the year 2000. In the same period, household size is expected to decrease steadily to 2. 47 _persons per household by the year 2000. 4 �- -- -- - ·----·--· - ------ ··---- -- The SEMCOG estimates of future population assume that almost eighty percent of the land in the city will be developed by the year 2000. Since parks and floodplains occupy about twenty percent of the city's land area, it appears the SEMCOG estimate is based on development on nearly all buildabl~ land. The concept of holding capacity is an important consideration in projecting the population of Westland when completely developed. According to the Future Land-Use Plan, approximately 1,2)) acres of land are designated for additional single-family residential development, ·-and approximately 360 acres of land are designated for additional multiple - family residential development. As indicated by the calculations below, if all of this acreage is developed, the population of Westland could increase by_ 17,400 to 26,300 residents, depending on the density of development and number of persons per household. · Residential DeveloEment Options Acres Option 1: Low Density I Large Household SF MF Dwelling Units Per Acre 1,200 360 3.5 7.4 People Per Dwelling Unit Residents 3.3 2.1 13,860 5,594 TOTAL Option 2: Low Density/ Small Household SF MF 1,200 360 3.5 7.4 12,600 4,795 3.0 1.8 TOTAL Option 3: High Density/ Large Household SF MF 1,200 360 4.7 10.2 SF MF 1,200 360 4.7 10.2 1-7-86 Dwelling units per acre are based on proposed zoning ordinance standards, as adjusted for land allocated to public rights-of-way and parks. 5 26,323 16,920 6,610 3.0 1.8 TOTAL Note: 17,395 18,612 7,711 3.3 2.1 TOTAL Option 4: High Density I Small Household 19,454 23,530 �Even though new residential development will provide Westland with several thousand additional residents, the base population could decrease as a result of smaller household size. If household size decreased to 2. 6 persons per household, the base population could decrease to 75,521 persons. With a base population of 75,524 persons, the holding capacity of Westland when fully developed could range between 92,919 and 101,s,g7 persons, depending on the density and household size of future development. If the existing base population of 84,603 persons remains level, the holding capacity of Westland could range between 101,998 and 110,926 persons. 1-7-86 6 �TABLE 1 POPULATION IN NANKIN TOWNSHIP AND THE CITY OF WESTLAND Percent Increase Po:eulation 1920 5,801 1930 17,357 +199.2% 1940 24,070 + 38.7% 1950 30,407 + 26. 3% 1960 60,743 + 99.8% 1970 86,725 + 42.8% 1980 84,603 - Source: 2.4% U.S. Bureau of Census TABLE 2 AGE STRUCTURE 1970 Under 5 years of age 5 - 20 years ~1 - -2 9 years 30 - 44 years 45 - 54 years 55 - 64 years 65 years and older 1980 9,987 (11. 5 %) 6,190 ( 7. 3%) 29, 65i (34.2%) 24,397 (28.9%) 14,185 (16. 3%) 15,666 (18. 5%) 18,087 (20.9%) 17,009 ( 20. 1 %) - - 7, 389 ( 8. 5%) 9,074 (10. 7%) 4,073 ( 4. 7%) 6,209 3. 375 ( 3. 9%) 6,058 ( 7. 2%) Median age 27.6 Source: U.S. Bureau of Census 7 7. 3%) �Existing Land Use Westland is a predominantly residential community, with older densely developed neighborhoods; new, more spacious subdivisions, and vast tracts of open space and parkland. A total of 31. 9 percent of the city's land area is occupied by residential uses. Single- and two-family development is concentrated generally on the easterly and southwesterly sections of the city. Multiple-family and condominium developments constitute about 3; 8 percent of all residential land area. Most of the multiple-family developments are located in the northcentral and northwest sections of the city. Retail, office, service, and other uses occupy 4. 9 percent of the city's land area. The Westland Shopping Center and surrounding retail and office establishments form the commercial core of the city. Wayne Road, Ford Road, Warren Road, and Middlebelt Road are major commercial corridors in Westland. A variety of commercial uses are located along these thoroughfares, including shopping centers and department stores that serve the entire city. and neighborhood shopping centers and convenience stores that serve primarily the surrounding neighborhoods. Industrial uses are concentrated generally along the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad on the west side of the township. Approximately 3. 0 percent of the city's land area is occupied by industrial uses and recently developed industrial parks. Governmental buildings, schools, hospitals, cemeteries, fire stations, public works yards, and similar public uses constitute about 9. 0 percent of the total land area in the city. The Wayne County General Hospital and Eloise complex are included as pub°llc land in Westland. Another 1.1 percent of the land is occupied by semipublic uses, such as churches and church-affiliated schools. Parkland occupies 8. 6 percent of the land in Westland. The Middle and Lower Rouge Parkways, the William P. Holliday Park, and Central Park are the major parks in the city. Public transportation rights-of-way occupy approximately 13. 4 percent of the city's land area. Approximately 97. 6 percent of the transportation rights-of-way is occupied by streets and roads, and 2. 4 percent of the rights-of-way is occupied by the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad. Agricultural, woodlands, anci vacant lands occupy about 24. 3 percent of the land area in Westland. Agricultural and vacant lands are concentrated in the northwest section of the city. Changes in Land Use. During the past two decades, there has been continued development of all types of land use in the City of Westland. According to a land use survey which was completed in 1961 for the Comprehensive Plan for Nankin Township, 6,315 acres of land were either vacant or being used for agriculture. By 1982, only 3,188 acres of vacant or agricultural land remained. · 8 �Much of the vacant or agricultural land has been converted to public land. In the past _two decades, the city's governmental complex was developed on Ford Road, and the William P. Holliday Park was designated in the northwest section of the city. The amount of public and park land in Westland increased 118 percent, from 1,056 acres in 1961 to 2,302 acres in 1982. The amount of residential land increased by over thirty percent between 1961 and 1982. New, single-family residential development occurred primarily in the southwest section of the city, and as infill in existing residential areas in the southeast and northeast parts of the city. The amount of single-family residential land increased by 18. 8 percent, from 3,515 acres in 1961 to 4,175 acres in 1982. A substantial amount of new, multiple-family residential development occurred throughout the city in the past two decades, with several large apartment complexes in the northwest and northcentral parts of the city. Multiple-family residential land increased from a mere 32 acres in 1961 to 492 acres in 1982. Since 1961, more extensive commercial development has occurred along the city's major thoroughfares, and a strong commercial core has developed, focused on the Westland Shopping Center. A large proportion of the city's retail, office, and service establishments are located along the major commercial corridors, particularly Wayne Road, Ford Road, and Merriman Road. The total amount of commercial land in Westland has increased 332 percent since 1961, from 149 acres to 643 acres. In recent years, an industrial core has developed along the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad in the southwest and west central sections of the city. Four industrial parks have been developed near the railroad. In the past two decades, this amount of ind us.t rial land has increased 127 percent, from 174 acres in 1961 to 396 acres in 1982. In the past two decades, the amount of land allocated to rights-of-way for streets and roads increased by 11. 8 percent, from 1, 566 acres in 1961 to 1751. 2 acres in 1982. Local subdivision streets in single-family neighborhoods account for two-thirds of all public rights-of-way. Analysis of Existing Land Use. The visual and functional form of the city is defined by certain prominent physical characteristics, such as geographic features,· image-creating elements, over utilized areas, underutilized areas, transitional areas, and controversial areas. The middle and lower branches of the Rouge River are the most prominent geographic features in Westland. These rivers affect patterns of land use and circulation in the city. Another prominent physical element that affects land use and circulation is the Chesapeake and Ohio railway, which crosses the southwest corner of the city. The visual form of Westland is defined by certain image-creating elements; which are significant because of their physical appearance, location, or function. The Westland Shopping Center is a major imagecreating element because it is the primary focus of commercial and social 9 �activity in the city. Open space areas, including the Middle and Lower Rouge Parkways, t~e William P. Holliday Park, and Central Park are important image-creating elements because they are recognized as places where residents can enjoy the outdoor environment and participate in various forms of recreation. The municipal/education complex in the center of the city is significant because it is the focus of cultural and governmental activity and related public services. The Eloise complex is an important image-creating element because of its historic and functional significance. Overutilized and underutilized parts of the city are areas where the land is not being used as efficiently as possible. Overutilized areas include the high-density residential neighborhoods in the southeast section of the city and the compactly-developed commercial corridors. In the southeast section of the city, older residential areas were developed at excessively high densities with narrow streets. The concentration of activity in these areas is now beyond that which can be comfortably accommodated by the streets, parks, and other public facilities. Along the city I s commercial corridors, such as Ford and Wayne Roads, overutilization has resulted in traffic safety problems, parking deficiencies, and accelerated physical deterioration. Underutilized areas in Westland include vacant lands that have never been developed and developed land with buildings that are not being used to their full potential. Underutilized areas represent opportunities for major residential. commercial, and industrial development. The Eloise complex is the most apparent underutilized area in the city . Only a few of the 32 buildings in this complex are being used, and inspection by county officials has revealed that most of the buildings could not be renovated in a cost-effective manner. The largest expanse of underutilized land in the city is comprised of vacant land in the west and northwest parts of the city. The largest single parcel of underutilized vacant land is located south of the Eloise complex, between Merriman and Henry Ruff Roads. Another underutilized area involves the public housing complexes in the southeast section of the city. Several units in the public -housing complexes are boarded up or vacant. A number of areas in Westland are in a state of transition, in which the existing development is 1:5eing replaced with ·new uses. Several commercial corridors, including Ford Road, Merriman Road south of Cherry Hill, Warren Road, and Middlebelt Road are in a state of transition, resulting in the gradual replacement of residential uses with commercial and service uses. The industrial sector on the west side of the city is in a state of transition, resulting in the replacement of incompatible mixed land uses with industrial uses. Changes in land use and planning policy often result in controversy. Transitional areas are often the focus of controversy because the most appropriate use is -not often readily apparent during the gradual transitional period. In addition to the transitional areas, the City of Westland 10 �contains several other controversial areas: The undeveloped areas in the northwest part of the city. Pressures for commercial and residential development exist in this area.. However, sewer and water facilities are not available and there is no internal road network. The Eloise complex. The deteriorating Eloise complex is a visually unattractive, underutilized area. A decision by Wayne County on the future use of this property is required before its full development potential can be realized. The undeveloped city-owned land west of Henry Ruff. Various development options have been considered for the vacant city-owned land located between Henry Ruff and Merriman Roads in the southeast leg of the city. A proposed mobile home development has been approved along the eastern side of the land parcel. The residential area located between Annapolis and Van Born Roads. The portion of the city is located in the flight path of Metro Airport. Development financing is difficult to obtain because of the stringent noise abatement criteria. Because of delinquent taxes, the city owns many properties in the area. Vacated school buildings. Declining enrollments have forced the closing of several schools, including Washington Elementary and Tinkham Elementary Schools. The most appropriate use for these buildings has generated considerable debate, especially in the neighborhoods in which they are located. Merriman Road corridor, south of Cherry Hill. Pressure to replace existing residential uses with office and commercial development exists along this segment of Merriman Road. The undeveloped area north of Glenwood and east of John Hix. The potential exists in this area for · high-quality residential development, complementary to the residential development to the south, in the City of Wayne. The area bounded by· Forest , Hiveley, Alvin and Avondale. The use of this area is in question because it is landlocked and streets have not been constructed. West of Wayne Road, between Ford and Marquette. Although single-family uses are predominant west of the ·c ommercial frontage, debate has focused on multiple-family development as a possible use for this area. ·· 11 �TABLE 3 1 CHANGE IN LAND USE Area in Acres 1961 Residential Single-Family Multiple- Family Area in Acres 1982 Change 1961-1982 Acres Percent 3, 515 32 4,175.1 492.3 +660.1 +460.3 +18.8 +1438.0 Commercial 149 643.3 +494.3 +331. 7 Industrial 174 395.9 +221. 9 +127. 5 1,056 2,302.1 +l,246.1 +118. 0 278 137. 5 -140. 5 -50. 5 Agricultural and Vacant 6,315 3,187.6 -3,127.4 -49. 5 Public Rights-of-Way 1,566 1,751.2 +185. 2 +11. 8 Public and Parks Semi-Public - Sources: 1982 Land Use Survey by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated, and the Mankin Township Comprehensive Plan, 1963. 12 �TABLE ~· EXISTING LAND USE - 1982 Area in Acres Percent of Total 4,175.1 31. 9 492.3 3.8 643.3 4.9 395.9 3.0 1,175.5 9.0 137.5 1.1 1,126.6 8.6 3,187.6 24.3 1, 751. 2 13.4 13,085.0 100.0 Residential Single-Family Residential (includes Two-Family and Mobile Homes) / Multiple-Family Residential Commercial Retail, Office, and Service Industrial Industrial Parks, Individual Parcels Public Governmental Buildings, Schools, Cemeteries, Public Works Yards, Hospitals Semi-Public Churches, Church-Affiliated Schools Parks County and City Parks, Playgrounds Agriculture, Vacant Cultivated Land, Woodland, Land Not in Use Thoroughfares Rights-of-Way for Streets, Road, Railroads Total Source: 1982 Land Use Survey by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated. Based on field verification of SEMCOG aerial photography and Westland Planning Department records of zoning, multiplefamily dev·e lopments, schools, and public land uses. 13 �Regional Setting Westland is located at the westerly edge of the Detroit metropolitan area, midway between Detroit and Ypsilanti. Except for a few industries, residential and commercial development have been predominant in the growth of Westland and surrounding communities. Industrial development in the region has traditionally been concentrated to the east in Detroit, Dearborn, and the downriver area. Growth in this region generally reflects movement outward from a core centered along the Detroit River. Thus, the oldest and most developed communities are located to the east of the city. Garden City and Inkster are completely developed cities with aging neighborhoods and decreasing populations. The City of Wayne, located south of Westland, is one of the oldest cities in the area. The City of Wayne was developed with a well-defined industrial core and downtown, surrounded by residential neighborhoods. The City of Livonia, located to the north, developed more recently in a time span comparable to Westland's primary development period. Livonia's development pattern has been influenced by the I- 96 and I-275 expressways and the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad line which cross through the city. Unlike most communities in the area, Livonia has successfully developed a large industrial district extending along the expressway and railroad routes. In the past decade, the westerly edge of intensive residential development in the region has extended into Canton Township and other communities on the west side of the county. With the construction of I-275 expressway, residents on the western edge of Wayne County have quick access to employment centers in Livonia, Detroit, and elsewhere in the metropolitan area. As a result. Canton Township experienced a population increase of over 300 percent between 1970 and 1980. 14 �Planning Elements Ii �RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT Residential Development Pattern The development of Westland's residential neighborhoods occurred in cycles, generally corresponding to growth in the economy and population. The first surge of residential development occurred in the 1920's along the periphery of Westland (Nankin Township) and along certain major thoroughfares, particularly Wayne Road. In the 1940 1s, the Federal government constructed about 1,900 homes in the southeast section of the township to house workers in the Willow Run bomber plant. In response to the latent demand for housing following the war, housing construction increased tremendously in the 1950 1s and continued at a steady pace through the 1960's. Although single-family housing slowed considerably in the 1970's, the construction of new multiple-family housing added several thousand dwelling units to the city's housing stock. Approximately 4,670 acres, or about 36 percent of the total land area in Westland is presently occupied by residential uses. This represents an increase of over 1,100 acres compared to residential acreage in 1960. About 89 percent of the total residential acreage is occupied by single-family, two-family, and mobile home uses. Single-family neighborhoods are spread throughout the city, except in sparsely developed areas on the west side of the city. Apartments, townhouses, and other multiple-family uses occupy the remaining 11 percent of the residential acreage. Multiple-family uses are generally located in the northern section of the city, south of the Westland Shopping Center, and surrounding the municipal offices and Central City Park. A total of 56 apartment complexes or buildings are located in the city, three of which are subsidized by the Federal government. Three high-rise apartment buildings for elderly residents are located in Westland: Westgate Towers, Central City Pa~k Towers, and · Greenwood Villa~ Acco:rding to the 1980 Census, there are 29,048 housing units in Westland. This figure represents· an increase of 6,018 units (26- percent) over 1970, and an incr ease of 15,871 units (120 percent) over 1960. According to these figures, almost 55 percent of the housing has been built since 1960. Almost 30 percent of the housing was constructed in the years 1950 to 1959. Only about 16 percent of the city's housing was constructed before 1950. Aside from the multiple-:- family developments, the subdivisions that were developed in the 1930's and 1940's are the most densely developed residential areas in Westland. For example, the older subdivisions on either side of Wayne Road and on the north side of Ford Road, west of Wayne Road,. were developed at a net density of approximately 5. 3 dwelling · units per acre. The highest residential density in the city, ranging between 6 and 8 units per acre, exists south of Palmer Road, between Wildwood and Merriman. Single-, two-family, and multiple-family units 16 I - - - - - - - - �were developed on narrow lots in this part of the city, contributing to the high dwelling unit density. Subdivisions developed in the 1960's and 1970's were generally constructed at a net ·density of about 4. 5 to 4. 7 dwelling units per acre. For example, the subdivisions north of Warren Road, between Merriman and Middlebelt Roads, and north and south of Avondale between Muir and Merriman Roads were developed at a density of about 4. 7 units per acre. A few recentiy-constructed subdivisions, such as the subdivision located west of Newburgh between Palmer and Cherry Hill Roads, were developed at densities approaching 4 units per acre. The density of residential development in Westland is not excessive compared to other urban communities. Although Westland's high density neighborhoods are generally the most deteriorated, the deterioration is related to other factors besides density, including age of the housing, quality of construction, and the quality of streets, sewers, and other public facilities. Residential Development Issues The future viability of Westland's neighborhoods depends on the continuing effort of property owners, residents, and the city to address the issues related to neighborhood and housing deterioration. Six key residential development issues have been identified in Westland which are described below: 1. Housing Condition. A complete survey of housing conditions in Westland was completed by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated in March, 1983. Residential areas were classified into one of five housing condition categories, as shown on the Housing Conditions map and described as follows: Category 1: Housing in sound condition. Category 2: Housing in generally sound condition, but a few structures require minor repair (such as painting, window repair, brick repainting, porch repair). Category 3: Housing requires minor repair. Category 4: Housing generally requires minor repair, but a few structures require major repair (such as, major foundation repair, replacement of unsound walls or porches, window replacement, roof replacement, major chimney repair). Category 5: Housing requires major _repair. Based on the housing conditions survey, it is estimated that 80 to 85 percent of the housing in Westland is in sound GOndition or 17 �'llll~ Ill @.•1. M"~~~i:i-~ '"-.:·-ij·~ -:-t~~~),.J !~fl F'ord Road ----- Scale in feet AN Glenwood 0 600 Map1 Housing Conditions Map "'i3 a: Legend ~W,~~~ Sound Condition Wh Generally sound, some minor repair required .t C :,: C "E ·;: ,. , . :E Minor repair required g m I Generally requires minor repair, some major repair Major repair required CERAID WEDTKE AND ASSOCIATES. INCORPORATED - - -- - - - -- - - - --- 1800 3600 �requires only minor repair. Housing that has been developed in the last three decades generally shows little deterioration. However, as indicated on the Housing Conditions map, five residential areas require attention because of an accelerated state of housing deterioration. These five areas, which generally encompass the oldest neighborhoods in the city, are in the following locations: The southeast corner of the city, between Inkster and Middlebelt Roads. South of Palmer Road, between Wildwood and Merriman Roads. East and west of Wayne Road, south of Avondale Road and also between Cherry Hill and Hunter Roads. The northeast corner of the city, along Joy and Inkster Roads, and northwest of the Middle belt Road /Inkster Road intersection. Scattered locations near Newburgh Road, in and near the city's ind us trial district. Most structures in these five areas require minor repair, although there are scattered pockets of housing units that require major repair. In addition to the deterioration that is evident from the exterior, the Norwayne Needs Assessment completed in 1979 identified insufficient insulation, faulty heating systems, plumbing problems, and inadequate electrical connections as incidental to many housing units in these older neighborhoods. Continuation of the code enforcement program, the home rehabilitation program, and the Community Development Block Grant program is required to prevent further deterioration in these neighborhoods. The scope of code enfor~ement and housing rehabilitation programs must be expanded in the next eight to ten years to address problems of increasing housing deterioration in neighborhoods that were developed in the 19-SO's and early 19_60's. Housing in these neighborhoods will be approaching the age at which heating systems, plumbing, and other heavily-used or exposed components begin to break down or show excessive wear. Generally, areas identified in categories 2 or 3 on the Housing Conditions map will require additional code enforcement work within the ~ext decade. 2. Public Utilities and Services. The Housing Conditions survey revealed that many residential streets in Westland are unpaved, in poor condition, and without adequate drainage. Generally, the unpaved streets are confined to the older residential neighborhoods containing a large proportion of homes that require minor repair (see Map 2). The poorly maintained, poorly drai!)ed streets provide inadequate traffic circulation and detract from the visual appeal of the neighborhoods. The unpaved streets ~re· among other 19 �I I ] ! :.:;:;:;"::: a: r. e" :, . .Q 3t z _J "0 i a: M :i: ~------~-----1-- Ford Road----+~~=---~~~,-----• .·.·.:.:.:.:.:.·.·.·.•.:.·.·:. ----- .Scale in feet AN 0 600 Map2 I 1800 3~00 · Location of Unpaved Roads Annapolis ] ci . .Q :;; "0 i 1---~•-----.. - - van Born Road GERAW LUEDTKE AND ASSOCIATES. INCORPORATED �• factors that contribute to the depreciation in value of homes in these neighbo~hoods. From the city's perspective, unpaved streets are more costly and difficult to maintain than paved streets. However, the city apparently cannot afford to expend general fund revenues for the initial paving program. Special assessments met with disfavor from residents along the unpaved streets who found that individual paving assessments would be several hundred dollars. The city, landowners, and residents must work toward a solution to the paving and drainage problems in Westland's neighborhoods. Evidence from other communities has shown that the concern people have for their homes and long-term viability of neighborhoods is related to the adequacy of well-maintained public services, including roads and drainage. 3. • Adjacent Nonresidential Uses. Several single-family subdivisions in Westland have been developed adjacent to commercial corridors or industrial parks, without the benefit of a buffer formed by a greenbelt or less intensive use. Single-family uses adjacent to light industrial uses appear to experience few of the harmful effects, such as noise and fumes, that are commonly related to industry. Homes adjacent to the industrial parks are as well maintained as homes elsewhere in nearby subdivisions. Light industry is apparently acceptable adjacent to residential uses, if the industry is confined to research operations, warehousing, or light manufacturing. Single-family uses adjacent to Westland's commercial corridors do experience excessive noise. fumes, and litter related to the commercial uses. Certain residential areas also experience an increase in traffic generated by the commercial uses. The impact of the commercial uses on adjacent residential neighborhoods is particularly severe because many of Westland's comrriercial corridors ·w ere developed with insufficient lot size and depth to accommodate the intensity of activity, resulting in spillover into the residential neighborhoods. A major improvement effort along Westland's commercial corridors is required to alleviate the negative impacts on adjacent residential neighborhoods. In certain areas; removal of adjacent residential structures is the most reasonable method to correct lot and building deficiencies in the commercial corridor and preserve the integrity and long-term viability of the remainder of the residential neighborhood. In other areas, adjacent commercial uses can be made more compatible with improved screening, development of side lots for additional parking, and improved traffic circulation. A. related problem involves the existence of nonconforming residential uses on major comm·e rcial corridors. These structures are no longer suitable for residential use, are generally P<?Orly maintained 21 �and detract from the appearance of the commercial districts. Residential USflS should be eliminated from the commercial corridors in accordance with the provisions in the zoning ordinance for nonconforming uses. 4. Multiple-Family Housing. In the past two decades, Westland has experienced a substantial increase in multiple-family development. Between 1970 and 1980, over 4,000 rental units were constructed, an increase of 70 percent. In comparison, only 1,964 owner-occupied units were constructed, an increase of 11 percent. More than one-third of the total housing units in the city are now renter-occupied. Few nearby communities match this proportion of rental units. About one-quarter of the total housing units in Dearborn and Canton Township are. rental units. Only about eight percent of all units are renter-occupied in Livonia. Inkster has a high proportion of rental units, exceeding 35 percent. As indicated by the low vacancy rate in most multiple-family units, rental housing fulfills a definite need for families and individuals who are unable to purchase a house or do not want the responsibilities of home ownership. However, excessive development of multiple-family housing can alter the character of neighborhoods and the community as a whole. Because renters do not have a capital investment in their homes, rental units are often not as wellmaintained as owner-occupied units. Renters are often less involved in community affairs and less concerned about the longterm development of the community. Preservation of natural areas in the northwest section of the city and the adequacy of sewers , the water system, and streets are .also important concerns in the future development of multiple-family housing in Westland. The proportion of multiple-family housing in certain parts of Westland approaches the limit that can be comfortably assimilated into the neighborhood structure or accommodated by existing public services and utilities. A balanced combination of future multiple- and sineJefamily housing development must be sought so as to provide a · full range of housing choice in Westland. 5. School Closings. Declining enrollments have forced the closure of several elementary schoo]s in the Wayne-Westland Community School District and Inkster School District in recent years. The Tonquish, Norris, and Frazier Elementary Schools have already been closed, and closure of the McKee, Washington and Tinkham Elementary Schools is being considered after the 1982-83 school year. School closings hav~ serious ramifications in residential neighborhoods. Evidence from other school districts indicates that school closings cause families to be more selective in their housing purchases. A 10 to 20 percent drop in property values has been exp~rienced in some districts where schools have been closed. Fur- · thermore, it has been found that school closings accelerate deterioration of transitional areas and encourage population decline. The 22 �impact of a school closing can be particularly serious if a suitable alternate .use that is compatible with surrounding residential uses cannot be found. An alternate educational use would be the most suitable use for closed school buildings in Westland's neighborhoods. Schools in other parts of the country have been successfully converted into arts centers, theatres, cultural centers, and museums. Conversion into apartments - or elderly housing would also be acceptable in most neighborhoods, provided the housing is consistent in quality to housing in the surrounding neighborhoods. Reuse as offices or commercial space are other alternatives that would be acceptable for school buildings located on major roads on the periphery of residential neighborhoods. 6. Airport Flight Path. The area within the flight path of Detroit Metropolitan Airport, roughly bounded by Annapolis, Admiral, Van Born, and Irene Roads, experiences a level of noise in excess of what is normally acceptable for a single-family neighborhood. According to the Detroit Metropolitan Wayne County Airport Master Plan Study, the day-night average sound level (Ldn) in this area will range between 65 and 67 Ldn by the year 2000. The Airport Master Plan suggests that land-use controls, noise easements, and compatibility controls will be necessary in this area. As a result of the high noise level, Federal mortgage assistance is unavailable to home buyers in this area. In recent years, housing construction has stopped completely and the area has begun to deteriorate at a rapid pace. Vacant, boarded-up homes and undeveloped lots are abundant. A new approach to development is required in this area to reverse the decline. The planned mixed-use development option is appropriate for this area since it would allow further development of single-family houses, provided that special_ construction tec}:1niques are used. At the same time, the planned mixed-use option would allow for development of apartments, commercial, and service uses that are inherently more compatible with the level of noise in the airport flight path. The flexibility of the planned mixed-use development option increases the .potential for profitable development, even though stringent noise control measures are required. New Residential Development The Future Land Use Plan designates several areas, particularly in the northwest and west sections of the city, that are appropriate for new residential development. Future residential development in Westland depends on growth in the regional economy and increase in employment opportunities; Development of the city's industrial. district and retail /office sectors would attract new residents and generate a greater 23 �• demand for housing. The ability of the city to provide and maintain services will be an equally important determinant of future residential development. The Future Land Use Plan designates approximately 1 ,A>O acres for new single-family' development and 360 acres for new multiple-family development. The intent of the Future Land Use Plan is to provide for new residential development according to the availability of public utilities and services; to concentrate high density residential development in areas where existing public services utilities and services, schools, and commercial services are available; and, to protect natural features and woodlands in the northwest section of the city. Engineering studies have shown that it will be costly and difficult to provide adequate drainage for any type of intensive development located within the Tonquish Creek drainage district. Thus, future single-family development, especially in the northwest part of the city, should generally be developed on large lots at a low density. Residential areas that are nearest to the developed commercial and governmental core should generally be developed first, followed by development of the outlying areas that will require provision of new services and utilities. Preservation of natural features should be encouraged and continuation of agricultural operations should be permitted in the northwest section of the city. Future multiple-family development should generally be located with access to major thoroughfares, near to existing schools and public and commercial services, and in areas where the function and character of the surrounding neighborhood will not be altered. Between 6,864 and 9,312 additional housing units could be added to the city's housing stock if all of the acreage designated for residential development on the Future Land Use Plan is developed. Based on a density of between 3. 5 and 4. 7 units per acre, a total of between 4,200 and 5,640 units could be developed on the 1,200 acres of land designated for single-family use. Between 2,664 and 3,672 units could be developed on the 360 acres of land designated for multiplefamily use, based on density of bet ween 7. 4 and 10. 2 units per acre. Planned Mixed Use Development Planned mixed use development, consisting of single-family attached and detached units, multiple-family units, and commercial facilities, is designated in two locations on the Future Land Use Plan : 1) north and south of Michigan Avenue, encompassing the Eloise facility plus 370 acres of vacant land, and 2) the area within the flight path of Detroit Metropolitan Airport, roughly bounded by •Annapolis, Admiral, Van Born, and Irene Roads. Planned mixed use development allows for flexible allocation of land use and placement of buildings, thereby maximizing earning opportun-. ities and encouraging private investment. The planned development 1-7-86 24 �option allows clustering of buildings and development of useful open space. Used prop.erly, the planned development option can enhance the visual quality of a development and minimize infrastructure and construction costs. These features often improve the marketability of planned developments. The underutilized property north and south of Michigan Avenue represents a unique opportunity for creative use of the planned mixed use development option. Tlie majority of buildings in the Eloise facility are unusable and should be razed. Various types of residential development, including mobile homes, would be appropriate on most of the site. Retail and office development would be appropriate where there is access to major thoroughfares, especially along Michigan Avenue. The residential /commercial development concept should be easily marketed on this site since it is the only remaining large unencumbered tract of land within an otherwise built-up urban market. Planned mixed use development is also appropriate for the area within the flight path of Detroit Metropolitan Airport because the flexibility permitted under the planned development option provides the developer with greater potential for profit, in spite of the constraints imposed by the high noise level. As noted earlier, the planned mixed use development option would allow further development of the existing single-family development pattern, provided special noise attenuation measures are used. The planned development option would also allow development of potentially more profitable commercial, service and multiple-family uses that would be more compatible with the noise level in the area. Priority Strategies for Residential Development 1. UNDERTAKE REGULAR NEIGHBORHOOD CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS : The Westland municipal budget should include a substantial all9cation for capital improvements in residential areas each year: Streets, sidewalks, lighting, ·and drainage, must be kept in good condition. A well-maintained infrastructure encourages residents to make a corresponding investment in their homes. Citizen- participation is important in setting neighborhood capital improvement priorities, especially when needed improvements must be delayed because of lack of funding. If citizens are involved in determining which projects to delay or go forward with, they will be more likely to cooperate with city in carrying out the capital improvements program. · 2. REHABILITATE DETERIORATED STRUCTURES: The housing con- ditions survey identified five areas where an accelerated state of housing deterioration exists. The city should continue its rehabilitation and community development programs in these areas to stem · the deterioration. Spot removal of substandard structures may be necessary to protect residential quality in neighborhoods in which 25 �the units are located. Within the next eight to ten years, a strategy · must be developed to expand the scope of the rehabilitation and code enforcement programs into neighborhoods that were developed in the 1950's and early 1960 1s. Housing in these neighborhoods are approaching the age at which major deterioration becomes evident. II 3. DETERMINE APPROPRIATE USES FOR CLOSED SCHOOL BUILDINGS: Vacant school buildings have become a major issue in Westland's residential neighborhoods. The range of suitable uses for closed school buildings is limited because of their location in the heart of the neighborhoods. The presence of a vacant, boarded-up school building, however, has a blighting effect on the entire neighborhood. The city should work with school officials and residents to develop a plan for future school closings in Westland. Developers and real estate professionals should be consulted to determine feasible uses for obsolete school buildings. 4. BUFFER NEIGHBORHOODS FROM ADJACENT NONRESIDENTIAL USES: Residential neighborhoods adjacent to Westland's commercial corridors experience excessive noise, traffic, litter, and similar effects generated by the commercial uses. Revitalization plans for Westland 's commercial corridors should focus on providing adequate buffers or screening between residential and commercial uses. Parking and traffic patterns should be devised that limit the use of residential side streets for parking and access to commercial areas. Removal of houses adjacent to the commercial corridors may be necessary in certain locations in order to alleviate commercial site deficiencies and protect the remainder . of the residential subdivision. 5. EN-COURAGE PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT OF VACANT RESIDENTIAL AREAS: The City of Westland contains over 1,700 acres of vacant land with residential development potential. In addition, the city contains over 420 acres of land where planned mixed use development would be appropriate. · New residential development is im:.. portant to the long-range vitality of Westland, provided that there is a corresponding growth in the local economy and employment. Ongoing promotion of vacant residential land can help ensure that a share of the region's f uture residential d~velopment occurs within Westland. The city should work with property owners, real estate professionals, and developers in preparing a master thoroughfare plan and marketing strategy for vacant residential areas. Con_ceptual designs could be prepared tb show potential developers how different parcels can accommodate quality planned residential development. I ' I I I 26 �RETAIL, SERVICE AND OFFICE DEVELOPMENT Development Patte::r:ns According to the 1963 Comprehensive Plan for Nankin Township, retail activity was concentrated in several small shopping centers located at the intersections of major roads. In the early 1960's the central business district of the City of Wayne was the principal shopping district for most Nankin Township residents. Continued residential growth generated a demand for additional retail and service facilities, resulting in commercial development along several major corridors in Westland. In the mid-l 960's, concentrated shopping center development on a large scale was undertaken in Westland. The 870, 000-square-foot Westland Shopping Center was constructed in northcentral Westland to serve residents of the city and neighboring communities. Two smaller community shopping centers were also constructed in the mid-1960's, the Wildwood Shopping Center on Ford Road and the Westview Plaza on Wayne Road. The pace of commercial development slowed during the 1970's, corresponding to the slow growth in population and the economy. Westland Plaza, a community shopping center located on Wayne Road, was constructed in 1980. In 1961, a total of 149 acres were occupied by retail, service or office uses. By 1982, the acreage allocated to these uses in Westland totaled 643 acres, an increase of over 300 percent. This increase exceeds by far the 127 percent increase in housing units during the same period. Thus, much of the commercial developn:ient in the 1960's and 1970's was intended to accommodate growth in nearby communities as well as in Westland. Today, the Westland Shopping Center and nearby commercial establishments constitute the major commercial /office district in the city. Figures from the 1977 Census of Retail Trade and 1981 Detroiter Shopping Center Guide indicate there are about 90 stores in this district. About seventy percent of the stores are comparison retail stores, such as department stores, variety stores, apparel · and accessory stores, and furniture and appliance stores . • The two major comparison retail stores in the Westland Shopping Center are J.L. Hudson ·and J.C. Penney. The remaining thirty percent of the stores in the Westland Shopping Center are convenience goods stores or personal service uses. Convenience retail uses are those at which customers make frequent stops, such as food stores, drugstores, eating and drinking establishments, and hardware stores. Personal _service uses include barber and beauty shops, shoe repair shops, cleaners, and similar establishments. Other retail, service, and office facilities are located along Westland's major . thoroughfares. Ford and Wayne Roads are the two major linear commercial districts, providing a range of comparison an9, convenience retail establishments, personal and business services, and office facilities. Several small community or neighborhood shopping centers are a 27 �__:_:.. _________ .,"l__ • •• - - - - - - - - - - - - - • - · - - part of the Ford and Wayne Road commercial corridors. Other commercial corridors in the city are service-oriented, and contain a predominance of auto parts stores, nursery and garden shops, service stations, plumbing and heating establishments, small restaurants and drinking esta-plishments, convenience food stores, and similar establishments. Service-oriented commercial corridors in Westland include Middlebelt Road between Joy and Warren Roads, Warren Road between Inkster and Middle belt Roads, Joy Road between Inkster and Middlebelt Roads, and Merriman Road between Avondale and Palmer Roads. Regional Trade Area • The Westland regional trade area is carved out of an area that is dominated by large commercial shopping centers in surrounding communities located to the east and north. Although the Westland Shopping Center was one of the first regional shopping centers in the trade area, it has never reached its full potential because of poor highway access. ,t\ccording to the Shopping Center Development Handbook (Urban Land Institute , 1977) the ideal maximum driving time to a regional shopping center is twenty minutes. Based on this standard, parts of Westland itself as well as most surrounding communities were outside of the ideal traveling time of the Westland Shopping Center until recently, when improvements to Ford and Wayne Roads were undertaken. Several additional regional shopping centers were constructed in the Westland trade area .in the late 1960's and 1970's to fill the need for comparison retail facilities. Recently constructed regional shopping centers, such as Fairlane Town Center and Twelve-Oaks Mall, are located in close proximity to freeways and now capture a large portion of the Westland regional market. Figures from the 1977 Census of Retail Trade revealed that sales in 1976 totaled $110. 9 million for Westland Shopping Center, $116. 3 million for Livonia Mall, and $164. 5 million for the partially completed Fair lane Town Center. The ability of the Westland Shopping Center to capture a greater share of the regional market depends on growth in population and households in Westland and in communities to the west which are located outside of the market area of other large regional malls. Development Potential The Future Land Use Plan designates 1052.5 acres of land for commercial development in Westland. Over 925. 4 acres are allocated to retail and service uses, an increase of 281.5 acres (43. 7 percent) over the 1982 acreage. The remaining 127 .1 acres are allocated to office uses within separate office districts. Presentlly, office uses are scattered throughout the city on individual lots within commercial districts. The modest increase in retail, service and office acreage will be necessary to serve 1-7-86 28 �the projected increase in population and households in Westland. As noted earlier, the population of Westland is projected to increase by over 17,CXX> residents by the year 2000. Total households, which provide a more accurate measure of future demand for commercial services , are exp epte d to increase in number by over 6, 800 uni ts , an increase of 24 percent over the 1982 total. A proportional increase in retail, service and office uses will be necessary to serve the needs of a growing population ~nd new households. The tax base of the city is another important consideration in the allocation of commercial land. Equalization data for 1982 reveals that commercial property is valued 6. 5 times greater per parcel, and 2. 5 times greater per acre than residential property in Westland. Based on an average tax rate of 68. 65 mills, commercial property generated an average of $16,745 per acre in tax revenue in 1982, compared to $6, 765 per acre generated by residential property. Calculations indicate that currently the proportion of municipal expenditures attributable to nonresidential uses in Westland (approximately 30 percent) is about equal to the proportion of total city tax revenues generated by nonresidential uses. However, any additional nonresidential development is likely to tip the balance so that the proportion of tax revenues generated by nonresidential uses will be greater than the proportion of costs attributable to such uses. Expenditures for new nonresidential · development will be proportionally less because the initial investment in many public services and facilities will be adequate to serve new development. New nonresidential development would actually make more efficient use of the existing public infrastructure and facilities. The Future Land Use Plan designates three types of retail, service and office districts in Westland: the retail/office core, linear commercial districts, and neighborhood commercial facilities. These three types of commercial districts are described below: Retail/Office Core. The Future Land Use Plan focuses upon the Westland Shopping Center and surrounding area as the retail/office core of Westland. In an operational sense, it is appropriate that the retail and office function of the Westland Center commercial district be strengthened because the district is loi;ated near to the geographic center of the city, it is located near developing residential neighborhoods, and there is vacant land available for future commercial development. With the completion of the Ford Road and Wayne Road widening projects, accessibility to the commercial district should no longer be a major impediment for development. New retail and office development would be most appropriate along Warren, Cowan, and Wayne Roads. Infill of vacant parcels and replacement of nonconforming uses would res ult in an intensive commercial district that would make efficient use of existing transportation routes and public services. 1-7-86 29 �Most of the additional 127 acres of office land designated on the Future Land Use Plan are located south of Warren Road adjacent to the Westland Shopping Center and on the north . side of Ford Road, across from the City governmental complex. Although office uses are currently one of the most overbuilt of all comme~cial uses on a regional scale, real estate analysts believe there· is a strong market for new office facilities in established suburban communities where the infrastructure is in place and land costs are less than in prime office locations. New demand for ofQ.ce space is being generated by large companies that are segmenting their operations by splitting off back office functions ( such as accounting and data processing) from high-rent district headquarters. Nearby communities such as Livonia and Farmington Hills have successfully developed major office markets in recent years. According to the Detroiter Guide to Greater Detroit Office Buildings, which was published in 1982 by the Greater Detroit Chamber of Commerce, Farmington Hills had 13 major office buildings with 1.3 million square feet of floor space, and Livonia had 17 major office buildings with 821,000 square feet of floor space. The same survey revealed that Westland had just one inajor office building with 31,500 square feet of floor space • • A strong potential for quality office development exists in the Westland Shopping Center commercial district. As experienced in other nearby communities, quality office developments are often built near major retail centers because of the cumulative drawing power that reinforces both the office and retail markets. .Offices located near a major commercial facility are assured of exposure to the steady flow of people traveling to and from the commercial center. Additional demand for quality office facilities would be generated by the numerous businesses located in small offices scattered throughout the city, if given the opportunity to consolidate operations and be located near to other complementary businesses. Development of a quality office sector in Westland depends upon completion of the Wayne Road and Ford Road widening projects, and improved accessibility to the office district. Linear Commercial Districts. The commercial districts along Westland's major thoroughfares are an important component of the commercial sector. The linear commercial districts contain many of the city's convenience retail facilities, and most of the business, personal, and repair services facilities. Future development of the commercial corridors can be accomplished chiefly through infill on vacant parcels and replacement of nonconforming noncommercial uses. Based on the existing pattern of development, the Wayne Road, Ford Road, and Middle belt Road commercial corridors should be developed with a full complement of convenience and comparison retail facilities, and limited personal and business service facilities. Convenience commercial 1-7-86 30 �facilities, business, personal and repair services, and wholesale operations_ are appropriate along Joy and Warren Roads, between Middle belt and Inkster Roads, and along Van Born Road, between Henry Ruff and Inkster Roads . . The viability of Westland's linear commercial districts depends on concerted effort from both the private and public sectors to solve longstanding problems with vehicular circulation, parking, nonconforming uses, aesthetics, screening, and zoning. Development along most commercial corridors in Westland occurred on narrow lots, in accordance with setbacks, building standards, and parking standards that are now obsolete. Vehicular circulation is hazardous in many locations because of the predominance of heavy traffic generators (such as service stations, restaurants, and convenience stores) and the excessive number of curb cuts and driveways onto major thoroughfares. Recent improvements along Ford and Wayne Roads improved traffic safety, but exacerbated parking problems and yard deficiencies. In certain areas, poorly-maintained nonconforming residential uses detract from the appearance of the commercial strip. Excessive signage and building maintenance are a blighting influence along certain commercial corridors in Westland. • Resolution of these problems requires the attention of the city, landowners, and business operators. Reasonable means of enforcing the proposed new zoning ordinance must be devised so as to secure adequate setbacks, lot size, parking, and sign control. Severe vehicular circulation and parking problems along Ford and Wayne Ro.a ds could be brought under control through application of the 200-foot lot depth requirement set forth in the new zoning ordinance. In certain locations, the acquisition of residential parcels behind the commercial frontage could alleviate acute parking and circulation problems. Strict enforcement of building codes and nonconforming use provisions would help to abate building deterioration in certain locations. A rehabilitation program could also prevent deterioration and improve the• appearance of the commercial _ corridors. An effective rehabilitation program should include a financing program plus design assistance, · in the form of either design standards or conceptual facade drawings. Complete redevelopment may be the most reasonable approach in certain areas where large-scale development is possible or where building conditions and dimensional nonconformities are particularly acute. Redevelopment can be undertaken in cooperation with private developers so as to minimize the city's investment . . The city can initiate redevelopment by offering land assembly through the use of eminent domain; tax abatements and revenue bond financing; assistance with zoning, site plan review, and other regulatory processes; consideration of revenue or general obligation bond financing or sp·ecial assessments to finance public parking or other public facilities; 31 �and, assistance from city staff in information assembly and in dealing with _city or other governmental bodies. Neighborhood Commercial Facilities. A neighborhood commercial district usµally consists of a small shopping center or a cluster of stores that serves residents within a five-minute drive. Generally, neighborhood commercial districts contain food stores, drug stores, other convenience retail stores, and widely-used personal service establishments, such as cleaners and barber shops. Offices are common in neighborhood commercial districts in Westland. Generally, neighborhood commercial districts are located at the intersection of two major thoroughfares, so as to increase the size of the market within the five-minute driving range. Proper attention has not been given to the location of neighborhood retail and office facilities in Westland. Small shopping centers, office buildings, and individual retail stores are scattered throughout the city without adequate consideration to existing or proposed development patterns, the location of existing commercial facilities, access via existing thoroughfares, or the character of surrounding land use. As a result, the distribution of existing neighborhood commercial facilities does not efficiently meet the convenience retail needs of residents in Westland's neighborhoods. The Future Land Use Plan calls for elimination of scattered commercial uses throughout the city that are incompatible with the surrounding existing or proposed residential or industrial uses. Small shopping centers and groups of retail sto:res that are intended to serve as neighborhood convenience centers should generally be located at the intersection of major thoroughfares, so as to provide safe, quick access with minimal impact on the surrounding neighborhoods. Intensive commercial and office uses that are intended to serve a market beyond the immediate neighborhood should be located in the commercial/office core or along Westland's major commercial corridors. Priority Strategies for Retail, Service and Office Development 1. ENCOURAGE. DEVELOPMENT OF A STRONG RETAIL/OFFICE CORE. Evidence indicates there is strong potential for additional retail and off_ice development · in the Westland Shopping Center area. With completion of thoroughfare improvements on Ford and Wayne Roads, accessibility to the area should be much improved. Additional development would be centrally lo_c ated so as to serve existing and future residential development in the city. Intensive development in the Westland Shopping Center area would also make efficient use of existing transportation routes, public services, and infrastructure. 32 �2. ATTRACT NEW OFFICE FACILITIES INTO THE COMMERCIAL CORE. The ar!3a surrounding the Westland Shopping Center is a desirable location for quality office facilities. Office buildings are often built near major retail centers because of the cumulative drawing power that reinforces both the office and retail markets. The city should work with developers, real estate analysts, and property owners to: 1) identify potential office tenants, 2) develop a marketing strategy, and 3) promote actual office -development on specific sites. 3. COMMERCIAL CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT. Westland's thorough- fares are important components in the commercial sector, providing needed retail and service facilities not found elsewhere in the city. The long-term viability of the commercial corridors will require a major effort to correct longstanding building and site deficiencies. There is an immediate need for improved maintenance, additional parking, improved traffic control, elimination of nonconforming uses, better sign controls, and additional screening. A sincere public /private rehabilitation effort should be undertaken along Westland 's commercial corridors, beginning with a thorough inventory of existing problems and investigation of alternative solutions. 4. NEIGHBORHOOD COMMERCIAL FACILITIES. A need exists in Westland for a consistent policy concerning location of convenience retail facilities to serve residential neighborhoods. Generally, neighborhood commercial facilities should be located at or near the intersection of major roads so as to facilitate access from surrounding neighborhoods, yet minimize the impact from noise, litter, and traffic on the neighborhoods. 33 �INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT Development Patterns Westland's industrial district has developed along the Chesapeake and Ohio railroad on the west side of the city. From a core of separate industries along Newburgli Road between Palmer and Cherry Hill Roads, the industrial district has expanded in the last five years to encompass five new industrial parks extending as far north as Warren Road. Total industrial acreage has increased 127 percent from 174 acres in 1961 to 396 acres in 1982. Over 15 manufacturing firms and several other industries have facilities in Westland. Major industries include the General Motors Assembly plant, Detroit Edison, B a E Sales, Racine Electronics, Weyerhaeuser Customer Service Center, Electro-Tech, Inc . , E.G.S. Manufacturing, and DeSoto, Inc. Much of the recent development has occurred in one of Westland 's five industrial parks. The Cherry Hill Industrial Park is the city's oldest and most developed park, located on 103 acres east of Newburgh Road between the railroad and Cherry Hill Road. The Cherry Hill Industrial Park is a Class "A" state Certified Industrial Park. The largest industrial park in the city, the Edward Industrial Park, consists of over 200 acres of land between Ford and Cherry Hill Roads, one-half mile east of I-275. The Tonquish Industrial Park is located north of Ford Road, west of Hix Road. This park consists of 17 sites on 78 acres of land. The Ford-Hix Industrial Park is located on the east side of Hix Road north of Ford Road. This park encompasses 65 acres of land which are · zoned for light industry. The Railway Industrial Park encompasses 28 acres of land south of Ford Road and east of Hix Road, with 1 , 200 feet of frontage on the Chesapeake and Ohio railroad. Industrial land in Westland is separated into two zoning classifica- . · tions, I-1 Restricted Industrial District and I- 2 General Industrial District. Industrial zoning in Westland is designed to implement longterm planning objectives to establish a strong industrial base witl]. minimal disruption to the city ~s residential neighborhoods. Thus, I-1 districts are generally located on the periphery 6f the industrial area so as to serve as a transitional use between adjoining nonindustrial uses and heavier industrial uses in the 1-2 district. According to the zoning ordinance, the I-1 district is "intended to provide for light industrial activities which do not create an appreciable nuisance or hazard, and uses that require a pleasant, hazard- and nuisance-free environment..-, Permitted uses in an I-1 district include fringe commercial uses, light manufacturing, electroplating, research laboratories, light machinery production, secondary food processing, and warehousing and storage facilities. Basic or semifinished chemicals production, drop forging, storage or reclamation of junk, slaughtering and processing of animals , and use of punch presse·s , steam 34 �hammers, drop hammers, stamping machines, and similar equipment is prohibited in an _1-1 district. Based on the quality of housing in adjacent neighborhoods, it appears that the permitted uses in an 1-1 district are compatible with single-family residential development and serve adequately as buffers between the residential area and the heavier industrial uses. The 1-2 district permits heavy industrial uses in addition to commercial fringe and light industrial uses. Performance standards are set forth in the ordinance to regulate the use of flammable or explosive materials, air pollution, water pollution , noise pollution, and the use of radioactive materials in both industrial districts. On a regional scale, most recent industrial development has been concentrated to the north, in the City of Livonia. Livonia contains twenty industrial parks encompassin 519 acres of land, of which only 15 percent remains unoccupied. To the west, Canton Township has one 78-acre industrial park which is completely occupied. The cities of Wayne and Romulus to the south have a combined total of five industrial parks encompassing 326 acres, of which 56 percent remains unoccupied. Inkster and Garden City on the east each have one industrial park with a combined area of 61 acres, 21 of which are occupied. The regional pattern of development indicates a demand for quality industrial park space exists in the area. The availability of highway and rail access, adequate utilities, and the approach used by local government to market industrial land appear to be important factors in attracting industry to the area. 1 Industrial Development Potential The Future Land Use Plan designates 933 acres, about 7.1 percent of the city's land area for industrial development. The industrial corridor encompasses the five existing industrial parks plus all intervening land area along the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad on the west side of the city. The intent of the Future Land Use Plan is to create a cohesive industrial district that can develop in an orderly fashion, uninterrupted by incompatible residential, commercial and semipublic uses. Office and research uses could be complementary to industrial development, provided that the industrial district is planned so that the- office and research facilities are not adjacent to industries that generate excessive noise, traffic, · odors, or similar effects. In certain locations, for example along Ford Road, office and research facilities could pr-ovide the industrial district with an orderly, attractive appearance. Commercial services that benefit employees and 1 Greater Detroit Chamber of Commerce, Guide to Greater Detroit Industrial Parks," 1982. 35 �visitors, such as restaurants, convenience food stores, and drug stores, are appropriate in the industrial district, provided that these services are located where they will not deter industrial development or detract from the character of the industrial district. Additional industrial development is needed in Westland to balance the city's tax base, generate new employment opportunities, and strengthen the overall local economy. Westland 1s tax base currently is heavily weighted toward the residential and commercial sectors. In 1982, the total equalized value was approximately $460 million for residential property and $157 million for commercial property. In comparison, total equalized value for industrial and utility properties was only about $31 million. Nevertheless, on a per parcel basis, industrial property was valued 5.. 3 times greater than residential properties in Westland. Since much of Westland 1s industrial land is currently undeveloped, however, industrial property is valued per acre at only 80 percent of the equalized value per acre of residential property. Evidence from other communities indicates that the value of developed industrial land per acre generally exceeds the value of residential property by at least a factor of two. These figures indicate that industrial development would add substantially to the tax base and correct the disproportionate weight on residential and commercial properties. As indicated in the chapter on retail, service and office development, currently the proportion of municipal expenditures attributable to commercial and industrial uses (about 30 percent) is about equal to the proportion of total city tax revenues generated by nonresidential uses. Based on an average tax rate of . 68. 65 mills, industrial property generated an average of $7,326 per parcel and $5,291 per acre in tax revenue in 1982. Calculations indicate that as a result of additional nonresidential development, the proportion of tax revenues generated by nonresidential uses will be greater than the proportion of municipal costs attributable to such uses. In comparing municipal costs associated with industrial and commercial dev·elopment, public· · safety costs are much greater for commercial uses, whereas public works ·costs are greater for industrial uses .. Since most of the infrastructure is in place, industrial· development may be more favorable in terms of municipal costs th~n commercial devel_o pment. Future industrial development would further strengthen the local economy by generating additional employment opportunities. As indicated by total unemployment of 3,669, which represents 11. 5 percent of the December 1982 labor force, additional employment opportunities are much needed in Wes~land. 11 Labor intermediate extensive II ind ustries, which include manufacturing firms, primary metal industries, lumber and wood companies, furniture manufacturers, and machine tool companies, employ between 12 and 14 workers per net acre. 11 Labor extensive" industries, which include wholesale and distribution operations, stone, clay and glass products, and· petroleum and coal companies, employ between 6 and 8 workers per net acre. Since the 36 �Future Land Use Plan designates an additional 543 acres for industrial development, tqtal employment generation could range between 3,258 and 6,516 employees. Since Westland's industrial district is likely to contain a mix of manufacturing, warehouse and distribution, and research /office operations, total employment generated when fully developed will probably fall between the two extremes, at approximately 4,500 to 5,000 employees. The potential for successful development of Westland's industrial district is promising. Before the economic downturn of the last three years began, the City of Livonia aggressively marketed twenty industrial parks which are now almost 90 percent occupied. Since industrial space is not as abundant in Livonia's industrial district, new or expanding industries on the. west side of the Detroit metropolitan area will look elsewhere for industrial land. Westland's five industrial parks, which were mostly developed after the onset of the economic downturn, are prime locations for future industrial development as the economy rebounds. Westland 's industrial district possesses many of the characteristics necessary for successful industrial development, including: a large skilled labor pool, abundant space for industrial development, an improved thoroughfare network which provides quick access to expressways, access to a main line of the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad, location near the Detroit Wayne .c ounty Metropolitan Airport, suitable topography and soil conditions for industrial buildings, adequate water, gas, electric, telephone, and sewer service, a large metropolitan market that contains complementary businesses and industries, _ receptive community attitude, and attractive living environment. A strong industrial marketing program is required to inform prospective industries of the assets and opportunities offered in Westland. Experience in other communities has shown that the industrial development goals can best be achi~ved with aid of an economic development professional who can market the city and work with potential industries and developers. Priority Strategy for Industrial Development PROMOTE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INDUSTRIAL CORRIDOR: The city should vigorously promote development of its industrial corr~dor. Future industrial development will strengthen the tax ba.s e, provide 37 . �residents with new employment opportunities, and stabilize the municipal budget. Indu~trial park developers should be encouraged to upgrade their parks to meet the state Class A certification standards. Westland should work with Michigan Department of Commerce and Wayne County economic development officials to attract new industry into the city. As the economy recovers, the city should consider hiring an economic development professional to market the city and work with prospective businesses and industries. 38 �TRANSPORTATION Street and Road Network Major streets and roads in Westland are basically laid out in a grid pattern. The rectangular alignment is modified in the northern part of the city because of the- location of the Willow Creek Drain and the Middle Branch of the Rouge River. These two watercourses also are the reason for discontinuities in certain segments of the street and road pattern. Other discontinuities in the grid pattern are a result of the unusual shape of the city. The system is continuous only in combination with the road systems in the neighboring communities of Inkster and Garden City. • Five north-south county primary roads serve Westland: Wayne Road, Merriman Road, Venoy Road, Middle belt Road, and Inkster Road. Only Wayne Road provides a continuous route through the entire city. The other four north-south county primary roads serve north and south segments of the city, cut in between and through the cities of Inkster and Garden City. Merriman Road is an important link to I-94 and the Detroit Metropolitan Wayne County Airport, which are located about two miles south of the city limits. Other major north-south streets include Hix and Newburgh Roads, which serve the industrial district on the west side of the city, and Wildwood and Henry Ruff Roads on the east side of the city. Five east-west county primary roads serve Westland: Joy Road, Warren Road, Cherry Hill Road, Van Born Road, and Edward N. Hines Drive. Two state trunk lines, Ford Road (M-153) and Michigan A venue (M-12) , also run in an east-west direction. Ford Road was recently reconstructed and widened to five lanes and provides access to I- 275 west of the city. Michigan A venue, which cuts through the southeast leg of the city, provides a direct route be- . tween Detroit and Ypsilanti. Joy Road and Warren Road serve the northern section of the city, including the Westland Shopping Center area. Five other major east-west :roads serve the city: Ann Arqor Trail, an important route in t_he northeast section of the city; Cowan Road, which provides access to Westland Shopping Center; and, Palmer, Glenwood, and Annapolis Roads in the southern section of Westland. Deficiency Analysis A complete transportation system integrates commercial and industrial development, schools, parks, and other public uses, residential areas, and highways. By providing efficient and safe traffic circulation, a complete street and- road network reinforces land use objectives and policies. Westland 's existing street and road network is incomplete 39 �or deficient in certain aspects. below: These deficiencies are identified Inadequate street or road capacity. Generally, traffic engineers classify streets in urban areas as inadequate if existing traffic volumes exceed capacity at Service Level C. Service Level C is characterized by stable traffic flow and satisfactory operating speeds, with occasional intermittent delays. For several years, the most serious problems with inadequate thoroughfare capacity existed along Wayne Road and Ford Road. 1980 traffic counts revealed that an average of between 25,600 and 39,100 vehicles travel on Ford Road each day, and between 15,000 and 32,000. vehicles travel on Wayne Road. With the completion of ongoing reconstruction and widening to five lanes, these two thoroughfares should now be able to provide stable traffic flow with minimal delays. • Two other thoroughfares in the city, C berry Hill Road and Newburgh Road, experience heavy traffic and numerous delays. According to traffic safety experts in the Westland Police Department, these two thoroughfares carry a great deal of through traffic which conflicts with slower moving local traffic. Cherry Hill Road is a county primary road which experiences a heavy buildup of traffic west of Wayne Road because it is an important route to Canton Township. Heavy traffic along the entire length of Newburgh Road is generated by industrial and employment centers in and south of Westland. 1980 traffic counts revealed that an average of between 12,700 and 16,100 vehicles travel on Newburgh Road each day. The FY 82-84 Transportation Improvement Program for Southeast Michigan, which was prepared by the Southeast Michigan Council of Governments, identified · two other thoroughfares where improvements are proposed to correct deficiencies. The segments are: Warren Road, between Inkster and Middle belt Roads, and Joy Road, between Merriman and Middlebelt Roads. According to 1980 data, the average numl3er of vehicles that · travel on these road segments each day is as follows: Warren Road: 24,000 vehicles, and Joy Road: 13,320 vehicles. Reconstruction and widening are proposed to correct the deficiencies in each of these road segments. · Intersections are ·a major determinant of street and road capacity. Five high-accident intersections have been identified in Westland: Warren Road at Middle belt Road; Ann Arbor Trail at Merriman Road; Hunter Road at Wayne Road; Joy Road at Hix Road; and, Venoy Road at Glenwood . • 40 �The overall capacity of Westland 's road network is limited - becau~e traffic is not able to move through these intersections as efficiently and safely as possible. Scheduled improvements to Wayne Road in 1983 · should corrept the problem that exists at the Hunter Road intersection. Thoroughfare system discontinuity. Westland's thoroughfare network lacks -north-south continuity because of the location of the Rouge River and Willow Creek Drain. Because of these watercourses, north-south through roads are spaced approximately one mile apart in the northern part of the city. Two county primary roads, Farmington Road and Venoy Road, terminate at the Rouge River. The result of this discontinuity is to channel all north-south through traffic onto the six routes that do cross the watercourses. • The shape of the city also interrups the north-south continuity of the thoroughfare network in Westland. The cities of Inkster and Garden City extend into the interior of Westland, separating the road network in the northern section of the city from the road network in the southern section. As a result, continuity in the thoroughfare network can be achieved only in combination with the thoroughfare networks in Inkster and Garden City. The adequacy of the overall transportation systems, therefore, depends on cooperation between the three municipalities on road design, traffic control, ?,nd maintenance. The Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad track, which crosses the southwest corner of the city also causes discontinuity in the thoroughfare network. Railroad crossings are limited to two north-south routes and three east-west routes. Development of the internal road network in the southwest section of the city has been limited because of · the railroad right-of-way. As a result of this discontinuity, local and through traffic is ·channelled onto the five roads _ that cross the railroad. Two of those roads, Newburgh and Cherry Hill, have been- identified as thoroughfares that are already carrying traffic that exceeds their design capacity. • Inadequate linkages. The existing thoroughfare network in Westland provides inadequate linkages between certain major traffic generators, residential areas, and the freeway system. The development potential of the Westland Shopping Center and the surrounding commercial/office district has never been fully realized because the road system does not provide adequate access to the district. The ongoing improvements to Ford Road · and Wayne Road will improve access, especially for residents of the city and 41 �~ neighboring communities. However, these improvements still will not provide a direct linkage to the interstate freeway system, which is considered important in the development of a regional commercial/ office districj:. Linkages between the interstate freeway system and the Westland thoroughfare network have been less than adequate to assure continued growth. Lack of freeway access has been identified as one of the key reasons that industrial development in recent years has bypassed Westland in favor of other nearby comm unities. Linkages to the interstate freeway system have recently been improved with the .completion of the Ford Road/I-275 interchange, one-half mile west of the city. Interchanges at Warren Road or Cherry Hill Road would improve commercial and industrial development potential in Westland. • Incomplete street and road system. The street and road system is incomplete in the undeveloped sections of Westland, including the northwest corner of the city, the northeast corner of the city (north of Ann Arbor Trail), the southwest corner of the city (south of Palmer Road), and the vacant land between Merriman and Henry Ruff Roads in the southern part of the city. In certain undeveloped areas, such as the northeast corner of the city, development has occurred around the perimeter, leaving the interior landlocked. In the northwest section of the city, scattered roads _have been constructed, without the guidance of a master thoroughfare plan. A piecemeal approach to road development often results in a discontinuous road system and inefficient use of the land. A master thoroughfare plan would be a valuable guide for the future development of roads in the undeveloped portions of the city. The master thor·o ughfare plan should outline a recommende·d pattern of collector and local : streets in the undeveloped parts of the city, and indicate linkages to major and secondary thoroughfares. Street and road maintenance. Major thoroughfares in Westland are under the jurisdiction of either the city's Department of Public Servic;;e, the Wayne County Road Commission, or the Michigan Department of Transportation. Generally, major thoroughfares are adequately maintained, although maintenance problems have been cited on certain roads where the traffic volumes exceed the design capacity. The maintenance record is varied for local or internal roads, . which are under the jurisdiction of the city. Newer residential subdivisions have paved roads with curbs, gutters, and proper drainage. · However, certain older residential 42 �areas, particularly in the southwest section of the city, have unpaved streets and inadequate drainage. These roads are more costly to maintain than paved roads, because they must be graded and treated for dust control on a regular\ basis. Department of Public Service figures indicate the current annual cost of maintenance for unpaved roads is $3,000 per mile, compared to an average annual cost of $857 per mile for paved roads. In spite of the regular maintenance, many unpaved roads are in poor condition, especially during the wet spring months. Paved residential streets would improve the image and value of residential areas in southwest section of Westland. In addition, paved roads could be more easily maintained and would provide better access to the residential neighborhoods. Potential Road Network Deficiencies • Further development in Westland will generate traffic volumes that will exceed the capacity of the existing road network. Industrial uses will become major traffic generators in Westland as the ind us trial district on the west side of the city develops. The Future Land Use Plan designates almost 940 acres along the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad for industrial development. The typical daily traffic generation rate for industrial districts ranges from 16 trips per acre for light service industry to 70 trips per acre for industrial tracts. Based on these standards, industry in Westland could generate a traffic volume of between 15,000 and 65,800 vehicles per day on Westland roads. The actual traffic volume generated by industrial development will probably be between these two figures, at about 35,000 to 40,000 vehicles per day. The roads that will be most affected by an increase in ind ustrial traffic include Ford Road, Cherry Hill Road and Palmer Road in an east-west direction, and John Hix and Newburgh Road in a northsouth direction. Several of these roads already are being used beyond their capacity, and will require widening and reconstruction to accommodate any substantial increase in industrial traffic. Intersection improvements will also be necessary, especially at the intersections of Newburgh Road with Ford and Cherry Hill Roads. The Future Land Use Plan designates an additional 1,200 acres of land for single-family residential use, plus an additional 360 acres of land for multiple-family use. Most of the single-family acreage is located in the northwest part of the city, where low density development would be most appropriate. The typical daily traffic generation rate for lowdensity single-family districts is about 40 trips per acre. Daily traffic generated in a multiple-family district is typically about 75 trips per acre. Based on these standards, new residential development could generate a traffic volume of up to 75,000 vehicles per day. Roads in the northwest section of the city would be most affected by the traffic generated by new residential development. 1-7-86 43 �_,.:. ___ __ · __ . • _:_ _ __ - - - -' ._. .. _. _. ~• - The Future Land Use Plan also designates 281 acres of additional commercial acreage and 127 acres of additional office acreage. Most of the new commercial and office development is proposed in the area surrounding the Westland Shopping Center. Retail and service uses typically geneJ:ate about 40 vehicle trips per 1,000 square feet of floor area each day, and office uses typically generate about 14 vehicle trips per acre each day, depending on the size of the office buildings. Based on these standards, new commercial development could generate up to 147,000 additional vehicles per day, and new office development could generate up to 1,800 additional vehicles per day. These estimates are based on building coverage of 30 percent, as permitted in the Westland zoning ordinance. Streets and roads that serve the Westland Shopping Center and surrounding parcels, including Wayne Road, Warren Road, Cowan Road, and Newburgh Road, would carry most of the additional commercial and office traffic. Public Transit • Public transit is an .important component in the transportation system in the City of Westland. Currently, the Southeast Michigan Transit Authority (SEMTA) provides line-haul service on four regular service routes and two Park & Ride routes. The four regular service routes travel along Warren, · Ford, Cherry Hill, and Wayne Roads, and terminate at the Westland Center. Two of the regular routes are scheduled only during rush hours, between downtown Detroit and Westland. The other two regular routes run a full schedule, providing service to Detroit, Dearborn, Ecorse and other communities to the east. The two Park & Ride routes operate Monday through Friday on Ford Road and Michigan Avenue, providing service to Detroit and Dearborn. In addition to the line- haul service, SEMT A provides curb-to-curb service through its Connector small bus service. The SEMTA Connector service is designed to be especially useful for handicapped and elderly persons. Public transit is a vital component in the transportation system of any urban area. Every attempt should be made to coordinate traffic and road engineering, land use planning, and public transit service in Westland. Priority Strategies for Transportation Improvements 1. IMPROVE MAJOR THOROUGHFARES: Several county primary and m~jor city streets are not designed to carry existing volumes of traffic. Traffic congestion on these thoroughfares will increase as new industrial, commercial, and residential development occurs. The city should work with county officials to identify· deficient roads and streets, and set priorities for reconstruction and widening of these thoroughfares . • 1-7-86 44 �• 2. DEVELOP A MASTER THOROUGHFARE PLAN: The internal road network is incomplete in certain parts of Westland. The engineering and planning departments should work together to develop a master thoroughfare plan to guide the layout and development of a continuous ,internal road network and prevent parcels from becoming landlocked. 3. DEVELOP A TRUCK ROUTE SYSTEM: Future development of the industrial district in Westland will result in an increase in truck traffic on city streets and roads. The engineering and planning departments should work together to develop a truck route system that channels trucks away from residential areas and onto roads that are constructed to carry heavy truck traffic. 4. IMPROVE FREEWAY LINKAGES. The absence of freeway linkages has often been cited as a key reason that commercial, office and industrial development has bypassed Westland in favor of other nearby communities. The city should work toward improving the linkages from the Westland Shopping Center area and the industrial district to I- 275 west of the city. Efforts to improve freeway linkages should focus on road design and traffic control on Warren, Newburgh, Cherry Hill, and Ford Roads. 5. IMPROVE THOROUGHFARE SYSTEM CONTINUITY. Because of Westland's unusual shape, thoroughfare system continuity requires the cooperation of the cities of Inkster and Garden City. Appropriate departments from these three cities should cooperate on the planning, design, and scheduling of improvements on streets and roads that are continuous from ~me community to the next. 6. STREET AND ROAD MAINTENANCE. Westland should continue to work with residents to seek a street paving plan that is financially reasonable for both the residents and the city . • • 45 �• PARKS AND OPEN SPACE Existing Parks and ,Open Space Facilities According to the 1982 land use survey, city and county parkland occupies over 1,100 acres of land in Westland, or approximately 8. 6 percent of the total land area. School sites and private recreation facilities add several hundred acres to the total parks and open space inventory. The city itself owns and maintains 23 separate parks and recreation facilities, including a 9-hole municipal golf course and the Melvin G. Bailey Recreation Center. The Bailey Recreation Center, which is ce,ntrally located next to the municipal offices and Central City Park, includes facilities for tennis, racquetball, swimming, and other recreation activities. City-owned parks in Westland are classified in two categories as follows : • Neighborhood Parks. Neighborhood parks are designed primarily to accommodate the recreation needs of children. Generally, neighborhood parks are between 4 and 15 acres in size, and include playground equipment and a small picnic area. The 19 77 Westland Parks and Recreation Master Plan sets forth a goal of a neighborhood park within a half-mile of every residence . Community Parks. Community parks are designed to accommodate a wide variety of recreation activities, including organized sports and spontaneous family activities. Community parks are generally between · 15 and 35 acres in size. The· Parks and Recreation Master Plan sets forth a goal of a community park within 1-1/2 miles of every residence in the city. The Master Plan identified the following community parks that now exist or were under development: Cooper Park and Community Center (project was under · development, but has been dropped) Jaycee Park (existing) Central City Park (under development) Hix-Koppernick Park (under development) Henry Ruff-Palrne_r Park (existing) Dorsey Community Center (existing) . Stottlemeyer Park (existing) • 46 �• • County-owned parks have the capacity to accommodate most outdoor recreation needs of _Westland residents, especially in the northern part of the city. Altogether, the three county-owned parks in Westland occupy over 1,000 acres of land, most of which is in the floodplain of the Middle or Lqwer Rouge Rivers or Tonquish Creek. The largest and most developed county park is the Middle Rouge Parkway, which extends along the Edward N. Hines Drive in the northeast part of the city. The Middle Rouge Parkway has facilities for picnicking and passive recreation activities, - as well as for more intensive recreation pursuits, such as baseball and football. The William P. Holliday Parkway, located in northwest Westland, is largely undeveloped, providing opportunities for observation and appreciation of nature and wildlife. The Lower Rouge Parkway is the smallest county-owned park in Westland, located in southeast Westland. This park contains picnic areas, natural areas, and facilities for baseball and tennis. School-owned sites accommodate many of the recreation needs of children and active sports enthusiasts. About forty school-owned sites are located in Westland, generally adjacent to public schools. Most of these sites have playground equipment and facilities for baseball, football, tennis, and other activities. The 1977 Westland Parks and Recreation Master Plan identified certain school sites, such as Stevenson High School and John Glenn High School, as sites that could be developed into community parks, provided a cooperative agreement could be developed with the school districts . Private recreation facilities and open space accommodate recreation needs that are not met by public facilities. The City of Westland contains three bowling establishments, the Hawthorne Valley Golf Club, the Wayne-Ford Civic League, and a YMCA ·and YWCA. To a limited extent, recreation needs of residents in northwest Westland are accommodated on the vast privately-owned, undeveloped lands. The Huron-Clinton Metroparks provide Westland residents with certain recreation opportunities that are not available in the city, such as •boating, fishing, and swimming. The Lower Huron Metro Park, Willow Metro _Park, and Oakwoods Metro Park are located 7 to 10 miles south of the city. Kensington Metro Park, the largest park in the system, is located about 15 miles nowthwest of the city on Kent Lake. Recent Development Efforts • Parks and recreation development efforts in recent years have been focused on the Central City Park and Melvin G. Bailey Recreation Center. The Central City Park, located south of the municipal offices on Ford Road, covers about 100 acres of land much of which is still under development. A man-made lake, bike trails, picnic areas, play ground facilities, athletic fields, and tennis courts have already been completed. Future plans call for a day camp area, outdoor theater, and indoor /outdoor pool. The Melvin G. Bailey Recreation 47 �Center, also located south of the municipal offices, was constructed in 1978. This facility contains an indoor skating rink, tennis courts, and racquetball courts. The Birch Hills Golf Course was another major recreation project completed in the last five years. This project involved re-design pf the course into a nine-hole course and construction of a clubhouse. The Dorsey Community Center, which was remodeled in 1981- 82, was the subject of the most recent recreationrelated development efforts in Westland. Recreation Programs Westland's parks and recreation programs are designed to obtain maximum use of facilities and provide opportunities for residents of all ages. The comprehensive nature of the parks and recreation programs is reflected in the inventory provided in the 1977 Parks and Recreation Master Plan. According to the Master Plan, year-round recreation programs are offered, including summer playground activities, youth and adult baseball and basketball programs, cooperative programs with local school districts, a full-scale senior citizen program, and programs at the multipurpose arena. The Arts Council and Westland Civic Symphony Orchestra are among the year-round activities offered in Westland. • Parks and Recreation Deficiencies The 1977 Parks and Recreation Master Plan used a twofold approach to identify parks and recreation deficiencies: 1) The· distribution of parks was analyzed based on the following standards: no residence should be farther than one- half mile of a neighborhood park; .- no residence should be farther than 1-1/2 miles of a community park. 2) The adequacy of recreation activities was analyzed based on a survey of 250 residents that determined participation rates and recreation preferences. With regards to park distribution, the Master Plan identified the following deficiencies: NORTHEAST: Community park land is inadequate; a ✓ neigh­ borhood park is needed west of Merriman Road. NORTHWEST: Upon development of designated sites, park land should be adequate. 48 �SOUTHWEST: Community park land is inadequate. SOUTHEAST, NORTH OF GLENWOOD: is inadequate. Community park land SOUTHEAST, SOUTH OF ANNAPOLIS: should be adequate. Existing parks The Master Plan noted that the ability of county-owned parks to satisfy recreation needs is limited-, especially in the Middle Rouge Parkway, because Westland residents are fearful of crime and rowdy visitors in the county parks. The Norwayne Needs Assessment completed in 1979 noted a similar problem concerning the Norwayne Park. The facilities within each park .are also determinants of the adequacy of the parks. Park facilities / must coincide with recreation preferences if they are to be utilized and accommodate residents' recreation needs. The parks and recreation survey, which was completed in 1975, found that only 11. 3 percent of Westland 's residents satisfied most recreational needs in Westland 's parks. About 31 percent satisfied their recreational needs in Wayne County parks, while about 47 percent used park facilities in the Huron-Clinton Metropark or State park systems. According to the survey, recreation activities most preferred by residents of Westland include walking, bicycling, picnicking, swimming, sledding, ice skating, handball, racquetball and tennis. These activities can be easily accommodated in existing parks provided proper facilities are installed. Residents also expressed a preference for certain activities that are best accommodated by the private sector or in State and regional parks, such as fishin_g, bowling, horseback riding, and hunting or shooting. Residents also expressed an interest in more family-oriented recreation or social activities, such as hay rides, corn roasts, and fun nights. These activities could be accommodated in city parks with proper planning and organization. Parks and recreation programs have been expanded considerably in the seven years since the survey of park needs was completed. Hence, it is likely ·· that a much greater proportion of residents now find that city-owned parks and recreation facilities meet their recreation needs. Development Options Although parks and recreation facilities have been improved considerably in recent · years, · many deficiencies that were identified in the Parks and Recreation Master Plan still exist. The distribution of parks still does not meet the stand8:rds set forth in the Master Plan, and many parks do not contain all of the facilities preferred by residents. The Master Plan sets forth several recommendations that would correct these deficiencies. Re-examination of the recommendations is necessary in light of existing and projected budget constraints faced by the city. Most of the recommendations set forth in the master plan involve a large capital 49 �investment for land or facilities, followed by development costs, and maintenance and operating expenses. These recommendations may no longer be feasible, since limited revenues must first be diverted to mandatory city operations and existing parks and recreation facilities. Several development options exist if future dwindling revenues prevent implementation of the Park and Recreation Master Plan recommendations: 1) Many preferred activities, such as bicycling and walking, require no land purchase of park development. These activities can best be accommodated through designation or development of bicycle trails, sidewalks, and nature trails. In new subdivisions, it may be possible to require developers to construct public facilities of this sort. 2) Instead of developing new community parks where recommended, it may be more feasible and less costly to improve access to existing community parks in the city. Improved thoroughfares, sidewalks and public transportation could effectively increase the service radius of a community park. 3) Community park-type facilities, such as baseball fields and tennis courts, could be developed in existing neighborhood parks, thereby eliminating the need for new community parks. By spreading the community park-type facilities among several neighborhood parks, the risk of altering the character or overutilization of the neighborhood parks is reduced. 4) Instead of developing the Hix-Koppernick Park as a community park, it could be developed as a neighborhood park, at least in the short term. 5) School sites could be more intensely developed and used. Many communities have signed agreements with school districts that allow the use of school property as parkland. In certain cases, the school district and city share the costs of mainteriance, but each entity pays for and operates recreation programs to _meet their own needs. Many newer schools have large sites that could readily serve dual purpose as school playground and city park. Priority Strategies for P;;i.rk and Recreation Development 1. • IMPLEMENT THE PARKS AND RECREATION MASTER PLAN. The 1977 Westland Parks and Recreation Master Plan should continue to serve as the primary guide for development of Westland's parks and recreation programs. However, in light of existing and projected budget constraints, the city should search for less costly alternatives that could approximate the end result sought by 50 �-= • the recommendations set forth in the Master Plan. 2. ACCOMMODATE RESIDENTS' RECREATION PREFERENCES: Many recreation activities preferred by residents, such as walking· and bicycling, can be accommodated without costly park development. In developing its parks and recreation system, the city should focus on residents' preferences, rather than arbitrary, generalized standards. In the effort to accommodate residents' preferences, the city should avoid duplication of existing facilities in county, regional, or State parks. Private development of recreation facilities should be encouraged where appropriate . • 51 �COMMUNITY FACILITIES The community facilities component of the master plan outlines the major capital purchases expected in the next 5 to 10 years. The purpose of this component is to: 1) link the master plan to fiscal planning and to actual physical development; 2) aid in planning, settling priorities, and sched-uling of capital projects; 3) provide information necessary to set forth sensible growth management guidelines; and, 4) coordinate activities of all departments. The community facilities component examines future capital expenditures related to police, fire, general government, parks, and schools. In most instances, projected capital expenditures involve replacement and maintenance rather than expansion or addition to the existing capital stock. These projections, which are based on consultation with department heads, are based on the assumption that there will be little or no growth in population or new construction over the next 5 to 10 years. There should be little additional operating expenditure associated with the projected capital expenditures, since the projections involve mostly replacement of facilities already in operation. A detailed description of projected future capital needs follows: • 1) Fire Protection. Fire department needs fall into three categories: fire stations, fire engines and emergency medical rescue vehicles. According to the fire chief, existing fire station locations are adequate, but renovations are required. Fire station No. 1, located at 36435 Ford Road, should be re. modeled to include four additional bays for drivethrough emergency equipment, additional office space, additional living quarters, a complete dispatching-command center, emergency power unit, and communication facilities. The existing living quarters should be removed to allow a greater setback from the widened Ford Road. Fire station No. 2, located at 7825 Merriman Road, should be expanded by one bay to accommodate a fire pumper with a water tower of at least 55 feet in length. Although land is available on the north side of the building for this addition, it is not presently owned by tlie city. Fire station No. 3, located at 1850 Northgate, may require an additional bay if the responsibilities of this station increase. • Fire engine replacement should be planned so that each engine serves as a first responding unit for no more than 15 years, and as a reserve unit for an additional 5 years, for a total expected service life of 20 years. According to this schedule, a replac~ment 52 . �• engine with water tower should be purchased every fourth year commencing in 1983, with purchases scheduled for 1987, 1991, 1995, 1999, and so on. Adjustments in the type of equipment may be necessary based on changes in design, personnel, and fire protection procedures in general. Current cost fora pumper is $203,000, with an additional cost of $26,000 for equipment. A 135-foot aerial/water tower engine should be purchased by 1985 to replace the existing 75-foot aerial platform which has reached the end of its service life because of the number of tall buildings recently constructed in Westland. . The 135-foot aerial/water tower, which is the longest available, would meet the city's fire protection performance standards. Current cost for such a vehicle is about $325,000 to $500,000. An additional aerial device would be required if responsibilities for fire protection at the Wayne County General Hospital complex increase. • • Emergency medical rescue vehicles should be refurbished every five years and replaced every 15 years. The city currently has four first line vehicles and one reserve vehicle, with a new vehicle due in the fiscal year 1984 budget. The first vehicle refurbishment is due in 1985 and every year thereafter. 2) Police Protection. The most important capital expenditure requirement in the police department is a computerized record-keeping system. According to the police chief, the existing hand-filed record-keeping system is several years behind current practice. A computerized system would cost approximately $100,000, but would improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the police department. The installation of a computerized record-keeping system would generate additional operating expenditures, due to the increase in personnel and maintenance. Vehicle replacement is an ongoing capital requirement of the police department. The police department has 20 marked vehicles, half of which must be replaced each year, and 10 ·unmarked vehicles, two of which must be replaced each year. Thus, 12 police vehicles must be replaced each year at a current cost of about $13,000 each. According to the police chief, the existing police headquarters was designed to fulfill the city's needs through the year 2000, so no building-related capital expenditures are expected ·in the near future . 53 �• 3) Buildings. No new building construction is projected in Westland in the next 5 to 10 years. Consideration has been given to closing certain buildings, such as the multipurpose building located at Wildwood and Hunter Roads, in order to reduce operating costs. However, no buildings have yet been closed by the city. Maintenance will be the most significant building-related capital expenditure item in future years. According to the- director of the Department of Public Service, maintenance costs on most buildings are routine, although the maintenance needs of city hall are much greater than would be expected for a building of its age. 4) Public Service Vehicles. The Department of Public Safety maintains a replacement schedule for vehicles and mobile equipment owned by the city. According to the schedule, the following vehicle purchases will be necessary in the near future: • 5) • a. Vactur machine. This piece of equipment is used to clean catch basins and costs approximately $60,000. b. Sewer-get. This piece of equipment is a high water pressure sewer cleaner and costs approximately $70,000. c. Street sweepers. Three street sweepers are needed within the next five years, at a cost of approximately $45,000 each. d. Trucks. Two large trucks are needed each year for the next five years, at a cost of approximately $45,000 each. e. Front-end loader. end loader. f. Additional vehicles. The city owns 60 additional vehicles (automobiles and pick-up trucks) that are on a 5-year replacement schedule. Thus, 12 vehicles should be replaced each year at an average current cost of between $12,000 and $13,000 each. The city has a need for one front- Street paving. Street paving will probably be a major capital expenditure in future years. Street paving is generally done on a continuous basis so a portion of the total network is paved each year. However, it appears the 1982 paving pro·gram will not be comple.t ed because of .a lengthy lawsuit and increasing construction costs. The lawsuit, 54 �• which covers between 12 and 13 miles of paving, has held up the entire paving program. Future paving programs will have to make up for the time lost in the 1982 program. According to 1982 estimates, the cost for paving a gravel road was approximately $30 per running foot. Street maintenance will also be a major gets. In 1982, $180,000 was allocated miles of paved local roads, yielding an mile. A total of $90, 000 was allocated 30 miles unpaved local roads, yielding per mile. 6) item in future budfor maintenance of 210 average of $857 per for maintenance of an average of $3,000 Water System. Improvements to the water system are expected to cost about $250,000 per year for the next few years. Major scheduled improvement projects include: 1983: 12-inch watermain along Newburgh Road, from Wayne Road to Hunter Road. Estimated cost: $225,000. 1984: Extension of watermai.n and installation of master meter along Merriman Road, from Annapolis to Van Born. Estimated cost: $150,000. 1985: 12-inch watermain along Annapolis Road, from Merriman to Henry Ruff. Estimated cost: $70,000. Next five years: Replace i- and 4-inch watermains in Norwayne area with 6-inch watermains in a six-phase project. Estimated cost: $2 million. 7) • Sewer System. The costs for sewers and water in new subdivisions are generally paid by the developer. In certain . areas, the city may install· these utilities and recover the costs over a five-year period through special assessments. Maintenance and replacement of the existing systems are _the major sewer-related capital costs. Catch basin repairs are the only storm sewer· repairs scheduled in the near future. Catch basin repairs are to be coordinated with road improvements at a cost of about $200,000. Three major sanitary sewer projects are presently under consideration: 1) Rerouting of sewers is necessary at two points to avoid overloading ·the Inkster system. Rerouting is necessary in the vicinity of Annapolis Road at Middlebelt Road and Henry Ruff at Cherry Hill Road. Total estimated cost of these diversions is $115,000. 2) Within the next five years, inflow and infiltration into the sanitary sewer system in the Annapolis Park area 55 �must be studied, and specific recommendations must be set forth. Slip lining and restructuring will be necessary in several segments of the system. 3) 8) • Implementation of the Wayne County Facility Planning Study could take place if Federal money is available for recommended projects. This study focuses on water quality in the Rouge River. A local match probably will -be required if the project eventually gets underway. Schools. No major capital expenditures other than for routine maintenance are expected by the school districts that serve Westland. Due to declining enrollments, several schools have been closed, and closure of three additional schools (McKee Elementary, Tinkham Elementary, Washington Elementary) has been recommended. The final public hearing prior to board action on closure of these schools was scheduled for March 29, 1983. Another round of school closings in the Wayne-Westland district is expected in three years. Until enrollments level off, it is expected that the school districts will continue to focus on reducing costs and eliminating excess building and equipment rather than purchase of new buildings or capital goods . Funding Capital Improvements Declining state and Federal revenues have made it more difficult for local units of government to fund needed capital improvement projects. Funding -is especially scarce for facilities that do not produce revenue and therefore cannot be financed through issuance of revenue bonds. The reduction in state and Federal revenues does have some benefits, however. Capital improvement programs that bypass state and Federal bureaucracies are generally more efficient. With less funding . · coming from nonlocal sources, there is generally more attention focused on cost efficiency. Finally, local governments have more control over the design and implementation of capital improvement programs th~t are locally financed. Sources of capital improvements funding fall into three general categories: revenue-raising, debt financing, and public-private approaches. Sources of financing under these three approaches are outlined below: Revenue-Raising Development Fees and User Charges . • Short-Term •Money Management. This approach makes use of various investment techniques to maximize returns· ·on local government funds . 56 �Benefit Assessments. This approach involves the designation of ge9graphic districts and determination of property benefits as a basis for proportionate assessments. Tax Increment Financing. Under this approach, new construction within designated project areas is funded using property tax increases from rising property assessments. Independent Authorities. This approach involves the joint delivery by two or more public agencies of facilities and services, such as police and fire protection. Exactions. Exactions require developers to 11 contribute 11 certain facilities, such as roads and sewers, in a new development to the local government. This approach is already used by Westland. Debt Financing Revenue Bonds. Revenue bonds are a readily available and conventional way to finance public facilities that produce revenue. • Lease-Purchase Financing. Under a lease-purchase agreement, the contract provides that the title will pass to the lessee upon expiration of the term of the lease. Certificates of Participation Lease Financing. This approach involves the sale of certificates (representing interest in leases to public entities) to private investors to raise money for new facilities. This method often is used in combination with sale and leaseback arrangements. Creative Use of Bond Instruments. This approach involves · unconventional aspects of bond-financing, such as zero coupon or indexed bonds. Public-Private Approaches Charitable Contributions. This approach depends on contributions from citizens and the private sector for tangible public facilities and ·their operation and maintenance. Private Enterprise Licensing. Under this approach, exclusive rights are granted to certain businesses to construct or operate certain facilities . • 57 �Public Sector Entrepreneur. Under this approach, local government ;icts as if it were a private firm. Examples of this approach include municipal insurance programs, development of surplus property, and bargaining with private developers to pay for certain facilities in return for public investment. Sale and Leaseback. This approach involves the sale of newly constructed -or existing facilities to private investors and leasing them back for public uses. Priority Strategies for Community Facilities Improvements 1. DEVELOP A CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM. The City of Westland should invest the time and effort necessary to prepare a full-scale capital improvements program. A general knowledge of major expenditures and revenue sources is no longer adequate to guide communities on a fiscally-sound course. Precise capital expenditures projections, knowledge of specific funding sources, and methods of payment and clearly stated capital expenditure policies are necessary to equitably allocate scarce funds to needed capital improvement projects. 2. INVESTIGATE INNOVATIVE METHODS OF FINANCING. As sources of funding dwindle in number, many communities have found innovative methods to stretch the use of existing funding sources. In states that have . been affected by tax limitation laws, local governments have kept solvent through creative use of local revenues. The City of Westland should investigate the innovative financing methods used by other local governments in Michigan and other states to determine their applicability in ·westland . • 58 - - - - -- - - -- ------ - ~ �Land Use Policies �LAND USE POLICIES Planning policies set forth an approach or position which the City Council, the Planning Commission, and other city officials may refer to in future decision making. The policies in this section cover residential development, retail, service and office development, industrial development, and parks and open space development. These policies address specific current and future planning issues and problems in Westland. The formulation of these policies is intended to guide future development and land utilization in Westland. Residential Development Policies POLICY 1: The city should continue efforts to preserve and improve the quality of residential neighborhoods. The housing conditions survey revealed that overall housing and neighborhoods are in good condition in Westland. However, the survey identified five areas where an accelerated state of housing deterioration exists. Rehabilitation programs, Comm unity Development Block Grant programs, public infrastructure improvements, and code enforcement programs should be continued, and private reinvestment in single-family neighborhoods should be encouraged. Organized participation of residents is integral to a successful rehabilitation program in the deteriorated residential areas. POLICY 2: The city should work toward a balanced combination of multiple- and single-family housing so as to provide a full range of housing choice in Westland. Additional multiple-family and townhouse development should · be permitted, but only · where public services and utilities are adequate and where the new development can be comfortably assimilated into the existing neighbor-_ hood. POLICY 3: The city · should encourage orderly private development of vacant residential land. Westland contains over 1, 700 acres of vacant land with residential development potential. New residential development is important to . the long-range vitality of Westland, provided that: 1) there is corresponding growth in the local economy, 2) the city can provide the new development with adequate public services, and 3) there is minimal disruption to natural areas and woodlands in the city. Consistent with thes·e goals, reside_ntial • 60 �areas in the northwest part of the city should be developed ~m large lots at a low density. Residential areas nearest to the developed commercial and government core should be developed first, followed by developmept of more outlying residential areas. POLICY 4: Planned mixed use development consisting of singlefamily attached and detached units, mobile homes, multiple-family_ units, and commercial facilities, · should be encouraged in two locations: 1) north and south of Michigan A venue, encompassing the Eloise complex and 370 acres of vacant land, and 2) the area within the flight path of Detroit Metropolitan Airport. Developers should be . encouraged to creatively use the planned development option to design developments with visual appeal and character, make efficient use of the land area, minimize infrastructure costs and provide ample open space. Proposed planned mixed use developments in the airport flight path should be consistent in quality and character with existing single- family development in the area. POLICY 5: The Westland municipal budget should include a substantial allocation for capital improvements in residential neighborhoods each year. The city should work with citizens in setting neighborhood capital improvement priorities, especially where special assessments are required or where needed improvements must be delayed because of lack of f_u nding. POLICY . 6: The city should work with school officials, residents, and developers to determine feasible uses for obsolete school buildings. Proposals for reuse of school buildings should be carefully reviewed to be certain that new uses are compatible with surrounding residential development. Stringent site design standards should be required, with particular emphasis on adequate offstreet parking, landsca·ping, and screening. Retail, Service and Office Development Policies POLICY 1: The City of Westland should encourage development of an intensive retail/office core in the Westland Shopping Center area. Intensive development in this area would be centrally located within the city, and would make efficient use of existing transportation routes and public services. Development in the retail/office core should consist primarily of comparison retail businesses and high quality office buildings or office parks. Convenience retail uses, personal and repair services, and storefront offices are generally not appropriate in 61 �the retail/office core and should be encourated to locate al~ng one of Westland's commercial corridors. POLICY 2: Discontinuity along Westland 's commercial corridors should 1Je discouraged, so as to preserve the vitality of the corridors. Infill on vacant lots should be encouraged, and the city should work toward elimination of incompatible noncommercial uses along the corridors. POLICY 3: The city should work with the private sector in an intensive effort to reverse the decline of strip commercial areas. Efforts should be directed toward resolving traffic ingress and egress problems, providing adequate parking, eliminating excessive advertising and signage, rehabilitating deteriorated buildings, and providing sufficient landscaping. Emphasis should be placed on implementation of site and building standards set forth in the new zoning ordinance. POLICY 4: Commercial areas adjacent to residential areas should be restricted to low-intensity commercial uses whenever possible. Personal and repair services, wholesale operations, and other commercial uses that are not compatible with residential development should be restricted to commercial corridors where these uses are already predominant, including the commercial corridors along Joy and Warren Roads between Middlebelt and Inkster Roads, and along Van Born Road, between Henry Ruff and Inkster Roads. Rigid setback, screening, and buffer standards should be strictly enforced in those locations where commercial uses abut residential uses. POLICY 5: Neighborhood commercial areas should generally be restricted to sites at or near the intersection of major roads so as to facilitate access from surrounding neighborhoods, yet minimize the impact from noise, litter and traffic on the neighborhoods. Scattered commercial and office facilities in residential areas that do not meet the needs of the surrounding neighborhood or are incompatible with residential development should be encouraged to relocate in the commercial/office core or along one of Westland's commercial corridors. Site planning in neighborhood commercial areas, with special attention to vehicle circulation, screening, parking, and landscaping, should minimize the impact on surrounding residences. POLICY 6: The overall urban design quality of the commercial/office core and major commercial corridors should be en. hanced through capital improvements and implementation of site planning standards and recommendations set forth in the Urban Design Guidelines contained in this 62 . �plan. Through application of the urban design standards to . signage, lighting, and other features an effort should be made to visually identify major commercial districts and corridors as important and distinctive focal points or gateways in Westland. POLICY 7: The commercial/office core and other major commercial areas in Westland should accommodate shoppers who arrive by bicycle. Bicycle routes should be designed to link up with major shopping areas, and bicycle racks should be provided. Industrial Development Policies . POLICY 1: The City of Westland should encourage development of a cohesive, continuous industrial district along the Chesapeake and Ohio rail line on the west side of the city. Incompatible commercial and residential uses in this area should be encouraged to relocate elsewhere in the city. POLICY 2: Light industrial uses, including warehousing operations, research firms, and light manufacturing that are completely enclosed should be restricted to the periphery of the industrial district adjacent to residential areas. The impacts of noise, vibration, air pollution and other nuisances on nearby residential areas should be controlled through strict enforcement of performance standards contained in the zoning ordinance . POLICY 3: Commercial and office uses should be permitted in the industrial district if they are: 1) intended to serve primarily employees and visitors to the industrial district, or 2) part of an overall development plan in which the commercial and office uses are complementary to the industrial uses. Commercial and office uses should not be located where they will deter industrial_ development or detract from the character of the industrial district. • POLICY 4: To encourage development of the industrial district, the city should formulate a plan to complete infrastructure improvements required by ind us try. Special attention should be focused on the adequacy of the road network in the 1.ndustrial district. As the industrial distirct develops, a truck route plan should be prepared to prevent excessive industrial traffic in residential areas. 63 �Parks and Open Space Policies POLICY 1: The city should continue to use the Westland Parks and Recreation Master Plan as the primary guide fo;r develop~ent of Westland's parks and recreation system. However, the city should continue to search for less costly alternatives that would provide residents of all ages with year-round recreational activity. POLICY 2: The development of new parks and recreation programs should focus on preferences of residents, rather than arbitrary standards. The 1975 survey of residents' recreation preferences can be used as a guide for development of a balanced program that includes facilities for bicycling and walking, day-use facilities, fields for organized sports, passive recreation areas, and special facilities such as the Bailey Recreation Center. POLICY 3: An effort should be made to cooperate with school districts in the development and use of school sites as playgrounds, neighborhood parks, or community parks. School sites should be considered as part of the total park inventory in the planning of parks and recreation facilities in Westland. Should it be necessary to close any schools, the city should evaluate neighborhood recreation needs in the area and, if necessary, acquire playground sites to replace the school sites. POLICY 4: A well-marked system of bicycle routes should be developed in Westland. The b1cycle routes should connect with major commercial areas, parks, governmental buildings, and other focal points in the city. Bicycle racks should be provided at each major terminus in the bicycle route system. POLICY 5: The city should make an effort to accommodate a major recreational preference of Westland residents: walking. Nature trails should be· developed in parks and side- _ walks should be constructed in residential areas to provide walking oppaxtunities in Westland. POLICY 6: The city should avoid duplication of recreation services that are adequately provided by schools, churches, public service organizations, and private businesses. POLICY 7: The city sho.uld strive to maintain high standards for landscape design and maintenance of public parks and open space areas. The city should also continue to maintain landscaping around municipal buildings throughout the ·city. 64 �Future Land Use Plan �FUTURE LAND USE PLAN The Future Land Use Plan for the City of Westland is designed to preserve and enhance residential neighborhoods, develop a viable commercial/office core, and create a cohesive industrial corridor. The map has been prepared in accordance with the land use policies outlined in the text of the plan, and it is intended to reflect the analysis and information set forth in the plan. The Future Land Use Map provides adequate space for public and semipublic uses, including government administration, schools, churches and parks. The map also provides for a more balanced economic base, with stronger industrial and commercial sectors, and less vacant and public land. The plan has eight land use categories which are discussed below. Single-Family Residential The intent of the Future Land Use Plan is to preserve and enhance existing residential neighborhoods through elimination of incompatible nonresidential uses and through infill on vacant areas within existing single-family residential neighborhoods. All built-up residential neighborhoods are retained in the Future Land Use Plan, except for the scattered single-family development located within the industrial corridor on the west side of the city. The Future Land Use Plan indicates ne'i't'. single-family residential development in six locations throughout the city : 1. North of the Westland governmental complex, southwest of the Westland Shopping Center. 2. In the southwest corner ·of the city, adjacent to the City of Wayne. High-quality single-family residential development, consistent with the quality of homes being built on the south side of Glenwood Avenue in the City of Wayne would be appropriate for _this area. _ 3. East of Newburgh Road and north of Cherry Hill Road, near to the city's education and public services complex. 4. North of Marquette and east of Carlson, near to the city's education and public services complex, the Westland governmental center, and central city park. 5._ In the northwest section of the city, north of the William P. Holliday Park. 66 �6. Infill on vacant lands in single-family neighborhoods throughout the city. Overall, the Future Land Use Plan indicates an additional 1,200 acres of single-family re~idential development (see Table 5). Single-family residential land use will occupy a total of 5, 360 acres, constituting percent of the total land area in the city. The intention of the Future Land Use Plan is that low-density, largelot, single-family residential development should occur on the vacant lands in the northwest section of the city. More intensive residential or commercial development is inappropriate for this area because of stormwater drainage problems that exist north of the Tonquish Creek. Low-density residential land use provides a greater opportunity -to preserve the natural beauty of the area. Concentrations of single-family development would be acceptable in the northwest section of the city, provided that stormwater drainage problems are resolved and the effect on the natural environment is minimal. The Future Land Qse Plan retains all existing single-family residential neighborhoods, even though redevelopment of certain neighborhoods is expected within a twenty-year planning framework. Replacement of much of the deteriorated public housing in the southeast part of the city is foreseen. Nevertheless, single-family residential development is generally considered the most appropriate long-term use for these areas. Multiple- Family Residential The Future Land Use Plan calls for limited new multiple-family residential development since the city already has abundant acreage allocated to multiple-family development. An additional 360 acres of land are designated for multiple-family residential use, primarily west and south of the Westland Shopping Center. Ample vacant land exists southwest of the Westland Shopping Center, where multiplefamily development can be constructed close to shopping and employment opportunities without disruption to existing or planned singlefamily residential neighborhoods. The Future Land Use Plan retains all existing multiple-family developments. Reallocation of land for new multiple-family development would be· appropriate in the future if there is a documented need to broaden housing opportunities in the city, adequate public services and infrastructure are available, . and new multiple-family housing can be developed without disruption to existing neighborhoods. Multiple-family residential land use will occupy 852.9 acres, or 6.5 percent of the city's total land area, according to the Future Land Use Plan. Commercial The Future Land Use Plan provides for a strong, viable commercial/ office core focused upon the Westland Shopping Center. The area 1-7-86 67 �surrounding the Westland Shopping Center should be developed to its full potential, with additional commercial development and new quality office development. Implementation of this plan will necessitate an improved thoroughfare system to facilitate access to the commercial/office qore from I-275, Ford Road, Wayne Road, and Warren Road. · Wayne Road, Ford Road, and i\liddlebelt Road are retained as fullydeveloped commercial cor._ridors in the Future Land Use Plan. With adequate attention from both private and public sectors, these thoroughfares can be developed into viable and attractive commercial corridors. Noncommercial uses should be phased out, and the minimum lot depth should be extended to 200 feet, in conformance with the new zoning ordinance. An effort should be made to find acceptable solutions to the parking problems along these corridors, and special attention should be focused on improving the aesthetic quality of corridors. Commercial and service uses are indicated for certain corridors in the city, in conformance with the existing land use in adjacent communities on the opposite sides of the roads. Commercial and service uses are considered appropriate along Joy and Warren Roads, between Middle belt Road and Inkster Road, and along Van Born Road, between Henry Ruff Road and Inkster Road. The Future Land Use Plan culls for elimination of many scattered commercial uses throughout the city that are incompatible with the surrounding residential or industrial uses. However, certain small shopping centers or groups of retail stores have been retained to serve as neighborhood convenience centers. Overall, the Future Land Use Plan designates 925 .4 acres of commercial land, an increase of 281. 5 acres over the existing commercial acreage in 1982. About 7. 1 percent of the city's land area will be allocated to commercial development. Office Development The Future Land Use Plan recognizes a strong potential for quality mid- or high-rise office dev.elopment near to the Westland Shopping Center. Vacant lands north and south of the center along Cowan and Warren Roads are allocated to office uses. Two additional vacant areas along Wayne Road within one-half mile of the shopping center are designated for office use. Two vacant school sites, on Warren Road and Ann Arbor Trail, are considered appropriate locations for more modest office development. The Future Land Use Plan allocates a total of 127 .1 acres to office development, constituting approximately 1. 0 percent of the total land area of the city. Existing scattered office development that is located within the city's built-up commercial corridors is accounted for in the general commercial category. 1-7-86 68 �Planned Mixed Use Development The Future Land Use Plan calls for planned mixed use development in two key locations: 1) north and south of Michigan Avenue, encompassing the Eloise fac:il;ity plus 370 acres of vacant land, and 2) the area within the flight path of Detroit Metropolitan Airport, roughly bounded by Annapolis, Admiral, Van Born, and Irene Roads. The underutilized county property north and south of Michigan A venue represents a unique opportunity for a creative mixed use development consisting of single-family attached and detached units, mobile homes, multiple-family units, and commercial facilities. The majority of buildings in the Eloise facility are unusable and should be razed. Together with the ·vacant land to the south, this property should be easily marketed since it is one of the few remaining large tracts of land within an otherwise built-up urban area. The property benefits from good highway access, close proximity to existing commercial facilities, and access to public utilities. The area within the flight path of Detroit Metropolitan Area deserves special consideration because the level of noise exceeds what is normally acceptable for a single-family residential neighborhood. According to the Detroit Metropolitan Wayne County Airport Master Plan Study, the day-night average sound level (Ldn) in this area will range between 65 and 67 Ldn by the year 2000. The Airport Master Plan suggests that land use controls, noise easements, and compatibility controls will be appropriate in this area. The Airport Master Plan indicates that compatible land uses within the 65 to 67 Ldn sound level include apartments, transient lodging, manufact1:)Iing, transportation, communication, utilities, wholesale and retail trade, services, parks, resource production or extraction, and undeveloped land. Other uses may be compatible if noise attenuation construction materials are used, such as double glazing and extra insulation. Planned mixed use development is appropriate for this area since it would allow further development of the single-family residential pattern, provided that · special construction techniques are used. The planned· mixed use option would also allow for development of apartments, commercial, and service uses that are inherently more compatible with the· level of noise in the area. Overall, 421. 4 acres of land al"e allocated for planned mixed use development, representing about 3. 2 percent of the city's total land area. Industrial The intent of the Future· Land Use Plan is to create a cohesive industrial corridor along the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad on the west side of the city. Additional industrial development is needed in Westland to balance the tax base of the city, which has been heavily weighted toward · the residential sector. New industrial development would generate a stronger local employment base and generally strengthen the overall local economy. 69 �.. -----. -- The industrial corridor indicated on the Future Land Use Plan encompasses the five existing industrial parks, plus all intervening land area. All incompatible residential, commercial, and semipublic uses within the corridor should be phased out to assure uninterrupted development of the corridor. Actual re zoning and removal of nonindustrial uses need not occur for several years until concrete development plans are formulated. Office and retail uses may be appropriate in the industrial district if they either: 1) are intended to primarily serve only employees and visitors to the industrial district, or 2) are part of an overall development plan that preserves the intent and character of the industrial district. It is intended that one section of the corridor, on the west side of Newburgh Road between Cherry Hill and Palmer Roads, be used for industrial/service uses, thereby allowing certain existing semi-industrial uses to continue. The opportunity for new large-scale industrial development exists in the northwest end of the corridor, where vast tracts of vacant land have been designated for industrial use. Overall, 933. 7 acres of industrial land are designated on the Future Land Use Plan, constituting 7.1 percent of the city's total land area. This represents an increase of about 538 acres over the industrial land use in 1982. Public and Semipublic The Future Land Use Plan has retained all properties allocated for use by existing operating schools, hospitals, nursing homes, and convalescent centers, governmental buildings, public services buildings, and public works yards. . All existing properties allocated for church use have been retained, except for church property within the industrial corridor. Underutilized county-owned property in the southeast section of the city, including a large portion of the Eloise facility, has been redesignated for private use as a mixed use development. The county- and state-owned property north of the Lower Rouge River, which is occupied by Wayne County General Hospital and the Walter P. Reuther Psychiatric Hospital has been retained as public land. Existing buildings south of the Lower Rouge River which are currently being used by county agencies, including the buildings along Henry Ruff Road, should be retained as public property. Two vacant school buildings on Warren Road and Ann Arbor- Trail have been redesignated for private office use. The vacant school buildings could also be razed, making the land available for reuse according to the predominant surrounding land use. Overall, the Future Land Use Plan allocates 914 acres for public use, a . decrease of 261.. 5 acres, compared to the public land use in 1982. Semipublic uses, such as churches and church-affiliated schools, occupy 136. 7 acres, a decrease of 0. 8 acres. Public uses occupy approximately 7 .O percent of the total land area and semipublic uses occupy approximately 1. o percent of the total land area of the city on the Future Land Use Plan. 1-7-86 70 �Parks and Playgrounds The Future Land Use Plan has retained all existing parks and playgrounds, which are fairly evenly distributed throughout the city. The county-owned Edward N. Hines Park and William P. Holliday Park occupy several hundred acres of land in the northern part of the city, along the Middle Rouge River and Tonq uish Creek. The county-owned Lower Rouge Parkway occupies approximately 60 acres of land in the southeast corner of the city. ~1o~t of the land within these three countyowned parks is within designated floodplains. The Future Land Use Plan designates additional parkland southwest of the Westland government complex on Ford Road. This land is currently being developed as a central city park, and apparently has marginal value for any other use involving construction. Overall, the Future Land Use Plan allocates 1,196.9 acres for parks, playgrounds, golf courses, and natural areas, an increase of 70. 3 acres compared to parkland use in 1982. Parks and playgrounds occupy about 9.1 percent of the city's total land area on the Future Land Use Plan. Thoroughfares Utilization of vacant and agricultural lands will result in the dedication of new road rights-of-way. It is estimated that thoroughfares will occupy 2,225.6 acres, or 17 percent of the total land area on the Future Land Use Plan. This represents an increase of 474. 4 acres, compared to the amount of land occupied by thoroughfares in 1982. Future Land Use Plan Fiscal Impact Analysis It appears the allocation of land uses indicated by the Future Land Use Plan will provide a sound fiscal base for Westland. The basic formula used to assess fiscal impact is as follows: Total Municipal Expenditures x Proportion of Nonresidential Equalized Value to Local Real Value Refinement x Coefficient Expenditures Attributable to = Nonresidential Uses This formula has been derived by the Center for Urban Policy Research at Rutgers University, and is described in detail in The Fiscal Impact Handbook, by Robert w. Burchell and David Listokin. All data required to use this 71 �.• ... ..• • • ·-- - .. .:_....._ _ .....;.:__;__..c.-~ formula are available from city records, except for the refinement coefficient. The refinement coefficient has been derived from numerous case studies of actual nonresidential municipal costs. The coefficient can be derived from a graphic representation in The Fiscal Impact Handbook. The pu.rpose of this analysis is to illustrate the impact of development on property tax revenues. Other revenues, such as state and Federal shared revenues, are not included in this analysis. By substituting 1982 data·- from the City of Westland into the formula the following factors are derived: 2 1 $16,130,524 X . 256 3 1.225 X 4 = $5,058,532 These factors yield two important observations: 1) Factor 2 indicates that 25. 6 percent of real property tax revenues are currently derived from nonresidential uses. 2) By dividing factor 4 by factor 1 indicates that 31. 4 percent .of all municipal expenditures can currently be attributed to nonresidential uses. Any increase in the equalized value of nonresidential property in Westland will affect values in the formula as follows: 1) The proportion of nonresidential equalized value to total local real value (Factor 2) will increase. Thus, nonresidential property taxes will account for a greater proportion of total tax revenue. 2) The proportion of municipal expenditures attributable to nonresidential uses will decrease (Factor 4 divided by Factor 1). This decrease can generally be attributed to economies of scale in providing services to nonresidential parcels. By analyzing the effects of an increase in the equalized value of nonresidential property, it can he seen that the ultimate impact is a reduction in the tax burden on residential properties. The Future Land Use Plan calls for an increase of about 409 acres of land for commercial and office use and an increase of 538 acres of land for industrial use. If all of this land is eventually developed, the expected increase in equalized value is about $1C0.2 million for commercial and office land and about $41.4 million for industrial land. These estimates are based on the 1982 average equalized values per acre for commercial and industrial land in Westland. The actual increase will probably be greater, since the 1982 average value includes several marginal properties with low equalized values. By inserting the estimates of increased equalized value into the formula cited above, the values in the formula are altered as follows: 1-7-86 72 �- -- ___ ......_ __ .. -- -·- --. 1) 2) , .. ' ---· ---- The proportion of nonresidential equalized value to total real value ( Factor 2 in the formula) increases to .50. Thus, nonresidential property taxes would account for half of total property tax revenues, compared to the current 25. G percent. The peoportion of municipal expenditures attributable to nonresidential uses- ( Factor 4 divided by Factor 1) would increase substantially. However, the proportion of municipal expenditures attributable to nonresidential uses would probably be less than the proportion of total property tax revenues contributed by nonresidential uses (36.1 percent). Currently, the opposite of this relationship exists in Westland. It was noted in the Industrial Development chapter of the master plan that industrial land in Westland is undervalued on a per acre basis compared to values in other nearby communities. Industrial land is probably undervalued beca_u se much of the designated industrial land has not yet been developed. A conservative estimate based on the experience of nearby comm unities indicates that the average equalized value of industrial land per acre could increase by a factor of 2. 5 as this land is developed in future years. By incorporating this factor approximately into the abov_e formula, it is revealed that nonresidential- property could assume an even greater proportion of the tax burden than indicated by the initial projections. The proportion of total tax revenues attributable to nonresidential uses would increase to 41. 3 percent, while the proportion of total expenditures attributable to nonresidential uses would level off at 36. 3 percent. These figures represent projected fiscal conditions upon complete development of all land allocated to commercial, office and industrial uses on the Future Land Use Map. Complete development of these areas will take several years, during which a number of different development scenarios could occur, depending -on the rate and nature of future development. Complete analysis of the fiscal impact of all possible development scenarios is a complex process that requires the use of a computer. 1-7-86 73 �- - - TABLE 5 LAND USE DISTRIBUTION-YEAR 2002 Total Acres ~ I Percent of Total Area Change 1982-2002 -....J I CD °' Single- Family Residential (including Two-Family Mobile Homes) 5,360.0 41.0 + 852.9 6.5 + 1,184.9 & Multiple-Family Residential 360.6 '·'·'· i I Commercial (Retail and Service) 925.4 7.1 + 281.5 Office 127.1 1.0 •'+ 127 .1 Planned Mixed-Use Development (Residential & Commercial) 421.1 3.2 + 421.4 Industrial 933.7 7.1 + 537.8 Public (Government Buildings, School::;, Cemeteries, Public Works Yards, Hospitals) 914.0 7.0 261.5 Semipublic (Churhces, Church-Affiliated Schools) 136. 7 1.0 0.8 1,188.2 9.1 V: I ~ ,i:,. Parks and Playgrounds Agriculture, Vacant Thoroughfares TOTAL 0 0 2,225.6 17 .0 13,085 + i"- i' 61.6 3,187.6 + 100.0% 474.4 0 f: I' I. SOURCE: Comparison of Future Land Use Plan-2002 with 1982 Land Use Survey by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated. ( 11-1-82) �Urban Design Guidelines ' �URBAN DESIGN GUIDELINES During the rapid development of Westland over the past three decades, too little attention has been focused on common urban design principles. There are many examples of developments that could have enriched the environment to a much greater extent if consideration had been given to certain design elements. such as image quality. compatibility with surrounding development. functional adequacy, scale of development, circulation patterns, alignment, light, noise, air q uality, and the relationship between plants and structures. Several key urban design issues in Westland are identified below, followed by recommendations for future improvements. 1. Focal Points, Sense of Identity. The City of Westland lacks any strong focal points or sense of identity. . Major points of interest, such as the municipal complex, the primary commercial/office district, or the industrial district, are not emphasized in a physical sense as they should be. On a larger scale, the City of Westland is not set apart physically from adjacent communities. At the major approaches to the city, such as Ford and Wayne Roads, the complexity of structures and traffic patterns in Westland are indistinguishable from the pattern of development across the boundary line. There is little to convey a strong sense of identity to people entering the city, indicating they have arrived in a unique, separate municipality. Although a strong sense of identity is cultivated from multiple impressions of the city, an initial effort to resolve this issue could involve physical improvements at all major approaches into the city. With appropriate design of street lighting, signage, landscaping, and other public improvements, the major approaches could be transformed into gateways that mark the point of arrival to the City of Westland. · The design theme set forth at the city's major approaches could be used elsewhere in the city ·to emphasize major focal points.. Street lighting and signage alone can be very effective design elements to help identify · certain locations, districts, or buildings that are important parts of the city. The Westland governmental center, Central City Park, the education and public service complex on Marquette, the commercial/office district surrounding Westland Shopping Center, and the industrial district are major components in the overall form of the city that deserve special design treatment. 2. Conservation of Natural Areas. Few urbanized communities in the metropolitan area are as fortunate as Westland to have vast undeveloped lands covered with . trees ·and other types of natural vegetation. In the past. developers have generally disregarded the natural features of a site for the sake of economy and uniformity. Experience has shown, however, that the · natural 76 �features of a site, if sensitively incorporated into a proposed site design, caq. enhance the overall development and make it more saleable. In recent years, several quality subdivisions have been developed in suburban Detroit communities that preserve and utili,ze natural site features as a part of the overall design. Westland should work with and encourage developers to preserve the city's natural areas and woodlands. The planned development standards outlined in the new zoning ordinance will be important tools in -this preservation effort. 3. Park Design. Parks not only provide the opportunity for recreation, but also the opportunity to enhance the visual appearance and livability of the city. A successful park design provides for a variety of uses, including spontaneous children's play activity, organized sports, casual meeting and communication, and simple relaxation. The Parks and Recreation Master Plan revealed that certain desired features are missing from Westland's parks. As these features are incorporated into the park system, consideration must be focused on the overall design of the parks in relation to surrounding development so as to enhance the visual character of the neighborhoods yet protect adjacent dwellings from excessive noise and activity. 4. Quality of Commercial Area Improvements. Surveys have shown that the quality and character of major thoroughfares impart the most lasting impression of a city on visitors. Unfortunately, a visitor's impression of Westland may be less than favorable because of the appearance of the city's commercial corridors. The quality of Westland 's commercial corridors is lessened because of inadequate site size, poor ·traffic and pedestrian circulation patterns, inadequate parking, excessive or out-of-scale signs, deteriorated building conditions, and building improvements that are aesthetically displeasing or incompatible with surrounding development. A series of actions are required to correct commercial corridor design deficiencies. The visual appearance of the corridors could be improved through faoade renovation, street furnishings, landscaping, and new sign controls. Design assistance prov1ded to building owners could . prevent expensive ·but unattractive improvements. The corridors could be made safer and more functional by coordinating and consolidating parking and circulation, and in certain instances, by removing adjacent homes for additional parking. The visual appearance of the corridors could also be improved through proper screening of trash receptacles and storage areas. Generally, stockade fences or cinder block enclosures have been found to be most durable and attractive. Cyclone fences with plastic or metal inserts do not provide adequate screening over a long period of time. Effective commercial corridor improvement programs require a cooperative effort involving the P.ublic and private sectors. An 77 �important initial step in this effort involves detailed study of Westland's commercial corridors to identify specific problem areas, alternatives, and cost-efficient /cost-effective approaches. The new zoning ordinance, which contains updated site and sign standards, provides suitable guidelines for commercial corridor improvements. 5. Site Maintenance. Site maintenance is an urban design issue that affects commercial corridors, residential neighborhoods, parks, vacant school sites, and industrial areas in Westland. Overgrown shrubs, uncontrolled weeds, litter, and lots cluttered with debris are common site maintenance problems. Although only a fraction of the sites in Westland are poorly maintained, the blighting influence affects all adjacent properties. A two-fold approach is required to correct site maintenance problems: 1) education of residents and business proprietors in the proper methods and standards ·of site maintenance ; and 2) consistent enforcement of the city's building code. The education approach could be accomplished through preparation of illustrated pamphlets or newsletters that could be sent to homeowners and business operators. 6. Landscaping. Lack of landscaping is a prevalent urban design problem in Westland, especially in commercial areas and parking lots. Landscaping is often considered as an extra in both commercial and residential site developments, Th us, landscaping is often left out of small, low-budget commercial developments, and confined to public areas or minimal, unimaginative, and monotonous foundation plantings next to houses in residential developments. If conceived as a total pattern, continuous through the entire residential or commercial development, landscaping can fill visual voids, screen commercial development or parking areas from adjacent uses, add interest and variety to the development, enhance the appearance of buildings and structure, or focus attention on building entrances or features. The city should encourage de·-· velopers and property owners · to use landscaping more effectively, especially in new developments or renovation of the commercial corridors. The new zoning ordinance provides flexible guidelines to promote creative landscape design. 7. Building Setbacks. Building setbacks and lot dimensions along Westland's commercial corridors are inadequate, especially where commercial uses abut residential uses. Because of inadequate commercial site dimensions, there is a spillover of traffic, noise, litter, and similar commercial-related impacts into residential areas. These impacts have a blighting influence on the adjacent residential neighborhoods. In many instances, inadequate commercial site dimensions can be resolved only through removal of adjacent houses. Careful selection and removal of a few houses adjacent to the com- · mercial corridors could preserve the quality of the residential neighborhood while ensuring the viability of the commercial corridor. 78 �A thorough study of the relationship of the commercial corridors to adjacent residential neighborhoods should be completed before any homes are removed. 8. Thoroughfare I;>esign. In recent years, several cluster subdivisions and planned developments have been built that illustrate the benefits of well-designed street patterns. Through thorough analysis of the street pattern, a designer can insure basic functional adequacy, reduce infrastructure costs, and impart a positive visual character to future development. The opportunity to create an efficient thoroughfare pattern exist s in the undeveloped portions of northwest Westland. A master thoroughfare plan should be prepared for this part of the city to guide future residential development, protect natural features, and economize on future infrastructure costs. Rather than using the standard rectangular grid pattern, the city should explore less monotonous patterns that add interest to environment and highlight features in the topography and landscape. Modified grid patterns, radial and ring systems, and branching and curvilinear systems are alternative thoroughfare patterns that could be used in the northwest part of the city. 9. Bikeway Design. Although the Parks and Recreation Master Plan identified the need for bicycle routes in Westland, the design and implementation of a bikeway system has yet to be undertaken. The Master Plan indicated two types of bike routes that would be feasible in the city: separate bicycle routes which could be incorporated into new developments and sidewalk bicycle routes in existing neighborhoods. Although sidewalk routes are sometimes safer than bicycle routes in the road, efforts should be made to prevent bicycles from taking over pedestrian paths. Bicycle routes should be designed with two purposes in mind: bicycling as a recreational activity and as basic transportation. Thus, bicycle routes should be continuous for recreational riders, and should lead to places of interest and activity for the ·more serious bicycle riders. Generally, the width ·of bikeways should be 7 to 8 feet for two-way traffic. An overhead clearance of 8. 2 feet should be main- · tained, and the maximum grade should generally be 4 to 5 p~rcent. 10. Residential Remodeling . • As reflected in the · Housing Conditions Survey, housing in Westland is generally maintained in good condition. However, many homeowners have made substantial investments in remodeling or expansion projects, with results that are aesthetically distasteful-. Unfortunately, many homeowners who are skilled in house construction do not have an adequate knowledge of building design, · appropriate materials or colors, or a sense of what would be compatible with surrounding housing. Generally, the only contact the city has with homeowners who are remodeling is at the time the building permit is sought. The quality of desfgn of residential improvements could· be improved if cursory design review and assistance could be offered when · the building permit is issued. Although personal design review would be most 79 �beneficial, preparation of illustrated design pamphlets to be distributed to prospective house remodelers may prevent a few unsightly renovation projects. 11. Obsolete School Buildings. Vacant school buildings are a serious urban design problem in Westland's neighborhoods. Three schools have already been closed, and closure of two additional schools is being considered due to declining enrollments. The presence of a vacant, deteriorating school building has a blighting influence on the entire neighborhood, bringing down property values of surrounding homes by 10 to 20 percent. As noted earlier, alternative uses for obsolete school buildings should be sought before the schools are sold. Successful school conversions have resulted in their use as arts centers, theatres, cultural centers, museums, apartments, elderly housing, offices, and retail businesses. Alternate uses for school buildings should be compatible with the quality and character of housing in the surrounding neighborhoods. Re-design of circulation patterns, parking, landscaping, and screening may be necessary to insure compatibility between existing homes and prospective school uses. 12. Eloise Facility. The Eloise facility and adjacent vacant Wayne County property in southeast Westland represents a unique opportunity for a creative mixed use development. This area encompasses almost 400 acres of underutilized land that could be converted into a self-contained, model neighborhood, consisting of singlefamily attached and detached units, multiple-family units, and commercial facilities. To promote such development, the city could prepare sketch plans to show prospective developers alternate design approaches. The sketch plans should illustrate different combinations of single-family, multiple-family and commercial structures, allocation of public space for roads, parking, recreation, and setbacks; linkages to existing and proposed thoroughfares; and, linkages to existing and proposed utilities. With the proper combination of ingenuity, entrepreneurship, and invest~· ment capital, the Eloise area c·ould become the focus of development in Westland during the 1980's. 80 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Westland_General-Plan_1983 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1983-06 Title A name given to the resource The Westland Plan Description An account of the resource The Westland Plan was prepared by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated in June 1983. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Westland (Mich.) Wayne County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/73c5b00d46f914a41bc9bfb004d91063.pdf a2ee66c9efa6e7ea03aaef099c4d3624 PDF Text Text � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Incunabula Description An account of the resource The term incunabula refers to books printed between 1450 and 1500, approximately the first fifty years following the invention, by Johann Gutenberg of Mainz, of printing from moveable type. Our collection includes over 200 volumes and numerous unbound leaves from books printed during this period. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1450/1500 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Incunabula Collection (DC-03) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United </a> Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource eng it la nl de Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Epitomata, seu Reparationes totius philosophiae naturalis Aristotelis [folium 169] Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03_169Gerardus1496 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gerardus, de Hardewyck Description An account of the resource One leaf from Epitomata, seu Reparationes totius philosophiae naturalis Aristotelis, by Gerardus de Harderwyck. Printed in Cologne by Heinrich Quentell on February 29, 1496. [GW 10674; ISTC ig00168000] Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Cologne: Heinrich Quentell Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Language A language of the resource la Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1496 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e6bc8cbace97538f9790e8dd249d8492.mp4 ed91351d652e384b31a0bc01b062d8b1 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/05ee6576c05965132cfff57169528474.pdf 25759b254cda6ee5f6353e6a27204de8 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans’ History Project William Gerber World War II 1 hour 20 minutes 22 seconds (00:00:09) Early Life -Born on June 26, 1921 in Menominee, Michigan -Had three brothers (two were twins and one was a single brother) -Grew up on a farm near Menominee -Attended a country school until the sixth grade -Moved into town to attend middle school and high school -Graduated from high school in 1939 -Father had worked as a mechanic -He was a WWI Navy veteran -Mother was a home maker (00:03:58) U.S. Citizens Training Corps -In August 1938 he received military training through the U.S. Citizens Training Corps -Went to Fort Brady, Michigan near Sault Ste. Marie -Training lasted four weeks -Trained from six in the morning to eight at night (00:05:24) National Park Service and Beginning of the War -After high school was sent to Houghton, Michigan as part of National Youth Administration -Received training about radios there and learned Morse code as well as radio technology -Got appointed to be the radio technician for the National Park Service at Isle Royale -Arrived at Isle Royale on December 6, 1941 -They had access to a radio and heard about the attack at Pearl Harbor the next day -They weren’t allowed to leave the island to enlist or do anything like that -Stationed on the island until the spring of 1942 -During the week they would patrol the island -After Pearl Harbor he had to encode all radio transmissions -Left Isle Royale in May 1942 (00:14:58) Returning to Menominee and Hospital Job -Returned home to Menominee after being on station at Isle Royale -Got a job at the nearby Marinette General Hospital in Marinette, Wisconsin -Lived at the hospital -On duty for eight hours a day and on call for the other sixteen hours -Worked as a medical technician on the ambulances -Worked at the hospital from May 1942 to July 1942 -Remembers one ambulance call where a woman suffered a head injury at a farm -He was driving the ambulance for that call -Nurse on board made it clear that he wasn’t going fast enough -Wound up going 65mph through the town to get back to the hospital (00:19:36) Getting Drafted and Basic Training -In July 1942 he was drafted into the Army �-Reported for basic training on the fourth or fifth of August 1942 -Went to Fort Custer, Michigan to be inducted into the Army and to go through processing -From Fort Custer he was sent to Fort Story, Virginia -Training he received through Citizens Training Corps proved to be extremely helpful -Got promoted to the rank of corporal after being in the Army for only six weeks -Told that his Citizens Training Corps training had effectively been basic training (00:21:52) Radio Training -Because of his experience with radios he was placed into the radio training program -Wound up receiving a total of five months-worth of radio training in the Army -Got sent to radar school at Fort Monroe, Virginia -Six weeks of intense training -Equipment they were using was top secret at the time -Day started at eight in the morning and ended at nine at night -Radar unit got broken up and he was placed in field artillery training -Got sent to Fort Chaffee, Arkansas -Received his field artillery training there -Had less work to do than the other trainees because of prior training experience -Got trained on how to be a radio operator for field artillery units -Job was to receive codes and coordinates and relay that information to gun crews -Stayed at Fort Chaffee for a couple months (00:25:13) Deployment to Europe and Overview of Deployment -He was assigned to the 663rd Field Artillery Battalion -From Fort Chaffee they were sent to New York City and from New York got sent to England -By the time they arrived in England it was spring 1944 -Eight weeks after the D-Day Invasion his unit landed at Omaha Beach in France -His unit was involved in the Allied offensive in the Rhineland and pushing into Germany -Eight inch howitzers were the primary artillery pieces that they used -Got to go through Paris en route to the Rhineland -His unit was one of the first to fire across the Rhine River into Germany -Offensive began in late 1944/early 1945 (00:32:49) Personal Responsibilities and Experience with Combat -His task was to act as a liaison between the forward observers and the gun crews -Transmitted the coordinates from the forward observers to the plotters -Gun crews were usually made up of six to eight men -There were three guns to each battery -Had to sleep wherever you could -Unit moved forward every day if an advance was possible -They were usually just behind the frontline if not within eyesight of the main fighting -If they and the infantry were able to break through German defenses they would advance -Germans never got very close to the artillery position -Usually had Allied infantry between them and the Germans -His unit didn’t sustain any casualties that he knew of -He himself didn’t get wounded during his time in Europe (00:37:24) Interactions with Civilians Pt. 1 -Remembers moving into liberated towns and being greeted by the civilians -Civilians would come right up to Allied troops and give them hugs �-They knew that they had finally been liberated from German rule -He had never seen so many happy people in his life (00:38:20) Logistics of Deployment -When they were deployed to Europe the equipment and personnel were moved over together -From England they had traveled to France aboard a larger landing craft (LCT or LST) -Able to pull right up to Omaha Beach and unload soldiers and equipment right onto the beach (00:40:01) Battle of the Bulge -Got involved in the Battle of the Bulge in the winter of 1944-45 -Unit acted as artillery support for the infantry units under siege in Bastogne, Belgium -They were only about five miles away (at the most) from where the main fighting was occurring (00:41:09) Interactions with Civilians Pt. 2 -Remembers the French women being very welcoming of the U.S. troops -Children would also come running up to the U.S. troops to give them hugs -Moving experience for the soldiers that had children of their own back home (00:42:27) Battle of the Rhineland and Pushing into Germany -Pushed across the Rhine River in early 1945 -Eventually made it all the way to Berlin -Supported infantry during the offensive all the way up to Victory in Europe Day (May 6, 1945) -Some of the Germans welcomed the U.S Army and the end of the war -Others were resentful about being occupied -In time they eventually accepted the reality that they had been defeated (00:43:58) Coming Home and End of Active Duty -Returned to the United States as individuals and not as a single unit -Got sent home depending on how many “points” you had -Point system: Acquired points depending on length of service and action seen -Landed in New York City and got sent to Camp Kilmer, New Jersey -From Camp Kilmer took a train to Fort Custer, Michigan -Got processed out there and was discharged from active duty in February 1946 -From Fort Custer took a train to Chicago and from Chicago took a train back to Menominee (00:46:44) Involvement with the American Legion -Upon arriving home he joined the American Legion in Menominee -Has been a life member of the Legion ever since -Became vice commander of the American Legion post at Menominee -During his time with the American Legion helped in any way he could -Doing odd jobs and a variety of tasks for the post -Had a couple hundred members at the post that he was a part of (00:48:29) Life after the War -Attended Spartan School of Aeronautics in Tulsa, Oklahoma for two years -Studied general commercial radio with a focus on radio engineering -Also received his radio license through them -Spent some time in Oklahoma City -During his time there met a girl and met that girl’s sister -Wound up marrying the sister and stayed married for twenty five years and eight months -She died in 1973 and he never remarried -“Never ran into anybody that could replace her” -After completing his radio studies and getting married he returned to Menominee, Michigan �-Got a job at WMAM radio station out of Marinette, Wisconsin -Acted as both their radio and TV engineer -Also worked at their satellite station in Manistique, Michigan -Stayed with WMAM for several years -Got a job in the Michigan State Police through his twin brothers who worked for the police -Started at Houghton Lake, Michigan as a radio operator -Stayed there for about half a decade -From Houghton Lake got transferred to Rockford, Michigan -Worked there for twenty five years until he retired in 1974 (00:54:38) Morale and Conditions in the Field during the War -Stayed in touch with family by way of V-Mail (Victory Mail) -Form of military sponsored postage that used microfilm to make shipping more efficient -Had a mess sergeant for their unit who was very particular about the quality of food -He was such a good cook that a general wanted him to be his personal chef -Refused the offer, so the general would come down and eat with the enlisted men -Also very strict with the cooks that worked for him -If food was not prepared to his liking he would force them to redo it -Never had any problems with having enough supplies -Didn’t feel stressed during his time in Europe just tried to take everything in stride (00:58:38) Downtime and Entertainment in Europe -Everyone had their own form of entertainment -On the first New Years that he was in the Army he got into a poker game -Won five paychecks even though he’d never played poker before -Got to see some of the USO Shows -Some were good, some were bad, and some he was indifferent about -Soldiers were allowed to take leave into nearby towns -Grew up speaking Danish, German and English so he could talk to German civilians -Germans were surprised that so many Americans could speak German -He was able to visit Paris and various small towns during his time in Europe (01:04:58) Relationship with Officers and Fellow Soldiers -Held officers and the other enlisted men in high regards -There were a few officers in particular that were good leaders and good men -Didn’t keep in touch with anyone that he served with after the war -Men that he served with were from all over the country -Too difficult to maintain a friendship with someone that lived hundreds of miles away (01:07:53) Involvement with the Veterans of Foreign Wars and American Legion -Belonged to the Veterans of Foreign Wars for a while when he lived in Menominee -Not all that he thought it would be -Kept his American Legion membership no matter where he was transferred -Officially remained a registered member of the Menominee post -If he walked into a local American Legion post with his hat on people didn’t question it -Didn’t bother to transfer his membership to the Houghton Lake or Rockford post (01:09:03) Army Reserves and Korean War -Stayed in the Army Reserves after WWII -Didn’t seek out warfare, but if he was needed to fight he was willing to go -When the Korean War broke out he was called to active duty and was sent to Japan �-Due to security clearance issues he wasn’t allowed to be sent to Korea though -Stayed in Japan for a year until he was sent back home -Retired from the Army Reserves in 1967 -Spent a total of twenty five years in the Army (01:12:07) Life after State Police -Retired from the State Police in 1974 in Rockford after serving them for twenty five years -After retiring from the Michigan State Police he worked odd jobs for various people -Anything that came along he was willing to help out with -Experience in the Army and in the Boy Scouts had taught him a wide array of abilities -He’d been very active in the Scouts as a youth and as a parent (01:14:34) Reflections on Service -The abilities that he’d learned in the Army transferred well into civilian life -His service in the Army instilled in him a sense of community and selflessness -If his help was needed then he would pitch and help where he could -Saw it all as just something that had to be done and he did it � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27_GerberW1661V Title A name given to the resource Gerber, William (Interview outline and video), 2014 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2014-07-14 Description An account of the resource William Gerber was born in 1921 in Menominee, Michigan. He grew up there and attended high school there until he graduated in 1939. In the summer of 1938 he trained with the U.S. Citizens Training Corps in Fort Brady, Michigan for four weeks which would later count towards basic training in the Army. After completing high school he went to Houghton, Michigan as part of the National Youth Administration and received radio training. This led to his getting involved with the National Park Service and his working at Isle Royale National Park starting on December 6, 1941 and being relieved from that duty in May 1942. After Isle Royale he worked briefly as a medical technician and as an ambulance driver for Marinette General Hospital in Marinette, Wisconsin. In July 1942 he was drafted into the U.S. Army and in August 1942 he reported for basic training. He was sent to Fort Story, Virginia and because of his prior military training he was quickly promoted to the rank of corporal. He went on to receive radio training at Fort Story and Fort Monroe in Virginia and he was later attached to the 663rd Field Artillery Battalion as a radio operator. In spring 1944 his unit was deployed to Europe. They would go on to participate in the Battle of the Bulge and supporting Allied infantry in Bastogne, and the 663rd was one of the first units to cross the Rhine River into Germany to begin the Allied invasion of Germany. He was discharged in February 1946, but remained in the reserves and was called up during the Korean War and served in Japan at that time. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gerber, William Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Erichsen, Wallace (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American United States. Army Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Moving Image Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries. Allendale, Michigan Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4